CA2590334A1 - Methods of using [3.2.0] heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof - Google Patents
Methods of using [3.2.0] heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2590334A1 CA2590334A1 CA002590334A CA2590334A CA2590334A1 CA 2590334 A1 CA2590334 A1 CA 2590334A1 CA 002590334 A CA002590334 A CA 002590334A CA 2590334 A CA2590334 A CA 2590334A CA 2590334 A1 CA2590334 A1 CA 2590334A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- substituted
- alkyl
- alkoxy
- heteroaryl
- cycloalkenyl
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 141
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 title abstract description 6
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 90
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 68
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 claims abstract description 32
- 230000004968 inflammatory condition Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 15
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 claims abstract 5
- -1 amino, aminocarbonyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 564
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 450
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 217
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 204
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 119
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 112
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 108
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 105
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 104
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 104
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 103
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 102
- 125000000000 cycloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 102
- 125000005194 alkoxycarbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 100
- 125000005098 aryl alkoxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 100
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 100
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 99
- 125000005200 aryloxy carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 99
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 99
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 98
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 97
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 96
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 96
- 125000006686 (C1-C24) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 95
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 91
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 70
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 claims description 63
- 239000000651 prodrug Chemical class 0.000 claims description 63
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 61
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 48
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 43
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 40
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 40
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 39
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 32
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 claims description 30
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 29
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 28
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 27
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 claims description 26
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000005031 thiocyano group Chemical group S(C#N)* 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000005620 boronic acid group Chemical class 0.000 claims description 22
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 208000034578 Multiple myelomas Diseases 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N actinomycin D Natural products CC1OC(=O)C(C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)C2CCCN2C(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)NC4C(=O)NC(C(N5CCCC5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)C(C(C)C)C(=O)OC4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 10
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 10
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- VSSAZBXXNIABDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexylmethanol Chemical compound OCC1CCCCC1 VSSAZBXXNIABDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 9
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-CCXZUQQUSA-N Cytarabine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-CCXZUQQUSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N Mytomycin Chemical compound C1N2C(C(C(C)=C(N)C3=O)=O)=C3[C@@H](COC(N)=O)[C@@]2(OC)[C@@H]2[C@H]1N2 NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 8
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 108010073929 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor A Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N daunorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(C)=O)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Cyan-hept-2t-en-4,6-diinsaeure Natural products C1=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C(OC)=CC=CC=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=2CC(O)(C(C)=O)CC1OC1CC(N)C(O)C(C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 108010092160 Dactinomycin Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000001976 Endocrine Gland Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000008839 Kidney Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 claims description 6
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000000453 Skin Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000005718 Stomach Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N Tamoxifen Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(/CC)=C(C=1C=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=1)/C1=CC=CC=C1 NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N actinomycin D Chemical compound C[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)[C@@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)N[C@@H]4C(=O)N[C@@H](C(N5CCC[C@H]5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)O[C@@H]4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 229960000640 dactinomycin Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000014018 liver neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- SGDBTWWWUNNDEQ-LBPRGKRZSA-N melphalan Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(N(CCCl)CCCl)C=C1 SGDBTWWWUNNDEQ-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 229960001924 melphalan Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 108050007372 Fibroblast Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 102000018233 Fibroblast Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 229940126864 fibroblast growth factor Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- KKZJGLLVHKMTCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N mitoxantrone Chemical compound O=C1C2=C(O)C=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C2=C1C(NCCNCCO)=CC=C2NCCNCCO KKZJGLLVHKMTCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960001156 mitoxantrone Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 108010006654 Bleomycin Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclophosphamide Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)P1(=O)NCCCO1 CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- GXJABQQUPOEUTA-RDJZCZTQSA-N bortezomib Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)B(O)O)NC(=O)C=1N=CC=NC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 GXJABQQUPOEUTA-RDJZCZTQSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960001467 bortezomib Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L cisplatin Chemical compound N[Pt](N)(Cl)Cl DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960004316 cisplatin Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960004857 mitomycin Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- NRUKOCRGYNPUPR-QBPJDGROSA-N teniposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@@H](OC[C@H]4O3)C=3SC=CC=3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 NRUKOCRGYNPUPR-QBPJDGROSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- WEAHRLBPCANXCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Daunomycin Natural products CCC1(O)CC(OC2CC(N)C(O)C(C)O2)c3cc4C(=O)c5c(OC)cccc5C(=O)c4c(O)c3C1 WEAHRLBPCANXCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000001132 Osteoporosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- FOCVUCIESVLUNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiotepa Chemical compound C1CN1P(N1CC1)(=S)N1CC1 FOCVUCIESVLUNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N Vinblastine Natural products O=C(O[C@H]1[C@](O)(C(=O)OC)[C@@H]2N(C)c3c(cc(c(OC)c3)[C@]3(C(=O)OC)c4[nH]c5c(c4CCN4C[C@](O)(CC)C[C@H](C3)C4)cccc5)[C@@]32[C@H]2[C@@]1(CC)C=CCN2CC3)C JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960001561 bleomycin Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O bleomycin A2 Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC=C(N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCC[S+](C)C)[C@@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)C=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960004397 cyclophosphamide Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960000975 daunorubicin Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960003957 dexamethasone Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N etoposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@H](C)OC[C@H]4O3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 102000006495 integrins Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010044426 integrins Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960001603 tamoxifen Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960001278 teniposide Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960001196 thiotepa Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960003048 vinblastine Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincaleukoblastine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(=O)OC)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1NC1=CC=CC=C21 JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincristine Chemical compound C([N@]1C[C@@H](C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C([C@]56[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]7(CC)C=CCN([C@H]67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)C[C@@](C1)(O)CC)CC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960004528 vincristine Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N vincristine Natural products C1C(CC)(O)CC(CC2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C(C56C(C(C(OC(C)=O)C7(CC)C=CCN(C67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)CN1CCC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- IEXUMDBQLIVNHZ-YOUGDJEHSA-N (8s,11r,13r,14s,17s)-11-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]-17-hydroxy-17-(3-hydroxypropyl)-13-methyl-1,2,6,7,8,11,12,14,15,16-decahydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-one Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1[C@@H]1C2=C3CCC(=O)C=C3CC[C@H]2[C@H](CC[C@]2(O)CCCO)[C@@]2(C)C1 IEXUMDBQLIVNHZ-YOUGDJEHSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 4-aminofolic acid Chemical compound C1=NC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2N=C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229930189413 Esperamicin Natural products 0.000 claims description 2
- 229930192392 Mitomycin Natural products 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940009456 adriamycin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003896 aminopterin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960002092 busulfan Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960004562 carboplatin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- XREUEWVEMYWFFA-CSKJXFQVSA-N carminomycin Chemical compound C1[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1C2=C(O)C(C(=O)C3=C(O)C=CC=C3C3=O)=C3C(O)=C2C[C@@](O)(C(C)=O)C1 XREUEWVEMYWFFA-CSKJXFQVSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229930188550 carminomycin Natural products 0.000 claims description 2
- XREUEWVEMYWFFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N carminomycin I Natural products C1C(N)C(O)C(C)OC1OC1C2=C(O)C(C(=O)C3=C(O)C=CC=C3C3=O)=C3C(O)=C2CC(O)(C(C)=O)C1 XREUEWVEMYWFFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229950001725 carubicin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960005420 etoposide Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- HOMGKSMUEGBAAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N ifosfamide Chemical compound ClCCNP1(=O)OCCCN1CCCl HOMGKSMUEGBAAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001101 ifosfamide Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229950011093 onapristone Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- GBABOYUKABKIAF-GHYRFKGUSA-N vinorelbine Chemical compound C1N(CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=22)CC(CC)=C[C@H]1C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C1=CC([C@]23[C@H]([C@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]4(CC)C=CCN([C@H]34)CC2)(O)C(=O)OC)N2C)=C2C=C1OC GBABOYUKABKIAF-GHYRFKGUSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960002066 vinorelbine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 claims 66
- 125000001273 sulfonato group Chemical class [O-]S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 claims 12
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims 6
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims 6
- 230000021164 cell adhesion Effects 0.000 claims 6
- 208000015486 malignant pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims 6
- 201000002528 pancreatic cancer Diseases 0.000 claims 6
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims 6
- 208000032791 BCR-ABL1 positive chronic myelogenous leukemia Diseases 0.000 claims 5
- 206010005003 Bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 claims 5
- 208000003174 Brain Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims 5
- 208000010833 Chronic myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 claims 5
- 208000033761 Myelogenous Chronic BCR-ABL Positive Leukemia Diseases 0.000 claims 5
- 208000015634 Rectal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims 5
- 206010038389 Renal cancer Diseases 0.000 claims 5
- 208000007097 Urinary Bladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims 5
- 206010017758 gastric cancer Diseases 0.000 claims 5
- 201000010982 kidney cancer Diseases 0.000 claims 5
- 201000007270 liver cancer Diseases 0.000 claims 5
- 208000029559 malignant endocrine neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims 5
- 206010038038 rectal cancer Diseases 0.000 claims 5
- 201000001275 rectum cancer Diseases 0.000 claims 5
- 201000000849 skin cancer Diseases 0.000 claims 5
- 201000009381 skin hemangioma Diseases 0.000 claims 5
- 201000011549 stomach cancer Diseases 0.000 claims 5
- 201000005112 urinary bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 claims 5
- IAKHMKGGTNLKSZ-INIZCTEOSA-N (S)-colchicine Chemical compound C1([C@@H](NC(C)=O)CC2)=CC(=O)C(OC)=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(OC)C(OC)=C1OC IAKHMKGGTNLKSZ-INIZCTEOSA-N 0.000 claims 4
- UEJJHQNACJXSKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-1H-isoindole-1,3(2H)-dione Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)N1C1CCC(=O)NC1=O UEJJHQNACJXSKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 4
- 208000024893 Acute lymphoblastic leukemia Diseases 0.000 claims 4
- 208000031261 Acute myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 claims 4
- 102400000068 Angiostatin Human genes 0.000 claims 4
- 108010079709 Angiostatins Proteins 0.000 claims 4
- 239000005517 L01XE01 - Imatinib Substances 0.000 claims 4
- 206010038933 Retinopathy of prematurity Diseases 0.000 claims 4
- 102000009524 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor A Human genes 0.000 claims 4
- 102000009484 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 claims 4
- 239000004037 angiogenesis inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims 4
- FZCSTZYAHCUGEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N aspergillomarasmine B Natural products OC(=O)CNC(C(O)=O)CNC(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O FZCSTZYAHCUGEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 4
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims 4
- 229940080856 gleevec Drugs 0.000 claims 4
- KTUFNOKKBVMGRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imatinib Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1CC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC=2C=C(NC=3N=C(C=CN=3)C=3C=NC=CC=3)C(C)=CC=2)C=C1 KTUFNOKKBVMGRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 4
- 229960003433 thalidomide Drugs 0.000 claims 4
- 208000014697 Acute lymphocytic leukaemia Diseases 0.000 claims 3
- 208000016691 refractory malignant neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims 3
- 208000003120 Angiofibroma Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 208000037260 Atherosclerotic Plaque Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 102100039398 C-X-C motif chemokine 2 Human genes 0.000 claims 2
- 102000006579 Chemokine CXCL10 Human genes 0.000 claims 2
- 108010008978 Chemokine CXCL10 Proteins 0.000 claims 2
- 206010011017 Corneal graft rejection Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 206010012689 Diabetic retinopathy Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 102400001047 Endostatin Human genes 0.000 claims 2
- 108010079505 Endostatins Proteins 0.000 claims 2
- 108091008794 FGF receptors Proteins 0.000 claims 2
- 102000044168 Fibroblast Growth Factor Receptor Human genes 0.000 claims 2
- 208000010412 Glaucoma Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 101000889128 Homo sapiens C-X-C motif chemokine 2 Proteins 0.000 claims 2
- 102000006992 Interferon-alpha Human genes 0.000 claims 2
- 108010047761 Interferon-alpha Proteins 0.000 claims 2
- 102000008070 Interferon-gamma Human genes 0.000 claims 2
- 108010074328 Interferon-gamma Proteins 0.000 claims 2
- 102000013462 Interleukin-12 Human genes 0.000 claims 2
- 108010065805 Interleukin-12 Proteins 0.000 claims 2
- 208000007766 Kaposi sarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 102100021339 Multidrug resistance-associated protein 1 Human genes 0.000 claims 2
- 201000004404 Neurofibroma Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 102000004211 Platelet factor 4 Human genes 0.000 claims 2
- 108090000778 Platelet factor 4 Proteins 0.000 claims 2
- 102000003946 Prolactin Human genes 0.000 claims 2
- 108010057464 Prolactin Proteins 0.000 claims 2
- 206010037649 Pyogenic granuloma Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 102000002938 Thrombospondin Human genes 0.000 claims 2
- 108060008245 Thrombospondin Proteins 0.000 claims 2
- 108091008605 VEGF receptors Proteins 0.000 claims 2
- 108010034265 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptors Proteins 0.000 claims 2
- 208000014070 Vestibular schwannoma Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 208000004064 acoustic neuroma Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 claims 2
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 claims 2
- 229960001338 colchicine Drugs 0.000 claims 2
- 201000011066 hemangioma Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 201000001371 inclusion conjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 229960003130 interferon gamma Drugs 0.000 claims 2
- 229940117681 interleukin-12 Drugs 0.000 claims 2
- 230000009545 invasion Effects 0.000 claims 2
- 208000002780 macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 108010066052 multidrug resistance-associated protein 1 Proteins 0.000 claims 2
- 210000004898 n-terminal fragment Anatomy 0.000 claims 2
- 201000003142 neovascular glaucoma Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 229940097325 prolactin Drugs 0.000 claims 2
- 229960004641 rituximab Drugs 0.000 claims 2
- 206010044325 trachoma Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 239000002525 vasculotropin inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims 2
- 102100033350 ATP-dependent translocase ABCB1 Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 102000002004 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 108010015742 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Proteins 0.000 claims 1
- 230000005778 DNA damage Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 231100000277 DNA damage Toxicity 0.000 claims 1
- 108010047230 Member 1 Subfamily B ATP Binding Cassette Transporter Proteins 0.000 claims 1
- 230000005775 apoptotic pathway Effects 0.000 claims 1
- VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N azanide;cyclobutane-1,1-dicarboxylic acid;platinum(2+) Chemical compound [NH2-].[NH2-].[Pt+2].OC(=O)C1(C(O)=O)CCC1 VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 210000004214 philadelphia chromosome Anatomy 0.000 claims 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 15
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 12
- 235000013350 formula milk Nutrition 0.000 description 216
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 63
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 57
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 56
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 50
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 43
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 42
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 40
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 36
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 35
- 238000011218 seed culture Methods 0.000 description 35
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 33
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 32
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 32
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 32
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 25
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 25
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 108090000708 Proteasome Endopeptidase Complex Proteins 0.000 description 23
- 102000004245 Proteasome Endopeptidase Complex Human genes 0.000 description 23
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 23
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 20
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 230000001093 anti-cancer Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 18
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 17
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 16
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 16
- LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N teixobactin Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H]1C(N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C[C@@H]2NC(=N)NC2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)O[C@H]1C)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 15
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 14
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 14
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 13
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 12
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 229920001429 chelating resin Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 238000000855 fermentation Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000004151 fermentation Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 11
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 241000193738 Bacillus anthracis Species 0.000 description 10
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 10
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 10
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 10
- 101710194807 Protective antigen Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 9
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 9
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 9
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 9
- 238000000425 proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 9
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108010057466 NF-kappa B Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000003945 NF-kappa B Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 229940079156 Proteasome inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 241000426682 Salinispora Species 0.000 description 8
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 8
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000037012 chymotrypsin-like activity Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000000287 crude extract Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229960001031 glucose Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 230000009931 harmful effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 8
- 210000004969 inflammatory cell Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- GLVAUDGFNGKCSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercaptopurine Chemical compound S=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 GLVAUDGFNGKCSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000001613 neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 8
- IOLCXVTUBQKXJR-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium bromide Chemical compound [K+].[Br-] IOLCXVTUBQKXJR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 239000003207 proteasome inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 8
- NGWSFRIPKNWYAO-SHTIJGAHSA-N salinosporamide A Chemical compound C([C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@]23C(=O)O[C@]2([C@H](C(=O)N3)CCCl)C)CCC=C1 NGWSFRIPKNWYAO-SHTIJGAHSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 8
- WYWHKKSPHMUBEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tioguanine Chemical compound N1C(N)=NC(=S)C2=C1N=CN2 WYWHKKSPHMUBEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 7
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 7
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 7
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000013587 production medium Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000012138 yeast extract Substances 0.000 description 7
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 6
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 6
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 6
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229940041514 candida albicans extract Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 6
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000012678 infectious agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 6
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 6
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium iodide Chemical compound [Na+].[I-] FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 6
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 5
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 5
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 5
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 102000004232 Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinase Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000744 Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinase Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000000370 acceptor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 5
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000008298 dragée Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229950002736 marizomib Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000003952 Caspase 3 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000397 Caspase 3 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 208000001333 Colorectal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 4
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000012338 Poly(ADP-ribose) Polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010061844 Poly(ADP-ribose) Polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229920000776 Poly(Adenosine diphosphate-ribose) polymerase Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 4
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000000852 Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 201000008274 breast adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000002603 chloroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])Cl 0.000 description 4
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 201000010989 colorectal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 4
- TZTRNALMVOGNSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohex-2-en-1-ylmethanol Chemical group OCC1CCCC=C1 TZTRNALMVOGNSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- RUTXIHLAWFEWGM-UHFFFAOYSA-H iron(3+) sulfate Chemical compound [Fe+3].[Fe+3].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O RUTXIHLAWFEWGM-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 4
- 229910000360 iron(III) sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 208000002154 non-small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 201000001514 prostate carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 4
- NGWSFRIPKNWYAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N salinosporamide A Natural products N1C(=O)C(CCCl)C2(C)OC(=O)C21C(O)C1CCCC=C1 NGWSFRIPKNWYAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JHJLBTNAGRQEKS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium bromide Chemical compound [Na+].[Br-] JHJLBTNAGRQEKS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229960003087 tioguanine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- FPVKHBSQESCIEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N (8S)-3-(2-deoxy-beta-D-erythro-pentofuranosyl)-3,6,7,8-tetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d][1,3]diazepin-8-ol Natural products C1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NCC2O)=C2N=C1 FPVKHBSQESCIEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000224016 Plasmodium Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000340 anti-metabolite Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940100197 antimetabolite Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000002256 antimetabolite Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001851 biosynthetic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000036983 biotransformation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000013351 cheese Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 3
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- ODKNJVUHOIMIIZ-RRKCRQDMSA-N floxuridine Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(F)=C1 ODKNJVUHOIMIIZ-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960000961 floxuridine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002147 killing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960001428 mercaptopurine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 3
- FPVKHBSQESCIEP-JQCXWYLXSA-N pentostatin Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(N=CNC[C@H]2O)=C2N=C1 FPVKHBSQESCIEP-JQCXWYLXSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000036377 pgph activity Effects 0.000 description 3
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 3
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- RMVRSNDYEFQCLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiophenol Chemical compound SC1=CC=CC=C1 RMVRSNDYEFQCLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001810 trypsinlike Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- QIJRTFXNRTXDIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N (1-carboxy-2-sulfanylethyl)azanium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.Cl.SCC(N)C(O)=O QIJRTFXNRTXDIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FWPWHHUJACGNMZ-NBBQQVJHSA-N (1s,2r,5r)-5-[(1s)-1-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl]-2-methyl-7-oxa-4-azabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane-3,6-dione Chemical compound N1C(=O)[C@H](C)[C@@H]2OC(=O)[C@@]21[C@@H](O)C(C)C FWPWHHUJACGNMZ-NBBQQVJHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100025573 1-alkyl-2-acetylglycerophosphocholine esterase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020004465 16S ribosomal RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010024976 Asparaginase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000193830 Bacillus <bacterium> Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000024172 Cardiovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010031896 Cell Cycle Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000005483 Cell Cycle Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000317 Chymotrypsin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229940126062 Compound A Drugs 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- VUGZQVCBBBEZQE-VRQRJWBYSA-N Ethylmalonyl-CoA Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OCC(C)(C)C(O)C(=O)NCCC(=O)NCCSC(=O)C(C(O)=O)CC)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(N)=C2N=C1 VUGZQVCBBBEZQE-VRQRJWBYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 244000068988 Glycine max Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000010469 Glycine max Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heterophylliin A Natural products O1C2COC(=O)C3=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C3C3=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=C3C(=O)OC2C(OC(=O)C=2C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=2)C(O)C1OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101000891649 Homo sapiens Transcription elongation factor A protein-like 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-TZNDIEGXSA-N Idarubicin Chemical compound C1[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1C2=C(O)C(C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C3=O)=C3C(O)=C2C[C@@](O)(C(C)=O)C1 XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-TZNDIEGXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DAQAKHDKYAWHCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lactacystin Natural products CC(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CSC(=O)C1(C(O)C(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)C1O DAQAKHDKYAWHCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101000596402 Mus musculus Neuronal vesicle trafficking-associated protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000800539 Mus musculus Translationally-controlled tumor protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 101150091206 Nfkbia gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102400001093 PAK-2p27 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentane Chemical compound CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000001888 Peptone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010080698 Peptones Proteins 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006146 Roswell Park Memorial Institute medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 101000781972 Schizosaccharomyces pombe (strain 972 / ATCC 24843) Protein wos2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 101001009610 Toxoplasma gondii Dense granule protein 5 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100040250 Transcription elongation factor A protein-like 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108050008367 Transmembrane emp24 domain-containing protein 7 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZSLZBFCDCINBPY-ZSJPKINUSA-N acetyl-CoA Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OCC(C)(C)[C@@H](O)C(=O)NCCC(=O)NCCSC(=O)C)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(N)=C2N=C1 ZSLZBFCDCINBPY-ZSJPKINUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005273 aeration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940050528 albumin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001356 alkyl thiols Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- YBBLVLTVTVSKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N anastrozole Chemical compound N#CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(C)(C#N)C)=CC(CN2N=CN=C2)=C1 YBBLVLTVTVSKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RGHILYZRVFRRNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene-1,2-dione Chemical class C1=CC=C2C=C(C(C(=O)C=C3)=O)C3=CC2=C1 RGHILYZRVFRRNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940046836 anti-estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000001833 anti-estrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002924 anti-infective effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-MZWXYZOWSA-N benzene-d6 Chemical compound [2H]C1=C([2H])C([2H])=C([2H])C([2H])=C1[2H] UHOVQNZJYSORNB-MZWXYZOWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N boronic acid Chemical compound OBO ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 2
- 108010079058 casein hydrolysate Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000036953 caspase-like activity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003034 chemosensitisation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960002376 chymotrypsin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229940124301 concurrent medication Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- KVFDZFBHBWTVID-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanecarbaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1CCCCC1 KVFDZFBHBWTVID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- PAFZNILMFXTMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexylamine Chemical compound NC1CCCCC1 PAFZNILMFXTMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001305 cysteine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000172 cytosol Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000007857 degradation product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000032 diagnostic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940039227 diagnostic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002050 diffraction method Methods 0.000 description 2
- PXEDJBXQKAGXNJ-QTNFYWBSSA-L disodium L-glutamate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC([O-])=O PXEDJBXQKAGXNJ-QTNFYWBSSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000328 estrogen antagonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- FKRCODPIKNYEAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl propionate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC FKRCODPIKNYEAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004052 folic acid antagonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000009499 grossing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N isomaltotriose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O)O1 FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004922 lacquer Substances 0.000 description 2
- DAQAKHDKYAWHCG-RWTHQLGUSA-N lactacystin Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CSC(=O)[C@]1([C@@H](O)C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)[C@@H]1O DAQAKHDKYAWHCG-RWTHQLGUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001375 lactose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960001855 mannitol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000012054 meals Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-BKHRDMLASA-N mithramycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1C[C@@H](O[C@H](C)[C@H]1O)OC=1C=C2C=C3C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)C3=C(O)C2=C(O)C=1C)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2O[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]3O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@](C)(O)C3)C2)C1)[C@H](OC)C(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@H]1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O1 CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-BKHRDMLASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000013923 monosodium glutamate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004305 normal phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003791 organic solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002611 ovarian Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000006179 pH buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002340 pentostatin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019319 peptone Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 2
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Substances [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003171 plicamycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- SUVIGLJNEAMWEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-1-thiol Chemical compound CCCS SUVIGLJNEAMWEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000019419 proteases Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- JXOHGGNKMLTUBP-HSUXUTPPSA-N shikimic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H]1CC(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O JXOHGGNKMLTUBP-HSUXUTPPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JXOHGGNKMLTUBP-JKUQZMGJSA-N shikimic acid Natural products O[C@@H]1CC(C(O)=O)=C[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O JXOHGGNKMLTUBP-JKUQZMGJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940073490 sodium glutamate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000009518 sodium iodide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011877 solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005309 thioalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012137 tryptone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 2
- NGWSFRIPKNWYAO-XWKQNIGYSA-N (1s,2s,5r)-2-(2-chloroethyl)-5-[(s)-[(1s)-cyclohex-2-en-1-yl]-hydroxymethyl]-1-methyl-7-oxa-4-azabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane-3,6-dione Chemical compound C([C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@]23C(=O)O[C@]2([C@@H](C(=O)N3)CCCl)C)CCC=C1 NGWSFRIPKNWYAO-XWKQNIGYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HFVMEOPYDLEHBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-fluorophenyl)-phenylmethanol Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(F)C=1C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HFVMEOPYDLEHBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-LGWHJFRWSA-N (5s,5ar,8ar,9r)-5-hydroxy-9-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-5a,6,8a,9-tetrahydro-5h-[2]benzofuro[5,6-f][1,3]benzodioxol-8-one Chemical compound COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-LGWHJFRWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OMJKFYKNWZZKTK-POHAHGRESA-N (5z)-5-(dimethylaminohydrazinylidene)imidazole-4-carboxamide Chemical compound CN(C)N\N=C1/N=CN=C1C(N)=O OMJKFYKNWZZKTK-POHAHGRESA-N 0.000 description 1
- MWWSFMDVAYGXBV-MYPASOLCSA-N (7r,9s)-7-[(2r,4s,5s,6s)-4-amino-5-hydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl]oxy-6,9,11-trihydroxy-9-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-4-methoxy-8,10-dihydro-7h-tetracene-5,12-dione;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.O([C@@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 MWWSFMDVAYGXBV-MYPASOLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSNHCAURESNICA-NJFSPNSNSA-N 1-oxidanylurea Chemical compound N[14C](=O)NO VSNHCAURESNICA-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001731 2-cyanoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C#N 0.000 description 1
- HZLCGUXUOFWCCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxynonadecane-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(C(O)=O)C(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O HZLCGUXUOFWCCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTRPRMNBTVRDFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-n-methyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-triamine Chemical compound CNC1=NC(N)=NC(N)=N1 CTRPRMNBTVRDFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NDMPLJNOPCLANR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dihydroxy-15-(4-hydroxy-18-methoxycarbonyl-5,18-seco-ibogamin-18-yl)-16-methoxy-1-methyl-6,7-didehydro-aspidospermidine-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester Natural products C1C(CC)(O)CC(CC2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C(C56C(C(C(O)C7(CC)C=CCN(C67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C)C=3)OC)CN1CCC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 NDMPLJNOPCLANR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WUIABRMSWOKTOF-OYALTWQYSA-N 3-[[2-[2-[2-[[(2s,3r)-2-[[(2s,3s,4r)-4-[[(2s,3r)-2-[[6-amino-2-[(1s)-3-amino-1-[[(2s)-2,3-diamino-3-oxopropyl]amino]-3-oxopropyl]-5-methylpyrimidine-4-carbonyl]amino]-3-[(2r,3s,4s,5s,6s)-3-[(2r,3s,4s,5r,6r)-4-carbamoyloxy-3,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)ox Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O.N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC=C(N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCC[S+](C)C)[C@@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)C=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C WUIABRMSWOKTOF-OYALTWQYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940090248 4-hydroxybenzoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PXRKCOCTEMYUEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-aminoisoindole-1,3-dione Chemical compound NC1=CC=C2C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1 PXRKCOCTEMYUEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010022579 ATP dependent 26S protease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010001052 Acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019489 Almond oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010003591 Ataxia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aziridine Chemical compound C1CN1 NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[CH]O Chemical group C[CH]O GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010006895 Cachexia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KLWPJMFMVPTNCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Camptothecin Natural products CCC1(O)C(=O)OCC2=C1C=C3C4Nc5ccccc5C=C4CN3C2=O KLWPJMFMVPTNCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DLGOEMSEDOSKAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carmustine Chemical compound ClCCNC(=O)N(N=O)CCCl DLGOEMSEDOSKAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000623 Cellulose acetate phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000001817 Cereus hexagonus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000016950 Chemokine CXCL1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014419 Chemokine CXCL1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000019034 Chemokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010012236 Chemokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000017667 Chronic Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100025566 Chymotrypsin-like protease CTRL-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- PTOAARAWEBMLNO-KVQBGUIXSA-N Cladribine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC(Cl)=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 PTOAARAWEBMLNO-KVQBGUIXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000195493 Cryptophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100285410 Danio rerio eng2b gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010012438 Dermatitis atopic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010048768 Dermatosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100031480 Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710146526 Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000009024 Epidermal Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000000461 Esophageal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000008808 Fibrosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019733 Fish meal Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010017993 Gastrointestinal neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002148 Gellan gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000032612 Glial tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010018338 Glioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010018364 Glomerulonephritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000001258 Hemangiosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000017604 Hodgkin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010747 Hodgkins lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000856199 Homo sapiens Chymotrypsin-like protease CTRL-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000702559 Homo sapiens Probable global transcription activator SNF2L2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Idarubicin Natural products C1C(N)C(O)C(C)OC1OC1C2=C(O)C(C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C3=O)=C3C(O)=C2CC(O)(C(C)=O)C1 XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930194542 Keto Natural products 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000111 LD50 Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- GQYIWUVLTXOXAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lomustine Chemical compound ClCCN(N=O)C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 GQYIWUVLTXOXAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124647 MEK inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019759 Maize starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010006035 Metalloproteases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005741 Metalloproteases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000007201 Myocardial reperfusion injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N N-debenzoyl-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-10-deacetyltaxol Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H]2[C@@](C([C@H](O)C3=C(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=4C=CC=CC=4)C[C@]1(O)C3(C)C)=O)(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1OC[C@]12OC(=O)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010028851 Necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Niacin Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000031662 Noncommunicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BPQQTUXANYXVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orthosilicate Chemical compound [O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] BPQQTUXANYXVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000009052 Precursor T-Cell Lymphoblastic Leukemia-Lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710098940 Pro-epidermal growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100031021 Probable global transcription activator SNF2L2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- RJKFOVLPORLFTN-LEKSSAKUSA-N Progesterone Chemical class C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H](C(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 RJKFOVLPORLFTN-LEKSSAKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000001253 Protein Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 201000001263 Psoriatic Arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036824 Psoriatic arthropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010063837 Reperfusion injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700008625 Reporter Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000013616 Respiratory Distress Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010040070 Septic Shock Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 244000062793 Sorghum vulgare Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000019764 Soybean Meal Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 201000002661 Spondylitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 208000029052 T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric Acid Chemical compound [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940123237 Taxane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101710183280 Topoisomerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000223104 Trypanosoma Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100040247 Tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000008385 Urogenital Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940122803 Vinca alkaloid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- MBHRHUJRKGNOKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N [(4,6-diamino-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)amino]methanol Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NC(NCO)=N1 MBHRHUJRKGNOKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YKTSYUJCYHOUJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N [O--].[Al+3].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] Chemical compound [O--].[Al+3].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] YKTSYUJCYHOUJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000205 acacia gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000011186 acute T cell leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003470 adrenal cortex hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001780 adrenocortical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000011341 adult acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000028 adult respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940040563 agaric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229930013930 alkaloid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000000033 alkoxyamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000008052 alkyl sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008168 almond oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N alpha-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000266 alpha-aminoacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000004645 aluminates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960002932 anastrozole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003098 androgen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003817 anthracycline antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940045799 anthracyclines and related substance Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000022338 anthrax infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002280 anti-androgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003432 anti-folate effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000843 anti-fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000947 anti-immunosuppressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000051 antiandrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127074 antifolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940045719 antineoplastic alkylating agent nitrosoureas Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940041181 antineoplastic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940045985 antineoplastic platinum compound Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940078010 arimidex Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003886 aromatase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940046844 aromatase inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 201000008937 atopic dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N beta-maltose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010876 biochemical test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008512 biological response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001815 biotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036770 blood supply Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002798 bone marrow cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000001642 boronic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000000133 brain stem Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 1
- 125000004744 butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CRFNGMNYKDXRTN-CITAKDKDSA-N butyryl-CoA Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OCC(C)(C)[C@@H](O)C(=O)NCCC(=O)NCCSC(=O)CCC)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(N)=C2N=C1 CRFNGMNYKDXRTN-CITAKDKDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052793 cadmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium atom Chemical compound [Cd] BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium hydrogenphosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OP([O-])([O-])=O FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-FQEVSTJZSA-N camptothecin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)[C@]5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-FQEVSTJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940127093 camptothecin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005907 cancer growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000035269 cancer or benign tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000001719 carbohydrate derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 1
- YAYRGNWWLMLWJE-UHFFFAOYSA-L carboplatin Chemical compound O=C1O[Pt](N)(N)OC(=O)C11CCC1 YAYRGNWWLMLWJE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004181 carboxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005243 carmustine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000024245 cell differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033077 cellular process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940081734 cellulose acetate phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013339 cereals Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000973 chemotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012829 chemotherapy agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013375 chromatographic separation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001886 ciliary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- RKTYLMNFRDHKIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper;5,10,15,20-tetraphenylporphyrin-22,24-diide Chemical compound [Cu+2].C1=CC(C(=C2C=CC([N-]2)=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC(N=2)=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C2=CC=C3[N-]2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NC1=C3C1=CC=CC=C1 RKTYLMNFRDHKIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003246 corticosteroid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001334 corticosteroids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KFWWCMJSYSSPSK-PAXLJYGASA-N crotonoyl-CoA Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OCC(C)(C)[C@@H](O)C(=O)NCCC(=O)NCCSC(=O)/C=C/C)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(N)=C2N=C1 KFWWCMJSYSSPSK-PAXLJYGASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001923 cyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001925 cycloalkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002433 cysteine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000684 cytarabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002784 cytotoxicity assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000263 cytotoxicity test Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229960003901 dacarbazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N deoliosyl-3C-alpha-L-digitoxosyl-MTM Natural products CC=1C(O)=C2C(O)=C3C(=O)C(OC4OC(C)C(O)C(OC5OC(C)C(O)C(OC6OC(C)C(O)C(C)(O)C6)C5)C4)C(C(OC)C(=O)C(O)C(C)O)CC3=CC2=CC=1OC(OC(C)C1O)CC1OC1CC(O)C(O)C(C)O1 CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019700 dicalcium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004177 diethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000118 dimethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229960001760 dimethyl sulfoxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-camptothecin Natural products C1=CC=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)C5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003668 docetaxel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006575 electron-withdrawing group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000002330 electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000012202 endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N epipodophyllotoxin Natural products COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC(C2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3C(O)C3C2C(OC3)=O)=C1 YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DOGIDQKFVLKMLQ-JTHVHQAWSA-N epoxomicin Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N(C)C(C)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)[C@@]1(C)CO1 DOGIDQKFVLKMLQ-JTHVHQAWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700002672 epoxomicin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940011871 estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005469 ethylenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WFCLYEAZTHWNEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylthiocyanate Chemical compound CCSC#N WFCLYEAZTHWNEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000105 evaporative light scattering detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013265 extended release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003889 eye drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940012356 eye drops Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010685 fatty oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003176 fibrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004467 fishmeal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013312 flour Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000390 fludarabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GIUYCYHIANZCFB-FJFJXFQQSA-N fludarabine phosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC(F)=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GIUYCYHIANZCFB-FJFJXFQQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000005699 fluoropyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002074 flutamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MKXKFYHWDHIYRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N flutamide Chemical compound CC(C)C(=O)NC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C(C(F)(F)F)=C1 MKXKFYHWDHIYRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003205 fragrance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010492 gellan gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000216 gellan gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003862 glucocorticoid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000227 grinding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009036 growth inhibition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005553 heteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004470 heterocyclooxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940125697 hormonal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002349 hydroxyamino group Chemical group [H]ON([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940099279 idamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000908 idarubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000026278 immune system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000367 immunologic factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001024 immunotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010874 in vitro model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006882 induction of apoptosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007914 intraventricular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- UWKQSNNFCGGAFS-XIFFEERXSA-N irinotecan Chemical compound C1=C2C(CC)=C3CN(C(C4=C([C@@](C(=O)OC4)(O)CC)C=4)=O)C=4C3=NC2=CC=C1OC(=O)N(CC1)CCC1N1CCCCC1 UWKQSNNFCGGAFS-XIFFEERXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004768 irinotecan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000028867 ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005928 isopropyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(OC(*)=O)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000004715 keto acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 231100000225 lethality Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012669 liquid formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002247 lomustine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010025135 lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004961 mechlorethamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HAWPXGHAZFHHAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N mechlorethamine Chemical class ClCCN(C)CCCl HAWPXGHAZFHHAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000037819 metastatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000011575 metastatic malignant neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GXHMMDRXHUIUMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O.CS(O)(=O)=O GXHMMDRXHUIUMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019713 millet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001823 molecular biology technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 1
- HDZGCSFEDULWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N monomethylhydrazine Chemical class CNN HDZGCSFEDULWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003471 mutagenic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000707 mutagenic chemical Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PSZYNBSKGUBXEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=CC2=C1 PSZYNBSKGUBXEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006654 negative regulation of apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005170 neoplastic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- OSTGTTZJOCZWJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrosourea Chemical compound NC(=O)N=NO OSTGTTZJOCZWJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003956 nonsteroidal anti androgen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002997 ophthalmic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004768 organ dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 201000008482 osteoarthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000008968 osteosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001820 oxy group Chemical group [*:1]O[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 125000005633 phthalidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003058 platinum compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930001119 polyketide Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000000830 polyketide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- XOFYZVNMUHMLCC-ZPOLXVRWSA-N prednisone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3C(=O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 XOFYZVNMUHMLCC-ZPOLXVRWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004618 prednisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002953 preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001023 pro-angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000583 progesterone congener Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004742 propyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108060006633 protein kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002212 purine nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940117820 purinethol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003790 pyrimidine antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000637 radiosensitizating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010837 receptor-mediated endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003488 releasing hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000037803 restenosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940100486 rice starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005930 sec-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(OC(*)=O)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000011894 semi-preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036303 septic shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108091006024 signal transducing proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000034285 signal transducing proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037380 skin damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000017520 skin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012439 solid excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003381 solubilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004455 soybean meal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010041823 squamous cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940037128 systemic glucocorticoids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DKPFODGZWDEEBT-QFIAKTPHSA-N taxane Chemical class C([C@]1(C)CCC[C@@H](C)[C@H]1C1)C[C@H]2[C@H](C)CC[C@@H]1C2(C)C DKPFODGZWDEEBT-QFIAKTPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003505 terpenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000007586 terpenes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005323 thioketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012049 topical pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000027 toxicology Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AYNNSCRYTDRFCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N triazene Chemical compound NN=N AYNNSCRYTDRFCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000034512 ubiquitination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010798 ubiquitination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930195735 unsaturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003672 ureas Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- UGGWPQSBPIFKDZ-KOTLKJBCSA-N vindesine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(N)=O)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1N=C1[C]2C=CC=C1 UGGWPQSBPIFKDZ-KOTLKJBCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004355 vindesine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940100445 wheat starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002424 x-ray crystallography Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
- A61K31/407—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil condensed with other heterocyclic ring systems, e.g. ketorolac, physostigmine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/335—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
- A61K31/34—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide
- A61K31/343—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide condensed with a carbocyclic ring, e.g. coumaran, bufuralol, befunolol, clobenfurol, amiodarone
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/655—Azo (—N=N—), diazo (=N2), azoxy (>N—O—N< or N(=O)—N<), azido (—N3) or diazoamino (—N=N—N<) compounds
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
- A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/16—Emollients or protectives, e.g. against radiation
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
- A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
- A61P27/06—Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/10—Antimycotics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
- A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P33/00—Antiparasitic agents
- A61P33/02—Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
- A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
- A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/08—Vasodilators for multiple indications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Transplantation (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- AIDS & HIV (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
Abstract
Disclosed are methods of treating cancer, inflammatory conditions, and/or infectious disease in an animal comprising: administering to the animal, a therapeutically effective amount of a heterocyclic compound. The animal is a mammal, preferably a human or a rodent.
Description
NEREUS.079VPC2 PATENT
METHODS OF USING [3.2.0] HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS AND ANALOGS
THEREOF
Related Patent Information [0001] This application claims priority under 35 U.S.C. 119(e) to U.S.
Provisional Application Nos. 60/633,379, filed Dec. 3, 2004; 60/643,922, filed Jan. 13, 2005;
60/658,884, filed March 4, 2005; and 60/676,533, filed April 29, 2005 which are entitled METHODS OF USING [3.2.0] HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS AND ANALOGS
THEREOF; and each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Field of the Invention [0002] The present invention relates to certain compounds and to inethods for the preparation and the use of certain compounds in the fields of chemistry and medicine.
Embodiments of the invention disclosed herein relate to methods of using heterocyclic compounds. In some embodiments, the compounds are used as proteasome inhibitors. In other embodiments, the compounds are used to treat inflamination, cancer, and infectious diseases.
Desciiption of the Related Art [0003] Cancer is a leading cause of death in the United States. Despite significant efforts to find new approaches for treating cancer, the primary treatinent options remain surgery, chemotherapy and radiation therapy, either alone or in combination.
Surgery and radiation therapy, however, are generally useful only for fairly defined types of cancer, and are of limited use for treating patients with disseminated disease.
Chemotherapy is the method that is generally useful in treating patients with metastatic cancer or diffuse cancers such as leukemias. Although chemotherapy can provide a therapeutic benefit, it often fails to result in cure of the disease due to the patient's cancer cells becoming resistant to the chemotherapeutic agent. Due, in part, to the likelihood of cancer cells becoming resistant to a chemotherapeutic agent, such agents are commonly used in combination to treat patients.
METHODS OF USING [3.2.0] HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS AND ANALOGS
THEREOF
Related Patent Information [0001] This application claims priority under 35 U.S.C. 119(e) to U.S.
Provisional Application Nos. 60/633,379, filed Dec. 3, 2004; 60/643,922, filed Jan. 13, 2005;
60/658,884, filed March 4, 2005; and 60/676,533, filed April 29, 2005 which are entitled METHODS OF USING [3.2.0] HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS AND ANALOGS
THEREOF; and each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Field of the Invention [0002] The present invention relates to certain compounds and to inethods for the preparation and the use of certain compounds in the fields of chemistry and medicine.
Embodiments of the invention disclosed herein relate to methods of using heterocyclic compounds. In some embodiments, the compounds are used as proteasome inhibitors. In other embodiments, the compounds are used to treat inflamination, cancer, and infectious diseases.
Desciiption of the Related Art [0003] Cancer is a leading cause of death in the United States. Despite significant efforts to find new approaches for treating cancer, the primary treatinent options remain surgery, chemotherapy and radiation therapy, either alone or in combination.
Surgery and radiation therapy, however, are generally useful only for fairly defined types of cancer, and are of limited use for treating patients with disseminated disease.
Chemotherapy is the method that is generally useful in treating patients with metastatic cancer or diffuse cancers such as leukemias. Although chemotherapy can provide a therapeutic benefit, it often fails to result in cure of the disease due to the patient's cancer cells becoming resistant to the chemotherapeutic agent. Due, in part, to the likelihood of cancer cells becoming resistant to a chemotherapeutic agent, such agents are commonly used in combination to treat patients.
[0004] Similarly, infectious diseases caused, for example, by bacteria, fungi and protozoa are becoming increasingly difficult to treat and cure. For example, more and more bacteria, fungi and protozoa are developing resistance to current antibiotics and chemotherapeutic agents. Examples of such microbes include Bacillus, Leishnaan.ia, Plasmodium and Trypanosoina.
[0005] Furthermore, a growing number of diseases and medical conditions are classified as inflammatory diseases. Such diseases include conditions such as asthma to cardiovascular diseases. These diseases continue to affect larger and larger numbers of people worldwide despite new therapies and medical advances.
[0006] Therefore, a need exists for additional chemotherapeutics, anti-microbial agents, and anti-inflammatory agents to treat cancer, inflammatory diseases and infectious disease. A continuing effort is being made by individual investigators, academia and coinpanies to identify new, potentially useful chemotherapeutic and anti-microbial agents.
[0007] Marine-derived natural products are a rich source of potential new anti-cancer agents and anti-microbial agents. The oceans are massively complex and house a diverse asseinblage of microbes that occur in environments of extreme variations in pressure, salinity, and temperature. Marine microorganisms have therefore developed unique metabolic and physiological capabilities that not only ensure survival in extreme and varied habitats, but also offer the potential to produce metabolites that would not be observed from terrestrial microorganisms (Okami, Y. 1993 J Mar Biotechnol 1:59).
Representative structural classes of such metabolites include terpenes, peptides, polyketides, and compounds with mixed biosynthetic origins. Many of these molecules have demonstrable anti-tumor, anti-bacterial, anti-fungal, anti-inflammatory or immunosuppressive activities (Bull, A.T. et al. 2000 Microbiol Mol Biol Rev 64:573; Cragg, G.M. & D.J. Newman 2002 Trends Pharinacol Sci 23:404; Kerr, R.G. & S.S. Kerr 1999 Exp Opin Tlaer Patents 9:1207; Moore, B.S 1999 Nat Prod Rep 16:653; Faulkner, D.J. 2001 Nat Prod Rep 18:1; Mayer, A.
M. &
V.K. Lehmann 2001 Anticancer Res 21:2489), validating the utility of this source for isolating invaluable therapeutic agents. Further, the isolation of novel anti-cancer and anti-microbial agents that represent alternative mechanistic classes to those currently on the marlcet will help to address resistance concerns, including any mechanism-based resistance that may have been engineered into pathogens for bioterrorism puiposes.
Summarv of the Invention [0008] The embodiments disclosed herein generally relate to chemical compounds, including heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof. Some embodiments are directed to the use of compounds as proteasome inhibitors.
Representative structural classes of such metabolites include terpenes, peptides, polyketides, and compounds with mixed biosynthetic origins. Many of these molecules have demonstrable anti-tumor, anti-bacterial, anti-fungal, anti-inflammatory or immunosuppressive activities (Bull, A.T. et al. 2000 Microbiol Mol Biol Rev 64:573; Cragg, G.M. & D.J. Newman 2002 Trends Pharinacol Sci 23:404; Kerr, R.G. & S.S. Kerr 1999 Exp Opin Tlaer Patents 9:1207; Moore, B.S 1999 Nat Prod Rep 16:653; Faulkner, D.J. 2001 Nat Prod Rep 18:1; Mayer, A.
M. &
V.K. Lehmann 2001 Anticancer Res 21:2489), validating the utility of this source for isolating invaluable therapeutic agents. Further, the isolation of novel anti-cancer and anti-microbial agents that represent alternative mechanistic classes to those currently on the marlcet will help to address resistance concerns, including any mechanism-based resistance that may have been engineered into pathogens for bioterrorism puiposes.
Summarv of the Invention [0008] The embodiments disclosed herein generally relate to chemical compounds, including heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof. Some embodiments are directed to the use of compounds as proteasome inhibitors.
[0009] In other embodiments, the compounds are used to treat neoplastic diseases, for example, to inhibit the growth of tumors, cancers and other neoplastic tissues. The methods of treatment disclosed herein can be employed with any patient suspected of carrying tumorous growths, cancers, or other neoplastic growths, either benign or malignant ("tumor" or "tumors" as used herein encompasses tumors, cancers, disseminated neoplastic cells and localized neoplastic growths). Examples of such growths include but are not limited to breast cancers; osteosarcomas, angiosarcomas, fibrosarcomas and other sarcomas;
leukemias; sinus tumors; ovarian, uretal, bladder, prostate and other genitourinary cancers;
colon, esophageal and stomach cancers and other gastrointestinal cancers; lung cancers;
lymphomas; myelomas; pancreatic cancers; liver cancers; kidney cancers;
endocrine cancers;
skin cancers; melanomas; angiomas; and brain or central nervous system (CNS;
glioma) cancers. In general, the tumor or growth to be treated can be any tumor or cancer, primary or secondaiy. Certain embodiments relate to methods of treating neoplastic diseases in animals.
The method can include, for example, administering an effective amount of a compound to a patient in need thereof. Other embodiments relate to the use of compounds in the manufacture of a pharmaceutical or medicament for the treatment of a neoplastic disease.
leukemias; sinus tumors; ovarian, uretal, bladder, prostate and other genitourinary cancers;
colon, esophageal and stomach cancers and other gastrointestinal cancers; lung cancers;
lymphomas; myelomas; pancreatic cancers; liver cancers; kidney cancers;
endocrine cancers;
skin cancers; melanomas; angiomas; and brain or central nervous system (CNS;
glioma) cancers. In general, the tumor or growth to be treated can be any tumor or cancer, primary or secondaiy. Certain embodiments relate to methods of treating neoplastic diseases in animals.
The method can include, for example, administering an effective amount of a compound to a patient in need thereof. Other embodiments relate to the use of compounds in the manufacture of a pharmaceutical or medicament for the treatment of a neoplastic disease.
[0010] The compounds can be administered or used in combination with treatments such as chemotherapy, radiation, and biologic therapies. In some embodiments the compounds can be administered or used with a chemotherapeutic agent.
Examples of such chemotlierapeutics include Alkaloids, alkylating agents, antibiotics, antimetabolites, enzymes, hormones, platinum compounds, immunotherapeutics (antibodies, T-cells, epitopes), BRMs, and the like. Examples include, Vincristine, Vinblastine, Vindesine, Paclitaxel (Taxol), Docetaxel, topoisomerase inhibibitors epipodophyllotoxins (Etoposide (VP-16), Teniposide (VM-26)), Camptothecin, nitrogen mustards (cyclophosphamide), Nitrosoureas, Carmustine, lomustine, dacarbazine, hydroxymethylmelamine, thiotepa and mitocycin C, Dactinomycin (Actinomycin D), anthracycline antibiotics (Daunorubicin, Daunomycin, Cerubidine), Doxorubicin (Adriamycin), Idarubicin (Idamycin), Anthracenediones (Mitoxantrone), Bleomycin (Blenoxane), Plicamycin (Mithramycin, Antifolates (Methotrexate (Folex, Mexate)), purine antimetabolites (6-mercaptopurine (6-MP, Purinethol) and 6- thioguanine (6-TG). The two major anticancer drugs in this category are 6-mercaptopurine and 6-thioguanine, Chlorodeoxyadenosine and Pentostatin, Pentostatin (2'-deoxycoformycin), pyrimidine antagonists, fluoropyrimidines (5-fluorouracil(Adiucil), 5-fluorodeoxyuridine (FdUrd) (Floxuridine)), Cytosine Arabinoside (Cytosar, ara-C), Fludarabine, L-ASPARAGINASE, Hydroxyurea, glucocorticoids, antiestrogens, tamoxifen, nonsteroidal antiandrogens, flutamide, aromatase inhibitors Anastrozole(Arimidex), Cisplatin, 6-Mercaptopurine and Thioguanine, Methotrexate, Cytoxan, Cytarabine, L-Asparaginase, Steroids: Prednisone and Dexamethasone. Also, proteasome inhibitors such as bortezomib can be used in combination with the instant compounds, for example.
Examples of biologics can include agents such as TRAIL antibodies to TRAIL, integrins such as alpha-V-beta-3 (aV(33) and / or other cytokine/growth factors that are involved in angiogenesis, VEGF, EGF, FGF and PDGF. In some aspects, the compounds can be conjugated to or delivered with an antibody. The above-described combination methods can be used to treat a variety of conditions, including cancer and neoplastic diseases, inflammation, and microbial infections.
Examples of such chemotlierapeutics include Alkaloids, alkylating agents, antibiotics, antimetabolites, enzymes, hormones, platinum compounds, immunotherapeutics (antibodies, T-cells, epitopes), BRMs, and the like. Examples include, Vincristine, Vinblastine, Vindesine, Paclitaxel (Taxol), Docetaxel, topoisomerase inhibibitors epipodophyllotoxins (Etoposide (VP-16), Teniposide (VM-26)), Camptothecin, nitrogen mustards (cyclophosphamide), Nitrosoureas, Carmustine, lomustine, dacarbazine, hydroxymethylmelamine, thiotepa and mitocycin C, Dactinomycin (Actinomycin D), anthracycline antibiotics (Daunorubicin, Daunomycin, Cerubidine), Doxorubicin (Adriamycin), Idarubicin (Idamycin), Anthracenediones (Mitoxantrone), Bleomycin (Blenoxane), Plicamycin (Mithramycin, Antifolates (Methotrexate (Folex, Mexate)), purine antimetabolites (6-mercaptopurine (6-MP, Purinethol) and 6- thioguanine (6-TG). The two major anticancer drugs in this category are 6-mercaptopurine and 6-thioguanine, Chlorodeoxyadenosine and Pentostatin, Pentostatin (2'-deoxycoformycin), pyrimidine antagonists, fluoropyrimidines (5-fluorouracil(Adiucil), 5-fluorodeoxyuridine (FdUrd) (Floxuridine)), Cytosine Arabinoside (Cytosar, ara-C), Fludarabine, L-ASPARAGINASE, Hydroxyurea, glucocorticoids, antiestrogens, tamoxifen, nonsteroidal antiandrogens, flutamide, aromatase inhibitors Anastrozole(Arimidex), Cisplatin, 6-Mercaptopurine and Thioguanine, Methotrexate, Cytoxan, Cytarabine, L-Asparaginase, Steroids: Prednisone and Dexamethasone. Also, proteasome inhibitors such as bortezomib can be used in combination with the instant compounds, for example.
Examples of biologics can include agents such as TRAIL antibodies to TRAIL, integrins such as alpha-V-beta-3 (aV(33) and / or other cytokine/growth factors that are involved in angiogenesis, VEGF, EGF, FGF and PDGF. In some aspects, the compounds can be conjugated to or delivered with an antibody. The above-described combination methods can be used to treat a variety of conditions, including cancer and neoplastic diseases, inflammation, and microbial infections.
[0011] In still other embodiments, the compounds are used to treat inflammatory conditions. Certain embodiments relate to methods of treating inflammatory conditions in animals. The method can include, for example, administering an effective amount of a compound to a patient in need thereof. Other embodiments relate to the use of compounds in the manufacture of a pharmaceutical or medicament for the treatment of inflammation.
[0012] In certain embodiments, the compounds are used to treat infectious diseases. The infectious agent can be a microbe, for example, bacteria, fungi, protozoans, and microscopic algae, or viruses. Further, the infectious agent can be B.
antlaracis (anthrax).
In some embodiments the infectious agent is a parasite. For example, the infectious agent can be Plasnaodium, Leishinania, and Trypanosonaa. Certain embodiments relate to methods of treating infectious agents in animals. The method can include, for example, administering an effective amount of a compound to a patient in need thereof. Other embodiments relate to the use of compounds in the manufacture of a pharmaceutical or medicament for the treatment of infectious agents.
antlaracis (anthrax).
In some embodiments the infectious agent is a parasite. For example, the infectious agent can be Plasnaodium, Leishinania, and Trypanosonaa. Certain embodiments relate to methods of treating infectious agents in animals. The method can include, for example, administering an effective amount of a compound to a patient in need thereof. Other embodiments relate to the use of compounds in the manufacture of a pharmaceutical or medicament for the treatment of infectious agents.
[0013] Some embodiments relate to uses of a compound having the structure of Foimula I, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
Rz El /R1)n Rs l Formula I
Rz El /R1)n Rs l Formula I
[0014] wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein can be separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaiyl, aiylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated allcyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then Rl can be the same or different;
[0015] wherein R2, can be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 allcenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl (including, for example, cyclohexylcarbinol), alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
[0016] wherein R3 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated Ci-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom; in the treatment of cancer, inflammation, and infectious disease.
[0017] In some embodiments, preferably Rl is a substituted or unsubstituted Cl to C5 alkyl. For example, metliyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and pentyl are preferred. In some embodiments, Rl is not a substituted or unsubstituted, unbranched C6 alkyl.
[0018] Other embodiments relate to methods of treating a neoplastic disease in an animal. The methods can include, for example, administering to the animal, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of a formula selected from Foimulae I-VI, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof.
[0019] Further embodiments relate to pharmaceutical compositions which include a compound of a formula selected from Formulae I-VI. The pharmaceutical compositions can further include an anti-microbial agent.
[0020] Still further embodiments relate to methods of inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell. The methods can include, for example, contacting a cancer cell with a compound of a formula selected from Formulae I-VI, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-diug esters thereof.
[0021] Other embodiments relate to methods of inhibiting proteasome activity that include the step contacting a cell with a compound of a formula selected from Formulae I-VI, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof.
[0022] Other embodiments relate to methods of inhibiting nuclear factor-kappa B
(NF-KB) activation including the step contacting a cell with a compound of a formula selected from Formulae I-VI, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters tlZereof.
(NF-KB) activation including the step contacting a cell with a compound of a formula selected from Formulae I-VI, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters tlZereof.
[0023] Some embodiments relate to methods for treating an inflammatory condition, including administering an effective amount of a compound of a formula selected from Formulae I-VI to a patient in need thereof.
[0024] Further embodiments relate to methods for treating a microbial illness including administering an effective amount of a compound of a formula selected from Formulae I-VI to a patient in need tllereof.
Brief Description of the Drawings [0025] The accompanying drawings, which are incoiporated in and form part of the specification, merely illustrate certain preferred embodiments of the present invention.
Together with the remainder of the specification, they are meant to serve to explain preferred modes of making certain compounds of the invention to those of skilled in the art. In the drawings:
Brief Description of the Drawings [0025] The accompanying drawings, which are incoiporated in and form part of the specification, merely illustrate certain preferred embodiments of the present invention.
Together with the remainder of the specification, they are meant to serve to explain preferred modes of making certain compounds of the invention to those of skilled in the art. In the drawings:
[0026] FIG. 1 shows the chemical structure of Salinosporamide A.
[0027] FIG. 2 shows the pan-tropical distribution of the Salinospora. "X"
denotes Salinospot a collection sites.
denotes Salinospot a collection sites.
[0028] FIG. 3 shows colonies of Salinospora.
[0029] FIG. 4 shows the typical 16S rDNA sequence of the Salinospora. Bars represent characteristic signature nucleotides of the Salinospora that separate them from their nearest relatives.
[0030] FIG. 5 shows Omuralide, a degradation product of the microbial metabolite Lactacystin. Also shown is a compound of Formula 11-16, also referred to as Salinosporamide A.
[0031] FIG. 6 illustrates lethal toxin-mediated macrophage cytotoxicity. NPI-0052 represents the compound of Formula 11-16.
[0032] FIG. 7 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of a compound having structure Formula 11-20.
[0033] FIG. 8 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of a compound having structure Formula 1I-24C.
[0034] FIG. 9 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of a compound having structure Formula II-19.
[0035] FIG. 10 depicts the 'H NMR spectium of a compound having structure Formula 11-2.
[0036] FIG. 11 depicts the mass spectrum of a compound having structure Fonnula 11-2.
[0037] FIG. 12 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of a compound having structure Foimula 11-3.
[0038] FIG. 13 depicts the mass spectrum of a compound having structure Formula 11-3.
[0039] FIG. 14 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of a compound having structure Formula 11-4.
[0040] FIG. 15 depicts the mass spectrum of a compound having structure Formula 11-4.
[0041] FIG. 16 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of a compound having structure Formula II-5A.
[0042] FIG. 17 depicts the mass spectrum of a compound having stiucture Formula II-5A.
[0043] FIG. 18 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of a compound having structure Formula II-5B.
[0044] FIG. 19 depicts the mass spectrum of a compound having structure Formula 11-5B.
[0045] FIG. 20 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of a compound having structure Formula IV-3C in DMSO-d6.
[0046] FIG. 21 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of a compound having structure Formula IV-3C in C6D6/DMSO-d6.
[0047] FIG. 22 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of a compound having structure Formula II-13C.
[0048] FIG. 23 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of a compound having structure Formula II-8C.
[0049] FIG. 24 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of a compound having structure Foimula 11-25.
[0050] FIG. 25 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of a compound having structure Formula II-21.
[0051] FIG. 26 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of a compound having structure Formula 11-22.
[0052] FIG. 27 shows inhibition of the chymotrypsin-like activity of rabbit muscle proteasomes.
[0053] FIG. 28 shows inhibition of the PGPH and Caspase-like activity of rabbit muscle proteasomes.
[0054] FIG. 29 shows inhibition of the chymotrypsin-like activity of human erythrocyte proteasomes.
[0055] FIG. 30 shows the effect of 11-16 treatment on chymotrypsin-mediated cleavage of LLVY-AMC substrate.
[0056] FIG. 31 shows nuclear factor-kappa B(NF-xB)/luciferase activity and cytotoxicity profiles of II-16.
[0057] FIG. 32 shows reduction of IicBa degradation and retention of phosphorylated IxBa by II-16 in HEK293 cells (A) and the HEK293 NF-icB/Luciferase reporter clone (B).
[0058] FIG. 33 shows accumulation of cell cycle regulatory proteins, p21 and p27, by II-16 treatment of HEK293 cells (A) and the HEK293 NF-xB/Luciferase reporter clone (B).
[0059] FIG. 34 shows activation of Caspase-3 by II-16 in Jurkat cells.
[0060] FIG. 35 shows PARP cleavage by II-16 in Jurlcat cells.
[0061] FIG. 36 shows inhibition of LeTx-induced cytotoxicity by 11-16 in RAW264.7 cells.
[0062] FIG. 37 shows the effects of 11-16 treatment on PARP and Pro-Caspase 3 cleavage in RPMI 8226 and PC-3 cells.
[0063] FIG. 38 shows 11-16 treatment of RPMI 8226 results in a dose-dependent cleavage of PARP and Pro-Caspase 3.
[0064] FIG. 39 shows in vitro proteasome inhibition by I1-16, 11-17, and II-18.
[0065] FIG. 40 shows proteasomal activity in PWBL prepared from II-16 treated mice.
[0066] FIG. 41 shows epoxomicin treatment in the PWBL assay.
[0067] FIG. 42 shows intra-assay comparison.
[00681 FIG. 43 shows decreased plasma TNF levels in mice treated with LPS.
[0069] FIG. 44 depicts assay results showing the effect of Formula 11-2, Formula II-3 and Formula II-4 on NF-tcB mediated luciferase activity in HEK293 NF-xB/Luc Cells.
[0070] FIG. 45 depicts assay results showing the effect of Formula H-5A and Formula II-5B on NF-KB mediated luciferase activity in HEK293 NF-icB/Luc Cells [0071] FIG. 46 depicts assay results showing the effect of Formula 11-2, Formula 11-3, and Formula 11-4 on the chymotrypsin-like activity of rabbit 20S
proteasome.
[0072] FIG. 47 depicts the effect of Fonnula II-5A and Formula II-5B on the chymotrypsin-like activity of rabbit 20S proteasome.
[0073] FIG. 48 depicts the effect of Foimulae II-2, 11-3, and 11-4 against LeTx-mediated cytotoxicity.
[0074] FIG. 49 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of a compound having structure Formula 1I-17.
[0075] FIG. 50 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of a compound having structure Formula II-18.
[0076] FIG. 51 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula II-26 in DMSO-d6.
[0077] FIG. 52 depicts the computer-generated ORTEP plot of the compound of Formula 11-26.
[0078] FIG. 53 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula 11-27 in DMSO-d6.
[0079] FIG. 54 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula II-28 in DMSO-d6.
[0080] FIG. 55 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula 11-29 in DMSO-d6.
[0081] FIG.56 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula 11-30 in DMSO-d6.
[0082] FIG. 57 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula 11-44 in DMSO-d6.
[0083] FIG. 58 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula 1-7 in DMSO-d6.
[0084] FIG. 59 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of the compound of Foimula 11-47 in DMSO-d6.
[0085] FIG. 60 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula II-38 in DMSO-d6.
[0086] FIG. 61 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula 11-50 in DMSO-d6.
Detailed Description of the Preferred Embodiment [0087] Numerous references are cited herein. The references cited herein, including the U.S. patents cited herein, are each to be considered incorporated by reference in their entirety into this specification.
[0088] Embodiments of the invention include, but are not limited to, providing a method for the preparation of compounds, including compounds, for example, those described herein and analogs thereof, and to providing a method for producing pharmaceutically acceptable anti-microbial, anti-cancer, and anti-inflammatory compositions, for example. The methods can include the compositions in relatively high yield, wherein the compounds and/or their derivatives are among the active ingredients in these compositions.
Other embodiments relate to providing novel compounds not obtainable by currently available methods. Furthermore, einbodiments relate to methods of treating cancer, inflainmation, and infectious diseases, particularly those affecting humans.
hi some einbodiments, one or more formulae, one or more compounds, or groups of compounds can be specifically excluded from use in any one or more of the metliods of treating the conditions described herein. As one illustrative example, compounds of Formula 11-16 can be excluded in some embodiments from the methods of treating cancer generally, for example, or a specific type of cancer. The methods may include, for example, the step of administering an effective amount of a member of a class of new compounds.
Preferred embodiments relate to the compounds and methods of making and using such compounds disclosed herein, but not necessarily in all embodiments of the present invention, these objectives are met.
[0089] For the compounds described herein, each stereogenic carbon can be of R
or S configuration. Although the specific coinpounds exemplified in this application can be depicted in a particular configuration, compounds having either the opposite stereochemistry at any given chiral center or mixtures thereof are also envisioned. When chiral centers are found in the derivatives of this invention, it is to be understood that the compounds encompasses all possible stereoisomers.
Compounds of Foimula I
[0090] Some embodiments provide compounds, and methods of producing a class of compounds, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof, wherein the compounds are represented by Formula I:
Eg El I"R ,n R3 Formula a I
[0091] In certain embodiments the substituent(s) Rl, R2, and R3 separately may include a llydrogen, a halogen, a mono-substituted, a poly-substituted or an unsubstituted variant of the following residues: saturated Cl-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 allcynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl (including for example, cyclohexylcarbinol), cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, allcylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl. Further, in certain embodiments, each of EI, Ezi E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom, for example, a heteroatom separately selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen.
[0092] In some embodiments n can be equal to 1 or equal to 2. When n is equal to 2, the substituents can be the same or can be different. Furthermore, in some embodiments R3 is not a hydrogen.
[0093] In some embodiments, preferably Rl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C5 alkyl. For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and pentyl are preferred. In some embodiments, Rl is not a substituted or unsubstituted, unbranched C6 alkyl.
[0094] In some embodiments, R2 is not cyclohex-2-enyl carbinol when one of the RI substituents is ethyl or chloroethyl and R3 is methyl.
[0095] Preferably, R, can be a formyl. For example, the compound may have the following structure I-1:
OHC
H O
N
O
O
H
[0096] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0097] Preferably, the structure of Formula I-1 may have the following stereochemistry:
OHC
H = O
N =
O
O
HII~~"" =
Ra [0098] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0099] Preferably, R2 can be a carbinol. For exainple, the compound may have the following structure I-2:
OH
H O
N
O
O
H
ps Formula 1-2 [0100] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0101] As an example, the structure of Formula 1-2 may have the following stereochemistry:
OH
H = O
N =
O
O
HIII~"" _ [0102] R$ may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0103] As exemplary compound of Formula I can be the compound having the following structure 1-3:
H O
N
O
H
Formula 1-3 [0104] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0105] The compound of Formula 1-3 may have the following stereochemical structure:
H = O
N =
O
O
Hlli~"" -[0106] R$ may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0107] Another exemplary compound Formula I can be the compound having the following structure 1-4:
H O
N
)-0 H
Formula 1-4 [0108] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0109] Preferably, the compound of Formula 1-4 may have the following stereochemical structure:
H = 0 N =
O
H111~"" =
[0110] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0111] Still a further exemplary compound of Foimula I is the compound having the following structure 1-5:
NHZ
H
N
O
H
Formula 1-5 [0112] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0113] For example, the compound of Formula 1-5 may have the following stereochemistry:
NHZ
H O
N
O
O
HIII~"" _ [0114] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0115] In some embodiments, R?_ of Foimula I can be, for example, a cyclohex-2-enyli denemethyl. For example, the compound may have the following structure of Forznula 1-6:
H O
N
O
H
Formula 1-6 [0116] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, clilorine, bromine and iodine.
[0117] Preferably, the compound of Foimula 1-6 may have the following stereochemistry:
H = O
N =
O
O
Hlli~"" =
R$
[0118] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0119] In further embodiments, R2 of Fonnula I can be, for example, a cyclohex-2-enylmethyl. For example, the compound may have the following structure of Formula 1-7:
a H O
N
O
CI
Formula 1-7 [0120] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0121] Preferably, the compound of Formula 1-7 may have the following stereochemistry:
H
H = O
N =
O
_ [0122] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0123] In other embodiments, R2 can be a cyclohexylalkylamine.
[0124] Also, in other embodiments, R2 can be a C-Cyclohexyl-methyleneamine.
In others, R2 can be a cyclohexanecarbaldehyde 0-oxime.
[0125] Furthermore, in some embodiments, R2 can be a cycloalkylacyl.
Compounds of Formula II
[0126] Other embodiments provide compounds, and methods of producing a class of compounds, pharinaceutically acceptable salts and pro-diug esters thereof, wherein the compounds are represented by Formula II:
(( R4 ~ E5 n l Formula II
[0127] In certain embodiments the substituent(s) Rl, R3, and R4 separately may include a hydrogen, a halogen, a mono-substituted, a poly-substituted or an unsubstituted variant of the following residues: saturated C1-C14 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C~-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated allcyl. Furtlzer, in certain embodiments, each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom, for example, a heteroatom or substituted heteroatom selected fiom the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen.
[0128] In some embodiments n can be equal to 1, while in others it can be equal to 2. When n is equal to 2, the substituents can be the same or can be different. Furthermore, in some embodiments R3 is not a hydrogen. m can be equal to 1 or 2, and when m is equal to 2, R4 can be the same or different.
[0129] E5 can be, for example, OH, 0, ORIo, S, SRII, S02R11, NH, NH2, NOH, NHOH, NR12, and NHOR13, wherein Rlo_13 may separately include, for example, hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted of any of the following: alkyl, an aiyl, a heteroaryl, and the like.
Also, Rl can be CH2CH2X, wherein X can be, for example, H, F, Cl, Br, and I.
R3 can be methyl. Furthermore, R4 may include a cyclohexyl. Also, each of E1, E3 and E4 can be 0 and E2 can be NH. Preferably, Rl can be CH2CH2X, wherein X is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl Br, and I; wherein R4 may include a cyclohexyl; wherein R3 can be methyl; and wherein each of E1, E3 and E4 separately can be 0 and E2 can be NH.
[0130] In some embodiments, R2 is not cyclohex-2-enyl carbinol when one of the Rl substituents is ethyl or chloroethyl and R3 is methyl.
[0131] In some embodiments, preferably Rl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C5 alkyl. For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and pentyl are preferred. In soine embodiments, Rl is not a substituted or unsubstituted, unbranched C6 alkyl.
[0132] For example, an exemplaiy compound of Foimula II has the following structure II-1:
H
OH
N
H
Formula II-1 [0133] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chloiine, bromine and iodine.
[0134] Exemplary stereochemistry cann be as follows:
H O
N
O
O
HIUu"= -[0135] In preferred embodiments, the compound of Formula II has any of the following structures:
H H
OH OH
H N
OH
O O
H N H
O
H
CI Br [0136] The following is exeinplary stereochemistry for compounds having the structures 11-2, 11-3, and 11-4, respectively:
OH
OH
N O H = 0 CH N =
O OH
O
0 H = O
N Hllu""' O
O
Hluuõ" -CI Br [0137] In other embodiments wherein R4 may include a 7-oxa-bicyclo[4.1.0]hept-2-yl). An exemplary compound of Formula II is the following structure 1I-5:
H
H
OH
H O
N
H
RB
Formula 11-5 [0138] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0139] The following are examples of compounds having the structure of Fonnula 11-5:
H H
H H
OH or OH
H = 0 H = O
N N
-fII-5A O
CI Cl Formulae II-5A and II-5B
[0140] In still further embodiments, at least one R4 may include a subsituted or an unsubstituted branched alkyl. For example, a compound of Formula II can be the following structure 11-6:
HO
H
HO OH
N
H
Formula 11-6 [0141] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0142] The following is exemplary stereochemistry for a compound having the stiucture of Formula 11-6:
HO
H
HO OH
H = O
N =
O
O
HIW" =
[0143] As another example, the compound of Formula II can be the following structure 11-7:
H
CHO OH
H
N
H
Formula 11-7 [0144] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0145] The following is exemplary stereochemistry for a compound having the structure of Formula 11-7:
H
CHO OH
OHC
H O
=
N =
O
O
HII~~"" =
R$
[0146] In other embodiments, at least one R4 can be a cycloalkyl and E5 can be an oxygen. An exemplary compound of Formula II can be the following structure 11-8:
N
H
Formula 11-8 [0147] R$ may include, for example, hydrogen (II-8A), fluorine (II-8B), chlorine (II-8C), bromine (II-8D) and iodine (II-8E).
[0148] The following is exemplary stereochemistry for a compound having the structure of Forinula 11-8:
CL"~ 0 H = O
N
O
O
HIUu~". -[0149] In some embodiments E5 can be an amine oxide, giving rise to an oxime.
An exemplary compound of Formula II has the following structure II-9:
RO
/ N
N
H
Formula 11-9 [0150] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine; R can be hydrogen, and a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, and the like.
[0151] The following is exemplary stereochemistry for a compound having the structure of Formula 11-9:
RO
N
H = O
N
O
O
HUuõ.= -[0152] A further exemplary compound of Formula II has the following structure II-10:
OH
H O
N
O
H
Formula 11-10 [0153] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0154] The following is exemplary stereochemistry for a compound having the structure of Formula II-10:
OH
H = O
N
O
O
Hlm [0155] In some einbodiments, E5 can be NH2. An exemplary compound of Formula II has the following structure II-11:
H
H
N
H
Formula II-11 [0156] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0157] The following is exemplary stereochemistry for a compound having the structure of Formula II-11:
H
\\\\''' ,, NH2 H = O
N
O
O
Hlun~=
[0158] In some embodiments, at least one R4 may include a cycloalkyl and E5 can be NH?. An exemplary compound of Formula lI has the following structure 11-12:
H O
N
H
Formula 11-12 [0159] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0160] The following is exemplaiy stereochemistry for a compound having the structure of Formula 11-12:
H O
N
O
O
H~1ln- -Ra 10161] A further exemplary compound of Formula II has the following structure II-13:
H O
N
H
[0162] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen (II-13A), fluorine (II-13B), chlorine (II-13C), bromine (II-13D) and iodine (II-13E).
[0163] The following is exemplary stereochemistry for a compound having the structure of Formula 11-13:
CHZ Z
H = O
N =
O
H-~~""' =
[0164] A still further exemplary compound of Formula II has the following structure 11-14:
~ OH
H O
N
O
H
[0165] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0166] The following is exemplary stereochemistry for a compound having the structure of Foimula II-14:
OH
H = O
N =
O
O
HII~~"" _ [0167] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II, may include as R4 at least one cycloalkene, for example. Furthermore, in some embodiments, the compounds may include a hydroxy at E5, for example. A further exemplary compound of Formula II has the following structure II-15 :
H H
OH
H O
N
H
Formula II-15 [0168] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0169] Exemplary stereochemistry caii be as follows:
QH H
OH
H = O
N =
O
O
HNuu,= _ [0170] The following is exemplary stereochemistry for compounds having the structures II-16, II-17, II-18, and II-19, respectively:
CH H
,, O H
H = O
N =
O GH H
O OH =
O
H =
N =
O
O
Hlln~~_ CI =
GH H H H
OH ~w\1", OH H O H O
N = N
O O
O O
Hllin" = HIUu ... _ 8r [0171] The compounds of Fonnulae II-16, 11-17, II-18 and II-19 can be obtained by fermentation, synthesis, or semi-synthesis and isolated/purified as set forth below.
Furthernzore, the compounds of Formulae II-16, II-17, 11-18 and 11-19 can be used, and are referred to, as "starting materials" to malce other compounds described herein.
[0172] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II, may include a methyl group as Rl, for example. A further exemplary compound, Formula 11-20, has the following structure and stereochemistry:
H' H
OH
H = O
N
O
O
Hllln"" _ [0173] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula lI, may include hydroxyethyl as Ri, for example. A further exemplary compound, Formula 11-21, has the following structure and stereochemistry:
H' H
OH
H = O
N
O
O
HO
[0174] In some embodiments, the hydroxyl group of Formula II-21 can be esterified such that Rl may include ethylpropionate, for example. An exemplary compound, Formula II-22, has the following structure and stereochemistry:
H' H
OH
H = O
N
O
O
Hlu~~"" -O
O
[0175] Iu some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II may include an ethyl group as R3, for example. A further exemplary compound of Formula II has the following structure 11-23:
H H
OH
H O
N
H
[0176] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. Exemplary stereochemistry can be as follows:
OH H _,"J
OH
H O
N
O
O
HIUn,,._ [0177] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula 11-23 may have the following structure and stereochemistry, exemplified by Formula II-24C, where R8 is chlorine:
H H
OH
CH H
O H ~-{ O
~~~''' N
H = O
N = O
O O
O H
HNu"" =
ci II_24C Oi II-24C
[0178] Ihi some embodiments, the compounds of Formula 11-15 may have the following stereochemistry, exemplified by the compound of Formula 11-25, where R8 is chlorine:
QH O H
\\\'' H
H = O
N =
O
O
[0179] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II-15 may have the following stereochemistry, exemplified by the compound of Fonnula II-26, where R8 is chlorine:
CH H
OH
\\\'' H = O
N =
O
O
H =
[0180] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula H may have the following structure and stereochemistry, exemplified by Formula 11-27, where RI is ethyl:
CH H
OH H = O
N =
O
O
H =
[0181] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II may have the following structure and stereochemistry, exemplified by Formula II-28, where Rl is methyl:
CH H
O H OH H H = O
N N =
O O
O O
H =
[0182] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II may include azidoethyl as R1, for example. A further exemplary compound, Formula 11-29, has the following structure and stereochemistry:
H' H
OH
H O
N
O
O
Hllno.,= -[0183] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II may include propyl as Rl, for example. A further exemplary compound, Formula 11-30, has the following structure and stereochemistry:
H
H
OH
H = O
N
O
O
Hl~wõ= -[0184) Still further exemplary compounds, Formulae II-31 and H-32, have the following structure and stereochemistry:
HO / ~O
H = O
N =
O
O
Illiiu~=
ci Formula 11-31 and 11-32 [0185] Other exemplary compounds, Formulae 11-33, 11-34, 11-35 and 11-36, have the following structure and stereocllemistry:
J:D"'~ OH
HO 5 =
H = O
N
O
O
Illnu~=
Formula II-33 - II-36 [0186] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II may include cyanoethyl as RI; for example, the compound of Formula II-37 has the following structure and stereochemistry:
H' H
Na"'= OH
H O
N
O
O
Hlllõ"
NC
[0187] In another embodiment, the compound of Foimula II may include ethylthiocyanate as Rl; for example, the compound of Formula 11-38 has the following structure and stereochemistry:
H' H
OH
H O
N
O
O
Hlluu' NCS
[0188] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II may include a thiol as Rl, for example. A further exemplary compound, Formula 11-39, has the following structure and stereochemistry, where R= H, alkyl, aryl, or substituted alkyl or aryl:
H
H
OH
H = O
N
O
O
Hllnu= -RS
[0189] In a further exemplary compound, the sulfur of the compound of Foimula 11-39 can be oxidized to a sulfoxide (n=1) or sulfone (n=2), for example, as in the compound of Formula 11-40:
H' H
OH
H = O
N
O
O
Hlllu,..
RO,S
[0190] In some embodiments, the substituent Rl of the compound of Formula II
may include a leaving group, for example, a halogen, as in compounds 11-18 or 11-19, or another leaving group, such as a sulfonate ester. One example is the methane sulfonate (mesylate) of Formula 11-41:
H
H
\W'- OH
H = O
N
O
O
Hllu~~"' _ \
O
[0191] In some embodiments, the the substituent Ri of the compound of Formula II may include electron acceptors. The electron acceptor can be, for example, a Lewis acid, such as a boronic acid or ester. An exemplary compound, Formula 11-42, has the following structure and stereochemistry, where n = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, for example, and where R=H or alkyl, for example:
' QH
H
~~'r' OH
H = 0 N
HIUw.. _ /n II-42 B
RO/ \OR
Further exeinplary compounds of Formula 11-42 are the compounds of Foimula II-42A, where n=2 and R=H, and the coinpound of Formula II-42B, where n=1 and R=H:
H H
H ' H
OH
\Iw'"= OH
H 0 H = 0 N N =
Hpllu.. = Hllnu== _ HO~B
HO~B\ \OH
OH
In some embodiments where the substituent Rl of the compound of Formula II_includes an electron acceptor, the electron acceptor can be, for example, a Michael acceptor. An exemplary compound, Formula 11-43 has the following structure, where n = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and where Z is an electron withdrawing group, for example, CHO, COR, COOR, CONH2, CN, NO2, SOR, SO2R, etc:
H
H
OH
H O
N
O
O
H~u~n"= -/ n I I-43 z A further exemplary compound of Formula II-43 is the compound of Formula II-43A, where n=1 and Z=CO2CH3:
H
H
OH
H = O
N
O
O
F{Ilnn"= EI43A
[0192] In some einbodiments, the compounds can be prodrug esters or thioesters of the compounds of Formula II. For example, the compound of Formula II-44 (a prodrug thioester of the compound of Formula 11-16) has the following structure and stereochemistry:
H
H
OH
H = O
N
O s OH
H~1wõ== _ = O OCH3 CI
[0193] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II may include an alkenyl group as Rl, for example, ethylenyl. A further exemplary compound, Formula 11-46, has the following structure and stereochemistry:
H' H
OH
H O
N
O
O
Hll~u'== _ [0194] In some embodiments, the compounds can be prodrug esters or thioesters of the compounds of Formula II. For example, the compound of Formula II-47 (a prodrug thioester of the compound of Formula II-17) has the following structure and stereochemistry:
QH H
OH
H = O
N =
O s OH
Hll~u"' =
[0195] In some embodiments, the compounds can be prodrug esters or thioesters of the compounds of Foimula II. For example, the compound of Formula II-48 has the following structure and stereochemistry:
(H~HOH
O OH S NH\ COOH
H1 = ~ 10( O NH
COOH
CI
[0196] Other exemplary compound, Formula 11-49 has the following structure and stereochemistry:
O
O
H
N
CI
[0197] In some embodiments, the compound can be prodrug ester or thioester of the compounds of Formula II. For example, the compound of Formula II-50 (prodrug ester of the compound of Formula 11-16) has the following structure and stereochemistry:
CH
~.' H OH
N O H
O S N~
OH
H~" = O
O O
Compounds of Formula III
[0198] Other embodiments provide compounds, and methods of producing a class of compomids, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof, wherein the compounds are represented by Formula III:
IRq Ee \ m El Eq HgC
\R~~n FORMULA III
[0199] In certain embodiments, the substituent(s) Rl separately may include, for example, a hydrogen, a halogen, a mono-substituted, a poly-substituted or an unsubstituted variant of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl. For example, n can be equal to 1 or 2.
[0200] In certain embodiments, R4 can be, for example, a hydrogen, a halogen, a mono-substituted, a poly-substituted or an unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C_)-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl. In some embodiments m can be equal to 1 or 2, and where m is equal to 2, the substituents can the same or different. Also, each of E1i E2, E3, E4 and E5 can be, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
For example, the heteroatom can be nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen.
[0201] In some embodiments, R2 is not cyclohex-2-enyl carbinol when one of the RI substituents is ethyl or chloroethyl.
[0202] In some embodiments, preferably Rl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C5 alkyl. For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and pentyl are preferred. In some embodiments, Rl is not a substituted or unsubstituted, unbranched C6 alkyl.
Compounds of Formula IV
[0203] Other embodiments provide compounds, and methods of producing a class of compounds, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof, wherein the compounds are represented by Formula IV:
(R5)m E3 EZ
El Eq /R, R3 Fo )rmula N
\
[02041 In certain embodiments, the substituent(s) R1 R3, and R5 may separately include a hydrogen, a halogen, a mono-substituted, a poly-substituted or an unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C)-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyllalogenated alkyl.
Also, each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 can be a heteroatom or substituted heteroatom, for example, nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen. In some embodiments, R3 is not a hydrogen. n is equal to 1 or 2. When n is equal to 2, the substituents can be the same or can be different. Also, m can be 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11. When m is greater than 1, the substituents can be the same or different.
[0205] In some embodiments, preferably Rl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to CS alkyl. For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and pentyl are preferred. In some embodiments, Rl is not a substituted or unsubstituted, unbranched C6 alkyl.
[0206] In some embodiments R5 may give rise to a di-substituted cyclohexyl. An exemplary compound of Fonnula IV is the following structure TV-1, with and without exemplary stereochemistry:
H H
H H
H H = O
R6 N R6 N =
O O
H1M"" HW~"" =
Formula 1V-1 [0207] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. The substituent(s) R6 and R7 may separately include a hydrogen, a halogen, a mono-substituted, a poly-substituted or an unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-CZ4 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl. Further, R6 and R7 both can be the same or different.
[0208] For example, an exemplary compound of Formula IV has the following structure IV-2:
H
OH
HO N
H
Formula IV-2 [0209] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0210] Exemplary stereochemistry can be as follows:
H H
OH
H = O
HO ~1111 OH N =
O
O
Hlln~". -[0211] For example, an exemplary compound of Formula IV has the following structure IV-3:
H
OH
HO N
H
RB
Formula IV-3 [0212] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen (IV-3A), fluorine (IV-3B), chlorine (IV-3C), bromine (IV-3D) and iodine (IV-3E).
[0213] Exemplary structure and stereochemistry can be as follows:
H H
OH
ci 1111\ ' =
H O
OH N
O
Hilittõ= -[0214] Additional exemplary structure and stereochemistry can be as follows:
H H
OH
CI
OH N
O
O
H41u,,,= -CI
Forn7ula IV-3C
[0215] For example, an exemplary compound of Formula IV has the following structure IV-4:
H
OH
N
H
Formula IV-4 [0216] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0217] Exemplary stereochemistry can be as follows:
H H
OH
HO 0\~
H = O
N
O
O
Hllu== _ Compounds of Formula V
[0218] Some embodiments provide coinpounds, and methods of producing a class of compounds, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof, wherein the compounds are represented by Formula V:
(R5)m E2 Ei Eq Folmula V
[0219] In certain embodiments, the substituent(s) Rl and R5 may separately include a hydrogen, a halogen, a mono-substituted, a poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl. In certain embodiments, each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 can be a heteroatom or substituted heteroatom, for example, nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen. n can be equal to 1 or 2, and when n is equal to 2, the substituents can be the same or different. Preferably, m can be, for example, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11. When m is greater than 1, R5 can be the same or different.
[0220] In some embodiments, preferably Rl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C5 alkyl. For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and pentyl are preferred. In some embodiments, Rl is not a substituted or unsubstituted, unbranched C6 allcyl.
Compounds of Formula VI
[0221] Some embodiments provide compounds, and methods of producing a class of compounds, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof, wherein the compounds are represented by Formula VI:
El R R14 Formula VI
[0222] wherein Rl can be separately selected from the group consisting of a mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-CZ4 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, thio, sulfoxide, sulfoneboronic acid esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl.
n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then Rl can be the same or different;
[0223] wherein R2, can be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl (including, for example, cyclohexylcarbinol), cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated allcyl;
[0224] wherein R3 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aiyloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl; wherein each of EI, E', E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
[0225] In some embodiments, R2 is not cyclohex-2-enyl carbinol when one of the Rl substituents is ethyl or chloroethyl and R3 is methyl.
[0226] In some embodiments, preferably RI is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C5 alkyl. For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and pentyl are preferred.
[0227] wherein R14 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or CZ-C?4 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, allcyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloallcyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aiyl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, thioesters, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl.
[0228] In some embodiments, preferably R14 is an alkylthiol or substituted alkylthiol, and E3 is an oxygen.
[0229] For example, in some embodiments some of the compounds of Formula VI can have the following structure referred to as Formula VI-1:
Ea (R5)m E3 E, Rt4 vI-1 E4 n(RI)_~/
[0230] wherein Rl can be separately selected from the group consisting of a mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, allcylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, boronic acid esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl. n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then Rl can be the same or different;
[02311 wherein R3 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aininocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, aryltllio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl; wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
[0232] wherein R5 can be separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, oxy, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, wherein m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11 and if m is more than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and where the substituents R5 can form a ring; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
[0233] In some embodiments, preferably RI is a substituted or unsubstituted CI
to C5 alkyl. For exainple, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and pentyl are preferred.
[0234] wherein R14 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-G4 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, thioesters, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl.
[0235] For example, the compound has the following structure VI-lA:
H
H OH
H O
N
O S
H
O O O
Formula VI-1A
[0236] Exemplary stereochemistry can be as follows:
H
~H OH
N O
O S
O O
[0237] For example, an exemplary compound of Formula VI has the following structure and stereochemistry VI-1B:
H
O
N =
O \ S NH COOH
H O ~ O
O NH
COOH
Formula VI-1 B
[0238] Another example, the compound of Formula VI has the following structure and stereochemistry VI-1C:
H
~~ H OH
O
N N
O
O
O O O
Formula VI-1 C
[0239] Certain embodiments also provide pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters of the compound of Formulae I-VI, and provide methods of obtaining and purifying such compounds by the methods disclosed herein.
[0240] The term "pro-drug ester," especially when referring to a pro-drug ester of the compound of Foimula I synthesized by the methods disclosed herein, refers to a chemical derivative of the compound that is rapidly transformed in vivo to yield the coinpound, for example, by hydrolysis in blood or inside tissues. The term "pro-drug ester"
refers to derivatives of the compounds disclosed herein formed by the addition of any of several ester-or thioester-foiming groups that are hydrolyzed under physiological conditions. Examples of pro-drug ester groups include pivoyloxymethyl, acetoxymethyl, phthalidyl, indanyl and methoxymethyl, as well as other such groups known in the art, including a (5-R-2-oxo-1,3-dioxolen-4-yl)methyl group. Other prodrugs can be prepared by preparing a coiTesponding thioester of the compound, for example, by reacting with an appropriate thiol, such as thiophenol, Cysteine or derivatives thereof, or propanethiol, for example.
Qther examples of pro-drug ester groups can be found in, for example, T. Higuchi and V. Stella, in "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems", Vol. 14, A.C.S. Symposium Series, American Chemical Society (1975); and "Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design: Theory and Application", edited by E. B.
Roche, Pergamon Press: New York, 14-21 (1987) (providing examples of esters useful as prodrugs for coinpounds containing carboxyl groups). Each of the above-mentioned references is hereby incoiporated by reference in its entirety.
[0241] The term "pro-drug ester," as used herein, also refers to a chemical derivative of the coinpound that is rapidly transformed in vivo to yield the compound, for example, by hydrolysis in blood.
[0242] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt," as used herein, and particularly when referring to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound, including Formulae I-VI, and Formula I-VI as produced and synthesized by the methods disclosed herein, refers to any pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a compound, and preferably refers to an acid addition salt of a compound. Preferred examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salt are the alkali metal salts (sodium or potassium), the alkaline earth metal salts (calcium or magnesium), or ammonium salts derived from ammonia or from pharmaceutically acceptable organic amines, for example C1-C7 allcylamine, cyclohexylamine, triethanolamine, ethylenediamine or tris-(hydroxymethyl)-aminomethane. With respect to compounds synthesized by the method of this embodiment that are basic amines, the preferred examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are acid addition salts of pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acids, for example, hydrohalic, sulfuric, phosphoric acid or aliphatic or aromatic carboxylic or sulfonic acid, for example acetic, succinic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, nicotinic, methanesulfonic, p-toluensulfonic or naphthalenesulfonic acid.
[0243] Preferred pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein include pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters of the compound of Formulae I-VI
obtained and purified by the methods disclosed herein. Accordingly, if the manufacture of pharmaceutical formulations involves intimate mixing of the pharmaceutical excipients and the active ingredient in its salt form, then it is preferred to use pharmaceutical excipients which are non-basic, that is, either acidic or neutral excipients.
[0244] It will be also appreciated that the phrase "compounds and compositions comprising the compound," or any like phrase, is meant to encompass compounds in any suitable form for pharmaceutical delivery, as discussed in further detail herein. For example, in certain embodiments, the compounds or compositions comprising the same may include a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
[0245] In one embodiment the compounds can be used to treat microbial diseases, cancer, and inflammation. Disease is meant to be construed broadly to cover infectious diseases, and also autoimmune diseases, non-infectious diseases and chronic conditions. In a preferred embodiment, the disease is caused by a microbe, such as a bacterium, a fungi, and protozoa, for example. The methods of use may also include the steps of administering a compound or composition comprising the compound to an individual with an infectious disease or cancer. The compound or composition can be administered in an amount effective to treat the particular infectious disease, cancer or inflammatory condition.
[0246] The infectious disease can be, for example, one caused by Bacillus, such as B. anthracis and B. cereus. The infectious disease can be one caused by a protozoa, for example, a Leishnaania, a Plasmodium or a Trypanosoma. The compound or composition can be administered with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient, and the like.
[0247] The cancer can be, for example, a multiple myeloma, a colorectal carcinoma, a prostate carcinoma, a breast adenocarcinoma, a non-small cell lung carcinoma, an ovarian carcinoma, a melanoma, and the like.
[0248] The inflammatory condition can be, for example, rheumatoid artllritis, asthma, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, stroke, myocardial infarction, reperfusion injury, and the like.
[0249] The term "halogen atom," as used herein, means any one of the radio-stable atoms of column 7 of the Periodic Table of the Elements, i.e., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine, with bromine and chlorine being preferred.
[0250] The term "alkyl," as used herein, means any unbranched or branched, substituted or unsubstituted, saturated hydrocarbon, with C1-C24 preferred, and CI-C6 hydrocarbons being preferred, with methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, and tert-butyl, and pentyl being most preferred. Among the substituted, saturated hydrocarbons, C1-C24 are preferred, with C1-C6 mono- and di- and per-halogen substituted saturated hydrocarbons and amino-substituted hydrocarbons more preferred.
[0251] The term "substituted" has its ordinary meaning, as found in numerous contemporary patents fiom the related art. See, for example, U.S. Patent Nos.
6,509,331;
6,506,787; 6,500,825; 5,922,683; 5,886,210; 5,874,443; and 6,350,759; all of which are incorporated herein in their entireties by reference. Specifically, the definition of substituted is as broad as that provided in U.S. Patent No. 6,509,331, which defines the term "substituted alkyl" such that it refers to an alkyl group, preferably of from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected fiom the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, keto, thioketo, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, --SO-alkyl, --SO-substituted alkyl, --SO-aryl, --SO-heteroaryl, --S02-alkyl, --S02-substituted alkyl, --SOa-aryl and -S02-heteroaryl.
The other above-listed patents also provide standard definitions for the term "substituted" that are well-understood by those of skill in the art.
[0252] The term "cycloalkyl" refers to any non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, preferably having five to twelve atoms comprising the ring. The term "acyl"
refers to alkyl or aryl groups derived fiom an oxoacid, with an acetyl group being preferred.
[0253] The term "alkenyl," as used herein, means any unbranched or branched, substituted or unsubstituted, unsaturated hydrocarbon including polyunsaturated hydrocarbons, with C1-C6 unbranched, mono-unsaturated and di-unsaturated, unsubstituted hydrocarbons being preferred, and mono-unsaturated, di-halogen substituted hydrocarbons being most preferred. The term "cycloalkenyl" refers to any non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, preferably having five to twelve atoms comprising the ring.
[0254] The teims "aiyl," "substituted aryl," "heteroaryl," and "substituted heteroaryl," as used herein, refer to aromatic hydrocarbon rings, preferably having five, six, or seven atoms, and most preferably having six atoms comprising the ring.
"Heteroaryl" and "substituted heteroaryl," refer to aromatic hydrocarbon rings in which at least one heteroatom, e.g., oxygen, sulfur, or nitrogen atom, is in the ring along with at least one carbon atom. The term "heterocycle" or "heterocyclic" refer to any cyclic compound containing one or more heteroatoms. The substituted aryls, heterocycles and heteroaryls can be substituted with any substituent, including those described above and those known in the art.
[0255] The term "alkoxy" refers to any unbranched, or branched, substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated ether, with C1-C6 unbranched, saturated, unsubstituted ethers being preferred, with methoxy being preferred, and also with dimethyl, diethyl, methyl-isobutyl, and methyl-tei-t-butyl ethers also being prefeiTed. The term "cycloalkoxy"
refers to any non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, preferably having five to twelve atoms comprising the ring. The term "alkoxy carbonyl" refers to any linear, branched, cyclic, saturated, unsaturated, aliphatic or aromatic alkoxy attached to a carbonyl group. The examples include methoxycarbonyl group, ethoxycarbonyl group, propyloxycarbonyl group, isopropyloxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group, sec-butoxycarbonyl group, tert-butoxycarbonyl group, cyclopentyloxycarbonyl group, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group, benzyloxycarbonyl group, allyloxycarbonyl group, phenyloxycarbonyl group, pyridyloxycarbonyl group, and the like.
[0256] The terms "pure," "purified," "substantially purified," and "isolated"
as used herein refer to the compound of the embodiment being free of other, dissimilar compounds with which the compound, if found in its natural state, would be associated in its natural state. In certain embodiments described as "pure," "purified,"
"substantially purified," or "isolated" herein, the compound may comprise at least 0.5%, 1%, 5%, 10%, or 20%, and most preferably at least 50% or 75% of the mass, by weight, of a given sample.
[0257] The terms "derivative," "variant," or other similar term refers to a compound that is an analog of the other compound.
[0258] Certain of the compounds of Formula I-VI can be obtained and purified or can be obtained via semi-synthesis from purified compounds as set forth herein. Generally, without being limited thereto, the compounds of Formula 11-15, preferably, Formulae 11-16, II-17, 11-18 and 11-19, can be obtained synthetically or by feimentation.
Exemplaiy fermentation procedures are provided below. Futher, the compounds of Formula 11-15, preferably, Formulae II-16, II-17, 11-18 and 11-19 can be used as starting compounds in order to obtain/synthesize various of the other compounds described herein.
Exemplary non-limiting syntheses are provided herein.
CH
H H
HOH
\00' OH
H = O
H = 0 N =
N =
O
O O
O Hllnn"
HIII"
a Formula II-17 Formula II-16 H
H H
OH H
OH
N = H = 0 N
Hllm,,, O
= HIUuõ== _ Br Foimula II-18 Formula I1-19 [0259] Formula 11-16 is cuirently produced through a high-yield saline feimentation (-350 - 400 mg/L) and modifications of the conditions has yielded new analogs in the fermentation extracts. FIG. 1 shows the chemical stiucture of 11-16.
Additional analogs can be generated through directed biosynthesis. Directed biosynthesis is the modification of a natural product by adding biosynthetic precursor analogs to the fermentation of producing microorganisms (Lam, et al., J Antibiot (Tokyo) 44:934 (1991), Lam, et al., JAntibiot (Tokyo) 54:1 (2001); which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0260] Exposing the producing culture to analogs of acetic acid, phenylalanine, valine, butyric acid, shikimic acid, and halogens, preferably, other than chlorine, can lead to the formation of new analogs. The new analogs produced can be easily detected in crude extracts by HPLC and LC-MS. For example, after manipulating the medium with different concentrations of sodium bromide, a bromo-analog, Formula 11-18, was successfully produced in shalce-flask culture at a titer of 14 mg/L.
[0261] A second approach to generate new analogs is through biotransformation.
Biotransformation reactions are chemical reactions catalyzed by enzymes or whole cells containing these enzymes. Zaks, A., Curr Opin Chem Biol 5:130 (2001).
Microbial natural products are ideal substrates for biotransformation reactions as they are synthesized by a series of enzyinatic reactions inside microbial cells. Riva, S., Czsrr Opin Chenz Biol 5:106 (2001).
[0262] Given the structure of the described compounds, including those of Formula II-15, for example, the possible biosynthetic origins are acetyl-CoA, ethylmalonyl-CoA, phenylalanine and chlorine. Ethylmalonyl-CoA is derived from butyryl-CoA, which can be derived either from valine or crotonyl-CoA. Liu, et al., Metab Eng 3:40 (2001).
Phenylalanine is derived from shikimic acid.
Production of Compounds of Formulae 1-7, 11-16, II-17, 11-18, II-20, II-24C, II-26, 11-27 and [0263] The production of compounds of Formulae 1-7, 11-16, 11-17, 11-18, 11-20,11-24C, II-26, II-27 and 11-28 can be carried out by cultivating strain CNB476 and strain NPS21184, a natural variant of strain CNB476, in a suitable nutrient medium under conditions described herein, preferably under submerged aerobic conditions, until a substantial amount of compounds are detected in the fermentation; harvesting by extracting the active components from the fermentation broth with a suitable solvent;
concentrating the solvent containing the desired components; then subjecting the concentrated material to chromatographic separation to isolate the compounds fiom other metabolites also present in the cultivation medium.
[0264] FIG. 2 shows some collection sites worldwide for the culture (CNB476), which is also refered to as Salinospora. FIG. 3 shows colonies of Salinospora.
FIG. 4 shows the typical 16S rDNA sequence of the Salinospora. Bars represent characteristic signature nucleotides of the Salinospora that separate them from their nearest relatives.
[0265] The culture (CNB476) was deposited on June 20, 2003 with the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) in Rockville, MD and assigned the ATCC patent deposition number PTA-5275. Strain NPS21184, a natural variant of strain CNB476, was derived from strain CNB476 as a single colony isolate. Strain NPS21184 has been deposited to ATCC on Apri127, 2005. The ATCC deposit meets all of the requirements of the Budapest treaty. The culture is also maintained at and available from Nereus Pharmaceutical Culture Collection at 10480 Wateridge Circle, San Diego, CA 92121. In addition to the specific microorganism described herein, it should be understood that mutants, such as those produced by the use of chemical or physical mutagens including X-rays, etc. and organisms whose genetic makeup has been modified by molecular biology techniques, may also be cultivated to produce the starting compounds of Formulae II-16, II-17, and II-18.
Fermentation of strain CNB476 and strain NPS21184 [0266] Production of compounds can be achieved at temperature conducive to satisfactory growth of the producing organism, e.g. from 16 degree C to 40 degree C, but it is preferable to conduct the fermentation at 22 degree C to 32 degree C. The aqueous medium can be incubated for a period of time necessary to complete the production of compounds as monitored by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC), preferably for a period of about 2 to 10 days, on a rotary shaker operating at about 50 rpm to 400 ipm, preferably at 150 rpm to 250 rpm, for example. The production of the compounds can also be achieved by cultivating the production strain in a bioreactor, such as a fermentor system that is suitable for the growth of the production strain.
[0267] Growth of the microorganisms can be achieved by one of ordinary skill of the art by the use of appropriate medium. Broadly, the sources of carbon include glucose, fructose, mannose, maltose, galactose, mannitol and glycerol, other sugars and sugar alcohols, starches and other carbohydrates, or carbohydrate derivatives such as dextran, cerelose, as well as complex nutrients such as oat flour, corn meal, millet, corn, and the like.
The exact quantity of the carbon source that is utilized in the medium will depend in part, upon the other ingredients in the medium, but an amount of carbohydrate between 0.5 to 25 percent by weight of the medium can be satisfactorily used, for example. These carbon sources can be used individually or several such carbon sources can be combined in the same medium, for example. Certain carbon sources are preferred as hereinafter set forth.
[0268] The sources of nitrogen include amino acids such as glycine, arginine, threonine, methionine and the like, ammonium salt, as well as complex sources such as yeast extracts, corn steep liquors, distiller solubles, soybean meal, cotttonseed meal, fish meal, peptone, and the like. The various sources of nitrogen can be used alone or in combination in amounts ranging from 0.5 to 25 percent by weight of the medium, for example.
[00681 FIG. 43 shows decreased plasma TNF levels in mice treated with LPS.
[0069] FIG. 44 depicts assay results showing the effect of Formula 11-2, Formula II-3 and Formula II-4 on NF-tcB mediated luciferase activity in HEK293 NF-xB/Luc Cells.
[0070] FIG. 45 depicts assay results showing the effect of Formula H-5A and Formula II-5B on NF-KB mediated luciferase activity in HEK293 NF-icB/Luc Cells [0071] FIG. 46 depicts assay results showing the effect of Formula 11-2, Formula 11-3, and Formula 11-4 on the chymotrypsin-like activity of rabbit 20S
proteasome.
[0072] FIG. 47 depicts the effect of Fonnula II-5A and Formula II-5B on the chymotrypsin-like activity of rabbit 20S proteasome.
[0073] FIG. 48 depicts the effect of Foimulae II-2, 11-3, and 11-4 against LeTx-mediated cytotoxicity.
[0074] FIG. 49 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of a compound having structure Formula 1I-17.
[0075] FIG. 50 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of a compound having structure Formula II-18.
[0076] FIG. 51 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula II-26 in DMSO-d6.
[0077] FIG. 52 depicts the computer-generated ORTEP plot of the compound of Formula 11-26.
[0078] FIG. 53 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula 11-27 in DMSO-d6.
[0079] FIG. 54 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula II-28 in DMSO-d6.
[0080] FIG. 55 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula 11-29 in DMSO-d6.
[0081] FIG.56 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula 11-30 in DMSO-d6.
[0082] FIG. 57 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula 11-44 in DMSO-d6.
[0083] FIG. 58 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula 1-7 in DMSO-d6.
[0084] FIG. 59 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of the compound of Foimula 11-47 in DMSO-d6.
[0085] FIG. 60 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula II-38 in DMSO-d6.
[0086] FIG. 61 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula 11-50 in DMSO-d6.
Detailed Description of the Preferred Embodiment [0087] Numerous references are cited herein. The references cited herein, including the U.S. patents cited herein, are each to be considered incorporated by reference in their entirety into this specification.
[0088] Embodiments of the invention include, but are not limited to, providing a method for the preparation of compounds, including compounds, for example, those described herein and analogs thereof, and to providing a method for producing pharmaceutically acceptable anti-microbial, anti-cancer, and anti-inflammatory compositions, for example. The methods can include the compositions in relatively high yield, wherein the compounds and/or their derivatives are among the active ingredients in these compositions.
Other embodiments relate to providing novel compounds not obtainable by currently available methods. Furthermore, einbodiments relate to methods of treating cancer, inflainmation, and infectious diseases, particularly those affecting humans.
hi some einbodiments, one or more formulae, one or more compounds, or groups of compounds can be specifically excluded from use in any one or more of the metliods of treating the conditions described herein. As one illustrative example, compounds of Formula 11-16 can be excluded in some embodiments from the methods of treating cancer generally, for example, or a specific type of cancer. The methods may include, for example, the step of administering an effective amount of a member of a class of new compounds.
Preferred embodiments relate to the compounds and methods of making and using such compounds disclosed herein, but not necessarily in all embodiments of the present invention, these objectives are met.
[0089] For the compounds described herein, each stereogenic carbon can be of R
or S configuration. Although the specific coinpounds exemplified in this application can be depicted in a particular configuration, compounds having either the opposite stereochemistry at any given chiral center or mixtures thereof are also envisioned. When chiral centers are found in the derivatives of this invention, it is to be understood that the compounds encompasses all possible stereoisomers.
Compounds of Foimula I
[0090] Some embodiments provide compounds, and methods of producing a class of compounds, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof, wherein the compounds are represented by Formula I:
Eg El I"R ,n R3 Formula a I
[0091] In certain embodiments the substituent(s) Rl, R2, and R3 separately may include a llydrogen, a halogen, a mono-substituted, a poly-substituted or an unsubstituted variant of the following residues: saturated Cl-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 allcynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl (including for example, cyclohexylcarbinol), cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, allcylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl. Further, in certain embodiments, each of EI, Ezi E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom, for example, a heteroatom separately selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen.
[0092] In some embodiments n can be equal to 1 or equal to 2. When n is equal to 2, the substituents can be the same or can be different. Furthermore, in some embodiments R3 is not a hydrogen.
[0093] In some embodiments, preferably Rl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C5 alkyl. For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and pentyl are preferred. In some embodiments, Rl is not a substituted or unsubstituted, unbranched C6 alkyl.
[0094] In some embodiments, R2 is not cyclohex-2-enyl carbinol when one of the RI substituents is ethyl or chloroethyl and R3 is methyl.
[0095] Preferably, R, can be a formyl. For example, the compound may have the following structure I-1:
OHC
H O
N
O
O
H
[0096] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0097] Preferably, the structure of Formula I-1 may have the following stereochemistry:
OHC
H = O
N =
O
O
HII~~"" =
Ra [0098] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0099] Preferably, R2 can be a carbinol. For exainple, the compound may have the following structure I-2:
OH
H O
N
O
O
H
ps Formula 1-2 [0100] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0101] As an example, the structure of Formula 1-2 may have the following stereochemistry:
OH
H = O
N =
O
O
HIII~"" _ [0102] R$ may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0103] As exemplary compound of Formula I can be the compound having the following structure 1-3:
H O
N
O
H
Formula 1-3 [0104] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0105] The compound of Formula 1-3 may have the following stereochemical structure:
H = O
N =
O
O
Hlli~"" -[0106] R$ may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0107] Another exemplary compound Formula I can be the compound having the following structure 1-4:
H O
N
)-0 H
Formula 1-4 [0108] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0109] Preferably, the compound of Formula 1-4 may have the following stereochemical structure:
H = 0 N =
O
H111~"" =
[0110] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0111] Still a further exemplary compound of Foimula I is the compound having the following structure 1-5:
NHZ
H
N
O
H
Formula 1-5 [0112] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0113] For example, the compound of Formula 1-5 may have the following stereochemistry:
NHZ
H O
N
O
O
HIII~"" _ [0114] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0115] In some embodiments, R?_ of Foimula I can be, for example, a cyclohex-2-enyli denemethyl. For example, the compound may have the following structure of Forznula 1-6:
H O
N
O
H
Formula 1-6 [0116] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, clilorine, bromine and iodine.
[0117] Preferably, the compound of Foimula 1-6 may have the following stereochemistry:
H = O
N =
O
O
Hlli~"" =
R$
[0118] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0119] In further embodiments, R2 of Fonnula I can be, for example, a cyclohex-2-enylmethyl. For example, the compound may have the following structure of Formula 1-7:
a H O
N
O
CI
Formula 1-7 [0120] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0121] Preferably, the compound of Formula 1-7 may have the following stereochemistry:
H
H = O
N =
O
_ [0122] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0123] In other embodiments, R2 can be a cyclohexylalkylamine.
[0124] Also, in other embodiments, R2 can be a C-Cyclohexyl-methyleneamine.
In others, R2 can be a cyclohexanecarbaldehyde 0-oxime.
[0125] Furthermore, in some embodiments, R2 can be a cycloalkylacyl.
Compounds of Formula II
[0126] Other embodiments provide compounds, and methods of producing a class of compounds, pharinaceutically acceptable salts and pro-diug esters thereof, wherein the compounds are represented by Formula II:
(( R4 ~ E5 n l Formula II
[0127] In certain embodiments the substituent(s) Rl, R3, and R4 separately may include a hydrogen, a halogen, a mono-substituted, a poly-substituted or an unsubstituted variant of the following residues: saturated C1-C14 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C~-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated allcyl. Furtlzer, in certain embodiments, each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom, for example, a heteroatom or substituted heteroatom selected fiom the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen.
[0128] In some embodiments n can be equal to 1, while in others it can be equal to 2. When n is equal to 2, the substituents can be the same or can be different. Furthermore, in some embodiments R3 is not a hydrogen. m can be equal to 1 or 2, and when m is equal to 2, R4 can be the same or different.
[0129] E5 can be, for example, OH, 0, ORIo, S, SRII, S02R11, NH, NH2, NOH, NHOH, NR12, and NHOR13, wherein Rlo_13 may separately include, for example, hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted of any of the following: alkyl, an aiyl, a heteroaryl, and the like.
Also, Rl can be CH2CH2X, wherein X can be, for example, H, F, Cl, Br, and I.
R3 can be methyl. Furthermore, R4 may include a cyclohexyl. Also, each of E1, E3 and E4 can be 0 and E2 can be NH. Preferably, Rl can be CH2CH2X, wherein X is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl Br, and I; wherein R4 may include a cyclohexyl; wherein R3 can be methyl; and wherein each of E1, E3 and E4 separately can be 0 and E2 can be NH.
[0130] In some embodiments, R2 is not cyclohex-2-enyl carbinol when one of the Rl substituents is ethyl or chloroethyl and R3 is methyl.
[0131] In some embodiments, preferably Rl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C5 alkyl. For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and pentyl are preferred. In soine embodiments, Rl is not a substituted or unsubstituted, unbranched C6 alkyl.
[0132] For example, an exemplaiy compound of Foimula II has the following structure II-1:
H
OH
N
H
Formula II-1 [0133] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chloiine, bromine and iodine.
[0134] Exemplary stereochemistry cann be as follows:
H O
N
O
O
HIUu"= -[0135] In preferred embodiments, the compound of Formula II has any of the following structures:
H H
OH OH
H N
OH
O O
H N H
O
H
CI Br [0136] The following is exeinplary stereochemistry for compounds having the structures 11-2, 11-3, and 11-4, respectively:
OH
OH
N O H = 0 CH N =
O OH
O
0 H = O
N Hllu""' O
O
Hluuõ" -CI Br [0137] In other embodiments wherein R4 may include a 7-oxa-bicyclo[4.1.0]hept-2-yl). An exemplary compound of Formula II is the following structure 1I-5:
H
H
OH
H O
N
H
RB
Formula 11-5 [0138] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0139] The following are examples of compounds having the structure of Fonnula 11-5:
H H
H H
OH or OH
H = 0 H = O
N N
-fII-5A O
CI Cl Formulae II-5A and II-5B
[0140] In still further embodiments, at least one R4 may include a subsituted or an unsubstituted branched alkyl. For example, a compound of Formula II can be the following structure 11-6:
HO
H
HO OH
N
H
Formula 11-6 [0141] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0142] The following is exemplary stereochemistry for a compound having the stiucture of Formula 11-6:
HO
H
HO OH
H = O
N =
O
O
HIW" =
[0143] As another example, the compound of Formula II can be the following structure 11-7:
H
CHO OH
H
N
H
Formula 11-7 [0144] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0145] The following is exemplary stereochemistry for a compound having the structure of Formula 11-7:
H
CHO OH
OHC
H O
=
N =
O
O
HII~~"" =
R$
[0146] In other embodiments, at least one R4 can be a cycloalkyl and E5 can be an oxygen. An exemplary compound of Formula II can be the following structure 11-8:
N
H
Formula 11-8 [0147] R$ may include, for example, hydrogen (II-8A), fluorine (II-8B), chlorine (II-8C), bromine (II-8D) and iodine (II-8E).
[0148] The following is exemplary stereochemistry for a compound having the structure of Forinula 11-8:
CL"~ 0 H = O
N
O
O
HIUu~". -[0149] In some embodiments E5 can be an amine oxide, giving rise to an oxime.
An exemplary compound of Formula II has the following structure II-9:
RO
/ N
N
H
Formula 11-9 [0150] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine; R can be hydrogen, and a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, and the like.
[0151] The following is exemplary stereochemistry for a compound having the structure of Formula 11-9:
RO
N
H = O
N
O
O
HUuõ.= -[0152] A further exemplary compound of Formula II has the following structure II-10:
OH
H O
N
O
H
Formula 11-10 [0153] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0154] The following is exemplary stereochemistry for a compound having the structure of Formula II-10:
OH
H = O
N
O
O
Hlm [0155] In some einbodiments, E5 can be NH2. An exemplary compound of Formula II has the following structure II-11:
H
H
N
H
Formula II-11 [0156] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0157] The following is exemplary stereochemistry for a compound having the structure of Formula II-11:
H
\\\\''' ,, NH2 H = O
N
O
O
Hlun~=
[0158] In some embodiments, at least one R4 may include a cycloalkyl and E5 can be NH?. An exemplary compound of Formula lI has the following structure 11-12:
H O
N
H
Formula 11-12 [0159] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0160] The following is exemplaiy stereochemistry for a compound having the structure of Formula 11-12:
H O
N
O
O
H~1ln- -Ra 10161] A further exemplary compound of Formula II has the following structure II-13:
H O
N
H
[0162] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen (II-13A), fluorine (II-13B), chlorine (II-13C), bromine (II-13D) and iodine (II-13E).
[0163] The following is exemplary stereochemistry for a compound having the structure of Formula 11-13:
CHZ Z
H = O
N =
O
H-~~""' =
[0164] A still further exemplary compound of Formula II has the following structure 11-14:
~ OH
H O
N
O
H
[0165] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0166] The following is exemplary stereochemistry for a compound having the structure of Foimula II-14:
OH
H = O
N =
O
O
HII~~"" _ [0167] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II, may include as R4 at least one cycloalkene, for example. Furthermore, in some embodiments, the compounds may include a hydroxy at E5, for example. A further exemplary compound of Formula II has the following structure II-15 :
H H
OH
H O
N
H
Formula II-15 [0168] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0169] Exemplary stereochemistry caii be as follows:
QH H
OH
H = O
N =
O
O
HNuu,= _ [0170] The following is exemplary stereochemistry for compounds having the structures II-16, II-17, II-18, and II-19, respectively:
CH H
,, O H
H = O
N =
O GH H
O OH =
O
H =
N =
O
O
Hlln~~_ CI =
GH H H H
OH ~w\1", OH H O H O
N = N
O O
O O
Hllin" = HIUu ... _ 8r [0171] The compounds of Fonnulae II-16, 11-17, II-18 and II-19 can be obtained by fermentation, synthesis, or semi-synthesis and isolated/purified as set forth below.
Furthernzore, the compounds of Formulae II-16, II-17, 11-18 and 11-19 can be used, and are referred to, as "starting materials" to malce other compounds described herein.
[0172] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II, may include a methyl group as Rl, for example. A further exemplary compound, Formula 11-20, has the following structure and stereochemistry:
H' H
OH
H = O
N
O
O
Hllln"" _ [0173] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula lI, may include hydroxyethyl as Ri, for example. A further exemplary compound, Formula 11-21, has the following structure and stereochemistry:
H' H
OH
H = O
N
O
O
HO
[0174] In some embodiments, the hydroxyl group of Formula II-21 can be esterified such that Rl may include ethylpropionate, for example. An exemplary compound, Formula II-22, has the following structure and stereochemistry:
H' H
OH
H = O
N
O
O
Hlu~~"" -O
O
[0175] Iu some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II may include an ethyl group as R3, for example. A further exemplary compound of Formula II has the following structure 11-23:
H H
OH
H O
N
H
[0176] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. Exemplary stereochemistry can be as follows:
OH H _,"J
OH
H O
N
O
O
HIUn,,._ [0177] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula 11-23 may have the following structure and stereochemistry, exemplified by Formula II-24C, where R8 is chlorine:
H H
OH
CH H
O H ~-{ O
~~~''' N
H = O
N = O
O O
O H
HNu"" =
ci II_24C Oi II-24C
[0178] Ihi some embodiments, the compounds of Formula 11-15 may have the following stereochemistry, exemplified by the compound of Formula 11-25, where R8 is chlorine:
QH O H
\\\'' H
H = O
N =
O
O
[0179] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II-15 may have the following stereochemistry, exemplified by the compound of Fonnula II-26, where R8 is chlorine:
CH H
OH
\\\'' H = O
N =
O
O
H =
[0180] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula H may have the following structure and stereochemistry, exemplified by Formula 11-27, where RI is ethyl:
CH H
OH H = O
N =
O
O
H =
[0181] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II may have the following structure and stereochemistry, exemplified by Formula II-28, where Rl is methyl:
CH H
O H OH H H = O
N N =
O O
O O
H =
[0182] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II may include azidoethyl as R1, for example. A further exemplary compound, Formula 11-29, has the following structure and stereochemistry:
H' H
OH
H O
N
O
O
Hllno.,= -[0183] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II may include propyl as Rl, for example. A further exemplary compound, Formula 11-30, has the following structure and stereochemistry:
H
H
OH
H = O
N
O
O
Hl~wõ= -[0184) Still further exemplary compounds, Formulae II-31 and H-32, have the following structure and stereochemistry:
HO / ~O
H = O
N =
O
O
Illiiu~=
ci Formula 11-31 and 11-32 [0185] Other exemplary compounds, Formulae 11-33, 11-34, 11-35 and 11-36, have the following structure and stereocllemistry:
J:D"'~ OH
HO 5 =
H = O
N
O
O
Illnu~=
Formula II-33 - II-36 [0186] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II may include cyanoethyl as RI; for example, the compound of Formula II-37 has the following structure and stereochemistry:
H' H
Na"'= OH
H O
N
O
O
Hlllõ"
NC
[0187] In another embodiment, the compound of Foimula II may include ethylthiocyanate as Rl; for example, the compound of Formula 11-38 has the following structure and stereochemistry:
H' H
OH
H O
N
O
O
Hlluu' NCS
[0188] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II may include a thiol as Rl, for example. A further exemplary compound, Formula 11-39, has the following structure and stereochemistry, where R= H, alkyl, aryl, or substituted alkyl or aryl:
H
H
OH
H = O
N
O
O
Hllnu= -RS
[0189] In a further exemplary compound, the sulfur of the compound of Foimula 11-39 can be oxidized to a sulfoxide (n=1) or sulfone (n=2), for example, as in the compound of Formula 11-40:
H' H
OH
H = O
N
O
O
Hlllu,..
RO,S
[0190] In some embodiments, the substituent Rl of the compound of Formula II
may include a leaving group, for example, a halogen, as in compounds 11-18 or 11-19, or another leaving group, such as a sulfonate ester. One example is the methane sulfonate (mesylate) of Formula 11-41:
H
H
\W'- OH
H = O
N
O
O
Hllu~~"' _ \
O
[0191] In some embodiments, the the substituent Ri of the compound of Formula II may include electron acceptors. The electron acceptor can be, for example, a Lewis acid, such as a boronic acid or ester. An exemplary compound, Formula 11-42, has the following structure and stereochemistry, where n = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, for example, and where R=H or alkyl, for example:
' QH
H
~~'r' OH
H = 0 N
HIUw.. _ /n II-42 B
RO/ \OR
Further exeinplary compounds of Formula 11-42 are the compounds of Foimula II-42A, where n=2 and R=H, and the coinpound of Formula II-42B, where n=1 and R=H:
H H
H ' H
OH
\Iw'"= OH
H 0 H = 0 N N =
Hpllu.. = Hllnu== _ HO~B
HO~B\ \OH
OH
In some embodiments where the substituent Rl of the compound of Formula II_includes an electron acceptor, the electron acceptor can be, for example, a Michael acceptor. An exemplary compound, Formula 11-43 has the following structure, where n = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and where Z is an electron withdrawing group, for example, CHO, COR, COOR, CONH2, CN, NO2, SOR, SO2R, etc:
H
H
OH
H O
N
O
O
H~u~n"= -/ n I I-43 z A further exemplary compound of Formula II-43 is the compound of Formula II-43A, where n=1 and Z=CO2CH3:
H
H
OH
H = O
N
O
O
F{Ilnn"= EI43A
[0192] In some einbodiments, the compounds can be prodrug esters or thioesters of the compounds of Formula II. For example, the compound of Formula II-44 (a prodrug thioester of the compound of Formula 11-16) has the following structure and stereochemistry:
H
H
OH
H = O
N
O s OH
H~1wõ== _ = O OCH3 CI
[0193] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II may include an alkenyl group as Rl, for example, ethylenyl. A further exemplary compound, Formula 11-46, has the following structure and stereochemistry:
H' H
OH
H O
N
O
O
Hll~u'== _ [0194] In some embodiments, the compounds can be prodrug esters or thioesters of the compounds of Formula II. For example, the compound of Formula II-47 (a prodrug thioester of the compound of Formula II-17) has the following structure and stereochemistry:
QH H
OH
H = O
N =
O s OH
Hll~u"' =
[0195] In some embodiments, the compounds can be prodrug esters or thioesters of the compounds of Foimula II. For example, the compound of Formula II-48 has the following structure and stereochemistry:
(H~HOH
O OH S NH\ COOH
H1 = ~ 10( O NH
COOH
CI
[0196] Other exemplary compound, Formula 11-49 has the following structure and stereochemistry:
O
O
H
N
CI
[0197] In some embodiments, the compound can be prodrug ester or thioester of the compounds of Formula II. For example, the compound of Formula II-50 (prodrug ester of the compound of Formula 11-16) has the following structure and stereochemistry:
CH
~.' H OH
N O H
O S N~
OH
H~" = O
O O
Compounds of Formula III
[0198] Other embodiments provide compounds, and methods of producing a class of compomids, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof, wherein the compounds are represented by Formula III:
IRq Ee \ m El Eq HgC
\R~~n FORMULA III
[0199] In certain embodiments, the substituent(s) Rl separately may include, for example, a hydrogen, a halogen, a mono-substituted, a poly-substituted or an unsubstituted variant of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl. For example, n can be equal to 1 or 2.
[0200] In certain embodiments, R4 can be, for example, a hydrogen, a halogen, a mono-substituted, a poly-substituted or an unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C_)-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl. In some embodiments m can be equal to 1 or 2, and where m is equal to 2, the substituents can the same or different. Also, each of E1i E2, E3, E4 and E5 can be, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
For example, the heteroatom can be nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen.
[0201] In some embodiments, R2 is not cyclohex-2-enyl carbinol when one of the RI substituents is ethyl or chloroethyl.
[0202] In some embodiments, preferably Rl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C5 alkyl. For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and pentyl are preferred. In some embodiments, Rl is not a substituted or unsubstituted, unbranched C6 alkyl.
Compounds of Formula IV
[0203] Other embodiments provide compounds, and methods of producing a class of compounds, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof, wherein the compounds are represented by Formula IV:
(R5)m E3 EZ
El Eq /R, R3 Fo )rmula N
\
[02041 In certain embodiments, the substituent(s) R1 R3, and R5 may separately include a hydrogen, a halogen, a mono-substituted, a poly-substituted or an unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C)-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyllalogenated alkyl.
Also, each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 can be a heteroatom or substituted heteroatom, for example, nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen. In some embodiments, R3 is not a hydrogen. n is equal to 1 or 2. When n is equal to 2, the substituents can be the same or can be different. Also, m can be 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11. When m is greater than 1, the substituents can be the same or different.
[0205] In some embodiments, preferably Rl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to CS alkyl. For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and pentyl are preferred. In some embodiments, Rl is not a substituted or unsubstituted, unbranched C6 alkyl.
[0206] In some embodiments R5 may give rise to a di-substituted cyclohexyl. An exemplary compound of Fonnula IV is the following structure TV-1, with and without exemplary stereochemistry:
H H
H H
H H = O
R6 N R6 N =
O O
H1M"" HW~"" =
Formula 1V-1 [0207] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. The substituent(s) R6 and R7 may separately include a hydrogen, a halogen, a mono-substituted, a poly-substituted or an unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-CZ4 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl. Further, R6 and R7 both can be the same or different.
[0208] For example, an exemplary compound of Formula IV has the following structure IV-2:
H
OH
HO N
H
Formula IV-2 [0209] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0210] Exemplary stereochemistry can be as follows:
H H
OH
H = O
HO ~1111 OH N =
O
O
Hlln~". -[0211] For example, an exemplary compound of Formula IV has the following structure IV-3:
H
OH
HO N
H
RB
Formula IV-3 [0212] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen (IV-3A), fluorine (IV-3B), chlorine (IV-3C), bromine (IV-3D) and iodine (IV-3E).
[0213] Exemplary structure and stereochemistry can be as follows:
H H
OH
ci 1111\ ' =
H O
OH N
O
Hilittõ= -[0214] Additional exemplary structure and stereochemistry can be as follows:
H H
OH
CI
OH N
O
O
H41u,,,= -CI
Forn7ula IV-3C
[0215] For example, an exemplary compound of Formula IV has the following structure IV-4:
H
OH
N
H
Formula IV-4 [0216] R8 may include, for example, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0217] Exemplary stereochemistry can be as follows:
H H
OH
HO 0\~
H = O
N
O
O
Hllu== _ Compounds of Formula V
[0218] Some embodiments provide coinpounds, and methods of producing a class of compounds, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof, wherein the compounds are represented by Formula V:
(R5)m E2 Ei Eq Folmula V
[0219] In certain embodiments, the substituent(s) Rl and R5 may separately include a hydrogen, a halogen, a mono-substituted, a poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl. In certain embodiments, each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 can be a heteroatom or substituted heteroatom, for example, nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen. n can be equal to 1 or 2, and when n is equal to 2, the substituents can be the same or different. Preferably, m can be, for example, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11. When m is greater than 1, R5 can be the same or different.
[0220] In some embodiments, preferably Rl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C5 alkyl. For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and pentyl are preferred. In some embodiments, Rl is not a substituted or unsubstituted, unbranched C6 allcyl.
Compounds of Formula VI
[0221] Some embodiments provide compounds, and methods of producing a class of compounds, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof, wherein the compounds are represented by Formula VI:
El R R14 Formula VI
[0222] wherein Rl can be separately selected from the group consisting of a mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-CZ4 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, thio, sulfoxide, sulfoneboronic acid esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl.
n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then Rl can be the same or different;
[0223] wherein R2, can be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl (including, for example, cyclohexylcarbinol), cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated allcyl;
[0224] wherein R3 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aiyloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl; wherein each of EI, E', E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
[0225] In some embodiments, R2 is not cyclohex-2-enyl carbinol when one of the Rl substituents is ethyl or chloroethyl and R3 is methyl.
[0226] In some embodiments, preferably RI is a substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C5 alkyl. For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and pentyl are preferred.
[0227] wherein R14 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or CZ-C?4 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, allcyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloallcyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aiyl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, thioesters, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl.
[0228] In some embodiments, preferably R14 is an alkylthiol or substituted alkylthiol, and E3 is an oxygen.
[0229] For example, in some embodiments some of the compounds of Formula VI can have the following structure referred to as Formula VI-1:
Ea (R5)m E3 E, Rt4 vI-1 E4 n(RI)_~/
[0230] wherein Rl can be separately selected from the group consisting of a mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, allcylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, boronic acid esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl. n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then Rl can be the same or different;
[02311 wherein R3 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aininocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, aryltllio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl; wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
[0232] wherein R5 can be separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, oxy, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, wherein m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11 and if m is more than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and where the substituents R5 can form a ring; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
[0233] In some embodiments, preferably RI is a substituted or unsubstituted CI
to C5 alkyl. For exainple, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and pentyl are preferred.
[0234] wherein R14 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-G4 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, thioesters, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl.
[0235] For example, the compound has the following structure VI-lA:
H
H OH
H O
N
O S
H
O O O
Formula VI-1A
[0236] Exemplary stereochemistry can be as follows:
H
~H OH
N O
O S
O O
[0237] For example, an exemplary compound of Formula VI has the following structure and stereochemistry VI-1B:
H
O
N =
O \ S NH COOH
H O ~ O
O NH
COOH
Formula VI-1 B
[0238] Another example, the compound of Formula VI has the following structure and stereochemistry VI-1C:
H
~~ H OH
O
N N
O
O
O O O
Formula VI-1 C
[0239] Certain embodiments also provide pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters of the compound of Formulae I-VI, and provide methods of obtaining and purifying such compounds by the methods disclosed herein.
[0240] The term "pro-drug ester," especially when referring to a pro-drug ester of the compound of Foimula I synthesized by the methods disclosed herein, refers to a chemical derivative of the compound that is rapidly transformed in vivo to yield the coinpound, for example, by hydrolysis in blood or inside tissues. The term "pro-drug ester"
refers to derivatives of the compounds disclosed herein formed by the addition of any of several ester-or thioester-foiming groups that are hydrolyzed under physiological conditions. Examples of pro-drug ester groups include pivoyloxymethyl, acetoxymethyl, phthalidyl, indanyl and methoxymethyl, as well as other such groups known in the art, including a (5-R-2-oxo-1,3-dioxolen-4-yl)methyl group. Other prodrugs can be prepared by preparing a coiTesponding thioester of the compound, for example, by reacting with an appropriate thiol, such as thiophenol, Cysteine or derivatives thereof, or propanethiol, for example.
Qther examples of pro-drug ester groups can be found in, for example, T. Higuchi and V. Stella, in "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems", Vol. 14, A.C.S. Symposium Series, American Chemical Society (1975); and "Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design: Theory and Application", edited by E. B.
Roche, Pergamon Press: New York, 14-21 (1987) (providing examples of esters useful as prodrugs for coinpounds containing carboxyl groups). Each of the above-mentioned references is hereby incoiporated by reference in its entirety.
[0241] The term "pro-drug ester," as used herein, also refers to a chemical derivative of the coinpound that is rapidly transformed in vivo to yield the compound, for example, by hydrolysis in blood.
[0242] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt," as used herein, and particularly when referring to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound, including Formulae I-VI, and Formula I-VI as produced and synthesized by the methods disclosed herein, refers to any pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a compound, and preferably refers to an acid addition salt of a compound. Preferred examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salt are the alkali metal salts (sodium or potassium), the alkaline earth metal salts (calcium or magnesium), or ammonium salts derived from ammonia or from pharmaceutically acceptable organic amines, for example C1-C7 allcylamine, cyclohexylamine, triethanolamine, ethylenediamine or tris-(hydroxymethyl)-aminomethane. With respect to compounds synthesized by the method of this embodiment that are basic amines, the preferred examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are acid addition salts of pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acids, for example, hydrohalic, sulfuric, phosphoric acid or aliphatic or aromatic carboxylic or sulfonic acid, for example acetic, succinic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, nicotinic, methanesulfonic, p-toluensulfonic or naphthalenesulfonic acid.
[0243] Preferred pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein include pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters of the compound of Formulae I-VI
obtained and purified by the methods disclosed herein. Accordingly, if the manufacture of pharmaceutical formulations involves intimate mixing of the pharmaceutical excipients and the active ingredient in its salt form, then it is preferred to use pharmaceutical excipients which are non-basic, that is, either acidic or neutral excipients.
[0244] It will be also appreciated that the phrase "compounds and compositions comprising the compound," or any like phrase, is meant to encompass compounds in any suitable form for pharmaceutical delivery, as discussed in further detail herein. For example, in certain embodiments, the compounds or compositions comprising the same may include a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound.
[0245] In one embodiment the compounds can be used to treat microbial diseases, cancer, and inflammation. Disease is meant to be construed broadly to cover infectious diseases, and also autoimmune diseases, non-infectious diseases and chronic conditions. In a preferred embodiment, the disease is caused by a microbe, such as a bacterium, a fungi, and protozoa, for example. The methods of use may also include the steps of administering a compound or composition comprising the compound to an individual with an infectious disease or cancer. The compound or composition can be administered in an amount effective to treat the particular infectious disease, cancer or inflammatory condition.
[0246] The infectious disease can be, for example, one caused by Bacillus, such as B. anthracis and B. cereus. The infectious disease can be one caused by a protozoa, for example, a Leishnaania, a Plasmodium or a Trypanosoma. The compound or composition can be administered with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient, and the like.
[0247] The cancer can be, for example, a multiple myeloma, a colorectal carcinoma, a prostate carcinoma, a breast adenocarcinoma, a non-small cell lung carcinoma, an ovarian carcinoma, a melanoma, and the like.
[0248] The inflammatory condition can be, for example, rheumatoid artllritis, asthma, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, stroke, myocardial infarction, reperfusion injury, and the like.
[0249] The term "halogen atom," as used herein, means any one of the radio-stable atoms of column 7 of the Periodic Table of the Elements, i.e., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine, with bromine and chlorine being preferred.
[0250] The term "alkyl," as used herein, means any unbranched or branched, substituted or unsubstituted, saturated hydrocarbon, with C1-C24 preferred, and CI-C6 hydrocarbons being preferred, with methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, and tert-butyl, and pentyl being most preferred. Among the substituted, saturated hydrocarbons, C1-C24 are preferred, with C1-C6 mono- and di- and per-halogen substituted saturated hydrocarbons and amino-substituted hydrocarbons more preferred.
[0251] The term "substituted" has its ordinary meaning, as found in numerous contemporary patents fiom the related art. See, for example, U.S. Patent Nos.
6,509,331;
6,506,787; 6,500,825; 5,922,683; 5,886,210; 5,874,443; and 6,350,759; all of which are incorporated herein in their entireties by reference. Specifically, the definition of substituted is as broad as that provided in U.S. Patent No. 6,509,331, which defines the term "substituted alkyl" such that it refers to an alkyl group, preferably of from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected fiom the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, keto, thioketo, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, --SO-alkyl, --SO-substituted alkyl, --SO-aryl, --SO-heteroaryl, --S02-alkyl, --S02-substituted alkyl, --SOa-aryl and -S02-heteroaryl.
The other above-listed patents also provide standard definitions for the term "substituted" that are well-understood by those of skill in the art.
[0252] The term "cycloalkyl" refers to any non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, preferably having five to twelve atoms comprising the ring. The term "acyl"
refers to alkyl or aryl groups derived fiom an oxoacid, with an acetyl group being preferred.
[0253] The term "alkenyl," as used herein, means any unbranched or branched, substituted or unsubstituted, unsaturated hydrocarbon including polyunsaturated hydrocarbons, with C1-C6 unbranched, mono-unsaturated and di-unsaturated, unsubstituted hydrocarbons being preferred, and mono-unsaturated, di-halogen substituted hydrocarbons being most preferred. The term "cycloalkenyl" refers to any non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, preferably having five to twelve atoms comprising the ring.
[0254] The teims "aiyl," "substituted aryl," "heteroaryl," and "substituted heteroaryl," as used herein, refer to aromatic hydrocarbon rings, preferably having five, six, or seven atoms, and most preferably having six atoms comprising the ring.
"Heteroaryl" and "substituted heteroaryl," refer to aromatic hydrocarbon rings in which at least one heteroatom, e.g., oxygen, sulfur, or nitrogen atom, is in the ring along with at least one carbon atom. The term "heterocycle" or "heterocyclic" refer to any cyclic compound containing one or more heteroatoms. The substituted aryls, heterocycles and heteroaryls can be substituted with any substituent, including those described above and those known in the art.
[0255] The term "alkoxy" refers to any unbranched, or branched, substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated ether, with C1-C6 unbranched, saturated, unsubstituted ethers being preferred, with methoxy being preferred, and also with dimethyl, diethyl, methyl-isobutyl, and methyl-tei-t-butyl ethers also being prefeiTed. The term "cycloalkoxy"
refers to any non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, preferably having five to twelve atoms comprising the ring. The term "alkoxy carbonyl" refers to any linear, branched, cyclic, saturated, unsaturated, aliphatic or aromatic alkoxy attached to a carbonyl group. The examples include methoxycarbonyl group, ethoxycarbonyl group, propyloxycarbonyl group, isopropyloxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group, sec-butoxycarbonyl group, tert-butoxycarbonyl group, cyclopentyloxycarbonyl group, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group, benzyloxycarbonyl group, allyloxycarbonyl group, phenyloxycarbonyl group, pyridyloxycarbonyl group, and the like.
[0256] The terms "pure," "purified," "substantially purified," and "isolated"
as used herein refer to the compound of the embodiment being free of other, dissimilar compounds with which the compound, if found in its natural state, would be associated in its natural state. In certain embodiments described as "pure," "purified,"
"substantially purified," or "isolated" herein, the compound may comprise at least 0.5%, 1%, 5%, 10%, or 20%, and most preferably at least 50% or 75% of the mass, by weight, of a given sample.
[0257] The terms "derivative," "variant," or other similar term refers to a compound that is an analog of the other compound.
[0258] Certain of the compounds of Formula I-VI can be obtained and purified or can be obtained via semi-synthesis from purified compounds as set forth herein. Generally, without being limited thereto, the compounds of Formula 11-15, preferably, Formulae 11-16, II-17, 11-18 and 11-19, can be obtained synthetically or by feimentation.
Exemplaiy fermentation procedures are provided below. Futher, the compounds of Formula 11-15, preferably, Formulae II-16, II-17, 11-18 and 11-19 can be used as starting compounds in order to obtain/synthesize various of the other compounds described herein.
Exemplary non-limiting syntheses are provided herein.
CH
H H
HOH
\00' OH
H = O
H = 0 N =
N =
O
O O
O Hllnn"
HIII"
a Formula II-17 Formula II-16 H
H H
OH H
OH
N = H = 0 N
Hllm,,, O
= HIUuõ== _ Br Foimula II-18 Formula I1-19 [0259] Formula 11-16 is cuirently produced through a high-yield saline feimentation (-350 - 400 mg/L) and modifications of the conditions has yielded new analogs in the fermentation extracts. FIG. 1 shows the chemical stiucture of 11-16.
Additional analogs can be generated through directed biosynthesis. Directed biosynthesis is the modification of a natural product by adding biosynthetic precursor analogs to the fermentation of producing microorganisms (Lam, et al., J Antibiot (Tokyo) 44:934 (1991), Lam, et al., JAntibiot (Tokyo) 54:1 (2001); which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0260] Exposing the producing culture to analogs of acetic acid, phenylalanine, valine, butyric acid, shikimic acid, and halogens, preferably, other than chlorine, can lead to the formation of new analogs. The new analogs produced can be easily detected in crude extracts by HPLC and LC-MS. For example, after manipulating the medium with different concentrations of sodium bromide, a bromo-analog, Formula 11-18, was successfully produced in shalce-flask culture at a titer of 14 mg/L.
[0261] A second approach to generate new analogs is through biotransformation.
Biotransformation reactions are chemical reactions catalyzed by enzymes or whole cells containing these enzymes. Zaks, A., Curr Opin Chem Biol 5:130 (2001).
Microbial natural products are ideal substrates for biotransformation reactions as they are synthesized by a series of enzyinatic reactions inside microbial cells. Riva, S., Czsrr Opin Chenz Biol 5:106 (2001).
[0262] Given the structure of the described compounds, including those of Formula II-15, for example, the possible biosynthetic origins are acetyl-CoA, ethylmalonyl-CoA, phenylalanine and chlorine. Ethylmalonyl-CoA is derived from butyryl-CoA, which can be derived either from valine or crotonyl-CoA. Liu, et al., Metab Eng 3:40 (2001).
Phenylalanine is derived from shikimic acid.
Production of Compounds of Formulae 1-7, 11-16, II-17, 11-18, II-20, II-24C, II-26, 11-27 and [0263] The production of compounds of Formulae 1-7, 11-16, 11-17, 11-18, 11-20,11-24C, II-26, II-27 and 11-28 can be carried out by cultivating strain CNB476 and strain NPS21184, a natural variant of strain CNB476, in a suitable nutrient medium under conditions described herein, preferably under submerged aerobic conditions, until a substantial amount of compounds are detected in the fermentation; harvesting by extracting the active components from the fermentation broth with a suitable solvent;
concentrating the solvent containing the desired components; then subjecting the concentrated material to chromatographic separation to isolate the compounds fiom other metabolites also present in the cultivation medium.
[0264] FIG. 2 shows some collection sites worldwide for the culture (CNB476), which is also refered to as Salinospora. FIG. 3 shows colonies of Salinospora.
FIG. 4 shows the typical 16S rDNA sequence of the Salinospora. Bars represent characteristic signature nucleotides of the Salinospora that separate them from their nearest relatives.
[0265] The culture (CNB476) was deposited on June 20, 2003 with the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) in Rockville, MD and assigned the ATCC patent deposition number PTA-5275. Strain NPS21184, a natural variant of strain CNB476, was derived from strain CNB476 as a single colony isolate. Strain NPS21184 has been deposited to ATCC on Apri127, 2005. The ATCC deposit meets all of the requirements of the Budapest treaty. The culture is also maintained at and available from Nereus Pharmaceutical Culture Collection at 10480 Wateridge Circle, San Diego, CA 92121. In addition to the specific microorganism described herein, it should be understood that mutants, such as those produced by the use of chemical or physical mutagens including X-rays, etc. and organisms whose genetic makeup has been modified by molecular biology techniques, may also be cultivated to produce the starting compounds of Formulae II-16, II-17, and II-18.
Fermentation of strain CNB476 and strain NPS21184 [0266] Production of compounds can be achieved at temperature conducive to satisfactory growth of the producing organism, e.g. from 16 degree C to 40 degree C, but it is preferable to conduct the fermentation at 22 degree C to 32 degree C. The aqueous medium can be incubated for a period of time necessary to complete the production of compounds as monitored by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC), preferably for a period of about 2 to 10 days, on a rotary shaker operating at about 50 rpm to 400 ipm, preferably at 150 rpm to 250 rpm, for example. The production of the compounds can also be achieved by cultivating the production strain in a bioreactor, such as a fermentor system that is suitable for the growth of the production strain.
[0267] Growth of the microorganisms can be achieved by one of ordinary skill of the art by the use of appropriate medium. Broadly, the sources of carbon include glucose, fructose, mannose, maltose, galactose, mannitol and glycerol, other sugars and sugar alcohols, starches and other carbohydrates, or carbohydrate derivatives such as dextran, cerelose, as well as complex nutrients such as oat flour, corn meal, millet, corn, and the like.
The exact quantity of the carbon source that is utilized in the medium will depend in part, upon the other ingredients in the medium, but an amount of carbohydrate between 0.5 to 25 percent by weight of the medium can be satisfactorily used, for example. These carbon sources can be used individually or several such carbon sources can be combined in the same medium, for example. Certain carbon sources are preferred as hereinafter set forth.
[0268] The sources of nitrogen include amino acids such as glycine, arginine, threonine, methionine and the like, ammonium salt, as well as complex sources such as yeast extracts, corn steep liquors, distiller solubles, soybean meal, cotttonseed meal, fish meal, peptone, and the like. The various sources of nitrogen can be used alone or in combination in amounts ranging from 0.5 to 25 percent by weight of the medium, for example.
[0269] Among the nutrient inorganic salts, which can be incorporated in the culture media, are the customary salts capable of yielding sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, phosphate, sulfate, chloride, carbonate, and like ions. Also included are trace metals such as cobalt, manganese, iron, molybdenum, zinc, cadmium, and the like.
Biological Activity and Uses of Compounds [0270] Some embodiments relate to methods of treating cancer, inflammation, and infectious diseases, particularly those affecting humans. The methods may include, for example, the step of administering an effective amount of a member of a class of new compounds. Thus, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat cancer, inflammation, and infectious disease.
[0271] The compounds have various biological activities. For example, the compounds have chemosensitizing activity, anti-microbial, anti-inflammation, radiosensitizing, and anti-cancer activity.
[0272] The compounds have proteasome inhibitoiy activity. The proteasome inhibitory activity may, in whole or in part, contribute to the ability of the compounds to act as anti-cancer, anti-inflammatory, and anti-microbial agents.
[02731 The proteasoine is a multisubunit protease that degrades intracellular proteins through its chymotrypsin-like, trypsin-like and peptidylglutamyl-peptide hydrolyzing (PGPH; and also lrnow as the caspase-like activity) activities. The 26S
proteasome contains a proteolytic core called the 20S proteasome and one or two 19S regulatory subunits. The 20S
proteasome is responsible for the proteolytic activity against many substrates including damaged proteins, the transcription factor NF-xB and its inhibitor IxB, signaling molecules, tumor suppressors and cell cycle regulators. There are three distinct protease activities within the proteasome: 1) chymotiypsin-like; 2) trypsin-like; and the 3) peptidyl glutamyl peptide hydrolyzing (PGPH) activity.
[0274] As an example, compounds of Formula 11-16 were more potent (EC50 2nM) at inhibiting the chymotrypsin-like activity of rabbit muscle proteasomes than Oinuralide (EC50 52 nM) and also inhibited the chymotrypsin-like activity of human erythrocyte derived proteasomes (EC50 -250pM). FIG. 5 shows omuralide, which is a degradation product of Lactacystin, and it shows a compound of Formula 11-16.
Compounds of Formula 11-16 exhibit a significant preference for inhibiting chymotrypsin-like activity of the proteasome over inhibiting the catalytic activity of chymotrypsin.
Compounds of Formula 11-16 also exhibit low nM trypsin-like inhibitory activity (-10 nM), but are less potent at inhibiting the PGPH activity of the proteasome (EC50 -350 nM).
[0275] Additional studies have characterized the effects of compounds described herein, including studies of Formula II-16 on the NF-KB / IKB signaling pathway. Treatment of HEK293 cells (human embryonic kidney) with Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha (TNF-a) induces phosphorylation and proteasome-mediated degradation of IKBa followed by NF-xB
activation. To confirm proteasome inhibition, HEK293 cells were pre-treated for 1 hour with compounds of Formula 11-16 followed by TNF-a stimulation. Treatment with compounds of Formula 11-16 promoted the accumulation of phosphorylated IKBa suggesting that the proteasome-mediated IxBa degradation was inhibited.
[0276] Furthermore, a stable HEK293 clone (NF-xB/Luc 293) was generated carrying a luciferase reporter gene under the regulation of 5x NF-KB binding sites.
Stimulation of NF-icB/Luc 293 cells with TNF-a increases luciferase activity as a result of NF-icB activation while pretreatment with compounds of Formula II-16 decreases activity.
Western blot analyses demonstrated that compounds of Formula 11-16 promoted the accumulation of phosphorylated-IicBa and decreased the degradation of total IicBa in the NF-KB/Luc 293 cells. Compounds of Fonnula 11-16 were also shown to increase the levels of the cell cycle regulatory proteins, p21 and p27.
[0277] Tumor cells can be more sensitive to proteasome inhibitors than normal cells. Moreover, proteasome inhibition increases the sensitivity of cancer cells to anticancer agents. The cytotoxic activity of the compounds described herein, including Formula II-16, were examined for cytotoxic activity against various cancer cell lines.
Formula 11-16 was examined, for example, in the National Cancer Institute screen of 60 human tumor cell lines.
Formula II-16 exhibited selective cytotoxic activity with a mean G150 value (the concentration to achieve 50% growth inhibition) of less than 10 nM. The greatest potency was observed against SK-MEL-28 melanoma and MDA-MB-235 breast cancer cells [both with LC50 (the concentration with 50% cell lethality) <10 nM].
Biological Activity and Uses of Compounds [0270] Some embodiments relate to methods of treating cancer, inflammation, and infectious diseases, particularly those affecting humans. The methods may include, for example, the step of administering an effective amount of a member of a class of new compounds. Thus, the compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat cancer, inflammation, and infectious disease.
[0271] The compounds have various biological activities. For example, the compounds have chemosensitizing activity, anti-microbial, anti-inflammation, radiosensitizing, and anti-cancer activity.
[0272] The compounds have proteasome inhibitoiy activity. The proteasome inhibitory activity may, in whole or in part, contribute to the ability of the compounds to act as anti-cancer, anti-inflammatory, and anti-microbial agents.
[02731 The proteasoine is a multisubunit protease that degrades intracellular proteins through its chymotrypsin-like, trypsin-like and peptidylglutamyl-peptide hydrolyzing (PGPH; and also lrnow as the caspase-like activity) activities. The 26S
proteasome contains a proteolytic core called the 20S proteasome and one or two 19S regulatory subunits. The 20S
proteasome is responsible for the proteolytic activity against many substrates including damaged proteins, the transcription factor NF-xB and its inhibitor IxB, signaling molecules, tumor suppressors and cell cycle regulators. There are three distinct protease activities within the proteasome: 1) chymotiypsin-like; 2) trypsin-like; and the 3) peptidyl glutamyl peptide hydrolyzing (PGPH) activity.
[0274] As an example, compounds of Formula 11-16 were more potent (EC50 2nM) at inhibiting the chymotrypsin-like activity of rabbit muscle proteasomes than Oinuralide (EC50 52 nM) and also inhibited the chymotrypsin-like activity of human erythrocyte derived proteasomes (EC50 -250pM). FIG. 5 shows omuralide, which is a degradation product of Lactacystin, and it shows a compound of Formula 11-16.
Compounds of Formula 11-16 exhibit a significant preference for inhibiting chymotrypsin-like activity of the proteasome over inhibiting the catalytic activity of chymotrypsin.
Compounds of Formula 11-16 also exhibit low nM trypsin-like inhibitory activity (-10 nM), but are less potent at inhibiting the PGPH activity of the proteasome (EC50 -350 nM).
[0275] Additional studies have characterized the effects of compounds described herein, including studies of Formula II-16 on the NF-KB / IKB signaling pathway. Treatment of HEK293 cells (human embryonic kidney) with Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha (TNF-a) induces phosphorylation and proteasome-mediated degradation of IKBa followed by NF-xB
activation. To confirm proteasome inhibition, HEK293 cells were pre-treated for 1 hour with compounds of Formula 11-16 followed by TNF-a stimulation. Treatment with compounds of Formula 11-16 promoted the accumulation of phosphorylated IKBa suggesting that the proteasome-mediated IxBa degradation was inhibited.
[0276] Furthermore, a stable HEK293 clone (NF-xB/Luc 293) was generated carrying a luciferase reporter gene under the regulation of 5x NF-KB binding sites.
Stimulation of NF-icB/Luc 293 cells with TNF-a increases luciferase activity as a result of NF-icB activation while pretreatment with compounds of Formula II-16 decreases activity.
Western blot analyses demonstrated that compounds of Formula 11-16 promoted the accumulation of phosphorylated-IicBa and decreased the degradation of total IicBa in the NF-KB/Luc 293 cells. Compounds of Fonnula 11-16 were also shown to increase the levels of the cell cycle regulatory proteins, p21 and p27.
[0277] Tumor cells can be more sensitive to proteasome inhibitors than normal cells. Moreover, proteasome inhibition increases the sensitivity of cancer cells to anticancer agents. The cytotoxic activity of the compounds described herein, including Formula II-16, were examined for cytotoxic activity against various cancer cell lines.
Formula 11-16 was examined, for example, in the National Cancer Institute screen of 60 human tumor cell lines.
Formula II-16 exhibited selective cytotoxic activity with a mean G150 value (the concentration to achieve 50% growth inhibition) of less than 10 nM. The greatest potency was observed against SK-MEL-28 melanoma and MDA-MB-235 breast cancer cells [both with LC50 (the concentration with 50% cell lethality) <10 nM].
[0278] A panel of cell lines including human colorectal (HT-29 and LoVo), prostate (PC3), breast (MDA-MB-23 1), lung (NCI-H292), ovarian (OVCAR3), acute T-cell leukemia (Jurkat), murine melanoma (B16-F10) and normal human fibroblasts (CCD-27sk) was treated with Salinosporamide A for 48h to assess cytotoxic activity. HT-29, LoVo, PC3, MDA-MB-231, NCI-H292, OVCAR3, Jurkat, and B16-F10 cells were sensitive with values of 47, 69, 78, 67, 97, 69, 10, and 33 nM, respectively. In contrast, the EC50 values for CCD-27sk cells were 196 nM. Treatment of Jurlcat cells with Salinosporamide A
at the approximate EC50 resulted in Caspase-3 activation and cleavage of PARP
confirming the induction of apoptosis.
[0279] The anti-anthrax activity of the described compounds was evaluated using an in Vitro LeTx induced cytotoxicity assay. As one example, the results indicate that Formula 11-16 is a potent inhibitor of LeTx-induced cytotoxicity of murine macrophage-like RAW264.7 cells. Treatment of RAW264.7 cells with Formula 11-16 resulted in a 10-fold increase in the viability of LeTx-treated cells compared to LeTx treatment alone (average EC50 of <4 nM).
Potential Chemosensitizing Effects of Formula II-16 [0280] Additional studies have characterized the effects of the compounds described herein on the NF-xB / IxB signaling pathway (see the Examples). In unstimulated cells, the transcription factor nuclear factor-kappa B(NF-xB) resides in the cytoplasm in an inactive complex with the inhibitory protein IxB (inhibitor of NF-xB). Various stimuli can cause IxB phosphorylation by IxB kinase, followed by ubiquitination and degradation by the proteasome. Following the degradation of IxB, NF-xB translocates to the nucleus and regulates gene expression, affecting many cellular processes including inhibition of apoptosis. Chemotherapy agents such as CPT- 11 (Irinotecan) can activate NF-xB
in human colon cancer cell lines including LoVo cells, resulting in a decreased ability of these cells to undergo apoptosis. Painter, R.B. Cancer Res 38:4445 (1978). VelcadeTM is a dipeptidyl boronic acid that inhibits the chymotrypsin-like activity of the proteasome (Lightcap, et al., Clin Chem 46:673 (2000), Adams, et al., Cancer Res 59:2615 (1999), Adams, Curr Opin Oncol 14:628 (2002)) while enhancing the trypsin and PGPH activities. Recently approved as a proteasome inhibitor, VelcadeTM, (PS-341; Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc.) has been shown to be directly toxic to cancer cells and also enhance the cytotoxic activity of CPT- 11 in LoVo cells in viti=o and in a LoVo xenograft model by inhibiting IxB
degradation by the proteasome. Blum, et al., Ann Inter=n Med 80:249 (1974). In addition, VelcadeTM was found to inhibit the expression of proangiogenic chemokines/cytokines Growth Related Oncogene-alpha (GRO-cc) and Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF) in squamous cell carcinoma, presumably through inhibition of the NF-xB pathway. Dick, et al., J
Biol Chenz 271:7273 (1996). These data suggest that proteasome inhibition may not only decrease tumor cell survival and growth, but also angiogenesis.
Anti-Anthrax Activity [0281] Another potential application for proteasome inhibitors comes from recent studies on the biodefense Categoiy A agent B. anthracis (anthrax). Anthrax spores are inhaled and lodge in the lungs where they are ingested by macrophages. Within the macrophage, spores germinate, the organism replicates, resulting ultimately in killing of the cell. Before killing occurs, however, infected macrophages migrate to the lymph nodes where, upon death, they release their contents allowing the organism to enter the bloodstream, further replicate, and secrete lethal toxins. Hanna, et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U
S A 90:10198 (1993). Anthrax toxins are responsible for the symptoms associated with anthrax. Two proteins that play a key role in the pathogenesis of anthrax are protective antigen (PA, 83 kDa) and lethal factor (LF, 90 kDa) which are collectively known as lethal toxin (LeTx). LF has an enzynnatic function, but requires PA to achieve its biological effect.
Neither PA or LF cause death individually; however, when combined they cause death when injected intravenously in animals. Kalns, et al., Biochem Biophys Res Coinmun 297:506 (2002), Kalns, et al., Biochem Biopl2ys Res Commun 292:41 (2002).
[0282] Protective antigen (PA), the receptor-binding component of anthrax toxin, is responsible for transporting lethal factor into the host cell. PA
oligomerizes into a ring-shaped heptamer (see FIG. 6). Each heptamer, bound to its receptor on the surface of a cell, has the ability to bind up to three molecules of LF. The complex formed between the PA
heptamer and LF is taken into the cell by receptor-mediated endocytosis.
Following endocytosis, LF is released into the cytosol where it attacks various cellular targets.
at the approximate EC50 resulted in Caspase-3 activation and cleavage of PARP
confirming the induction of apoptosis.
[0279] The anti-anthrax activity of the described compounds was evaluated using an in Vitro LeTx induced cytotoxicity assay. As one example, the results indicate that Formula 11-16 is a potent inhibitor of LeTx-induced cytotoxicity of murine macrophage-like RAW264.7 cells. Treatment of RAW264.7 cells with Formula 11-16 resulted in a 10-fold increase in the viability of LeTx-treated cells compared to LeTx treatment alone (average EC50 of <4 nM).
Potential Chemosensitizing Effects of Formula II-16 [0280] Additional studies have characterized the effects of the compounds described herein on the NF-xB / IxB signaling pathway (see the Examples). In unstimulated cells, the transcription factor nuclear factor-kappa B(NF-xB) resides in the cytoplasm in an inactive complex with the inhibitory protein IxB (inhibitor of NF-xB). Various stimuli can cause IxB phosphorylation by IxB kinase, followed by ubiquitination and degradation by the proteasome. Following the degradation of IxB, NF-xB translocates to the nucleus and regulates gene expression, affecting many cellular processes including inhibition of apoptosis. Chemotherapy agents such as CPT- 11 (Irinotecan) can activate NF-xB
in human colon cancer cell lines including LoVo cells, resulting in a decreased ability of these cells to undergo apoptosis. Painter, R.B. Cancer Res 38:4445 (1978). VelcadeTM is a dipeptidyl boronic acid that inhibits the chymotrypsin-like activity of the proteasome (Lightcap, et al., Clin Chem 46:673 (2000), Adams, et al., Cancer Res 59:2615 (1999), Adams, Curr Opin Oncol 14:628 (2002)) while enhancing the trypsin and PGPH activities. Recently approved as a proteasome inhibitor, VelcadeTM, (PS-341; Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc.) has been shown to be directly toxic to cancer cells and also enhance the cytotoxic activity of CPT- 11 in LoVo cells in viti=o and in a LoVo xenograft model by inhibiting IxB
degradation by the proteasome. Blum, et al., Ann Inter=n Med 80:249 (1974). In addition, VelcadeTM was found to inhibit the expression of proangiogenic chemokines/cytokines Growth Related Oncogene-alpha (GRO-cc) and Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF) in squamous cell carcinoma, presumably through inhibition of the NF-xB pathway. Dick, et al., J
Biol Chenz 271:7273 (1996). These data suggest that proteasome inhibition may not only decrease tumor cell survival and growth, but also angiogenesis.
Anti-Anthrax Activity [0281] Another potential application for proteasome inhibitors comes from recent studies on the biodefense Categoiy A agent B. anthracis (anthrax). Anthrax spores are inhaled and lodge in the lungs where they are ingested by macrophages. Within the macrophage, spores germinate, the organism replicates, resulting ultimately in killing of the cell. Before killing occurs, however, infected macrophages migrate to the lymph nodes where, upon death, they release their contents allowing the organism to enter the bloodstream, further replicate, and secrete lethal toxins. Hanna, et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U
S A 90:10198 (1993). Anthrax toxins are responsible for the symptoms associated with anthrax. Two proteins that play a key role in the pathogenesis of anthrax are protective antigen (PA, 83 kDa) and lethal factor (LF, 90 kDa) which are collectively known as lethal toxin (LeTx). LF has an enzynnatic function, but requires PA to achieve its biological effect.
Neither PA or LF cause death individually; however, when combined they cause death when injected intravenously in animals. Kalns, et al., Biochem Biophys Res Coinmun 297:506 (2002), Kalns, et al., Biochem Biopl2ys Res Commun 292:41 (2002).
[0282] Protective antigen (PA), the receptor-binding component of anthrax toxin, is responsible for transporting lethal factor into the host cell. PA
oligomerizes into a ring-shaped heptamer (see FIG. 6). Each heptamer, bound to its receptor on the surface of a cell, has the ability to bind up to three molecules of LF. The complex formed between the PA
heptamer and LF is taken into the cell by receptor-mediated endocytosis.
Following endocytosis, LF is released into the cytosol where it attacks various cellular targets.
Mogridge, et al., Biochernistfy 41:1079 (2002), Lacy, et al., .I Biol Cl2em 277:3006 (2002), Bradley, et al., Nature 414:225 (2001).
[0283] Lethal factor (LF) is a zinc dependent metalloprotease, which in the cytosol can cleave and inactivate signaling proteins of the mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase family (MAPKK). Duesbery, et al., Science 280:734 (1998), Bodart, et al., Cell Cycle 1:10 (2002), Vitale, et al., JAppl Microbiol 87:288 (1999), Vitale, et al., Bi chem J 352 Pt 3:739 (2000). Of the seven different known MAPK kinases, six have been shown to be cleaved by LF. Within the cell, MAPK kinase pathways transduce various signals involved in cell death, proliferation, and differentiation making these proteins highly significant targets. However, certain inhibitors that prevent LeTx-induced cell death, do not prevent MAPKK cleavage by LF suggesting that this activity is not sufficient for induction of cell death. Kim, et al., JBiol Cheni 278:7413 (2003), Lin, et al., Cur=f=
Micr=obiol 33:224 (1996).
[0284] Studies have suggested that inhibition of the proteasome can prevent LeTx-induced cell death. Tang, et al., Infect InaTnun 67:3055 (1999). Data have shown that proteasome activity is required for LeTx-mediated killing of RAW264.7 macrophage-like cells and that proteasome inhibitors protect RAW264.7 cells from LeTx.
Proteasome inhibition did not block MEK1 cleavage, suggesting the LeTx pathway is not blocked upstream of MEKI cleavage in these studies. Additionally, there is no increase in proteasome activity in cells treated with LeTx. These data suggested that a novel, potent proteasome inhibitor like the coinpounds described herein, may also prevent LeTx-induced cell death as illustrated in FIG. 6.
[0285] The receptor for PA has been identified and is expressed by many cell types. Escuyer, et al., Infect Inunun 59:3381 (1991). Lethal toxin is active in a few cell culture lines of macrophages causing cell death within a few hours. Hanna, et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 90:10198 (1993), Kim, et al., J Biol Cliem 278:7413 (2003), Lin, et al., Curr Micf=obiol 33:224 (1996). LeTx can induce both necrosis and apoptosis in mouse macrophage-like RAW264.7 and J774A. 1 cells upon in vitro treatment.
[0286] The results indicate that the compounds described herein act as a potent inhibitor of LeTx-induced cytotoxicity of murine macrophage-like RAW264.7 cells.
Treatment of RAW264.7 cells with, for example, compounds of Formula II-16, resulted in a 10-fold increase in the viability of LeTx-treated cells compared to LeTx treatment alone (average EC50 of <4 nM) and therefore provide a valuable therapy for anthrax infections.
Formula 11-16, for example, promoted survival of RAW264.7 macrophage-like cells in the presence of LeTx indicating that this compound and its derivatives provide a valuable clinical therapeutic for antllrax infection.
Pharmaceutical Compositions [0287] In one embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein are used in pharmaceutical compositions. The compounds preferably can be produced by the methods disclosed herein. The compounds can be used, for example, in pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier prepared for storage and subsequent administration. Also, embodiments relate to a phaimaceutically effective amount of the products and compounds disclosed above in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
Acceptable carriers or diluents for therapeutic use are well known in the pharmaceutical art, and are described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co. (A.R. Gennaro edit. 1985), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Presetvatives, stabilizers, dyes and even flavoring agents can be provided in the pharmaceutical composition. For example, sodium benzoate, ascorbic acid and esters of p-hydroxybenzoic acid can be added as preservatives. In addition, antioxidants and suspending agents can be used.
[0288] The compositions, particularly those of Formulae I-VI, can be formulated and used as tablets, capsules, or elixirs for oral administration;
suppositories for rectal administration; sterile solutions, suspensions for injectable administration;
patches for transdermal administration, and sub-dennal deposits and the like. Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions. Suitable excipients are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, mannitol, lactose, lecithin, albumin, sodium glutamate, cysteine hydrochloride, and the like. In addition, if desired, the injectable pharmaceutical compositions may contain minor amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances, such as wetting agents, pH buffering agents, and the like. If desired, absorption enhancing preparations (for example, liposomes), can be utilized.
[0289] Pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds can be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions.
Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or other organic oils such as soybean, grapefi-uit or almond oils, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances that increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Optionally, the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents that increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
[0290] Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained by coinbining the active compounds with solid excipient, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP). If desired, disintegrating agents can be added, such as the cross-linlced polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.
Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions can be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments can be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions can be used, which may optionally contain guin arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
Dyestuffs or pigments can be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses. Such formulations can be made using methods known in the art (see, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,733,888 (injectable compositions);
5,726,181 (poorly water soluble compounds); 5,707,641 (therapeutically active proteins or peptides); 5,667,809 (lipophilic agents); 5,576,012 (solubilizing polymeric agents); 5,707,615 (anti-viral formulations); 5,683,676 (particulate medicaments); 5,654,286 (topical formulations); 5,688,529 (oral suspensions); 5,445,829 (extended release formulations);
5,653,987 (liquid formulations); 5,641,515 (controlled release formulations) and 5,601,845 (spheroid foimulations); all of which are incoiporated herein by reference in their entireties.
[0291] Further disclosed herein are various pharmaceutical compositions well known in the pharmaceutical art for uses that include topical, intraocular, intranasal, and intraauricular delivery. Phaimaceutical formulations include aqueous ophthalmic solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form, such as eyedrops, or in gellan gum (Shedden et al., Clin. Ther., 23(3):440-50 (2001)) or hydrogels (Mayer et al., Ophthalmologica, 210(2):101-3 (1996)); ophthalmic ointinents; ophthalmic suspensions, such as microparticulates, drug-containing small polymeric particles that are suspended in a liquid carrier medium (Joshi, A. 1994 J Ocul Phaf nzacol 10:29-45), lipid-soluble formulations (Alm et al., Prog. Clin. Biol. Res., 312:447-58 (1989)), and microspheres (Mordenti, Toxicol.
Sci., 52(1):101-6 (1999)); and ocular inserts. All of the above-mentioned references, are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. Such suitable phaimaceutical formulations are most often and preferably formulated to be sterile, isotonic and buffered for stability and comfort. Phamzaceutical compositions may also include drops and sprays often prepared to simulate in many respects nasal secretions to ensure maintenance of normal ciliary action. As disclosed in Remington's Phaimaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing, 18th Edition), which is incoiporated herein by reference in its entirety, and well-known to those skilled in the art, suitable formulations are most often and preferably isotonic, slightly buffered to maintain a pH of 5.5 to 6.5, and most often and preferably include anti-microbial preservatives and appropriate drug stabilizers. Pharmaceutical formulations for intraauricular delivery include suspensions and ointments for topical application in the ear.
Common solvents for such aural formulations include glycerin and water.
[0283] Lethal factor (LF) is a zinc dependent metalloprotease, which in the cytosol can cleave and inactivate signaling proteins of the mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase family (MAPKK). Duesbery, et al., Science 280:734 (1998), Bodart, et al., Cell Cycle 1:10 (2002), Vitale, et al., JAppl Microbiol 87:288 (1999), Vitale, et al., Bi chem J 352 Pt 3:739 (2000). Of the seven different known MAPK kinases, six have been shown to be cleaved by LF. Within the cell, MAPK kinase pathways transduce various signals involved in cell death, proliferation, and differentiation making these proteins highly significant targets. However, certain inhibitors that prevent LeTx-induced cell death, do not prevent MAPKK cleavage by LF suggesting that this activity is not sufficient for induction of cell death. Kim, et al., JBiol Cheni 278:7413 (2003), Lin, et al., Cur=f=
Micr=obiol 33:224 (1996).
[0284] Studies have suggested that inhibition of the proteasome can prevent LeTx-induced cell death. Tang, et al., Infect InaTnun 67:3055 (1999). Data have shown that proteasome activity is required for LeTx-mediated killing of RAW264.7 macrophage-like cells and that proteasome inhibitors protect RAW264.7 cells from LeTx.
Proteasome inhibition did not block MEK1 cleavage, suggesting the LeTx pathway is not blocked upstream of MEKI cleavage in these studies. Additionally, there is no increase in proteasome activity in cells treated with LeTx. These data suggested that a novel, potent proteasome inhibitor like the coinpounds described herein, may also prevent LeTx-induced cell death as illustrated in FIG. 6.
[0285] The receptor for PA has been identified and is expressed by many cell types. Escuyer, et al., Infect Inunun 59:3381 (1991). Lethal toxin is active in a few cell culture lines of macrophages causing cell death within a few hours. Hanna, et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 90:10198 (1993), Kim, et al., J Biol Cliem 278:7413 (2003), Lin, et al., Curr Micf=obiol 33:224 (1996). LeTx can induce both necrosis and apoptosis in mouse macrophage-like RAW264.7 and J774A. 1 cells upon in vitro treatment.
[0286] The results indicate that the compounds described herein act as a potent inhibitor of LeTx-induced cytotoxicity of murine macrophage-like RAW264.7 cells.
Treatment of RAW264.7 cells with, for example, compounds of Formula II-16, resulted in a 10-fold increase in the viability of LeTx-treated cells compared to LeTx treatment alone (average EC50 of <4 nM) and therefore provide a valuable therapy for anthrax infections.
Formula 11-16, for example, promoted survival of RAW264.7 macrophage-like cells in the presence of LeTx indicating that this compound and its derivatives provide a valuable clinical therapeutic for antllrax infection.
Pharmaceutical Compositions [0287] In one embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein are used in pharmaceutical compositions. The compounds preferably can be produced by the methods disclosed herein. The compounds can be used, for example, in pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier prepared for storage and subsequent administration. Also, embodiments relate to a phaimaceutically effective amount of the products and compounds disclosed above in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
Acceptable carriers or diluents for therapeutic use are well known in the pharmaceutical art, and are described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co. (A.R. Gennaro edit. 1985), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Presetvatives, stabilizers, dyes and even flavoring agents can be provided in the pharmaceutical composition. For example, sodium benzoate, ascorbic acid and esters of p-hydroxybenzoic acid can be added as preservatives. In addition, antioxidants and suspending agents can be used.
[0288] The compositions, particularly those of Formulae I-VI, can be formulated and used as tablets, capsules, or elixirs for oral administration;
suppositories for rectal administration; sterile solutions, suspensions for injectable administration;
patches for transdermal administration, and sub-dennal deposits and the like. Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions. Suitable excipients are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, mannitol, lactose, lecithin, albumin, sodium glutamate, cysteine hydrochloride, and the like. In addition, if desired, the injectable pharmaceutical compositions may contain minor amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances, such as wetting agents, pH buffering agents, and the like. If desired, absorption enhancing preparations (for example, liposomes), can be utilized.
[0289] Pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds can be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions.
Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or other organic oils such as soybean, grapefi-uit or almond oils, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances that increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Optionally, the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents that increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
[0290] Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained by coinbining the active compounds with solid excipient, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP). If desired, disintegrating agents can be added, such as the cross-linlced polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.
Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions can be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments can be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions can be used, which may optionally contain guin arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
Dyestuffs or pigments can be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses. Such formulations can be made using methods known in the art (see, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,733,888 (injectable compositions);
5,726,181 (poorly water soluble compounds); 5,707,641 (therapeutically active proteins or peptides); 5,667,809 (lipophilic agents); 5,576,012 (solubilizing polymeric agents); 5,707,615 (anti-viral formulations); 5,683,676 (particulate medicaments); 5,654,286 (topical formulations); 5,688,529 (oral suspensions); 5,445,829 (extended release formulations);
5,653,987 (liquid formulations); 5,641,515 (controlled release formulations) and 5,601,845 (spheroid foimulations); all of which are incoiporated herein by reference in their entireties.
[0291] Further disclosed herein are various pharmaceutical compositions well known in the pharmaceutical art for uses that include topical, intraocular, intranasal, and intraauricular delivery. Phaimaceutical formulations include aqueous ophthalmic solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form, such as eyedrops, or in gellan gum (Shedden et al., Clin. Ther., 23(3):440-50 (2001)) or hydrogels (Mayer et al., Ophthalmologica, 210(2):101-3 (1996)); ophthalmic ointinents; ophthalmic suspensions, such as microparticulates, drug-containing small polymeric particles that are suspended in a liquid carrier medium (Joshi, A. 1994 J Ocul Phaf nzacol 10:29-45), lipid-soluble formulations (Alm et al., Prog. Clin. Biol. Res., 312:447-58 (1989)), and microspheres (Mordenti, Toxicol.
Sci., 52(1):101-6 (1999)); and ocular inserts. All of the above-mentioned references, are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. Such suitable phaimaceutical formulations are most often and preferably formulated to be sterile, isotonic and buffered for stability and comfort. Phamzaceutical compositions may also include drops and sprays often prepared to simulate in many respects nasal secretions to ensure maintenance of normal ciliary action. As disclosed in Remington's Phaimaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing, 18th Edition), which is incoiporated herein by reference in its entirety, and well-known to those skilled in the art, suitable formulations are most often and preferably isotonic, slightly buffered to maintain a pH of 5.5 to 6.5, and most often and preferably include anti-microbial preservatives and appropriate drug stabilizers. Pharmaceutical formulations for intraauricular delivery include suspensions and ointments for topical application in the ear.
Common solvents for such aural formulations include glycerin and water.
[0292] When used as an anti-cancer, anti-inflammatory or anti-microbial compound, for example, the compounds of Fonnulae I-VI or compositions including Formulae I-VI can be administered by either oral or non-oral pathways. When administered orally, it can be administered in capsule, tablet, granule, spray, syrup, or other such form.
When administered non-orally, it can be administered as an aqueous suspension, an oily preparation or the like or as a drip, suppository, salve, ointment or the like, when administered via injection, subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intrainuscularly, or the like.
[0293] In one embodiment, the anti-cancer, anti-inflammatory or anti-microbial can be mixed with additional substances to enhance their effectiveness. In one embodiment, the anti-microbial is combined with an additional anti-microbial. In another embodiment, the anti-microbial is combined with a drug or medicainent that is helpful to a patient that is taking anti-microbials.
Methods of Administration [0294] In an altemative embodiment, the disclosed chemical compounds and the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions are administered by a particular method as an anti-microbial. Such metliods include, among others, (a) administration though oral pathways, which adininistration includes administration in capsule, tablet, granule, spray, syrup, or other such fonns; (b) administration through non-oral pathways, which administration includes adininistration as an aqueous suspension, an oily preparation or the like or as a drip, suppository, salve, ointinent or the like; administration via injection, subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intramuscularly, intradermally, or the like;
as well as (c) administration topically, (d) adininistration rectally, or (e) administration vaginally, as deemed appropriate by those of skill in the art for bringing the compound of the present embodiment into contact with living tissue; and (f) administration via controlled released formulations, depot formulations, and infusion pump delivery. As further examples of such modes of administration and as further disclosure of modes of administration, disclosed herein are various methods for administration of the disclosed chemical compounds and pharmaceutical compositions including modes of administration through intraocular, intranasal, and intraauricular pathways.
[0295] The pharmaceutically effective amount of the compositions that include the described compounds, including those of Formulae I-VI, required as a dose will depend on the route of administration, the type of animal, including human, being treated, and the physical characteristics of the specific animal under consideration. The dose can be tailored to achieve a desired effect, but will depend on such factors as weight, diet, concurrent medication and other factors which those skilled in the medical arts will recognize.
[0296] In practicing the methods of the embodiment, the products or compositions can be used alone or in combination with one another, or in combination with other therapeutic or diagnostic agents. These products can be utilized in vivo, ordinarily in a mammal, preferably in a human, or in vitro. In employing them in vivo, the products or coinpositions can be administered to the mammal in a variety of ways, including parenterally, intravenously, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, colonically, rectally, vaginally, nasally or intraperitoneally, employing a variety of dosage forms. Such methods may also be applied to testing chemical activity in vivo.
[0297] As will be readily apparent to one slcilled in the art, the useful in vivo dosage to be administered and the particular mode of administration will vary depending upon the age, weight and mammalian species treated, the particular compounds employed, and the specific use for which these compounds are einployed. The determination of effective dosage levels, that is the dosage levels necessary to achieve the desired result, can be accomplished by one skilled in the art using routine pharmacological methods. Typically, human clinical applications of products are commenced at lower dosage levels, with dosage level being increased until the desired effect is achieved. Alternatively, acceptable in vitro studies can be used to establish useful doses and routes of administration of the compositions identified by the present methods using established phaimacological methods.
[0298] In non-human animal studies, applications of potential products are commenced at higher dosage levels, with dosage being decreased until the desired effect is no longer achieved or adverse side effects disappear. The dosage may range broadly, depending upon the desired affects and the therapeutic indication. Typically, dosages can be between about 10 microgram/kg and 100 mg/kg body weight, preferably between about 100 microgram/kg and 10 mg/kg body weight. Alternatively dosages can be based and calculated upon the surface area of the patient, as understood by those of skill in the art. Administration is preferably oral on a daily or twice daily basis.
[0299] The exact formulation, route of administration and dosage can be chosen by the individual physician in view of the patient's condition. See for example, Fingl et al., in The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 1975, which is incoiporated herein by reference in its entirety. It should be noted that the attending physician would know how to and when to terminate, interrupt, or adjust administration due to toxicity, or to organ dysfunctions.
Conversely, the attending physician would also know to adjust treatment to higher levels if the clinical response were not adequate (precluding toxicity). The magnitude of an administrated dose in the management of the disorder of interest will vary with the severity of the condition to be treated and to the route of administration. The severity of the condition may, for example, be evaluated, in part, by standard prognostic evaluation methods. Further, the dose and perhaps dose frequency, will also vary according to the age, body weight, and response of the individual patient. A program comparable to that discussed above can be used in veterinary medicine.
[0300] Depending on the specific conditions being treated, such agents can be formulated and administered systemically or locally. A variety of techniques for formulation and administration can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA(1990), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Suitable administration routes may include oral, rectal, transdermal, vaginal, transmucosal, or intestinal adininistration; parenteral delivery, including intramuscular, subcutaneous, intramedullary injections, as well as intratllecal, direct intraventricular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, or intraocular injections.
[0301] For injection, the agents of the embodiment can be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks' solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer. For such transmucosal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally lcnown in the art. Use of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers to formulate the compounds herein disclosed for the practice of the embodiment into dosages suitable for systemic administration is within the scope of the embodiment. With proper choice of carrier and suitable manufacturing practice, the compositions disclosed herein, in particular, those formulated as solutions, can be administered parenterally, such as by intravenous injection.
The compounds can be formulated readily using pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art into dosages suitable for oral administration. Such calTiers enable the compounds of the embodiment to be formulated as tablets, pills, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral ingestion by a patient to be treated.
[0302] Agents intended to be administered intracellularly can be administered using techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, such agents can be encapsulated into liposomes, then administered as described above. All molecules present in an aqueous solution at the time of liposome formation are incorporated into the aqueous interior. The liposomal contents are both protected from the external micro-environment and, because liposomes fuse with cell membranes, are efficiently delivered into the cell cytoplasm. Additionally, due to their hydrophobicity, small organic molecules can be directly administered intracellularly.
[0303] Determination of the effective amounts is well within the capability of those skilled in the art, especially in light of the detailed disclosure provided herein. In addition to the active ingredients, these phaimaceutical compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically.
The preparations formulated for oral administration can be in the form of tablets, dragees, capsules, or solutions. The phannaceutical compositions can be manufactured in a manner that is itself known, for example, by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levitating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping, or lyophilizing processes.
[0304] Compounds disclosed herein can be evaluated for efficacy and toxicity using known methods. For example, the toxicology of a particular compound, or of a subset of the compounds, sharing certain chemical moieties, can be established by determining in vitro toxicity towards a cell line, such as a mammalian, and preferably human, cell line. The results of such studies are often predictive of toxicity in animals, such as mammals, or more specifically, humans. Alternatively, the toxicity of particular compounds in an animal model, such as mice, rats, rabbits, dogs or monkeys, can be determined using known methods. The efficacy of a particular compound can be established using several art recognized methods, such as in vitro methods, animal models, or human clinical trials. Art-recognized in vitro models exist for nearly every class of condition, including the conditions abated by the compounds disclosed herein, including cancer, cardiovascular disease, and various immune dysfunction, and infectious diseases. Similarly, acceptable animal models can be used to establish efficacy of chemicals to treat such conditions. When selecting a model to deteimine efficacy, the skilled artisan can be guided by the state of the art to choose an appropriate model, dose, and route of administration, and regime. Of course, human clinical trials can also be used to determine the efficacy of a compound in humans.
[0305] When used as an anti-microbial, anti-cancer, or anti-inflammatory agent, the compounds disclosed herein can be administered by either oral or a non-oral pathways.
When administered orally, it can be administered in capsule, tablet, granule, spray, syrup, or other such form. When administered non-orally, it can be administered as an aqueous suspension, an oily preparation or the like or as a drip, suppository, salve, ointment or the like, when administered via injection, subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intramuscularly, intradermally, or the like. Controlled release formulations, depot formulations, and infusion pump delivery are similarly conteinplated.
[0306] The compositions disclosed herein in pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Such compositions can be prepared for storage and for subsequent administration. Acceptable carriers or diluents for therapeutic use are well known in the pharmaceutical art, and are described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co. (A.R. Gennaro edit. 1985). For example, such compositions can be formulated and used as tablets, capsules or solutions for oral administration; suppositories for rectal or vaginal administration; sterile solutions or suspensions for injectable administration. Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions. Suitable excipients include, but are not limited to, saline, dextrose, mannitol, lactose, lecithin, albumin, sodium glutamate, cysteine hydrochloride, and the like. In addition, if desired, the injectable pharmaceutical compositions may contain minor amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances, such as wetting agents, pH buffering agents, and the like. If desired, absorption enhancing preparations (for example, liposomes), can be utilized.
[0307] The pharmaceutically effective amount of the composition required as a dose will depend on the route of administration, the type of animal being treated, and the physical characteristics of the specific animal under consideration. The dose can be tailored to achieve a desired effect, but will depend on such factors as weight, diet, concurrent medication and other factors which those skilled in the medical arts will recognize.
[0308] The products or compositions of the embodiment, as described above, can be used alone or in combination with one another, or in combination with other therapeutic or diagnostic agents. These products can be utilized in vivo or in vitro. The useful dosages and the most useful modes of administration will vary depending upon the age, weight and animal treated, the particular compounds employed, and the specific use for which these composition or compositions are employed. The magnitude of a dose in the management or treatment for a particular disorder will vary with the severity of the condition to be treated and to the route of adininistration, and depending on the disease conditions and their severity, the compositions can be formulated and administered either systeinically or locally. A variety of techniques for fonnulation and administration can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA (1990).
[0309] To formulate the coinpounds of Formulae I-VI as an anti-microbial, an anti-cancer, or an anti-inflammatory agent, known surface active agents, excipients, smoothing agents, suspension agents and pharmaceutically acceptable film-forming substances and coating assistants, and the like can be used. Preferably alcohols, esters, sulfated aliphatic alcohols, and the like can be used as surface active agents; sucrose, glucose, lactose, starch, ciystallized cellulose, mannitol, light anhydrous silicate, magnesium aluminate, magnesium methasilicate aluminate, synthetic aluminum silicate, calcium carbonate, sodium acid carbonate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, and the like can be used as excipients; magnesium stearate, talc, hardened oil and the like can be used as smoothing agents; coconut oil, olive oil, sesame oil, peanut oil, soya can be used as suspension agents or lubricants; cellulose acetate phthalate as a derivative of a carbohydrate such as cellulose or sugar, or methylacetate-methacrylate copolymer as a derivative of polyvinyl can be used as suspension agents; and plasticizers such as ester phthalates and the like can be used as suspension agents. In addition to the foregoing preferred ingredients, sweeteners, fragrances, colorants, preservatives and the like can be added to the administered formulation of the compound produced by the method of the embodiment, particularly when the compound is to be administered orally.
[0310] The compounds and compositions can be orally or non-orally administered to a human patient in the amount of about 0.001 mg/kg/day to about 10,000 mg/kg/day of the active ingredient, and more preferably about 0.1 mg/kg/day to about 100 mg/kg/day of the active ingredient at, preferably, one time per day or, less preferably, over two to about ten times per day. Alternatively and also preferably, the compound produced by the method of the embodiment may preferably be administered in the stated amounts continuously by, for example, an intravenous drip. Thus, for the example of a patient weighing 70 kilograms, the preferred daily dose of the active or anti-infective ingredient would be about 0.07 mg/day to about 700 gm/day, and more preferable, 7 mg/day to about 7 grams/day.
Nonetheless, as will be understood by those of skill in the art, in certain situations it can be necessary to administer the anti-cancer, anti-inflammatory or the anti-infective compound of the embodiment in amounts that excess, or even far exceed, the above-stated, preferred dosage range to effectively and aggressively treat particularly advanced cancerss or infections.
[0311] In the case of using the anti-microbial produced by methods of the embodiment as a biochemical test reagent, the compound produced by methods of the embodiment inhibits the progression of the disease when it is dissolved in an organic solvent or hydrous organic solvent and it is directly applied to any of various cultured cell systems.
Usable organic solvents include, for example, methanol, methylsulfoxide, and the like. The formulation can, for exainple, be a powder, granular or other solid inhibitor, or a liquid inhibitor prepared using an organic solvent or a hydrous organic solvent.
While a preferred concentration of the compound produced by the method of the embodiment for use as an anti-microbial, anticancer or anti-tumor compound is generally in the range of about 1 to about 100 gg/ml, the most appropriate use amount varies depending on the type of cultured cell system and the purpose of use, as will be appreciated by persons of ordinary skill in the art.
Also, in certain applications it can be necessary or preferred to persons of ordinary skill in the art to use an amount outside the foregoing range.
[0312] In one embodiment, the method of using a compound as an anti-microbial, anti-cancer or anti-inflammatory involves administering an effective amount of -any of the compounds of Formulae I-VI or compositions of those compounds. In a preferred embodiment, the method involves administering the compound represented by Formula II, to a patient in need of an anti-microbial, until the need is effectively reduced or more preferably removed.
[0313] As will be understood by one of skill in the art, "need" is not an absolute term and merely implies that the patient can benefit fiom the treatment of the anti-microbial, the anti-cancer, or anti-inflammatory in use. By "patient" what is meant is an organism that can benefit by the use of an anti-microbial, anti-cancer or anti-inflammatory agent. For example, any organism with B. anthracis, Plasmodium, Leishmaraia, Tfypanosoma, and the like, may benefit from the application of an anti-microbial that may in turn reduce the amount of microbes present in the patient. As another example, any organism with cancer, such as, a colorectal carcinoma, a prostate carcinoma, a breast adenocarcinoma, a non-small cell lung carcinoma, an ovarian carcinoma, multiple myelomas, a melanoma, and the like, may benefit from the application of an anti-cancer agent that may in turn reduce the amount of cancer present in the patient. Furtherinore, any organism with an inflammatory conditions, such as, rlieumatoid arthritis, asthma, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, stroke, reperfusion injury, myocardial infarction, and the like, may benefit from the application of an anti-inflammatory that may in turn reduce the amount of cells associated with the inflammatory response present in the patient. In one embodiment, the patient's healtli may not require that an anti-microbial, anti-cancer, or anti-inflammatory be administered, however, the patient may still obtain some benefit by the reduction of the level of microbes, cancer cells, or inflammatory cells present in the patient, and thus be in need. In one embodiment, the anti-microbial or anti-cancer agent is effective against one type of microbe or cancer, but not against other types; thus, allowing a high degree of selectivity in the treatment of the patient. In other embodiments, the anti-inflammatory can be effective against inflammatory conditions characterized by different cells associated with the inflammation. In choosing such an anti-microbial, anti-cancer or anti-inflammatory agent, the methods and results disclosed in the Examples can be useful. In an alternative embodiment, the anti-microbial can be effective against a broad spectrum of microbes, preferably a broad spectrum of foreign, and, more preferably, harmful bacteria, to the host organism. In embodiments, the anti-cancer and/or anti-inflammatory agent can be effective against a broad spectrum of cancers and inflammatory conditions/cells/substances. In yet another embodiment, the anti-microbial is effective against all microbes, even those native to the host. Examples of microbes that can be targets of anti-microbials, include, but are not limited to, B. aiatlu aeis, Plasinodiztiin, Leishfnasaia, Ti yparaosoina, and the like. In still further embodiments, the anti-cancer agent is effective against a broad spectrum of cancers or all cancers. Examples of cancers, against which the compounds can be effective include a colorectal carcinoma, a prostate carcinoma, a breast adenocarcinoma, a non-small cell lung carcinoma, an ovarian carcinoma, multiple myelomas, a melanoma, and the like. Exemplary inflammatory conditions against which the agents are effective include rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, stroke, myocardial infarction, and the like.
[0314] "Therapeutically effective amount," "pharmaceutically effective amount,"
or similar term, means that amount of drug or pharmaceutical agent that will result in a biological or medical response of a cell, tissue, system, animal, or human that is being sought. In a preferred embodiment, the medical response is one sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor, or other clinician.
[0315] "Anti-microbial" refers to a compound that reduces the likelihood of survival of microbes, or blocks or alleviates the deleterious effects of a microbe. In one einbodiment, the likelihood of survival is determined as a function of an individual microbe;
thus, the anti-microbial will increase the chance that an individual microbe will die. In one embodiment, the likelihood of survival is determined as a function of a population of microbes; thus, the anti-microbial will increase the chances that there will be a decrease in the population of microbes. In one embodiment, anti-microbial means antibiotic or other similar term. Such anti-microbials are capable of blocking the harmful effects, destroying or suppressing the growth or reproduction of microorganisms, such as bacteria.
For example, such antibacterials and other anti-microbials are described in Antibiotics, Chemotherapeutics and Antibacterial Agents for Disease Control (M. Grayson, editor, 1982), and E. Gale et al., The Molecular Basis of Antibiotic Action 2d edition (1981). In another embodiment, an anti-microbial will not change the likelihood of survival, but will change the chances that the microbes will be harmful to the host in some way. For instance, if the microbe secretes a substance that is haimful to the host, the anti-microbial may act upon the microbe to stop the secretion or may counteract or block the harmful effect. In one embodiment, an anti-microbial, while, increasing the likelihood that the microbe(s) will die, is minimally harmful to the surrounding, non-microbial, cells. In an alternative embodiment, it is not important how harmful the anti-microbial is to surrounding, nonmicrobial, cells, as long as it reduces the likelihood of survival of the microbe.
[0316] "Anti-cancer agent" refers to a compound or composition including the compound that reduces the likelihood of survival of a cancer cell. In one embodiment, the likelihood of survival is determined as a function of an individual cancer cell; thus, the anti-cancer agent will increase the chance that an individual cancer cell will die.
In one embodiment, the likelihood of survival is determined as a function of a population of cancer cells; thus, the anti-cancer agent will increase the chances that there will be a decrease in the population of cancer cells. In one embodiment, anti-cancer agent means chemotherapeutic agent or other similar term.
[0317] A "chemotherapeutic agent" is a chemical compound useful in the treatment of a neoplastic disease, such as cancer. Examples of chemotherapeutic agents include alkylating agents, such as a nitrogen mustard, an ethyleneimine and a methylmelamine, an alkyl sulfonate, a nitrosourea, and a triazene, folic acid antagonists, anti-metabolites of nucleic acid metabolism, antibiotics, pyrimidine analogs, 5-fluorouracil, cisplatin, purine nucleosides, amines, amino acids, triazol nucleosides, corticosteroids, a natural product such as a vinca alkaloid, an epipodophyllotoxin, an antibiotic, an enzyme, a taxane, and a biological response modifier or antibodies to biological response modifiers or other agents; miscellaneous agents such as a platinum coordination complex, an anthracenedione, an anthracycline, a substituted urea, a methyl hydrazine derivative, or an adrenocortical suppressant; or a hormone or an antagonist such as an adrenocorticosteroid, a progestin, an estrogen, an antiestrogen, an androgen, an antiandrogen, or a gouadotropin-releasing hormone analog. Specific examples include Adriamycin, Doxorubicin, 5-Fluorouracil, Cytosine arabinoside ("Ara-C"), Cyclophosphamide, Thiotepa, Busulfan, Cytoxin, Taxol, Toxotere, Methotrexate, Cisplatin, Melphalan, Vinblastine, Bleomycin, Etoposide, Ifosfamide, Mitomycin C, Mitoxantrone, Vincreistine, Vinorelbine, Carboplatin, Teniposide, Daunomycin, Carminomycin, Aminopterin, Dactinomycin, Mitomycins, Esperamicins, Melphalan, and other related nitrogen mustards. Also included in this definition are hormonal agents that act to regulate or inhibit hormone action on tuinors, such as tamoxifen and onapristone.
[0318] The anti-cancer agent may act directly upon a cancer cell to kill the cell, induce death of the cell, to prevent division of the cell, and the like.
Alternatively, the anti-cancer agent may indirectly act upon the cancer cell by limiting nutrient or blood supply to the cell, for example. Such anti-cancer agents are capable of destroying or suppressing the growth or reproduction of cancer cells, such as a colorectal carcinoma, a prostate carcinoma, a breast adenocarcinoma, a non-small cell lung carcinoma, an ovarian carcinoma, multiple myelomas, a melanoma, and the like.
[0319] A "neoplastic disease" or a "neoplasm" refers to a cell or a population of cells, including a tumor or tissue (including cell suspensions such as bone marrow and fluids such as blood or serum), that exhibits abnormal growth by cellular proliferation greater than normal tissue. Neoplasms can be benign or malignant.
[0320] An "inflammatory condition" includes, for example, conditions such as ischemia, septic shock, autoimmune diseases, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, systemic lupus eytheinatosus, multiple sclerosis, asthma, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, fibrotic diseases, dermatosis, including psoriasis, atopic dermatitis and ultraviolet radiation (UV)-induced skin damage, psoriatic arthritis, alkylosing spondylitis, tissue and organ rejection, Alzheimer's disease, stroke, atherosclerosis, restenosis, diabetes, glomerulonephritis, cancer, Hodgkins disease, cachexia, inflammation associated with infection and certain viral infections, including acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS), adult respiratory distress syndrome and Ataxia Telangiestasia.
When administered non-orally, it can be administered as an aqueous suspension, an oily preparation or the like or as a drip, suppository, salve, ointment or the like, when administered via injection, subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intrainuscularly, or the like.
[0293] In one embodiment, the anti-cancer, anti-inflammatory or anti-microbial can be mixed with additional substances to enhance their effectiveness. In one embodiment, the anti-microbial is combined with an additional anti-microbial. In another embodiment, the anti-microbial is combined with a drug or medicainent that is helpful to a patient that is taking anti-microbials.
Methods of Administration [0294] In an altemative embodiment, the disclosed chemical compounds and the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions are administered by a particular method as an anti-microbial. Such metliods include, among others, (a) administration though oral pathways, which adininistration includes administration in capsule, tablet, granule, spray, syrup, or other such fonns; (b) administration through non-oral pathways, which administration includes adininistration as an aqueous suspension, an oily preparation or the like or as a drip, suppository, salve, ointinent or the like; administration via injection, subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intramuscularly, intradermally, or the like;
as well as (c) administration topically, (d) adininistration rectally, or (e) administration vaginally, as deemed appropriate by those of skill in the art for bringing the compound of the present embodiment into contact with living tissue; and (f) administration via controlled released formulations, depot formulations, and infusion pump delivery. As further examples of such modes of administration and as further disclosure of modes of administration, disclosed herein are various methods for administration of the disclosed chemical compounds and pharmaceutical compositions including modes of administration through intraocular, intranasal, and intraauricular pathways.
[0295] The pharmaceutically effective amount of the compositions that include the described compounds, including those of Formulae I-VI, required as a dose will depend on the route of administration, the type of animal, including human, being treated, and the physical characteristics of the specific animal under consideration. The dose can be tailored to achieve a desired effect, but will depend on such factors as weight, diet, concurrent medication and other factors which those skilled in the medical arts will recognize.
[0296] In practicing the methods of the embodiment, the products or compositions can be used alone or in combination with one another, or in combination with other therapeutic or diagnostic agents. These products can be utilized in vivo, ordinarily in a mammal, preferably in a human, or in vitro. In employing them in vivo, the products or coinpositions can be administered to the mammal in a variety of ways, including parenterally, intravenously, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, colonically, rectally, vaginally, nasally or intraperitoneally, employing a variety of dosage forms. Such methods may also be applied to testing chemical activity in vivo.
[0297] As will be readily apparent to one slcilled in the art, the useful in vivo dosage to be administered and the particular mode of administration will vary depending upon the age, weight and mammalian species treated, the particular compounds employed, and the specific use for which these compounds are einployed. The determination of effective dosage levels, that is the dosage levels necessary to achieve the desired result, can be accomplished by one skilled in the art using routine pharmacological methods. Typically, human clinical applications of products are commenced at lower dosage levels, with dosage level being increased until the desired effect is achieved. Alternatively, acceptable in vitro studies can be used to establish useful doses and routes of administration of the compositions identified by the present methods using established phaimacological methods.
[0298] In non-human animal studies, applications of potential products are commenced at higher dosage levels, with dosage being decreased until the desired effect is no longer achieved or adverse side effects disappear. The dosage may range broadly, depending upon the desired affects and the therapeutic indication. Typically, dosages can be between about 10 microgram/kg and 100 mg/kg body weight, preferably between about 100 microgram/kg and 10 mg/kg body weight. Alternatively dosages can be based and calculated upon the surface area of the patient, as understood by those of skill in the art. Administration is preferably oral on a daily or twice daily basis.
[0299] The exact formulation, route of administration and dosage can be chosen by the individual physician in view of the patient's condition. See for example, Fingl et al., in The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 1975, which is incoiporated herein by reference in its entirety. It should be noted that the attending physician would know how to and when to terminate, interrupt, or adjust administration due to toxicity, or to organ dysfunctions.
Conversely, the attending physician would also know to adjust treatment to higher levels if the clinical response were not adequate (precluding toxicity). The magnitude of an administrated dose in the management of the disorder of interest will vary with the severity of the condition to be treated and to the route of administration. The severity of the condition may, for example, be evaluated, in part, by standard prognostic evaluation methods. Further, the dose and perhaps dose frequency, will also vary according to the age, body weight, and response of the individual patient. A program comparable to that discussed above can be used in veterinary medicine.
[0300] Depending on the specific conditions being treated, such agents can be formulated and administered systemically or locally. A variety of techniques for formulation and administration can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA(1990), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Suitable administration routes may include oral, rectal, transdermal, vaginal, transmucosal, or intestinal adininistration; parenteral delivery, including intramuscular, subcutaneous, intramedullary injections, as well as intratllecal, direct intraventricular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, or intraocular injections.
[0301] For injection, the agents of the embodiment can be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks' solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer. For such transmucosal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally lcnown in the art. Use of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers to formulate the compounds herein disclosed for the practice of the embodiment into dosages suitable for systemic administration is within the scope of the embodiment. With proper choice of carrier and suitable manufacturing practice, the compositions disclosed herein, in particular, those formulated as solutions, can be administered parenterally, such as by intravenous injection.
The compounds can be formulated readily using pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art into dosages suitable for oral administration. Such calTiers enable the compounds of the embodiment to be formulated as tablets, pills, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral ingestion by a patient to be treated.
[0302] Agents intended to be administered intracellularly can be administered using techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, such agents can be encapsulated into liposomes, then administered as described above. All molecules present in an aqueous solution at the time of liposome formation are incorporated into the aqueous interior. The liposomal contents are both protected from the external micro-environment and, because liposomes fuse with cell membranes, are efficiently delivered into the cell cytoplasm. Additionally, due to their hydrophobicity, small organic molecules can be directly administered intracellularly.
[0303] Determination of the effective amounts is well within the capability of those skilled in the art, especially in light of the detailed disclosure provided herein. In addition to the active ingredients, these phaimaceutical compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically.
The preparations formulated for oral administration can be in the form of tablets, dragees, capsules, or solutions. The phannaceutical compositions can be manufactured in a manner that is itself known, for example, by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levitating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping, or lyophilizing processes.
[0304] Compounds disclosed herein can be evaluated for efficacy and toxicity using known methods. For example, the toxicology of a particular compound, or of a subset of the compounds, sharing certain chemical moieties, can be established by determining in vitro toxicity towards a cell line, such as a mammalian, and preferably human, cell line. The results of such studies are often predictive of toxicity in animals, such as mammals, or more specifically, humans. Alternatively, the toxicity of particular compounds in an animal model, such as mice, rats, rabbits, dogs or monkeys, can be determined using known methods. The efficacy of a particular compound can be established using several art recognized methods, such as in vitro methods, animal models, or human clinical trials. Art-recognized in vitro models exist for nearly every class of condition, including the conditions abated by the compounds disclosed herein, including cancer, cardiovascular disease, and various immune dysfunction, and infectious diseases. Similarly, acceptable animal models can be used to establish efficacy of chemicals to treat such conditions. When selecting a model to deteimine efficacy, the skilled artisan can be guided by the state of the art to choose an appropriate model, dose, and route of administration, and regime. Of course, human clinical trials can also be used to determine the efficacy of a compound in humans.
[0305] When used as an anti-microbial, anti-cancer, or anti-inflammatory agent, the compounds disclosed herein can be administered by either oral or a non-oral pathways.
When administered orally, it can be administered in capsule, tablet, granule, spray, syrup, or other such form. When administered non-orally, it can be administered as an aqueous suspension, an oily preparation or the like or as a drip, suppository, salve, ointment or the like, when administered via injection, subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intramuscularly, intradermally, or the like. Controlled release formulations, depot formulations, and infusion pump delivery are similarly conteinplated.
[0306] The compositions disclosed herein in pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Such compositions can be prepared for storage and for subsequent administration. Acceptable carriers or diluents for therapeutic use are well known in the pharmaceutical art, and are described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co. (A.R. Gennaro edit. 1985). For example, such compositions can be formulated and used as tablets, capsules or solutions for oral administration; suppositories for rectal or vaginal administration; sterile solutions or suspensions for injectable administration. Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions. Suitable excipients include, but are not limited to, saline, dextrose, mannitol, lactose, lecithin, albumin, sodium glutamate, cysteine hydrochloride, and the like. In addition, if desired, the injectable pharmaceutical compositions may contain minor amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances, such as wetting agents, pH buffering agents, and the like. If desired, absorption enhancing preparations (for example, liposomes), can be utilized.
[0307] The pharmaceutically effective amount of the composition required as a dose will depend on the route of administration, the type of animal being treated, and the physical characteristics of the specific animal under consideration. The dose can be tailored to achieve a desired effect, but will depend on such factors as weight, diet, concurrent medication and other factors which those skilled in the medical arts will recognize.
[0308] The products or compositions of the embodiment, as described above, can be used alone or in combination with one another, or in combination with other therapeutic or diagnostic agents. These products can be utilized in vivo or in vitro. The useful dosages and the most useful modes of administration will vary depending upon the age, weight and animal treated, the particular compounds employed, and the specific use for which these composition or compositions are employed. The magnitude of a dose in the management or treatment for a particular disorder will vary with the severity of the condition to be treated and to the route of adininistration, and depending on the disease conditions and their severity, the compositions can be formulated and administered either systeinically or locally. A variety of techniques for fonnulation and administration can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA (1990).
[0309] To formulate the coinpounds of Formulae I-VI as an anti-microbial, an anti-cancer, or an anti-inflammatory agent, known surface active agents, excipients, smoothing agents, suspension agents and pharmaceutically acceptable film-forming substances and coating assistants, and the like can be used. Preferably alcohols, esters, sulfated aliphatic alcohols, and the like can be used as surface active agents; sucrose, glucose, lactose, starch, ciystallized cellulose, mannitol, light anhydrous silicate, magnesium aluminate, magnesium methasilicate aluminate, synthetic aluminum silicate, calcium carbonate, sodium acid carbonate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, and the like can be used as excipients; magnesium stearate, talc, hardened oil and the like can be used as smoothing agents; coconut oil, olive oil, sesame oil, peanut oil, soya can be used as suspension agents or lubricants; cellulose acetate phthalate as a derivative of a carbohydrate such as cellulose or sugar, or methylacetate-methacrylate copolymer as a derivative of polyvinyl can be used as suspension agents; and plasticizers such as ester phthalates and the like can be used as suspension agents. In addition to the foregoing preferred ingredients, sweeteners, fragrances, colorants, preservatives and the like can be added to the administered formulation of the compound produced by the method of the embodiment, particularly when the compound is to be administered orally.
[0310] The compounds and compositions can be orally or non-orally administered to a human patient in the amount of about 0.001 mg/kg/day to about 10,000 mg/kg/day of the active ingredient, and more preferably about 0.1 mg/kg/day to about 100 mg/kg/day of the active ingredient at, preferably, one time per day or, less preferably, over two to about ten times per day. Alternatively and also preferably, the compound produced by the method of the embodiment may preferably be administered in the stated amounts continuously by, for example, an intravenous drip. Thus, for the example of a patient weighing 70 kilograms, the preferred daily dose of the active or anti-infective ingredient would be about 0.07 mg/day to about 700 gm/day, and more preferable, 7 mg/day to about 7 grams/day.
Nonetheless, as will be understood by those of skill in the art, in certain situations it can be necessary to administer the anti-cancer, anti-inflammatory or the anti-infective compound of the embodiment in amounts that excess, or even far exceed, the above-stated, preferred dosage range to effectively and aggressively treat particularly advanced cancerss or infections.
[0311] In the case of using the anti-microbial produced by methods of the embodiment as a biochemical test reagent, the compound produced by methods of the embodiment inhibits the progression of the disease when it is dissolved in an organic solvent or hydrous organic solvent and it is directly applied to any of various cultured cell systems.
Usable organic solvents include, for example, methanol, methylsulfoxide, and the like. The formulation can, for exainple, be a powder, granular or other solid inhibitor, or a liquid inhibitor prepared using an organic solvent or a hydrous organic solvent.
While a preferred concentration of the compound produced by the method of the embodiment for use as an anti-microbial, anticancer or anti-tumor compound is generally in the range of about 1 to about 100 gg/ml, the most appropriate use amount varies depending on the type of cultured cell system and the purpose of use, as will be appreciated by persons of ordinary skill in the art.
Also, in certain applications it can be necessary or preferred to persons of ordinary skill in the art to use an amount outside the foregoing range.
[0312] In one embodiment, the method of using a compound as an anti-microbial, anti-cancer or anti-inflammatory involves administering an effective amount of -any of the compounds of Formulae I-VI or compositions of those compounds. In a preferred embodiment, the method involves administering the compound represented by Formula II, to a patient in need of an anti-microbial, until the need is effectively reduced or more preferably removed.
[0313] As will be understood by one of skill in the art, "need" is not an absolute term and merely implies that the patient can benefit fiom the treatment of the anti-microbial, the anti-cancer, or anti-inflammatory in use. By "patient" what is meant is an organism that can benefit by the use of an anti-microbial, anti-cancer or anti-inflammatory agent. For example, any organism with B. anthracis, Plasmodium, Leishmaraia, Tfypanosoma, and the like, may benefit from the application of an anti-microbial that may in turn reduce the amount of microbes present in the patient. As another example, any organism with cancer, such as, a colorectal carcinoma, a prostate carcinoma, a breast adenocarcinoma, a non-small cell lung carcinoma, an ovarian carcinoma, multiple myelomas, a melanoma, and the like, may benefit from the application of an anti-cancer agent that may in turn reduce the amount of cancer present in the patient. Furtherinore, any organism with an inflammatory conditions, such as, rlieumatoid arthritis, asthma, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, stroke, reperfusion injury, myocardial infarction, and the like, may benefit from the application of an anti-inflammatory that may in turn reduce the amount of cells associated with the inflammatory response present in the patient. In one embodiment, the patient's healtli may not require that an anti-microbial, anti-cancer, or anti-inflammatory be administered, however, the patient may still obtain some benefit by the reduction of the level of microbes, cancer cells, or inflammatory cells present in the patient, and thus be in need. In one embodiment, the anti-microbial or anti-cancer agent is effective against one type of microbe or cancer, but not against other types; thus, allowing a high degree of selectivity in the treatment of the patient. In other embodiments, the anti-inflammatory can be effective against inflammatory conditions characterized by different cells associated with the inflammation. In choosing such an anti-microbial, anti-cancer or anti-inflammatory agent, the methods and results disclosed in the Examples can be useful. In an alternative embodiment, the anti-microbial can be effective against a broad spectrum of microbes, preferably a broad spectrum of foreign, and, more preferably, harmful bacteria, to the host organism. In embodiments, the anti-cancer and/or anti-inflammatory agent can be effective against a broad spectrum of cancers and inflammatory conditions/cells/substances. In yet another embodiment, the anti-microbial is effective against all microbes, even those native to the host. Examples of microbes that can be targets of anti-microbials, include, but are not limited to, B. aiatlu aeis, Plasinodiztiin, Leishfnasaia, Ti yparaosoina, and the like. In still further embodiments, the anti-cancer agent is effective against a broad spectrum of cancers or all cancers. Examples of cancers, against which the compounds can be effective include a colorectal carcinoma, a prostate carcinoma, a breast adenocarcinoma, a non-small cell lung carcinoma, an ovarian carcinoma, multiple myelomas, a melanoma, and the like. Exemplary inflammatory conditions against which the agents are effective include rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, stroke, myocardial infarction, and the like.
[0314] "Therapeutically effective amount," "pharmaceutically effective amount,"
or similar term, means that amount of drug or pharmaceutical agent that will result in a biological or medical response of a cell, tissue, system, animal, or human that is being sought. In a preferred embodiment, the medical response is one sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor, or other clinician.
[0315] "Anti-microbial" refers to a compound that reduces the likelihood of survival of microbes, or blocks or alleviates the deleterious effects of a microbe. In one einbodiment, the likelihood of survival is determined as a function of an individual microbe;
thus, the anti-microbial will increase the chance that an individual microbe will die. In one embodiment, the likelihood of survival is determined as a function of a population of microbes; thus, the anti-microbial will increase the chances that there will be a decrease in the population of microbes. In one embodiment, anti-microbial means antibiotic or other similar term. Such anti-microbials are capable of blocking the harmful effects, destroying or suppressing the growth or reproduction of microorganisms, such as bacteria.
For example, such antibacterials and other anti-microbials are described in Antibiotics, Chemotherapeutics and Antibacterial Agents for Disease Control (M. Grayson, editor, 1982), and E. Gale et al., The Molecular Basis of Antibiotic Action 2d edition (1981). In another embodiment, an anti-microbial will not change the likelihood of survival, but will change the chances that the microbes will be harmful to the host in some way. For instance, if the microbe secretes a substance that is haimful to the host, the anti-microbial may act upon the microbe to stop the secretion or may counteract or block the harmful effect. In one embodiment, an anti-microbial, while, increasing the likelihood that the microbe(s) will die, is minimally harmful to the surrounding, non-microbial, cells. In an alternative embodiment, it is not important how harmful the anti-microbial is to surrounding, nonmicrobial, cells, as long as it reduces the likelihood of survival of the microbe.
[0316] "Anti-cancer agent" refers to a compound or composition including the compound that reduces the likelihood of survival of a cancer cell. In one embodiment, the likelihood of survival is determined as a function of an individual cancer cell; thus, the anti-cancer agent will increase the chance that an individual cancer cell will die.
In one embodiment, the likelihood of survival is determined as a function of a population of cancer cells; thus, the anti-cancer agent will increase the chances that there will be a decrease in the population of cancer cells. In one embodiment, anti-cancer agent means chemotherapeutic agent or other similar term.
[0317] A "chemotherapeutic agent" is a chemical compound useful in the treatment of a neoplastic disease, such as cancer. Examples of chemotherapeutic agents include alkylating agents, such as a nitrogen mustard, an ethyleneimine and a methylmelamine, an alkyl sulfonate, a nitrosourea, and a triazene, folic acid antagonists, anti-metabolites of nucleic acid metabolism, antibiotics, pyrimidine analogs, 5-fluorouracil, cisplatin, purine nucleosides, amines, amino acids, triazol nucleosides, corticosteroids, a natural product such as a vinca alkaloid, an epipodophyllotoxin, an antibiotic, an enzyme, a taxane, and a biological response modifier or antibodies to biological response modifiers or other agents; miscellaneous agents such as a platinum coordination complex, an anthracenedione, an anthracycline, a substituted urea, a methyl hydrazine derivative, or an adrenocortical suppressant; or a hormone or an antagonist such as an adrenocorticosteroid, a progestin, an estrogen, an antiestrogen, an androgen, an antiandrogen, or a gouadotropin-releasing hormone analog. Specific examples include Adriamycin, Doxorubicin, 5-Fluorouracil, Cytosine arabinoside ("Ara-C"), Cyclophosphamide, Thiotepa, Busulfan, Cytoxin, Taxol, Toxotere, Methotrexate, Cisplatin, Melphalan, Vinblastine, Bleomycin, Etoposide, Ifosfamide, Mitomycin C, Mitoxantrone, Vincreistine, Vinorelbine, Carboplatin, Teniposide, Daunomycin, Carminomycin, Aminopterin, Dactinomycin, Mitomycins, Esperamicins, Melphalan, and other related nitrogen mustards. Also included in this definition are hormonal agents that act to regulate or inhibit hormone action on tuinors, such as tamoxifen and onapristone.
[0318] The anti-cancer agent may act directly upon a cancer cell to kill the cell, induce death of the cell, to prevent division of the cell, and the like.
Alternatively, the anti-cancer agent may indirectly act upon the cancer cell by limiting nutrient or blood supply to the cell, for example. Such anti-cancer agents are capable of destroying or suppressing the growth or reproduction of cancer cells, such as a colorectal carcinoma, a prostate carcinoma, a breast adenocarcinoma, a non-small cell lung carcinoma, an ovarian carcinoma, multiple myelomas, a melanoma, and the like.
[0319] A "neoplastic disease" or a "neoplasm" refers to a cell or a population of cells, including a tumor or tissue (including cell suspensions such as bone marrow and fluids such as blood or serum), that exhibits abnormal growth by cellular proliferation greater than normal tissue. Neoplasms can be benign or malignant.
[0320] An "inflammatory condition" includes, for example, conditions such as ischemia, septic shock, autoimmune diseases, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, systemic lupus eytheinatosus, multiple sclerosis, asthma, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, fibrotic diseases, dermatosis, including psoriasis, atopic dermatitis and ultraviolet radiation (UV)-induced skin damage, psoriatic arthritis, alkylosing spondylitis, tissue and organ rejection, Alzheimer's disease, stroke, atherosclerosis, restenosis, diabetes, glomerulonephritis, cancer, Hodgkins disease, cachexia, inflammation associated with infection and certain viral infections, including acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS), adult respiratory distress syndrome and Ataxia Telangiestasia.
[0321] In one embodiment, a described compound, preferably a compound having the Formulae I-VI, including those as described herein, is considered an effective anti-microbial, anti-cancer, or anti-inflammatory if the compound can influence 10%
of the microbes, cancer cells, or inflammatory cells, for example. In a more preferred embodiment, the compound is effective if it can influence 10 to 50% of the microbes, cancer cells, or inflammatory cells. In an even more preferred embodiment, the compound is effective if it can influence 50-80% of the microbes, cancer cells, or inflammatory cells. hl an even more preferred embodiment, the compound is effective if it can influence 80-95% of the microbes, cancer cells, or inflammatoiy cells. In an even more prefelTed embodiment, the compound is effective if it can influence 95-99% of the microbes, cancer cells, or inflammatory cells.
"Influence" is defined by the mechanism of action for each compound. Thus, for example, if a compound prevents the reproduction of microbes, then influence is a measure of prevention of reproduction. Likewise, if a compound destroys microbes, then influence is a measure of microbe death. Also, for example, if a compound prevents the division of cancer cells, then influence is a measure of prevention of cancer cell division. Further, for example, if a compound prevents the proliferation of inflammatory cells, then influence is a measure of prevention of inflammatory cell proliferation. Not all mechanisms of action need be at the saine percentage of effectiveness. In an alternative embodiment, a low percentage effectiveness can be desirable if the lower degree of effectiveness is offset by other factors, such as the specificity of the compound, for example. Thus a compound that is only 10%
effective, for example, but displays little in the way of harmful side-effects to the host, or non-harmful microbes or cells, can still be considered effective.
[0322] In one embodiment, the compounds described herein are administered simply to remove microbes, cancer cells or inflammatory cells, and need not be administered to a patient. For example, in situations where microbes can present a problem, such as in food products, the compounds described herein can be administered directly to the products to reduce the risk of microbes in the products. Alternatively, the compounds can be used to reduce the level of microbes present in the surrounding environment, such working surfaces.
As another example, the compounds can be administered ex vivo to a cell sample, such as a bone marrow or stem cell transplant to ensure that only non-cancerous cells are introduced into the recipient. After the compounds are administered they may optionally be removed.
This can be particularly desirable in situations where work surfaces or food products may come into contact with other surfaces or organisms that could risk being harmed by the compounds. In an alternative embodiment, the compounds can be left in the food products or on the work surfaces to allow for a more protection. Whether or not this is an option will depend upon the relative needs of the situation and the risks associated with the compound, which in part can be determined as described in the Examples below.
[0323] The following non-limiting examples are meant to describe the prefelTed embodiments of the methods. Variations in the details of the particular methods employed and in the precise chemical compositions obtained will undoubtedly be appreciated by those of skill in the art.
Examples FERMENTATION OF COMPOUND OF FORMULAE 1-7, II-16, II-17, II-20, II-24C, 11-26 [0324] Strain CNB476 was grown in a 500-ml flask containing 100 ml of vegetative medium consisting of the following per liter of deionized water:
glucose, 4 g;
Bacto tryptone, 3 g; Bacto casitone, 5 g; and synthetic sea salt (Instant Ocean, Aquarium Systems), 30 g. The first seed culture was incubated at 28 degree C for 3 days on a rotary shalcer operating at 250 rpm. Five ml each of the first seed culture was inoculated into three 500-ml flasks containing of 100 ml of the vegetative medium. The second seed cultures were incubated at 28 degree C and 250 rpm on a rotary shaker for 2 days. Five ml each of the second seed culture was inoculated into thirty-five 500-ml flasks containing of 100 ml of the vegetative medium. The third seed cultures were incubated at 28 degree and 250 rpm on a rotary shaker for 2 days. Five ml each of the third seed culture was inoculated into four hundred 500-ml flasks containing 100 ml of the Production Medium A consisting of the following per liter of deionized water: starch, 10 g; yeast extract, 4 g; Hy-Soy, 4 g; ferric sulfate, 40 mg; potassium bromide, 100 mg; calcium carbonate, 1 g; and synthetic sea salt (Instant Ocean, Aquarium Systems), 30 g. The production cultures were incubated at 28 degree C and 250 rpm on roatry shakers for 1 day. Approximately 2 to 3 grams of sterile Amberlite XAD-7 resin were added to the production cultures. The production cultures were further incubated at 28 degree C and 250 rpm on rotary shakers for 5 days and achieved a titer of Compound II-16 of about 200 mg/L. The culture broth was filtered through cheese cloth to recover the Amberlite XAD-7 resin. The resin was extracted with 2 times 6 liters ethyl acetate followed by 1 time 1.5 liters ethyl acetate. The combined extracts were dried in vacuo. The dried extract, containing 3.8 grams the compound of Formula 11-16 and lesser quantities of compounds of formulae 11-20 and II-24C, was then processed for the recovery of the compounds of Formula 1-7, II-16, I1-20, II-24C, 11-26 and 11-28.
FERMENTATION OF COMPOUNDS 1-7, 1I-16, II-17, I1-20, II-24C, 11-26 AND II-28 [0325] Strain NPS21184 was grown in a 500-ml flask containing 100 ml of vegetative medium consisting of the following per liter of deionized water:
glucose, 8 g;
yeast extract, 6 g; Hy-Soy, 6 g; and synthetic sea salt (Instant Ocean, Aquarium Systems), 30 g. The first seed culture was incubated at 28 degree C for 3 days on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm. Five ml of the first seed culture was inoculated into 500-ml flask containing of 100 ml of the vegetative medium. The second seed cultures were incubated at 28 degree C
and 250 rpm on a rotary shaker for 2 days. Five ml each of the second seed culture was inoculated into 500-ml flask containing of 100 ml of the vegetative medium.
The third seed cultures were incubated at 28 degree and 250 rpm on a rotary shaker for 2 days. Five ml each of the third seed culture was inoculated into 500-ml flask containing 100 ml of the Production Medium B consisting of the following per liter of deionized water:
starch, 20 g;
yeast extract, 4 g; Hy-Soy, 8 g; ferric sulfate, 40 mg; potassium bromide, 100 mg; calcium carbonate, 1 g; and synthetic sea salt (Instant Ocean, Aquarium Systems), 30 g. The production cultures were incubated at 28 degree C and 250 rpm on rotary shakers for 1 day.
Approximately 2 to 3 grams of sterile Amberlite XAD-7 resin were added to the production culture. The production culture was further incubated at 28 degree C and 250 rpm on rotary shaker for 4 days and achieved a titer of 350 - 400 mg/L for Compound I1-16.
of the microbes, cancer cells, or inflammatory cells, for example. In a more preferred embodiment, the compound is effective if it can influence 10 to 50% of the microbes, cancer cells, or inflammatory cells. In an even more preferred embodiment, the compound is effective if it can influence 50-80% of the microbes, cancer cells, or inflammatory cells. hl an even more preferred embodiment, the compound is effective if it can influence 80-95% of the microbes, cancer cells, or inflammatoiy cells. In an even more prefelTed embodiment, the compound is effective if it can influence 95-99% of the microbes, cancer cells, or inflammatory cells.
"Influence" is defined by the mechanism of action for each compound. Thus, for example, if a compound prevents the reproduction of microbes, then influence is a measure of prevention of reproduction. Likewise, if a compound destroys microbes, then influence is a measure of microbe death. Also, for example, if a compound prevents the division of cancer cells, then influence is a measure of prevention of cancer cell division. Further, for example, if a compound prevents the proliferation of inflammatory cells, then influence is a measure of prevention of inflammatory cell proliferation. Not all mechanisms of action need be at the saine percentage of effectiveness. In an alternative embodiment, a low percentage effectiveness can be desirable if the lower degree of effectiveness is offset by other factors, such as the specificity of the compound, for example. Thus a compound that is only 10%
effective, for example, but displays little in the way of harmful side-effects to the host, or non-harmful microbes or cells, can still be considered effective.
[0322] In one embodiment, the compounds described herein are administered simply to remove microbes, cancer cells or inflammatory cells, and need not be administered to a patient. For example, in situations where microbes can present a problem, such as in food products, the compounds described herein can be administered directly to the products to reduce the risk of microbes in the products. Alternatively, the compounds can be used to reduce the level of microbes present in the surrounding environment, such working surfaces.
As another example, the compounds can be administered ex vivo to a cell sample, such as a bone marrow or stem cell transplant to ensure that only non-cancerous cells are introduced into the recipient. After the compounds are administered they may optionally be removed.
This can be particularly desirable in situations where work surfaces or food products may come into contact with other surfaces or organisms that could risk being harmed by the compounds. In an alternative embodiment, the compounds can be left in the food products or on the work surfaces to allow for a more protection. Whether or not this is an option will depend upon the relative needs of the situation and the risks associated with the compound, which in part can be determined as described in the Examples below.
[0323] The following non-limiting examples are meant to describe the prefelTed embodiments of the methods. Variations in the details of the particular methods employed and in the precise chemical compositions obtained will undoubtedly be appreciated by those of skill in the art.
Examples FERMENTATION OF COMPOUND OF FORMULAE 1-7, II-16, II-17, II-20, II-24C, 11-26 [0324] Strain CNB476 was grown in a 500-ml flask containing 100 ml of vegetative medium consisting of the following per liter of deionized water:
glucose, 4 g;
Bacto tryptone, 3 g; Bacto casitone, 5 g; and synthetic sea salt (Instant Ocean, Aquarium Systems), 30 g. The first seed culture was incubated at 28 degree C for 3 days on a rotary shalcer operating at 250 rpm. Five ml each of the first seed culture was inoculated into three 500-ml flasks containing of 100 ml of the vegetative medium. The second seed cultures were incubated at 28 degree C and 250 rpm on a rotary shaker for 2 days. Five ml each of the second seed culture was inoculated into thirty-five 500-ml flasks containing of 100 ml of the vegetative medium. The third seed cultures were incubated at 28 degree and 250 rpm on a rotary shaker for 2 days. Five ml each of the third seed culture was inoculated into four hundred 500-ml flasks containing 100 ml of the Production Medium A consisting of the following per liter of deionized water: starch, 10 g; yeast extract, 4 g; Hy-Soy, 4 g; ferric sulfate, 40 mg; potassium bromide, 100 mg; calcium carbonate, 1 g; and synthetic sea salt (Instant Ocean, Aquarium Systems), 30 g. The production cultures were incubated at 28 degree C and 250 rpm on roatry shakers for 1 day. Approximately 2 to 3 grams of sterile Amberlite XAD-7 resin were added to the production cultures. The production cultures were further incubated at 28 degree C and 250 rpm on rotary shakers for 5 days and achieved a titer of Compound II-16 of about 200 mg/L. The culture broth was filtered through cheese cloth to recover the Amberlite XAD-7 resin. The resin was extracted with 2 times 6 liters ethyl acetate followed by 1 time 1.5 liters ethyl acetate. The combined extracts were dried in vacuo. The dried extract, containing 3.8 grams the compound of Formula 11-16 and lesser quantities of compounds of formulae 11-20 and II-24C, was then processed for the recovery of the compounds of Formula 1-7, II-16, I1-20, II-24C, 11-26 and 11-28.
FERMENTATION OF COMPOUNDS 1-7, 1I-16, II-17, I1-20, II-24C, 11-26 AND II-28 [0325] Strain NPS21184 was grown in a 500-ml flask containing 100 ml of vegetative medium consisting of the following per liter of deionized water:
glucose, 8 g;
yeast extract, 6 g; Hy-Soy, 6 g; and synthetic sea salt (Instant Ocean, Aquarium Systems), 30 g. The first seed culture was incubated at 28 degree C for 3 days on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm. Five ml of the first seed culture was inoculated into 500-ml flask containing of 100 ml of the vegetative medium. The second seed cultures were incubated at 28 degree C
and 250 rpm on a rotary shaker for 2 days. Five ml each of the second seed culture was inoculated into 500-ml flask containing of 100 ml of the vegetative medium.
The third seed cultures were incubated at 28 degree and 250 rpm on a rotary shaker for 2 days. Five ml each of the third seed culture was inoculated into 500-ml flask containing 100 ml of the Production Medium B consisting of the following per liter of deionized water:
starch, 20 g;
yeast extract, 4 g; Hy-Soy, 8 g; ferric sulfate, 40 mg; potassium bromide, 100 mg; calcium carbonate, 1 g; and synthetic sea salt (Instant Ocean, Aquarium Systems), 30 g. The production cultures were incubated at 28 degree C and 250 rpm on rotary shakers for 1 day.
Approximately 2 to 3 grams of sterile Amberlite XAD-7 resin were added to the production culture. The production culture was further incubated at 28 degree C and 250 rpm on rotary shaker for 4 days and achieved a titer of 350 - 400 mg/L for Compound I1-16.
[0326] Alternatively, the production of the compounds can be achieved in a 42L
fermentor system using strain NPS21184. Strain NPS21184 was grown in a 500-m1 flask containing 100 ml of vegetative medium consisting of the following per liter of deionized water: glucose, 8 g; yeast extract, 6 g; Hy-Soy, 6 g; and synthetic sea salt (histant Ocean, Aquarium Systems), 30 g. The first seed culture was incubated at 28 degree C
for 3 days on a rotary shaker operating at 250 ipm. Five ml of the first seed culture was inoculated into 500-ml flask containing of 100 ml of the vegetative medium. The second seed cultures were incubated at 28 degree C and 250 rpm on a rotary shaker for 2 days. Twenty ml each of the second seed culture was inoculated into 2.8L Fernbach flask containing of 400 ml of the vegetative medium. The third seed cultures were incubated at 28 degree and 250 rpm on a rotary shaker for 2 days. 1.2L of the third seed culture was inoculated into a 42L fermentor containing 26L of Production Medium A. Production Medium B and Production Medium C, with the following composition, can also be used. Production Medium C
consisting of the following per liter of deionized water: starch, 15 g; yeast extract 6 g; Hy-Soy, 6 g; ferric sulfate, 40 mg; potassium bromide, 100 mg; calcium carbonate, 1 g; and synthetic sea salt (Instant Ocean, Aquarium Systems), 30 g. The feimentor cultures were operated at the following parameters: temperature, 28 degree C; agitation, 200 ipm; aeration, 13L/min and back pressure, 4.5 psi. At 36 to 44 hours of the production cycle, approximately 600 grams of sterile Amberlite XAD-7 resin were added to the fermentor culture. The production culture was further incubated at the above operating parameters until day 4 of the production cycle. The aeration rate was lowered to 8L/min. At day 5 of the production cycle, the fermentor culture achieved a titer of about 300 mg/L for Compound 11-16. The culture broth was filtered through cheese clotli to recover the Amberlite XAD-7 resin. The resin was extracted with 2 times 4.5L liters ethyl acetate followed by 1 time 1.5 liters ethyl acetate.
The combined extracts were dried in vacuo. The dried extract was then processed for the recovery of the Coinpounds of Formulae 1-7, 11-16, II-17, 11-20, II-24C, 11-26 and 11-28.
fermentor system using strain NPS21184. Strain NPS21184 was grown in a 500-m1 flask containing 100 ml of vegetative medium consisting of the following per liter of deionized water: glucose, 8 g; yeast extract, 6 g; Hy-Soy, 6 g; and synthetic sea salt (histant Ocean, Aquarium Systems), 30 g. The first seed culture was incubated at 28 degree C
for 3 days on a rotary shaker operating at 250 ipm. Five ml of the first seed culture was inoculated into 500-ml flask containing of 100 ml of the vegetative medium. The second seed cultures were incubated at 28 degree C and 250 rpm on a rotary shaker for 2 days. Twenty ml each of the second seed culture was inoculated into 2.8L Fernbach flask containing of 400 ml of the vegetative medium. The third seed cultures were incubated at 28 degree and 250 rpm on a rotary shaker for 2 days. 1.2L of the third seed culture was inoculated into a 42L fermentor containing 26L of Production Medium A. Production Medium B and Production Medium C, with the following composition, can also be used. Production Medium C
consisting of the following per liter of deionized water: starch, 15 g; yeast extract 6 g; Hy-Soy, 6 g; ferric sulfate, 40 mg; potassium bromide, 100 mg; calcium carbonate, 1 g; and synthetic sea salt (Instant Ocean, Aquarium Systems), 30 g. The feimentor cultures were operated at the following parameters: temperature, 28 degree C; agitation, 200 ipm; aeration, 13L/min and back pressure, 4.5 psi. At 36 to 44 hours of the production cycle, approximately 600 grams of sterile Amberlite XAD-7 resin were added to the fermentor culture. The production culture was further incubated at the above operating parameters until day 4 of the production cycle. The aeration rate was lowered to 8L/min. At day 5 of the production cycle, the fermentor culture achieved a titer of about 300 mg/L for Compound 11-16. The culture broth was filtered through cheese clotli to recover the Amberlite XAD-7 resin. The resin was extracted with 2 times 4.5L liters ethyl acetate followed by 1 time 1.5 liters ethyl acetate.
The combined extracts were dried in vacuo. The dried extract was then processed for the recovery of the Coinpounds of Formulae 1-7, 11-16, II-17, 11-20, II-24C, 11-26 and 11-28.
PURIFICATION OF COMPOUND OF FORMULAE I-7, I1-16, I1-20, II-24C, 11-26 AND II-3A: Purification of Compound of Formulae II-16,1I-20, II-24C, II-26 and II-28 [0327] The pure compounds of Formulae II-16, 11-20 II-24C, II-26 and 11-28 were obtained by flash chromatography followed by HPLC. Eight grains crude extract containing 3.8 grams of the compound of Formula 11-16 and lesser quantities of II-20, II-24C, 11-26 and 11-28 was processed by flash chromatography using Biotage Flash40i system and Flash 40M
cartridge (KP-Sil Silica, 32-63 m, 90 grams). The flash chromatography was developed by the following step gradient:
1. Hexane (1L) 2. 10% Ethyl acetate in hexane (1L) 3. 20% Ethyl acetate in hexane, first elution (1L) 4. 20% Ethyl acetate in hexane, second elution (1 L) 5. 20% Etliyl acetate in hexane, third elution (1L) 6. 25% Ethyl acetate in hexane (1L) 7. 50% Ethyl acetate in hexane (1L) 8. Etllyl acetate (1L) [0328] Fractions containing the compound of Formula 11-16 in greater or equal to 70% W purity by HPLC were pooled and subject to HPLC purification, as described below, to obtain II-16, along with 11-20 and II-24C, each as pure compounds Column Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica Dimensions 25 cm X 21.2 mm ID
Flow rate 25 ml/min Detection ELSD
Solvent Gradient of 24% EtOAc/hexane for 19 min, 24% EtOAc/hexane to 100%EtOAc in 1 min, then 100% EtOAc for 4 min [03291 The fraction enriched in compound of Formula 11-16 (described above; -70% pure with respect to 11-16) was dissolved in acetone (60mg/ml). Aliquots (950 ul) of this solution were injected onto a noirnal-phase HPLC column using the conditions described above. Compound 11-16 typically eluted after 14 minutes and compounds II-24C
and 11-26 co-eluted as a single peak at 11 min. When parent samples containing compounds II-17, 11-20 and 11-28 were processed, compound 11-17 eluted at 22 minutes, while 11-20 and 11-28 co-eluted at 23 minutes during the 100% ethyl acetate wash. Fractions containing compound II-16 and minor analogs were pooled based on composition of compounds present, and evaporated under reduced pressure on a rotary evaporator. This process yielded pure Compound A, as well as separate fiactions containing minor coinpounds 11-20, II-24C, 11-26 and 11-28, which were further purified as described below.
[0330] Sample containing II-24C and 11-26 generated from the process described above were further separated using reversed-phase preparative HPLC as follows.
The sample containing II-24C (70 mg) was dissolved in acetonitrile at a concentration of 10 mg/ml, and 500 l was loaded on an HPLC column of dimensions 21 mm i.d. by 15 cm length containing Eclipse XDB-C18 support. The solvent gradient increased linearly from 15%
acetonitrile /85% water to 100% acetonitrile over 23 minutes at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min.
The solvent composition was held at 100% acetonitrile for 3 minutes before returning to the starting solvent mixture. Compound 11-26 eluted at 17.5 minutes while compound II-24C
eluted at 19 minutes under these conditions.
[0331] Ciystalline 11-26 was obtained using a vapor diffusion method. Compound 11-26 (15 mg) was dissolved in 100 l of acetone in a 1.5 ml v-bottom HPLC
vial. This vial was then placed inside a larger sealed vessel containing 1 ml of pentane.
Crystals suitable for X-ray crystallography experiments were observed along the sides and bottom of the inner vial after 48 hours of incubation at 4 C. Crystallography data was collected on a Bruker SMART
APEX CCD X-ray diffractometer (F(000)= 2656, MoKa, radiation, a,=0.71073 A, =0.264 mm 1, T=100K ) at the UCSD Crystallography Lab and the refinement method used was full-matrix least-squares on F 2. Crystal data NPI-2065: C15H2OC1N04, MW=313.77, tetragonal, space group P4(1)2(1)2, a= b=11.4901(3) A, c= 46.444(2) A, a=(3=7=90 , vol=6131.6(3) R3, Z=16, pca,ca=1.360 g cm 3, crystal size, 0.30 x 0.15 x 0.07 mm3, 0 range, 1.75-26.00 , 35367 reflections collected, 6025 independent reflections (Rit=0.0480), final R
indices (I>26(I)):
R1=0.0369, wR2=0.0794, GOF=1.060.
[0332] In order to separate 11-28 from 11-20, a reverse-phase isocratic method was employed. Sample (69.2 mg) containing both compounds was dissolved in acetonitrile to a concentration of 10 mg/ml, and 500 1 was loaded on a reverse-phase HPLC
column (ACE 5 C18-HL, 15 cm X 21 mm ID) per injection. An isocratic solvent system of 27%
acetonitrile/
63% water at flow rate of 14.5 ml/min was used to separate compounds 11-28 and 11-20, which eluted after 14 and 16 minutes, respectively. Fractions containing compounds of interest were immediately evaporated under reduced pressure at room temperature on a rotary evaporator. Samples were then loaded onto a small column of silica and eluted with 10 ml of 70% hexane/30% acetone to remove additional impurities.
[0333] Samples generated from the preparative normal-phase HPLC method described above that contained 11-20, but which were free of 11-28 could also be triturated with 100% EtOAc to remove minor lipophilic impurities.
[0334] Compound of Formula 11-16: UV (Acetonitrile/ H20) kmax 225(sh) nm.
Low Res. Mass: m/z 314 (M+H), 336 (M+Na).
[0335] Compound of Formula 11-20: W(Acetonitrile/ H20) kmax 225(sh) nm.
Low Res. Mass: m/z 266 (M+H); HRMS (ESI), sia/z 266.1396 (M+H), Aca],,= 1.2 ppm. FIG. 7 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of a compound having the structure of Formula 11-20.
[0336] Compound of Formula II-24C: UV (Acetonitrile/ H20) kmax 225(sh) nm.
Low Res. Mass: m/z 328 (M+H), 350 (M+Na); HRMS (ESI), m/z 328.1309 (M+H), Acatc= -2.0 ppm, C16H23NO4C1. FIG. 8 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of a compound having the structure of Formula II-24C.
[0337] Compound of Formula 11-26: LTV (Acetonitrile/ H20) kmax 225(sh) nm;
HRMS (ESI), m/z 314.1158 (M+H), Aca1,~= -0.4 ppm, C15H21NO4C1; FIG. 51 depicts the 'H
NMR spectrum of a compound having the structure of Formula I1-26 in DMSO-d6.
FIG. 52 depicts the computer-generated ORTEP plot of the compound of Formula II-26.
cartridge (KP-Sil Silica, 32-63 m, 90 grams). The flash chromatography was developed by the following step gradient:
1. Hexane (1L) 2. 10% Ethyl acetate in hexane (1L) 3. 20% Ethyl acetate in hexane, first elution (1L) 4. 20% Ethyl acetate in hexane, second elution (1 L) 5. 20% Etliyl acetate in hexane, third elution (1L) 6. 25% Ethyl acetate in hexane (1L) 7. 50% Ethyl acetate in hexane (1L) 8. Etllyl acetate (1L) [0328] Fractions containing the compound of Formula 11-16 in greater or equal to 70% W purity by HPLC were pooled and subject to HPLC purification, as described below, to obtain II-16, along with 11-20 and II-24C, each as pure compounds Column Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica Dimensions 25 cm X 21.2 mm ID
Flow rate 25 ml/min Detection ELSD
Solvent Gradient of 24% EtOAc/hexane for 19 min, 24% EtOAc/hexane to 100%EtOAc in 1 min, then 100% EtOAc for 4 min [03291 The fraction enriched in compound of Formula 11-16 (described above; -70% pure with respect to 11-16) was dissolved in acetone (60mg/ml). Aliquots (950 ul) of this solution were injected onto a noirnal-phase HPLC column using the conditions described above. Compound 11-16 typically eluted after 14 minutes and compounds II-24C
and 11-26 co-eluted as a single peak at 11 min. When parent samples containing compounds II-17, 11-20 and 11-28 were processed, compound 11-17 eluted at 22 minutes, while 11-20 and 11-28 co-eluted at 23 minutes during the 100% ethyl acetate wash. Fractions containing compound II-16 and minor analogs were pooled based on composition of compounds present, and evaporated under reduced pressure on a rotary evaporator. This process yielded pure Compound A, as well as separate fiactions containing minor coinpounds 11-20, II-24C, 11-26 and 11-28, which were further purified as described below.
[0330] Sample containing II-24C and 11-26 generated from the process described above were further separated using reversed-phase preparative HPLC as follows.
The sample containing II-24C (70 mg) was dissolved in acetonitrile at a concentration of 10 mg/ml, and 500 l was loaded on an HPLC column of dimensions 21 mm i.d. by 15 cm length containing Eclipse XDB-C18 support. The solvent gradient increased linearly from 15%
acetonitrile /85% water to 100% acetonitrile over 23 minutes at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min.
The solvent composition was held at 100% acetonitrile for 3 minutes before returning to the starting solvent mixture. Compound 11-26 eluted at 17.5 minutes while compound II-24C
eluted at 19 minutes under these conditions.
[0331] Ciystalline 11-26 was obtained using a vapor diffusion method. Compound 11-26 (15 mg) was dissolved in 100 l of acetone in a 1.5 ml v-bottom HPLC
vial. This vial was then placed inside a larger sealed vessel containing 1 ml of pentane.
Crystals suitable for X-ray crystallography experiments were observed along the sides and bottom of the inner vial after 48 hours of incubation at 4 C. Crystallography data was collected on a Bruker SMART
APEX CCD X-ray diffractometer (F(000)= 2656, MoKa, radiation, a,=0.71073 A, =0.264 mm 1, T=100K ) at the UCSD Crystallography Lab and the refinement method used was full-matrix least-squares on F 2. Crystal data NPI-2065: C15H2OC1N04, MW=313.77, tetragonal, space group P4(1)2(1)2, a= b=11.4901(3) A, c= 46.444(2) A, a=(3=7=90 , vol=6131.6(3) R3, Z=16, pca,ca=1.360 g cm 3, crystal size, 0.30 x 0.15 x 0.07 mm3, 0 range, 1.75-26.00 , 35367 reflections collected, 6025 independent reflections (Rit=0.0480), final R
indices (I>26(I)):
R1=0.0369, wR2=0.0794, GOF=1.060.
[0332] In order to separate 11-28 from 11-20, a reverse-phase isocratic method was employed. Sample (69.2 mg) containing both compounds was dissolved in acetonitrile to a concentration of 10 mg/ml, and 500 1 was loaded on a reverse-phase HPLC
column (ACE 5 C18-HL, 15 cm X 21 mm ID) per injection. An isocratic solvent system of 27%
acetonitrile/
63% water at flow rate of 14.5 ml/min was used to separate compounds 11-28 and 11-20, which eluted after 14 and 16 minutes, respectively. Fractions containing compounds of interest were immediately evaporated under reduced pressure at room temperature on a rotary evaporator. Samples were then loaded onto a small column of silica and eluted with 10 ml of 70% hexane/30% acetone to remove additional impurities.
[0333] Samples generated from the preparative normal-phase HPLC method described above that contained 11-20, but which were free of 11-28 could also be triturated with 100% EtOAc to remove minor lipophilic impurities.
[0334] Compound of Formula 11-16: UV (Acetonitrile/ H20) kmax 225(sh) nm.
Low Res. Mass: m/z 314 (M+H), 336 (M+Na).
[0335] Compound of Formula 11-20: W(Acetonitrile/ H20) kmax 225(sh) nm.
Low Res. Mass: m/z 266 (M+H); HRMS (ESI), sia/z 266.1396 (M+H), Aca],,= 1.2 ppm. FIG. 7 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of a compound having the structure of Formula 11-20.
[0336] Compound of Formula II-24C: UV (Acetonitrile/ H20) kmax 225(sh) nm.
Low Res. Mass: m/z 328 (M+H), 350 (M+Na); HRMS (ESI), m/z 328.1309 (M+H), Acatc= -2.0 ppm, C16H23NO4C1. FIG. 8 depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of a compound having the structure of Formula II-24C.
[0337] Compound of Formula 11-26: LTV (Acetonitrile/ H20) kmax 225(sh) nm;
HRMS (ESI), m/z 314.1158 (M+H), Aca1,~= -0.4 ppm, C15H21NO4C1; FIG. 51 depicts the 'H
NMR spectrum of a compound having the structure of Formula I1-26 in DMSO-d6.
FIG. 52 depicts the computer-generated ORTEP plot of the compound of Formula II-26.
[0338] Compound of Formula 11-28: UV (Acetonitrile/ H-,O) 225(sh) nm;
HRMS (ESI), m/z 266.1388 (M+H), A,,1,= -1.8 ppm, C14H~oN04. FIG. 54 depicts the 1H
NMR spectrum of a compound having the structure of Formula II-28 in DMSO-d6.
3B: Purification of Compound of Formula 1-7 [0339] A Biotage Flash 75Li system with a Flash 75L KP-Sil cartridge was used to process the filtered crude extract (10.0 g), enriched in Coinpound 11-16 and containing Compound of Formula 1-7. The crude extract was dissolved to a concentration of 107 mg/ml in acetone and loaded directly onto the cartridge. The following solvent step gradient was then run through the cartridge at a flow rate between 235 ml/min and 250 ml/min 1. 10% EtOAc in n-Heptane (3.2 L) 2. 25% EtOAc in n-Heptane (16 L) 3. 30% EtOAc in n-Heptane (5.4 L) [0340] Fractions enriched in Compound 11-16 were pooled and concentrated by rotavapor until - 5% of the total pooled volume of solvent remained. The solvent was removed, leaving behind the white solid.
[0341] A crystallization was then performed on the solid by dissolving the sample (4.56 g) in 1:1 acetone:n-heptane (910 ml). The solvent was slowly evaporated using a rotary evaporator until the solvent was reduced to about 43% of its original volume.
The solution (supernatant) was removed and concentrated (598 mg).
[0342] The supernatant was dissolved in acetone (80 mg/ml). Aliquots (500 ul) of this solution were injected onto a normal-phase HPLC column using the conditions described above for norinal phase purification of Compounds 11-16, II-24C, II-26 and 11-28.
Compound of Formula 1-7 eluted at 7.5 minutes as a pure compound.
[0343] Compound of Formula 1-7 (FIG. 58): LTV (Acetonitrile/ H20) Xmax225(sh) nm. Low Res. Mass: m/z 298 (M+H), 320 (M+Na).
HRMS (ESI), m/z 266.1388 (M+H), A,,1,= -1.8 ppm, C14H~oN04. FIG. 54 depicts the 1H
NMR spectrum of a compound having the structure of Formula II-28 in DMSO-d6.
3B: Purification of Compound of Formula 1-7 [0339] A Biotage Flash 75Li system with a Flash 75L KP-Sil cartridge was used to process the filtered crude extract (10.0 g), enriched in Coinpound 11-16 and containing Compound of Formula 1-7. The crude extract was dissolved to a concentration of 107 mg/ml in acetone and loaded directly onto the cartridge. The following solvent step gradient was then run through the cartridge at a flow rate between 235 ml/min and 250 ml/min 1. 10% EtOAc in n-Heptane (3.2 L) 2. 25% EtOAc in n-Heptane (16 L) 3. 30% EtOAc in n-Heptane (5.4 L) [0340] Fractions enriched in Compound 11-16 were pooled and concentrated by rotavapor until - 5% of the total pooled volume of solvent remained. The solvent was removed, leaving behind the white solid.
[0341] A crystallization was then performed on the solid by dissolving the sample (4.56 g) in 1:1 acetone:n-heptane (910 ml). The solvent was slowly evaporated using a rotary evaporator until the solvent was reduced to about 43% of its original volume.
The solution (supernatant) was removed and concentrated (598 mg).
[0342] The supernatant was dissolved in acetone (80 mg/ml). Aliquots (500 ul) of this solution were injected onto a normal-phase HPLC column using the conditions described above for norinal phase purification of Compounds 11-16, II-24C, II-26 and 11-28.
Compound of Formula 1-7 eluted at 7.5 minutes as a pure compound.
[0343] Compound of Formula 1-7 (FIG. 58): LTV (Acetonitrile/ H20) Xmax225(sh) nm. Low Res. Mass: m/z 298 (M+H), 320 (M+Na).
FERMENTATION OF COMPOUNDS OF FORMULAE I1-17, 1I-18, AND 11-27 [03441 Strain CNB476 was grown in a 500-m1 flask containing 100 ml of the first vegetative medium consisting of the following per liter of deionized water:
glucose, 4 g;
Bacto tryptone, 3 g; Bacto casitone, 5 g; and synthetic sea salt (Instant Ocean, Aquarium Systems), 30 g. The first seed culture was incubated at 28 degree C for 3 days on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm. Five ml of the first seed culture was inoculated into a 500-m1 flask containing 100 ml of the second vegetative medium consisting of the following per liter of deionized water: starch, 10 g; yeast extract, 4 g; peptone, 2 g; ferric sulfate, 40 mg;
potassium bromide, 100 mg; calcium carbonate, 1 g; and sodium bromide, 30 g.
The second seed cultures were incubated at 28 C for 7 days on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm.
Approximately 2 to 3 gram of sterile Amberlite XAD-7 resin were added to the second seed culture. The second seed culture was further incubated at 28 C for 2 days on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm. Five ml of the second seed culture was inoculated into a 500-ml flask containing 100 ml of the second vegetative medium. The third seed culture was incubated at 28 C for 1 day on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm. Approximately 2 to 3 gram of sterile Amberlite XAD-7 resin were added to the third seed culture. The third seed culture was further incubated at 28 C for 2 days on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm.
Five ml of the third culture was inoculated into a 500-ml flask containing 100 ml of the second vegetative medium. The fourth seed culture was incubated at 28 C for 1 day on a rotary shaker operating at 250 ipm. Approximately 2 to 3 gram of sterile Amberlite XAD-7 resin were added to the fourth seed culture. The fourth seed culture was further incubated at 28 C for 1 day on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm. Five ml each of the fourth seed culture was inoculated into ten 500-m1 flasks containing 100 ml of the second vegetative medium. The fifth seed cultures were incubated at 28 C for 1 day on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm.
Approximately 2 to 3 grams of sterile Amberlite XAD-7 resin were added to the fifth seed cultures. The fifth seed cultures were further incubated at 28 C for 3 days on a rotary shalcer operating at 250 rpm. Four ml each of the fifth seed culture was inoculated into one hundred and fifty 500-ml flasks containing 100 ml of the production medium having the same composition as the second vegetative medium. Approximately 2 to 3 grams of sterile Amberlite XAD-7 resin were also added to the production culture. The production cultures were incubated at 28 C for 6 day on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm. The culture broth was filtered through cheese cloth to recover the Amberlite XAD-7 resin. The resin was extracted with 2 times 3 liters ethyl acetate followed by 1 time 1 liter ethyl acetate. The combined extracts were dried in vacuo. The dried extract, containing 0.42 g of the compound Formula 11-17 and 0.16 gram the compound of Formula 11-18, was then processed for the recovery of the compounds.
PURIFICATION OF COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA II-17, II-18 AND 11-27 [0345] The pure compounds of Formula II-17 and 11-18 were obtained by reversed-phase HPLC as described below:
Column ACE 5 C 18-HL
Dimensions 15 cm X 21 mm ID
Flow rate 14.5 ml/min Detection 214 nm Solvent Gradient of 35% Acetonitrile/65%
HZO to 90% Acetonitrile/10% H20 over 15 min [0346] Crude extract (100 mg) was dissolved in 15 ml of acetonitrile. Aliquots (900 ul) of this solution were injected onto a reversed-phase HPLC column using the conditions described above. Compounds of Formulae II-17 and 11-18 eluted at 7.5 and 9 minutes, respectively. Fractions containing the pure compounds were first concentrated using nitrogen to remove organic solvent. The remaining solution was then frozen and lyophilized to dryness.
[0347] An alternative purification method for Compound I1-17 and II-18 was developed for larger scale purification and involved fractionation of the crude extract on a normal phase VLC column. Under these conditions, sufficient amounts of several minor metabolites were identified, including compound 11-27. The crude extract (2.4 g) was dissolved in acetone (10 ml) and this solution adsorbed onto silica gel (10 cc) by drying in vacuo. The adsorbed crude extract was loaded on a nonnal phase silica VLC
column (250 cc silica gel, column dimensions 2.5 cm diameter by 15 cm length) and washed with a step gradient of hexane / EtOAc, increasing in the percentage of hexane in steps of 5% (100 ml solvent per step). The majority of compound II-16 eluted in the 60% hexane /
40% EtOAc wash while the majority of compound 11-17 eluted in the 50% hexane / 50%
etliyl acetate wash. Final separation of the compounds was achieved using C 18 HPLC
chromatography (ACE 5 C18-HL, 150 mm X 21 mm ID) using an isocratic solvent system consisting of 35% ACN / 65% H20. Under these conditions, compound 11-27 eluted at 11 minutes, compound 11-17 eluted at 12.00 minutes, traces of compound A eluted at 23.5 minutes, and compound II-18 eluted at 25.5 minutes. The resulting samples were dried in vacuo using no heat to remove the aqueous solvent mixture. The spectroscopic data for these samples of compound 11-16 and compound 11-18 were found to be identical with those of samples prepared from earlier purification methods. The sample of compound 11-18 was found to contain 8% of the lactone hydrolysis product and was further purified by washing through a normal phase silica plug (1 cm diameter by 2 cm height) and eluting using a solvent mixture of 20% EtOAc / 80% Hexanes (25 ml). The resulting sample was found to contain pure compound II-18.
[0348] The fractions containing compound II-27 described above were further purified using normal phase semipreparative HPLC (Phenomenex Luna Si 10 , 100 A; 250 x 10 mm id) using a solvent gradient increasing from 100% hexane to 100% EtOAc over 20 minutes with a flowrate of 4 mlhnin. Compound 11-27 eluted as a pure compound after 11.5 minutes (0.8 mg, 0.03% isolated yield from dried extract weight).
[03491 Compound of Formula II-17: UV (Acetonitrile/ H20) Xmax 225(sh) nm.
High Res. Mass (APCI): in/z 280.156 (M+H), O~at~=2.2 ppm, C15H22NO4. FIG. 49 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of a compound having the structure of Formula 11-17.
[03501 Compound of Formula II-18: UV (Acetonitrile/ H20) Xmax 225(sh) nm.
High Res. Mass (APCI): m/z 358.065 (M+H), Dcalc= -1.9 ppm, C15H21NO4Br. FIG.
depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of a compound having the structure of Formula II-18.
glucose, 4 g;
Bacto tryptone, 3 g; Bacto casitone, 5 g; and synthetic sea salt (Instant Ocean, Aquarium Systems), 30 g. The first seed culture was incubated at 28 degree C for 3 days on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm. Five ml of the first seed culture was inoculated into a 500-m1 flask containing 100 ml of the second vegetative medium consisting of the following per liter of deionized water: starch, 10 g; yeast extract, 4 g; peptone, 2 g; ferric sulfate, 40 mg;
potassium bromide, 100 mg; calcium carbonate, 1 g; and sodium bromide, 30 g.
The second seed cultures were incubated at 28 C for 7 days on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm.
Approximately 2 to 3 gram of sterile Amberlite XAD-7 resin were added to the second seed culture. The second seed culture was further incubated at 28 C for 2 days on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm. Five ml of the second seed culture was inoculated into a 500-ml flask containing 100 ml of the second vegetative medium. The third seed culture was incubated at 28 C for 1 day on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm. Approximately 2 to 3 gram of sterile Amberlite XAD-7 resin were added to the third seed culture. The third seed culture was further incubated at 28 C for 2 days on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm.
Five ml of the third culture was inoculated into a 500-ml flask containing 100 ml of the second vegetative medium. The fourth seed culture was incubated at 28 C for 1 day on a rotary shaker operating at 250 ipm. Approximately 2 to 3 gram of sterile Amberlite XAD-7 resin were added to the fourth seed culture. The fourth seed culture was further incubated at 28 C for 1 day on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm. Five ml each of the fourth seed culture was inoculated into ten 500-m1 flasks containing 100 ml of the second vegetative medium. The fifth seed cultures were incubated at 28 C for 1 day on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm.
Approximately 2 to 3 grams of sterile Amberlite XAD-7 resin were added to the fifth seed cultures. The fifth seed cultures were further incubated at 28 C for 3 days on a rotary shalcer operating at 250 rpm. Four ml each of the fifth seed culture was inoculated into one hundred and fifty 500-ml flasks containing 100 ml of the production medium having the same composition as the second vegetative medium. Approximately 2 to 3 grams of sterile Amberlite XAD-7 resin were also added to the production culture. The production cultures were incubated at 28 C for 6 day on a rotary shaker operating at 250 rpm. The culture broth was filtered through cheese cloth to recover the Amberlite XAD-7 resin. The resin was extracted with 2 times 3 liters ethyl acetate followed by 1 time 1 liter ethyl acetate. The combined extracts were dried in vacuo. The dried extract, containing 0.42 g of the compound Formula 11-17 and 0.16 gram the compound of Formula 11-18, was then processed for the recovery of the compounds.
PURIFICATION OF COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA II-17, II-18 AND 11-27 [0345] The pure compounds of Formula II-17 and 11-18 were obtained by reversed-phase HPLC as described below:
Column ACE 5 C 18-HL
Dimensions 15 cm X 21 mm ID
Flow rate 14.5 ml/min Detection 214 nm Solvent Gradient of 35% Acetonitrile/65%
HZO to 90% Acetonitrile/10% H20 over 15 min [0346] Crude extract (100 mg) was dissolved in 15 ml of acetonitrile. Aliquots (900 ul) of this solution were injected onto a reversed-phase HPLC column using the conditions described above. Compounds of Formulae II-17 and 11-18 eluted at 7.5 and 9 minutes, respectively. Fractions containing the pure compounds were first concentrated using nitrogen to remove organic solvent. The remaining solution was then frozen and lyophilized to dryness.
[0347] An alternative purification method for Compound I1-17 and II-18 was developed for larger scale purification and involved fractionation of the crude extract on a normal phase VLC column. Under these conditions, sufficient amounts of several minor metabolites were identified, including compound 11-27. The crude extract (2.4 g) was dissolved in acetone (10 ml) and this solution adsorbed onto silica gel (10 cc) by drying in vacuo. The adsorbed crude extract was loaded on a nonnal phase silica VLC
column (250 cc silica gel, column dimensions 2.5 cm diameter by 15 cm length) and washed with a step gradient of hexane / EtOAc, increasing in the percentage of hexane in steps of 5% (100 ml solvent per step). The majority of compound II-16 eluted in the 60% hexane /
40% EtOAc wash while the majority of compound 11-17 eluted in the 50% hexane / 50%
etliyl acetate wash. Final separation of the compounds was achieved using C 18 HPLC
chromatography (ACE 5 C18-HL, 150 mm X 21 mm ID) using an isocratic solvent system consisting of 35% ACN / 65% H20. Under these conditions, compound 11-27 eluted at 11 minutes, compound 11-17 eluted at 12.00 minutes, traces of compound A eluted at 23.5 minutes, and compound II-18 eluted at 25.5 minutes. The resulting samples were dried in vacuo using no heat to remove the aqueous solvent mixture. The spectroscopic data for these samples of compound 11-16 and compound 11-18 were found to be identical with those of samples prepared from earlier purification methods. The sample of compound 11-18 was found to contain 8% of the lactone hydrolysis product and was further purified by washing through a normal phase silica plug (1 cm diameter by 2 cm height) and eluting using a solvent mixture of 20% EtOAc / 80% Hexanes (25 ml). The resulting sample was found to contain pure compound II-18.
[0348] The fractions containing compound II-27 described above were further purified using normal phase semipreparative HPLC (Phenomenex Luna Si 10 , 100 A; 250 x 10 mm id) using a solvent gradient increasing from 100% hexane to 100% EtOAc over 20 minutes with a flowrate of 4 mlhnin. Compound 11-27 eluted as a pure compound after 11.5 minutes (0.8 mg, 0.03% isolated yield from dried extract weight).
[03491 Compound of Formula II-17: UV (Acetonitrile/ H20) Xmax 225(sh) nm.
High Res. Mass (APCI): in/z 280.156 (M+H), O~at~=2.2 ppm, C15H22NO4. FIG. 49 depicts the 'H NMR spectrum of a compound having the structure of Formula 11-17.
[03501 Compound of Formula II-18: UV (Acetonitrile/ H20) Xmax 225(sh) nm.
High Res. Mass (APCI): m/z 358.065 (M+H), Dcalc= -1.9 ppm, C15H21NO4Br. FIG.
depicts the 1H NMR spectrum of a compound having the structure of Formula II-18.
[0351] Compound 11-27: UV (Acetonitrile/H,-0) k,,,ax 225(sh) nm; MS (HR-ESI), in/z 280.1556 (M+H) A,ai,- 2.7 ppm (C1SH22NOa.); iH NMR (DMSO-d6) see FIG 53.
[0352] A sample of compound of Formula 11-16 (250 mg) was added to an acetone solution of sodium iodide (1.5 g in 10 ml) and the resulting mixture stirred for 6 days. The solution was then filtered through a 0.45 micron syringe filter and injected directly on a normal phase silica HPLC column (Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica, 25 cm x 21.2 mm) in 0.95 ml aliquots. The HPLC conditions for the separation of compound formula 11-19 from unreacted 11-16 employed an isocratic HPLC method consisting of 24% ethyl acetate and 76% hexane, in which the majority of compound 11-19 eluted 2.5 minutes before compound 11-16. Equivalent fractions from each of 10 injections were pooled to yield 35 mg compound 11-19. Compound 11-19: UV (Acetonitrile/H20) 225 (sh), 255 (sh) nm; ESMS, m/z 406.0 (M+H); HRMS (ESI), m/z 406.0513 [M+H]+, D,aIc= -0.5 ppm, C15H21NO4I; 1H NMR in DMSO-d6 (see FIG. 9).
H H H H
OH OH
H = O H O
N N
NaI
O Acetone O
SYNTHESIS OF THE COMPOUNDS OF FORMULAE II-2, II-3, AND 11-4 [0353] Compounds of Formulae 11-2, 11-3 and 11-4 can be synthesized from compounds of Formulae II-16, II-17 and II-18, respectively, by catalytic hydrogenation.
[0352] A sample of compound of Formula 11-16 (250 mg) was added to an acetone solution of sodium iodide (1.5 g in 10 ml) and the resulting mixture stirred for 6 days. The solution was then filtered through a 0.45 micron syringe filter and injected directly on a normal phase silica HPLC column (Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica, 25 cm x 21.2 mm) in 0.95 ml aliquots. The HPLC conditions for the separation of compound formula 11-19 from unreacted 11-16 employed an isocratic HPLC method consisting of 24% ethyl acetate and 76% hexane, in which the majority of compound 11-19 eluted 2.5 minutes before compound 11-16. Equivalent fractions from each of 10 injections were pooled to yield 35 mg compound 11-19. Compound 11-19: UV (Acetonitrile/H20) 225 (sh), 255 (sh) nm; ESMS, m/z 406.0 (M+H); HRMS (ESI), m/z 406.0513 [M+H]+, D,aIc= -0.5 ppm, C15H21NO4I; 1H NMR in DMSO-d6 (see FIG. 9).
H H H H
OH OH
H = O H O
N N
NaI
O Acetone O
SYNTHESIS OF THE COMPOUNDS OF FORMULAE II-2, II-3, AND 11-4 [0353] Compounds of Formulae 11-2, 11-3 and 11-4 can be synthesized from compounds of Formulae II-16, II-17 and II-18, respectively, by catalytic hydrogenation.
Exemplary Depiction of Synthesis H
H H
\~~~~~~ OH OH
N O N O
O 10% Pd/C, Hz O
O p H"\~~,,,, Acetone H
R R
11-16: R=C1 11-2: R=CI
11-17: R=H II-3: R=H
11-18: R=Br H-4; R=Br Example 7A: Catalytic Hydrogenation of Compound of Formula II-16 [0354] Compound of Foimula 11-16 (10 mg) was dissolved in acetone (5 mL) in a scintillation vial (20 mL) to which was added the 10% (w/w) Pd/C (1-2mg) and a magnetic stirrer bar. The reaction mixture was stirred in a hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for about 15 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through a 3 cc silica column and washed with acetone. The filtrate was filtered again through 0.2 m Gelman Acrodisc to remove any traces of catalyst. The solvent was evaporated off from filtrate under reduced pressure to yield the compound of Formula 11-2 as a pure white powder: UV
(acetonitrile/H20): X,,,a,, 225 (sh) nm. FIG. 10 depicts the NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula 11-2 in DMSO-d6. FIG. 11 depicts the low resolution mass spectrum of the compound of Formula 11-2: m/z 316 (M+H), 338 (M+Na).
Example 7B: Catalytic Hydrogenation of Compound of Formula 11-17 [0355] Compound of Formula 11-17 (5 mg) was dissolved in acetone (3 mL) in a scintillation vial (20 mL) to which was added the 10% (w/w) Pd/C (about 1mg) and a magnetic stirrer bar. The reaction mixture was stirred in a hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for about 15 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through a 0.2 m Gelman Acrodisc to remove the catalyst. The solvent was evaporated off from filtrate to yield the compound of Formula 11-3 as a white powder which was purified by noimal phase HPLC
using the following conditions:
Column: Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica Dimensions: 25 cm x 21.2 mm ID
Flow rate: 14.5 ml/min Detection: ELSD
Solvent: 5% to 60% EtOAc/Hex for 19 inin, 60 to 100% EtOAc in 1 min, then 4 min at 100% EtOAc [0356] Compound of Formula II-3 eluted at 22.5 min as a pure compound: UV
(acetonitrile/H20): k,,,a, 225 (sh) nm. FIG. 12 depicts the NMR spectium of the compound of Formula 11-3 in DMSO-d6. FIG. 13 depicts the low resolution mass spectrum of the compound of Formula 11-3: m/z 282 (M+H), 304 (M+Na).
Example 7C: Catal ic Hydrogenation of Compound of Formula II-18 [0357] 3.2 mg of compound of Foimula 11-18 was dissolved in acetone (3 mL) in a scintillation vial (20 mL) to wliich was added the 10% (w/w) Pd/C (about 1 mg) and a magnetic stirrer bar. The reaction mixture was stirred in hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for about 15 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through a 0.2 m Gelman Acrodisc to remove the catalyst. The solvent was evaporated off from filtrate to yield the compound of Formula 11-4 as a white powder which was further purified by normal phase HPLC using the following conditions:
Column: Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica Dimensions: 25 cm x 21.2 mm ID
Flow rate: 14.5 ml/min Detection: ELSD
Solvent: 5% to 80% EtOAc/Hex for 19 min, 80 to 100% EtOAc in 1 min, then 4 min at 100% EtOAc [0358] Compound of Formula 11-4 eluted at 16.5 min as a pure compound: UV
(acetonitrile/H20): Xmax 225 (sh) nm. FIG. 14 depicts the NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula 11-4 in DMSO-d6. FIG. 15 depicts the low resolution mass of the compound of Foimula 11-4: m/z 360 (M+H), 382 (M+Na).
[0359] In addition, high resolution mass spectrometry data were obtained for compounds II-2, II-3, and II-4. Compound 11-2: HRMS (ESI), m/z 316.1305 [M+H]+, A,a,,=
-3.5 ppm, C15H23N04C1. Compound 11-3: HRMS (ESI), fya/z 282.1706 [M+H]+, A,alc= 0.3 ppm, C15H24NO4. Compound 11-4: HRMS (ESI), m/z 360.0798 [M+H]+, A,~al,= -3.4 ppm, C i5H23NO4Br.
[0360] Compounds of Formula 11-5A and Formula II-5B can be synthesized fiom compound of Formula 11-16 by epoxidation with mCPBA.
[0361] Compound of Formula 11-16 (101 mg, 0.32 mmole) was dissolved in methylenechloride (30 mL) in a 100 ml of round bottom flask to which was added 79 mg (0.46 mmole) of meta-chloroperbenzoic acid (inCPBA) and a magnetic stir bar.
The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for about 18 hours. The reaction mixture was poured onto a 20 cc silica flash column and eluted with 120 ml of CHZC12, 75 ml of 1:1 ethyl acetate/hexane and finally with 40 ml of 100% ethyl acetate. The 1:1 ethyl acetate/hexane fractions yield a mixture of diastereomers of epoxyderivatives, Forinula II-5A
and II-5B, which were separated by normal phase HPLC using the following conditions:
Column Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica Dimensions 25 cm x 21.2 mm ID
Flow rate 14.5 ml/min Detection ELSD
Solvent 25% to 80% EtOAc/Hex over 19 min, 80 to 100% EtOAc in 1 min, then 5 min at 100% EtOAc [0362] Compound Formula II-5A (major product) and II-5B (minor product) eluted at 21.5 and 19 min, respectively, as pure compounds. Compound II-5B was further chromatographed on a 3cc silica flash column to remove traces of chlorobenzoic acid reagent.
Chemical Structures:
H H
H H H
H
H OH OH OH
N = O H = O H
N O N = O
O mCPBA
O
O + O
CHZCJz O O
_ H = H~u CI CI
CI
11-16 11-5A (90%) II-5B (10%) Structural Characterization [0363] Formula II-5A: LN (Acetonitrile/H20) Xma,, 225 (sh) nm. Low Res. Mass:
m/z 330 (M+H), 352 (M+Na); HRMS (ESI), m/z 330.1099 [M+H]+, dcalc= -2.9 ppm, C15H21NO50. FIGS. 16-17, respectively depict the 1H NMR spectrum of Formula II-5A and the mass spectrum of Formula II-5A.
[0364] Formula 11-513: W(Acetonitl=ile/H20) ;~ma,, 225 (sh) nm. Low Res. Mass:
m/z 330 (M+H), 352 (M+Na); HRMS (ESD, rn/z 330.1105 [M+H]+, Aca1c= -0.9 ppm, CisH21N05C1. FIGS. 18-19, respectively depict the 1H NMR spectrum of II-5B and the mass spectrum of II-5B.
H H
\~~~~~~ OH OH
N O N O
O 10% Pd/C, Hz O
O p H"\~~,,,, Acetone H
R R
11-16: R=C1 11-2: R=CI
11-17: R=H II-3: R=H
11-18: R=Br H-4; R=Br Example 7A: Catalytic Hydrogenation of Compound of Formula II-16 [0354] Compound of Foimula 11-16 (10 mg) was dissolved in acetone (5 mL) in a scintillation vial (20 mL) to which was added the 10% (w/w) Pd/C (1-2mg) and a magnetic stirrer bar. The reaction mixture was stirred in a hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for about 15 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through a 3 cc silica column and washed with acetone. The filtrate was filtered again through 0.2 m Gelman Acrodisc to remove any traces of catalyst. The solvent was evaporated off from filtrate under reduced pressure to yield the compound of Formula 11-2 as a pure white powder: UV
(acetonitrile/H20): X,,,a,, 225 (sh) nm. FIG. 10 depicts the NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula 11-2 in DMSO-d6. FIG. 11 depicts the low resolution mass spectrum of the compound of Formula 11-2: m/z 316 (M+H), 338 (M+Na).
Example 7B: Catalytic Hydrogenation of Compound of Formula 11-17 [0355] Compound of Formula 11-17 (5 mg) was dissolved in acetone (3 mL) in a scintillation vial (20 mL) to which was added the 10% (w/w) Pd/C (about 1mg) and a magnetic stirrer bar. The reaction mixture was stirred in a hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for about 15 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through a 0.2 m Gelman Acrodisc to remove the catalyst. The solvent was evaporated off from filtrate to yield the compound of Formula 11-3 as a white powder which was purified by noimal phase HPLC
using the following conditions:
Column: Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica Dimensions: 25 cm x 21.2 mm ID
Flow rate: 14.5 ml/min Detection: ELSD
Solvent: 5% to 60% EtOAc/Hex for 19 inin, 60 to 100% EtOAc in 1 min, then 4 min at 100% EtOAc [0356] Compound of Formula II-3 eluted at 22.5 min as a pure compound: UV
(acetonitrile/H20): k,,,a, 225 (sh) nm. FIG. 12 depicts the NMR spectium of the compound of Formula 11-3 in DMSO-d6. FIG. 13 depicts the low resolution mass spectrum of the compound of Formula 11-3: m/z 282 (M+H), 304 (M+Na).
Example 7C: Catal ic Hydrogenation of Compound of Formula II-18 [0357] 3.2 mg of compound of Foimula 11-18 was dissolved in acetone (3 mL) in a scintillation vial (20 mL) to wliich was added the 10% (w/w) Pd/C (about 1 mg) and a magnetic stirrer bar. The reaction mixture was stirred in hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for about 15 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through a 0.2 m Gelman Acrodisc to remove the catalyst. The solvent was evaporated off from filtrate to yield the compound of Formula 11-4 as a white powder which was further purified by normal phase HPLC using the following conditions:
Column: Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica Dimensions: 25 cm x 21.2 mm ID
Flow rate: 14.5 ml/min Detection: ELSD
Solvent: 5% to 80% EtOAc/Hex for 19 min, 80 to 100% EtOAc in 1 min, then 4 min at 100% EtOAc [0358] Compound of Formula 11-4 eluted at 16.5 min as a pure compound: UV
(acetonitrile/H20): Xmax 225 (sh) nm. FIG. 14 depicts the NMR spectrum of the compound of Formula 11-4 in DMSO-d6. FIG. 15 depicts the low resolution mass of the compound of Foimula 11-4: m/z 360 (M+H), 382 (M+Na).
[0359] In addition, high resolution mass spectrometry data were obtained for compounds II-2, II-3, and II-4. Compound 11-2: HRMS (ESI), m/z 316.1305 [M+H]+, A,a,,=
-3.5 ppm, C15H23N04C1. Compound 11-3: HRMS (ESI), fya/z 282.1706 [M+H]+, A,alc= 0.3 ppm, C15H24NO4. Compound 11-4: HRMS (ESI), m/z 360.0798 [M+H]+, A,~al,= -3.4 ppm, C i5H23NO4Br.
[0360] Compounds of Formula 11-5A and Formula II-5B can be synthesized fiom compound of Formula 11-16 by epoxidation with mCPBA.
[0361] Compound of Formula 11-16 (101 mg, 0.32 mmole) was dissolved in methylenechloride (30 mL) in a 100 ml of round bottom flask to which was added 79 mg (0.46 mmole) of meta-chloroperbenzoic acid (inCPBA) and a magnetic stir bar.
The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for about 18 hours. The reaction mixture was poured onto a 20 cc silica flash column and eluted with 120 ml of CHZC12, 75 ml of 1:1 ethyl acetate/hexane and finally with 40 ml of 100% ethyl acetate. The 1:1 ethyl acetate/hexane fractions yield a mixture of diastereomers of epoxyderivatives, Forinula II-5A
and II-5B, which were separated by normal phase HPLC using the following conditions:
Column Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica Dimensions 25 cm x 21.2 mm ID
Flow rate 14.5 ml/min Detection ELSD
Solvent 25% to 80% EtOAc/Hex over 19 min, 80 to 100% EtOAc in 1 min, then 5 min at 100% EtOAc [0362] Compound Formula II-5A (major product) and II-5B (minor product) eluted at 21.5 and 19 min, respectively, as pure compounds. Compound II-5B was further chromatographed on a 3cc silica flash column to remove traces of chlorobenzoic acid reagent.
Chemical Structures:
H H
H H H
H
H OH OH OH
N = O H = O H
N O N = O
O mCPBA
O
O + O
CHZCJz O O
_ H = H~u CI CI
CI
11-16 11-5A (90%) II-5B (10%) Structural Characterization [0363] Formula II-5A: LN (Acetonitrile/H20) Xma,, 225 (sh) nm. Low Res. Mass:
m/z 330 (M+H), 352 (M+Na); HRMS (ESI), m/z 330.1099 [M+H]+, dcalc= -2.9 ppm, C15H21NO50. FIGS. 16-17, respectively depict the 1H NMR spectrum of Formula II-5A and the mass spectrum of Formula II-5A.
[0364] Formula 11-513: W(Acetonitl=ile/H20) ;~ma,, 225 (sh) nm. Low Res. Mass:
m/z 330 (M+H), 352 (M+Na); HRMS (ESD, rn/z 330.1105 [M+H]+, Aca1c= -0.9 ppm, CisH21N05C1. FIGS. 18-19, respectively depict the 1H NMR spectrum of II-5B and the mass spectrum of II-5B.
SYNTHESIS OF THE COMPOUNDS OF FORMULAE IV-1, IV-2, IV-3 AND IV-4 Synthesis of diol derivatives (Formula IV-2) [0365] Diols can be synthesized by Sharpless dihydroxylation using AD mix-a and (3: AD mix-a is a premix of four reagents, K2OsO2(OH)4; K2C03; K3Fe(CN)6;
(DHQ)2-PHAL [1,4-bis(9-O-dihydroquinine)phthalazine] and AD mix-(3 is a premix of K20s02(OH)4; K2C03; K3Fe(CN)6; (DHQD)2-PHAL [1,4-bis(9-0-dihydroquinidine)phthalazine] which are commercially available from Aldrich.
Diol can also be synthesized by acid or base hydrolysis of epoxy compounds (Formula H-5A and II-5B) which may be different to that of products obtained in Sharpless dihydroxylation in their stereochemistry at carbons bearing hydroxyl groups Sharpless Dih dy roxylation of Compounds II-16, II-17 and 1I-18 [0366] Any of the compounds of Formulae II-16, 11-17 and 11-18 can be used as the starting compound. In the example below, compound of Formula 11-16 is used. The starting compound is dissolved in t-butanol/water in a round bottom flask to which is added AD mix-a or (3 and a magnetic stir bar. The reaction is monitored by silica TLC as well as mass spectrometer. The pure diols are obtained by usual worlcup and purification by flash chromatography or HPLC. The structures are confirmed by NMR spectroscopy and mass spectrometry. In this method both hydroxyl groups are on same side.
H H H' H H' H
OH HO
\\\',.=" ~~~~,,.. OH ~~I~o,=~= OH
H 0 = 0 =
N O
::::: oro lation Hlu n,.. 0 O
H111n.. HIllu=_ Starting Compound Formula 1V-2 Formula 11-5 Nucleophilic ring opening of epoxy compounds (11-5):
[0367] The epoxy ring is opened with various nucleophiles like NaCN, NaN3, NaOAc, HBr, HCI, etc. to creat various substituents on the cyclohexane ring, including a hydroxyl substituent.
Examples:
H
H
\OH
H O
H Nucleophilic ring opening N - O
O NaCN or NaN3 O
O Hl~~u'=-HIin .. =
ci ci R7: CN or N3 if R6 is OH
R6: CN or N3 if R7 is OH
Formula 11-5 Formula IV-1 [0368] The epoxy is opened with HCl to make Foimula IV-3:
H' '_'J' H
H CI OH
H
~OH =
N
H = O
N HCl O
O O
O Hl~n"'= _ HIn~õ=. =
ci CI
(DHQ)2-PHAL [1,4-bis(9-O-dihydroquinine)phthalazine] and AD mix-(3 is a premix of K20s02(OH)4; K2C03; K3Fe(CN)6; (DHQD)2-PHAL [1,4-bis(9-0-dihydroquinidine)phthalazine] which are commercially available from Aldrich.
Diol can also be synthesized by acid or base hydrolysis of epoxy compounds (Formula H-5A and II-5B) which may be different to that of products obtained in Sharpless dihydroxylation in their stereochemistry at carbons bearing hydroxyl groups Sharpless Dih dy roxylation of Compounds II-16, II-17 and 1I-18 [0366] Any of the compounds of Formulae II-16, 11-17 and 11-18 can be used as the starting compound. In the example below, compound of Formula 11-16 is used. The starting compound is dissolved in t-butanol/water in a round bottom flask to which is added AD mix-a or (3 and a magnetic stir bar. The reaction is monitored by silica TLC as well as mass spectrometer. The pure diols are obtained by usual worlcup and purification by flash chromatography or HPLC. The structures are confirmed by NMR spectroscopy and mass spectrometry. In this method both hydroxyl groups are on same side.
H H H' H H' H
OH HO
\\\',.=" ~~~~,,.. OH ~~I~o,=~= OH
H 0 = 0 =
N O
::::: oro lation Hlu n,.. 0 O
H111n.. HIllu=_ Starting Compound Formula 1V-2 Formula 11-5 Nucleophilic ring opening of epoxy compounds (11-5):
[0367] The epoxy ring is opened with various nucleophiles like NaCN, NaN3, NaOAc, HBr, HCI, etc. to creat various substituents on the cyclohexane ring, including a hydroxyl substituent.
Examples:
H
H
\OH
H O
H Nucleophilic ring opening N - O
O NaCN or NaN3 O
O Hl~~u'=-HIin .. =
ci ci R7: CN or N3 if R6 is OH
R6: CN or N3 if R7 is OH
Formula 11-5 Formula IV-1 [0368] The epoxy is opened with HCl to make Foimula IV-3:
H' '_'J' H
H CI OH
H
~OH =
N
H = O
N HCl O
O O
O Hl~n"'= _ HIn~õ=. =
ci CI
[0369] Compound of Fonnula II-5A (3.3 mg) was dissolved in acetonitrile (0.5 ml) in a 1 dram vial to which was added 5% HC1 (500 ul) and a magnetic stir bar. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for about an hour. The reaction was monitored by mass spectrometry. The reaction mixture was directly injected on normal phase HPLC to obtain compound of Formula IV-3C as a pure compound without any work up. The HPLC conditions used for the purification were as follows: Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica column (25 cm x 21.2 mm ID) with a solvent gradient of 25% to 80% EtOAc/Hex over 19 inin, 80 to 100% EtOAc in 1 inin, then 5 min at 100% EtOAc at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min.
An ELSD was used to monitor the purification process. Compound of Formula IV-3C eluted at about 18 min (2.2 mg). Compound of Formula IV-3C: UV (Acetonitrile/H-)O) (sh) nm; ESMS, rn/z 366 (M+H), 388 (M+Na); HRMS (ESI), na/z 366.0875 [M+H]+, A,al,=
0.0 ppm, C15HZ2NO5C1?-; 1H NMR in DMSO-d6 (FIG. 20) The stereochemistry of the compound of Formula IV-3C was determined based on coupling constants observed in the cyclohexane ring in 1:1 C6D6/DMSO-d6 (FIG. 21) H
H' CI~ H
H \w~""= OH
U~~ OH O
HO N =
H O
O O
O Hlln" _ Hlim"= _ CI
CI
[0370] Reductive ring opening of epoxides (11-5): The compound of Formula is treated with metalhydrides like BH3-THF complex to make compound of Formula IV-4.
An ELSD was used to monitor the purification process. Compound of Formula IV-3C eluted at about 18 min (2.2 mg). Compound of Formula IV-3C: UV (Acetonitrile/H-)O) (sh) nm; ESMS, rn/z 366 (M+H), 388 (M+Na); HRMS (ESI), na/z 366.0875 [M+H]+, A,al,=
0.0 ppm, C15HZ2NO5C1?-; 1H NMR in DMSO-d6 (FIG. 20) The stereochemistry of the compound of Formula IV-3C was determined based on coupling constants observed in the cyclohexane ring in 1:1 C6D6/DMSO-d6 (FIG. 21) H
H' CI~ H
H \w~""= OH
U~~ OH O
HO N =
H O
O O
O Hlln" _ Hlim"= _ CI
CI
[0370] Reductive ring opening of epoxides (11-5): The compound of Formula is treated with metalhydrides like BH3-THF complex to make compound of Formula IV-4.
H
H HO
H \~~ OH
OH
BH3-THF Hliu1-i=uiIo0 I{III~
cl cl [0371] Compound of Formula 11-16 (30 mg) was dissolved in CH2C12 (6 ml) in a scintillation vial (20 ml) to which Dess-Martin Periodinane (122 mg) and a magnetic stir bar were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room teinperature for about 2 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC (Hex:EtOAc, 6:4) and analytical HPLC.
From the reaction mixture, the solvent volume was reduced to one third, absorbed on silica gel, poured on top of a 20 cc silica flash column and eluted in 20 ml fractions using a gradient of Hexane/EtOAc from 10 to 100%. The fraction eluted with 30% EtOAc in Hexane contained a mixture of rotamers of Formula 11-13C in a ratio of 1.5:8.5. The mixture was further purified by normal phase HPLC using the Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica column (25 cm x 21.2 mm ID) with a solvent gradient of 25% to 80% EtOAc/Hex over 19 min, 80 to 100% EtOAc over 1 min, holding at 100% EtOAc for 5 min, at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min.
An ELSD was used to monitor the purification process. Compound of Formula II-13C eluted at 13.0 and 13.2 mins as a mixture of rotamers with in a ratio of 1.5:8.5 (7 mg). Formula II-13C: UV (Acetonitrile/H2O) krõaX 226 (sh) & 300 (sh) nm; ESMS, m/z 312 (M+H)}, (M+Na)+; HRMS (ESI), m/z 312.1017 [M+H]+, Ocal,.= 4.5 ppm, C15HI9NO4C1; iH NMR
inDMSO-d6 (see FIG. 22).
H HO
H \~~ OH
OH
BH3-THF Hliu1-i=uiIo0 I{III~
cl cl [0371] Compound of Formula 11-16 (30 mg) was dissolved in CH2C12 (6 ml) in a scintillation vial (20 ml) to which Dess-Martin Periodinane (122 mg) and a magnetic stir bar were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room teinperature for about 2 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC (Hex:EtOAc, 6:4) and analytical HPLC.
From the reaction mixture, the solvent volume was reduced to one third, absorbed on silica gel, poured on top of a 20 cc silica flash column and eluted in 20 ml fractions using a gradient of Hexane/EtOAc from 10 to 100%. The fraction eluted with 30% EtOAc in Hexane contained a mixture of rotamers of Formula 11-13C in a ratio of 1.5:8.5. The mixture was further purified by normal phase HPLC using the Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica column (25 cm x 21.2 mm ID) with a solvent gradient of 25% to 80% EtOAc/Hex over 19 min, 80 to 100% EtOAc over 1 min, holding at 100% EtOAc for 5 min, at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min.
An ELSD was used to monitor the purification process. Compound of Formula II-13C eluted at 13.0 and 13.2 mins as a mixture of rotamers with in a ratio of 1.5:8.5 (7 mg). Formula II-13C: UV (Acetonitrile/H2O) krõaX 226 (sh) & 300 (sh) nm; ESMS, m/z 312 (M+H)}, (M+Na)+; HRMS (ESI), m/z 312.1017 [M+H]+, Ocal,.= 4.5 ppm, C15HI9NO4C1; iH NMR
inDMSO-d6 (see FIG. 22).
[0372] The rotamer mixture of Formula II-13C (4 mg) was dissolved in acetone (1 ml) in a scintillation vial (20 ml) to which a catalytic amount (0.5 mg) of 10% (w/w) Pd/C
and a magnetic stir bar were added. The reaction mixture was stirred in a hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for about 15 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through a 0.2 m Gelman Acrodisc to remove the catalyst. The solvent was evaporated from the filtrate to yield compound of Formula II-8C as a colorless gum which was further purified by normal phase HPLC using a Phenomenex Luna IOu Silica column (25 cm x 21.2 mm ID) with a solvent gradient of 25% to 80% EtOAc/Hex over 19 inin, 80 to 100% EtOAc over 1 min, holding at 100% EtOAc for 5 min, at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min. An ELSD
was used to monitor the purification process. Compound of Formula II-8C (1 mg) eluted at 13.5 min as a pure compound. Formula II-8C: UV (Acetonitrile/H20) k,,,aX 225 (sh) nm; ESMS, 171/z 314 (M+H)+, 336 (M+Na)+; HRMS (ESI), nZ/z 314.1149 [M+H]+, A ai,= 3.3 ppm, C15HZ1N04C1;
1H NMR inDMSO-d6 (See FIG. 23).
H H
H, OH ~O
~
H = = O H =
N = N N
O
O O H' O
O Pd/C O
O Dess-Marrin Hlu~~"' = Periodinane H1~~~"" H1~~""' cl Ci cl [0373] The rotamer mixture of Formula II-13C (5 mg) was dissolved in dimethoxy ethane (monoglyme; 1.5 ml) in a scintillation vial (20 ml) to which water (15 l (1% of the final solution concentration)) and a magnetic stir bar were added.
The above solution was cooled to -78 C on a dry ice-acetone bath, and a sodium borohydride solution (3.7 mg of NaBH4 in 0.5 ml of monoglyme (created to allow for slow addition)) was added drop-wise. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 C for about 14 minutes. The reaction mixture was acidified using 2 ml of 4% HCI solution in water and extracted with CH2C12.
The organic layer was evaporated to yield mixture of compound of formulae 11-25 and 11-16 in a 9.5:0.5 ratio as a white solid, which was further purified by normal phase HPLC using a Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica column (25 cm x 21.2 mm ID). The mobile phase was 24%
EtOAc/76% Hexane, which was held isocratic for 19 min, followed by a linear gradient of 24% to 100% EtOAc over 1 min, and held at 100% EtOAc for 3 min; the flow rate was 25 ml/min. An ELSD was used to monitor the purification process. Coinpound of formula 11-25 (1.5 mg) eluted at 11.64 min as a pure compound. Compound of Formula 11-25: UV
(Acetonitrile/H,O) 225 (sh) nm; ESMS, ni/z 314 (M+H)}, 336 (M+Na)+; HRMS
(ESI), nz/z 314.1154 [M+H]+, O~alc= -0.6 ppm, C15H21N04C1; 1H NMR in DMSO-d6 (see FIG. 24).
H H OH
. H
~' _ AO
H _ C N H
N
C NaBH4, -78 C O
Monoglyme/1% water Hln~~ = H
II-13C II-25 (95%) SYNTHESIS OF THE COMPOUNDS OF FORMULAE II-31, 11-32 AND 11-49 FROM II-13C; AND COMPOUNDS OF FORMULAE II-33, II-34, II-35 AND 11-36 FROM II-31 [0374] A rotamer mixture of the Coinpound of Formula II-13C (20 mg) was dissolved in acetone (4 ml) in a scintillation vial (20 ml) to which a catalytic amount (3 mg) of 10% (w/w) Pd/C and a magnetic stir bar were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for about 15 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through a 0.2 m Gelman Acrodisc to remove the catalyst. The solvent was evaporated from the filtrate to yield a mixture of diasterPomers of hydroxy derivatives of Formulae 11-31 and 11-32 (1: 1) and a minor compound 11-49, which were separated by reversed phase HPLC using Ace 5u C18 column (150 mm x 22 mm ID) witli a solvent gradient of 90% to 30%
H"O/Acetonitrile over 15 min, 70 to 100% Acetonitrile over 5 min, holding at 100% Acetonitrile for 4 min, at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min. A diode array detector was used to monitor the purification process. Compound II-31 (2 mg), 11-32 (2 mg) and 11-49 (0.2 mg) eluted at 10.6, 10.8 and 11.54 min, respectively, as pure compounds. 11-31: UV (Acetonitrile/H?O) k,,,ax 250 (sh) nm;
ESMS m/z 328.1 (M+H)} & 350.0 (M+Na)+. 11-32: UV (Acetonitrile/H20) k,,,ax250 (sh) nm;
ESMS, rra/z 328.1 (M+H)+ & 350.0 (M+Na)+. 11-49: UV (Acetonitrile/H20) k,,,a,250 (sh) and 320 nm; ESMS, m/z 326.0 (M+H)+, 343.1 (M+H2O)+ & 348.0 (M+Na)}.
[0375] In an alternate method, compounds II-31, 11-32 and 11-49 were separated by normal phase HPLC using Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica column (25 cm x 21.2 mm ID) with a solvent gradient of 10% to 100% Hexane/EtOAc over 24 min, holding at 100%
EtOAc for 3 min, at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min. ELSD was used to monitor the purification process.
[0376] The ketone of the compounds of formula 11-31 and 11-32 can be reduced by using sodium borohydride at 0 to -10 C in monoglyme solvent for about 14 minutes. The reaction mixture can be acidified using 4% HCl solution in water and extracted with CH2C12.
The organic layer can be evaporated to yield the mixtures of compounds of formulae II-33, II-34, II-35 and II-36 which can be separated by chromatographic methods.
and a magnetic stir bar were added. The reaction mixture was stirred in a hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for about 15 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through a 0.2 m Gelman Acrodisc to remove the catalyst. The solvent was evaporated from the filtrate to yield compound of Formula II-8C as a colorless gum which was further purified by normal phase HPLC using a Phenomenex Luna IOu Silica column (25 cm x 21.2 mm ID) with a solvent gradient of 25% to 80% EtOAc/Hex over 19 inin, 80 to 100% EtOAc over 1 min, holding at 100% EtOAc for 5 min, at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min. An ELSD
was used to monitor the purification process. Compound of Formula II-8C (1 mg) eluted at 13.5 min as a pure compound. Formula II-8C: UV (Acetonitrile/H20) k,,,aX 225 (sh) nm; ESMS, 171/z 314 (M+H)+, 336 (M+Na)+; HRMS (ESI), nZ/z 314.1149 [M+H]+, A ai,= 3.3 ppm, C15HZ1N04C1;
1H NMR inDMSO-d6 (See FIG. 23).
H H
H, OH ~O
~
H = = O H =
N = N N
O
O O H' O
O Pd/C O
O Dess-Marrin Hlu~~"' = Periodinane H1~~~"" H1~~""' cl Ci cl [0373] The rotamer mixture of Formula II-13C (5 mg) was dissolved in dimethoxy ethane (monoglyme; 1.5 ml) in a scintillation vial (20 ml) to which water (15 l (1% of the final solution concentration)) and a magnetic stir bar were added.
The above solution was cooled to -78 C on a dry ice-acetone bath, and a sodium borohydride solution (3.7 mg of NaBH4 in 0.5 ml of monoglyme (created to allow for slow addition)) was added drop-wise. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 C for about 14 minutes. The reaction mixture was acidified using 2 ml of 4% HCI solution in water and extracted with CH2C12.
The organic layer was evaporated to yield mixture of compound of formulae 11-25 and 11-16 in a 9.5:0.5 ratio as a white solid, which was further purified by normal phase HPLC using a Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica column (25 cm x 21.2 mm ID). The mobile phase was 24%
EtOAc/76% Hexane, which was held isocratic for 19 min, followed by a linear gradient of 24% to 100% EtOAc over 1 min, and held at 100% EtOAc for 3 min; the flow rate was 25 ml/min. An ELSD was used to monitor the purification process. Coinpound of formula 11-25 (1.5 mg) eluted at 11.64 min as a pure compound. Compound of Formula 11-25: UV
(Acetonitrile/H,O) 225 (sh) nm; ESMS, ni/z 314 (M+H)}, 336 (M+Na)+; HRMS
(ESI), nz/z 314.1154 [M+H]+, O~alc= -0.6 ppm, C15H21N04C1; 1H NMR in DMSO-d6 (see FIG. 24).
H H OH
. H
~' _ AO
H _ C N H
N
C NaBH4, -78 C O
Monoglyme/1% water Hln~~ = H
II-13C II-25 (95%) SYNTHESIS OF THE COMPOUNDS OF FORMULAE II-31, 11-32 AND 11-49 FROM II-13C; AND COMPOUNDS OF FORMULAE II-33, II-34, II-35 AND 11-36 FROM II-31 [0374] A rotamer mixture of the Coinpound of Formula II-13C (20 mg) was dissolved in acetone (4 ml) in a scintillation vial (20 ml) to which a catalytic amount (3 mg) of 10% (w/w) Pd/C and a magnetic stir bar were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for about 15 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through a 0.2 m Gelman Acrodisc to remove the catalyst. The solvent was evaporated from the filtrate to yield a mixture of diasterPomers of hydroxy derivatives of Formulae 11-31 and 11-32 (1: 1) and a minor compound 11-49, which were separated by reversed phase HPLC using Ace 5u C18 column (150 mm x 22 mm ID) witli a solvent gradient of 90% to 30%
H"O/Acetonitrile over 15 min, 70 to 100% Acetonitrile over 5 min, holding at 100% Acetonitrile for 4 min, at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min. A diode array detector was used to monitor the purification process. Compound II-31 (2 mg), 11-32 (2 mg) and 11-49 (0.2 mg) eluted at 10.6, 10.8 and 11.54 min, respectively, as pure compounds. 11-31: UV (Acetonitrile/H?O) k,,,ax 250 (sh) nm;
ESMS m/z 328.1 (M+H)} & 350.0 (M+Na)+. 11-32: UV (Acetonitrile/H20) k,,,ax250 (sh) nm;
ESMS, rra/z 328.1 (M+H)+ & 350.0 (M+Na)+. 11-49: UV (Acetonitrile/H20) k,,,a,250 (sh) and 320 nm; ESMS, m/z 326.0 (M+H)+, 343.1 (M+H2O)+ & 348.0 (M+Na)}.
[0375] In an alternate method, compounds II-31, 11-32 and 11-49 were separated by normal phase HPLC using Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica column (25 cm x 21.2 mm ID) with a solvent gradient of 10% to 100% Hexane/EtOAc over 24 min, holding at 100%
EtOAc for 3 min, at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min. ELSD was used to monitor the purification process.
[0376] The ketone of the compounds of formula 11-31 and 11-32 can be reduced by using sodium borohydride at 0 to -10 C in monoglyme solvent for about 14 minutes. The reaction mixture can be acidified using 4% HCl solution in water and extracted with CH2C12.
The organic layer can be evaporated to yield the mixtures of compounds of formulae II-33, II-34, II-35 and II-36 which can be separated by chromatographic methods.
H
0 8 O )z)-"" /O
H O Pd/C, Acetone, rt HO H O O H = O
N N = N =
15 hours O 0 + O
O O O
Wõm" HMn,,, Hilõtõ' =
ci ci ci 1:1 Mixture of Isomers at C-8 11-49 11-31 and II-32 NaBH4 0 to -10 C
Monoglyme - 14 min.
H = O
N =
O
O
ci 11-33, 11-34, 11-35 and 11-36 [0377] Acetone (7.5 ml) was vigorously mixed with 5 N NaOH (3 ml) and the resulting mixture evaporated to a minimum volume in vacuo. A sample of 100 l of this solution was mixed with compound of Formula 11-19 (6.2 mg) in acetone (1 ml) and the resulting biphasic mixture vortexed for 2 minutes. The reaction solution was immediately subjected to preparative C18 HPLC. Conditions for the purification involved a linear gradient if 10% acetonitrile/90% water to 90% acetonitrile/ 10% water over 17 minutes using an Ace 5 C18 HPLC column of dimensions 22 mm id by 150 mm length. Compound of Formula II-21 eluted at 9.1 minutes under these conditions to yield 0.55 mg compound.
Compound of Formula 11-21: UV (Acetonitrile/H20) 225 (sh), ESMS, m/z 296.1 (M+H); 'H
NMR in DMSO-d6 (see FIG. 25).
H; H H
OH OH
=
H H = O
N N =
NaOH
O O
O O
Hlln~=' = Hllmõ_ OH
[0378] A sample of 60 mg sodium propionate was added to a solution of compound of Formula 11-19 (5.3 mg) in DMSO (1 ml) and the mixture sonicated for 5 minutes, though the sodium propionate did not completely dissolve. After 45 minutes, the solution was filtered through a 0.45 syringe filter and purified directly using HPLC.
Conditions for the purification involved a linear gradient if 10%
acetonitrile/90% water to 90% acetonitrile/ 10% water over 17 minutes using an Ace 5 C18 HPLC column of dimensions 22 mm id by 150 mm length. Under these conditions, compound of Formula II-22 eluted at 12.3 minutes to yield 0.7 mg compound (15% isolated yield). UV
(Acetonitrile/H2O) 225 (sh), ESMS, m/z 352.2 (M+H); HRMS (ESI), m/z 352.1762 [M+H]+, Acatc 0.6 ppm, C18H26NO6i 'H NMR in DMSO-d6 (see FIG. 26).
0 8 O )z)-"" /O
H O Pd/C, Acetone, rt HO H O O H = O
N N = N =
15 hours O 0 + O
O O O
Wõm" HMn,,, Hilõtõ' =
ci ci ci 1:1 Mixture of Isomers at C-8 11-49 11-31 and II-32 NaBH4 0 to -10 C
Monoglyme - 14 min.
H = O
N =
O
O
ci 11-33, 11-34, 11-35 and 11-36 [0377] Acetone (7.5 ml) was vigorously mixed with 5 N NaOH (3 ml) and the resulting mixture evaporated to a minimum volume in vacuo. A sample of 100 l of this solution was mixed with compound of Formula 11-19 (6.2 mg) in acetone (1 ml) and the resulting biphasic mixture vortexed for 2 minutes. The reaction solution was immediately subjected to preparative C18 HPLC. Conditions for the purification involved a linear gradient if 10% acetonitrile/90% water to 90% acetonitrile/ 10% water over 17 minutes using an Ace 5 C18 HPLC column of dimensions 22 mm id by 150 mm length. Compound of Formula II-21 eluted at 9.1 minutes under these conditions to yield 0.55 mg compound.
Compound of Formula 11-21: UV (Acetonitrile/H20) 225 (sh), ESMS, m/z 296.1 (M+H); 'H
NMR in DMSO-d6 (see FIG. 25).
H; H H
OH OH
=
H H = O
N N =
NaOH
O O
O O
Hlln~=' = Hllmõ_ OH
[0378] A sample of 60 mg sodium propionate was added to a solution of compound of Formula 11-19 (5.3 mg) in DMSO (1 ml) and the mixture sonicated for 5 minutes, though the sodium propionate did not completely dissolve. After 45 minutes, the solution was filtered through a 0.45 syringe filter and purified directly using HPLC.
Conditions for the purification involved a linear gradient if 10%
acetonitrile/90% water to 90% acetonitrile/ 10% water over 17 minutes using an Ace 5 C18 HPLC column of dimensions 22 mm id by 150 mm length. Under these conditions, compound of Formula II-22 eluted at 12.3 minutes to yield 0.7 mg compound (15% isolated yield). UV
(Acetonitrile/H2O) 225 (sh), ESMS, m/z 352.2 (M+H); HRMS (ESI), m/z 352.1762 [M+H]+, Acatc 0.6 ppm, C18H26NO6i 'H NMR in DMSO-d6 (see FIG. 26).
H H H H
OH H
H = O H = O
N N =
O O
0 sodium O
Hli~~"" = propionate _ HII~~"' O
O
[0379] A sample of NaN3 (80 mg) was dissolved in DMSO (1 ml) and transferred to a vial containing Compound 11-19 (6.2 mg) which was containinated with approximately 10% Compound 11-16. The solution was incubated at room temperature for 1 hr prior to purification on C18 HPLC (ACE 5 C18-HL, 150 mm X 21 mm ID) using a solvent gradient of 10% acetonitrile/90% HzO to 90% acetonitrile/10% HZO over 17 minutes. Using this method, the desired azido derivative II-29 co-eluted with Compound 11-16 contaminant at 12.5 minutes (4.2 mg, 85% yield). A 2.4 mg portion of compound 11-29 was further purified using additional C 18 HPLC chromatography (ACE 5 C 18-HL, 150 mm X 21 mm ID) using an isocratic solvent gradient consisting of 35% acetonitrile / 65% H20. Under these conditions compound 11-29 eluted after 20 minutes, while Compound 11-16 eluted after 21.5 minutes. The resulting sample consisted of 1.1 mg Compound 11-29 was used for characterization in biological assays.
OH H
H = O H = O
N N =
O O
0 sodium O
Hli~~"" = propionate _ HII~~"' O
O
[0379] A sample of NaN3 (80 mg) was dissolved in DMSO (1 ml) and transferred to a vial containing Compound 11-19 (6.2 mg) which was containinated with approximately 10% Compound 11-16. The solution was incubated at room temperature for 1 hr prior to purification on C18 HPLC (ACE 5 C18-HL, 150 mm X 21 mm ID) using a solvent gradient of 10% acetonitrile/90% HzO to 90% acetonitrile/10% HZO over 17 minutes. Using this method, the desired azido derivative II-29 co-eluted with Compound 11-16 contaminant at 12.5 minutes (4.2 mg, 85% yield). A 2.4 mg portion of compound 11-29 was further purified using additional C 18 HPLC chromatography (ACE 5 C 18-HL, 150 mm X 21 mm ID) using an isocratic solvent gradient consisting of 35% acetonitrile / 65% H20. Under these conditions compound 11-29 eluted after 20 minutes, while Compound 11-16 eluted after 21.5 minutes. The resulting sample consisted of 1.1 mg Compound 11-29 was used for characterization in biological assays.
[0380] Compound 11-29: UV (Acetonitrile/H,O) 225 (sh), ESMS, fzi/z 321.1 (M+H); 'H NMR in DMSO-d6 (see FIG. 55).
H H
OH H~ OH
0 "
H = O H = O
N NaN3 N
O DMSO
H~iu H~~~~,...
[0381] The compounds of Formulae 11-37 and 11-38 can be prepared from the compound of Formula 11-19 by cyano-de-halogenation or thiocyanato-de-halogenation, respectively. Compound 11-19 can be treated with NaCN or KCN to obtain coinpound 11-37.
Alternatively, Compound 11-19 can be treated with NaSCN or KSCN to obtain compound 11-38.
Synthesis of the compound of Formula II-38 from 11-19:
[0382] The compound of formula II-19 (10.6 mg, 0.02616 mmol) was dissolved in 1.5 ml of acetone in a scintillation vial (20 ml) to which sodium thiocyanate (10.0 mg, 0.1234 mmol), triethylamine (5 1, 0.03597 mmol) and a magnetic stir bar were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield the compound II-38. Compound II-38 was purified by normal phase HPLC using a Phenomenex Luna l0 Silica column (25cm x 21.2 mm ID) with a solvent gradient of 0 to 95% H20/Acetonitrile over 21 min, at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min.
Diode array detector was used to monitor the purification process. Compound 11-38 (3.0 mg, 34% yield) eluted at 18.0 min as a pure compound. II-38: UV Acetonitrile/HZO
kmax 203 (sh) nm; ESMS m/z 337.1 (M+H)+ & 359.1 (M+Na)+.
H H
OH H~ OH
0 "
H = O H = O
N NaN3 N
O DMSO
H~iu H~~~~,...
[0381] The compounds of Formulae 11-37 and 11-38 can be prepared from the compound of Formula 11-19 by cyano-de-halogenation or thiocyanato-de-halogenation, respectively. Compound 11-19 can be treated with NaCN or KCN to obtain coinpound 11-37.
Alternatively, Compound 11-19 can be treated with NaSCN or KSCN to obtain compound 11-38.
Synthesis of the compound of Formula II-38 from 11-19:
[0382] The compound of formula II-19 (10.6 mg, 0.02616 mmol) was dissolved in 1.5 ml of acetone in a scintillation vial (20 ml) to which sodium thiocyanate (10.0 mg, 0.1234 mmol), triethylamine (5 1, 0.03597 mmol) and a magnetic stir bar were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield the compound II-38. Compound II-38 was purified by normal phase HPLC using a Phenomenex Luna l0 Silica column (25cm x 21.2 mm ID) with a solvent gradient of 0 to 95% H20/Acetonitrile over 21 min, at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min.
Diode array detector was used to monitor the purification process. Compound 11-38 (3.0 mg, 34% yield) eluted at 18.0 min as a pure compound. II-38: UV Acetonitrile/HZO
kmax 203 (sh) nm; ESMS m/z 337.1 (M+H)+ & 359.1 (M+Na)+.
H H H H H H
OH OH OH
' = 0 0 H = O H = N =
N NaCN N NaSCN, Et3N, acetone =
O O O
0 O rt, 72h O
Ilum? Illun_ \U,ua== ?
NC NCS
[0383] Thiols and thioethers of the Formula II-39 can be formed by dehalogenation of the compound of Formula 11-19. Thiols (R=H) can be formed by treatment of Compound 11-19 with NaSH, for example, while thioethers (R=alkyl) can be formed by treatment of Compound 11-19 with salts of thiols, or alternatively, by treatment with thiols themselves by running the reaction in benzene in the presence of DBU.
CH HH H
OH OH
'~~~- , H = 0 H = 0 N N
RS-O ~ O
H~\õõ== - H~u~~"' SR
[0384] Sulfoxides (n=1) and sulfones (n=2) of the Formula II-40 can be formed by oxidation of thioetliers of the Formula 1I-39, for example, with hydrogen peroxide or other oxidizing agents.
OH OH OH
' = 0 0 H = O H = N =
N NaCN N NaSCN, Et3N, acetone =
O O O
0 O rt, 72h O
Ilum? Illun_ \U,ua== ?
NC NCS
[0383] Thiols and thioethers of the Formula II-39 can be formed by dehalogenation of the compound of Formula 11-19. Thiols (R=H) can be formed by treatment of Compound 11-19 with NaSH, for example, while thioethers (R=alkyl) can be formed by treatment of Compound 11-19 with salts of thiols, or alternatively, by treatment with thiols themselves by running the reaction in benzene in the presence of DBU.
CH HH H
OH OH
'~~~- , H = 0 H = 0 N N
RS-O ~ O
H~\õõ== - H~u~~"' SR
[0384] Sulfoxides (n=1) and sulfones (n=2) of the Formula II-40 can be formed by oxidation of thioetliers of the Formula 1I-39, for example, with hydrogen peroxide or other oxidizing agents.
H
H
OH
H O
N
O
O
Hlun... _ RO,S
[0385] The compound of the Formula 11-41 can be prepared by treatment of the compound of Foimula 11-21 (or a protected derivative of 11-21, where the C-5 alcohol or lactam NH are protected, for example) with methyl sulfonyl chloride (mesyl chloride) in pyridine, for example, or by treatment with mesyl chloride in the presence of triethylaminde.
Other sulfonate esters can be similarly prepared.
H
OH
H O
N
O
O
Hlun... _ RO,S
[0385] The compound of the Formula 11-41 can be prepared by treatment of the compound of Foimula 11-21 (or a protected derivative of 11-21, where the C-5 alcohol or lactam NH are protected, for example) with methyl sulfonyl chloride (mesyl chloride) in pyridine, for example, or by treatment with mesyl chloride in the presence of triethylaminde.
Other sulfonate esters can be similarly prepared.
H H
H H
OH OH
H O H = O
N N
O O
H~uu ,.. Pyridine HO \\ ,O
H30/ \\
O
[0386] The alkene of the Formula 11-46 can be prepared by dehydroiodination of the compound of Formula 11-19, or by hydro-mesyloxy elimination of the compound of Formula II-41, for example, by treatment with base.
H H
OH OH
H O H = O
N N
O O
H~uu ,.. Pyridine HO \\ ,O
H30/ \\
O
[0386] The alkene of the Formula 11-46 can be prepared by dehydroiodination of the compound of Formula 11-19, or by hydro-mesyloxy elimination of the compound of Formula II-41, for example, by treatment with base.
GH H
~ HOH SH~ HOH H OH
H= O Weak Base N
N N= Weak Base O
O O O O
O Hu~~,,.
Hõt,,..
[0387] Synthesis of boronic acids or esters, for example, the compound of the Formula II-42A, can be achieved as outlined in the retrosynthetic scheme below.
Hydroboration of the alkene of Formula 11-46 gives the corresponding alkyl borane, which can be converted to the corresponding boronic acid or ester, for example, the compound of the Formula II-42A.
~ HOH SH~ HOH H OH
H= O Weak Base N
N N= Weak Base O
O O O O
O Hu~~,,.
Hõt,,..
[0387] Synthesis of boronic acids or esters, for example, the compound of the Formula II-42A, can be achieved as outlined in the retrosynthetic scheme below.
Hydroboration of the alkene of Formula 11-46 gives the corresponding alkyl borane, which can be converted to the corresponding boronic acid or ester, for example, the compound of the Formula II-42A.
OH H H
H' H OH H*41~ H OH
N 0 H = O N = O
N -O
O D <~== O r <~==
Hllu ,.. _ HIUn .. _ = HUui_ _ OR
[0345] The compound of the Forrnula II-43A can be prepared by treatment of the compound of Formula II-19 with triphenyl phosphine to make a phosphorus ylide, which can be treated with various aldehydes, for example, glyoxylic acid methyl ester, to make Formula ]I-43A.
CH~ HH H H H
OH OH \ OH
H 'H = 0 H
Hlpu.,. Hlii". Hpu ,.- _ 11-19 PPh3 +
OOCH;
H' H OH H*41~ H OH
N 0 H = O N = O
N -O
O D <~== O r <~==
Hllu ,.. _ HIUn .. _ = HUui_ _ OR
[0345] The compound of the Forrnula II-43A can be prepared by treatment of the compound of Formula II-19 with triphenyl phosphine to make a phosphorus ylide, which can be treated with various aldehydes, for example, glyoxylic acid methyl ester, to make Formula ]I-43A.
CH~ HH H H H
OH OH \ OH
H 'H = 0 H
Hlpu.,. Hlii". Hpu ,.- _ 11-19 PPh3 +
OOCH;
[0388] A portion of CuI (100 mg) was placed in a 25 ml pear bottom flask and flushed with Ar gas for 30 minutes. Ar gas flow was maintained through the flask throughout the course of the reaction. The vessel was cooled to -78 C prior to addition of dry THF (5 ml) followed by the immediate dropwise addition of a solution of methyllithium in dry THF
(5.0 ml, 1.6 M) with vigorous stirring. A solution of Compound 11-19 in dry THF (12 mg Compound 11-19, 1 ml THF) was added slowly to the clear dialkylcuprate solution and the resulting mixture stirred at -78 C for 1 hr. The reaction was quenched by washing the THF
solution through a plug of silica gel (1 cm diameter by 2 cm length) along with further washing using a solution of 50% EtOAc / 50% hexanes (50 ml). The combined silica plug washes were dried in vacuo and subjected to further C18 HPLC purification in 2 injections (ACE 5 C18-HL, 150 mm X 21 mm ID) using an isocratic solvent gradient consisting of 35% acetonitrile / 65% H20. Compound 11-30 eluted under these conditions at 23.5 minutes and yielded 2.4 mg material (27% isolated yield) at 90.8% purity as measured by analytical HPLC. An alternative noimal phase purification method can be utilized using Phenomenex Luna 10 Silica column (25cm x 21.2 mm ID) with a solvent gradient consisting of 100%
hexanes/ethyl acetate to 0% hexanes over 20 minutes. Compound 11-30 eluted under these conditions at 16.5 minutes and yielded 3.0 mg material (41% isolated yield) at 97.1% purity as measured by analytical HPLC.
[0389] Compound 11-30: UV (Acetonitrile/H20) 225 (sh), ESMS, rra/z 294.1 (M+H); HRMS (ESI), sn/z 294.1696 [M+H]+, A,al,,= -3.2 ppm, C16H24NO4; 'H NMR
in DMSO-d6 (see FIG. 56).
(5.0 ml, 1.6 M) with vigorous stirring. A solution of Compound 11-19 in dry THF (12 mg Compound 11-19, 1 ml THF) was added slowly to the clear dialkylcuprate solution and the resulting mixture stirred at -78 C for 1 hr. The reaction was quenched by washing the THF
solution through a plug of silica gel (1 cm diameter by 2 cm length) along with further washing using a solution of 50% EtOAc / 50% hexanes (50 ml). The combined silica plug washes were dried in vacuo and subjected to further C18 HPLC purification in 2 injections (ACE 5 C18-HL, 150 mm X 21 mm ID) using an isocratic solvent gradient consisting of 35% acetonitrile / 65% H20. Compound 11-30 eluted under these conditions at 23.5 minutes and yielded 2.4 mg material (27% isolated yield) at 90.8% purity as measured by analytical HPLC. An alternative noimal phase purification method can be utilized using Phenomenex Luna 10 Silica column (25cm x 21.2 mm ID) with a solvent gradient consisting of 100%
hexanes/ethyl acetate to 0% hexanes over 20 minutes. Compound 11-30 eluted under these conditions at 16.5 minutes and yielded 3.0 mg material (41% isolated yield) at 97.1% purity as measured by analytical HPLC.
[0389] Compound 11-30: UV (Acetonitrile/H20) 225 (sh), ESMS, rra/z 294.1 (M+H); HRMS (ESI), sn/z 294.1696 [M+H]+, A,al,,= -3.2 ppm, C16H24NO4; 'H NMR
in DMSO-d6 (see FIG. 56).
H H H H
OH OH
H = O H = O
N (CH3)2CuLi N =
p THF O
O O
Huu~õ- _ Wnn,..
[I-19 SYNTHESIS OF THE COMPOUND OF FORMULAE 11-44 AND VI-lA FROM II-16:
[0390] The compound of Formula 11-16 (30 mg, 0.096 mmol) was dissolved in CHZC12 (9 ml) in a scintillation vial (20 ml) to which triethylamine (40 l, 0.29 mmol), methyl-3-mercapto propionate (thiol, 250 l) and a magnetic stir bar were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for about 4 hours. The solvent was evaporated from the reaction mixture to yield a mixture of coinpounds of Formulae 11-44 and VI-lA (19:1), which were separated by reversed phase HPLC using Ace 5u C18 column (150 mm x 22 mm ID) with a solvent gradient of 35% to 90% H20/Acetonitrile over 17 min, 90 to 100% Acetonitrile overl min, holding at 100% Acetonitrile for 1 min, at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min. Diode array detector was used to monitor the purification process.
Compounds II-44 (20 mg) and VI-lA (1 mg) eluted at 11.68 and 10.88 min, respectively, as pure compounds.
Compound 11-44: UV (Acetonitrile/H20) kmax 240 (sh) nm; ESMS m/z 434.0 (M+H)+
&
456.0 (M+Na)+. Compound VI-lA: UV (Acetonitrile/H2O) /%max 220 (sh) nm; ESMS, m/z 398.0 (M+H)+ & 420.0 (M+Na)+.
OH OH
H = O H = O
N (CH3)2CuLi N =
p THF O
O O
Huu~õ- _ Wnn,..
[I-19 SYNTHESIS OF THE COMPOUND OF FORMULAE 11-44 AND VI-lA FROM II-16:
[0390] The compound of Formula 11-16 (30 mg, 0.096 mmol) was dissolved in CHZC12 (9 ml) in a scintillation vial (20 ml) to which triethylamine (40 l, 0.29 mmol), methyl-3-mercapto propionate (thiol, 250 l) and a magnetic stir bar were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for about 4 hours. The solvent was evaporated from the reaction mixture to yield a mixture of coinpounds of Formulae 11-44 and VI-lA (19:1), which were separated by reversed phase HPLC using Ace 5u C18 column (150 mm x 22 mm ID) with a solvent gradient of 35% to 90% H20/Acetonitrile over 17 min, 90 to 100% Acetonitrile overl min, holding at 100% Acetonitrile for 1 min, at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min. Diode array detector was used to monitor the purification process.
Compounds II-44 (20 mg) and VI-lA (1 mg) eluted at 11.68 and 10.88 min, respectively, as pure compounds.
Compound 11-44: UV (Acetonitrile/H20) kmax 240 (sh) nm; ESMS m/z 434.0 (M+H)+
&
456.0 (M+Na)+. Compound VI-lA: UV (Acetonitrile/H2O) /%max 220 (sh) nm; ESMS, m/z 398.0 (M+H)+ & 420.0 (M+Na)+.
C"H CH, H
H OH SH H OH (,,~= H OH
N = O H p O + Et3N, CH2CIZ N S N O
H,,,. p rt, 4h OH O S
H, õ
OCH3 p OCH3 H O p OCH3 OXIDATION OF SECONDARY HYDROXYL GROUP IN COMPOUNDS OF
FORMULAE 1I-16, II-17 AND II-18 AND REACTION WITH HYDROXY OR METHOXY AMINES:
[0391] Any of the compounds of Formulae 11-16, 11-17 and 11-18 can be used as the starting compound. The secondary hydroxyl group in the starting compound is oxidized using either of the following reagents: pyridinium dichromate (PDC), pyridinium chlorochromate (PCC), Dess-Martin periodinane or oxalyl chloride (Swern oxidation) (Ref:
Organic Syntheses, collective volumes I-VIII). Preferably, Dess-Martin periodinane can be used as a reagent for this reaction. (Ref Fenteany G. et al. Science, 1995, 268, 726-73). The resulting keto compound is treated with hydroxylamine or methoxy amine to generate oximes.
Examples:
H flRO
OH N
= p H O
H p N
N = Oxidation N
o ' o ~ 0 K__I0 ~ or O
PCC/NaOAc MeONH2 Hluu""
Hllnn' _ or = PDC
or Dess-Martin Periodinane R=H, Me or Swern Oxidation Starting Compound 11-13 11-9 REDUCTIVE AMINATION OF KETO-DERIVATIVE
[0392] The keto derivatives, for example Formula 11-8 and 11-13, are treated with sodium cyanoborohydride (NaBH3CN) in the presence of various bases to yield amine derivatives of the starting compounds which are subsequently hydrogenated with 10%Pd/C, H2 to reduce the double bond in the cyclohexene ring.
Example:
NHz NHZ
\ ~ O N 0 H 0 0 N = NaBH3CN Pd/C, H, N =
0 ~ 0 CH2C12 0 O
lnuõ - Hll~iu Hl HlMn"
R Ra R8 CYCLOHEXENE RING OPENING:
[0393] Any compound of Formulae 11-16, 11-17 and 11-18 can be used as a starting compound. The Starting Compounds can be protected, for example, at the alcohol and/or at the lactam nitrogen positions, and treated with 0S04 and NaIO4 in THF-H20 solution to yield dial derivatives which are reduced to the alcohol with NaBH4. The protecting groups can be removed at the appropriate stage of the reaction sequence to produce II-7 or 11-6.
H OH SH H OH (,,~= H OH
N = O H p O + Et3N, CH2CIZ N S N O
H,,,. p rt, 4h OH O S
H, õ
OCH3 p OCH3 H O p OCH3 OXIDATION OF SECONDARY HYDROXYL GROUP IN COMPOUNDS OF
FORMULAE 1I-16, II-17 AND II-18 AND REACTION WITH HYDROXY OR METHOXY AMINES:
[0391] Any of the compounds of Formulae 11-16, 11-17 and 11-18 can be used as the starting compound. The secondary hydroxyl group in the starting compound is oxidized using either of the following reagents: pyridinium dichromate (PDC), pyridinium chlorochromate (PCC), Dess-Martin periodinane or oxalyl chloride (Swern oxidation) (Ref:
Organic Syntheses, collective volumes I-VIII). Preferably, Dess-Martin periodinane can be used as a reagent for this reaction. (Ref Fenteany G. et al. Science, 1995, 268, 726-73). The resulting keto compound is treated with hydroxylamine or methoxy amine to generate oximes.
Examples:
H flRO
OH N
= p H O
H p N
N = Oxidation N
o ' o ~ 0 K__I0 ~ or O
PCC/NaOAc MeONH2 Hluu""
Hllnn' _ or = PDC
or Dess-Martin Periodinane R=H, Me or Swern Oxidation Starting Compound 11-13 11-9 REDUCTIVE AMINATION OF KETO-DERIVATIVE
[0392] The keto derivatives, for example Formula 11-8 and 11-13, are treated with sodium cyanoborohydride (NaBH3CN) in the presence of various bases to yield amine derivatives of the starting compounds which are subsequently hydrogenated with 10%Pd/C, H2 to reduce the double bond in the cyclohexene ring.
Example:
NHz NHZ
\ ~ O N 0 H 0 0 N = NaBH3CN Pd/C, H, N =
0 ~ 0 CH2C12 0 O
lnuõ - Hll~iu Hl HlMn"
R Ra R8 CYCLOHEXENE RING OPENING:
[0393] Any compound of Formulae 11-16, 11-17 and 11-18 can be used as a starting compound. The Starting Compounds can be protected, for example, at the alcohol and/or at the lactam nitrogen positions, and treated with 0S04 and NaIO4 in THF-H20 solution to yield dial derivatives which are reduced to the alcohol with NaBH4. The protecting groups can be removed at the appropriate stage of the reaction sequence to produce II-7 or 11-6.
Example:
H H CHO H H HO OH
~~~"" OH OHC _ HO H
H H = O
H = 0 N N =
N OSOq Na~ 0 Na104 4 Hllu _ Hllw..
HWn'= - _ Starting Compound 11-7 II-6 DEHYDRATION OF ALCOHOL FOLLOWED BY ALDEHYDE FORMATION AT
LACTONE-LACTAM RING JUNCTION
[0394] A starting compound of any of Foimulae 11-16, 11-17 or 11-18 is dehydrated, for example, by treatment with inesylchloride in the presence of base, or, for example, by treatinent with Burgess reagent or other dehydrating agents. The resulting dehydrated compound is treated with OSO4, followed by NaIO4, or alternatively by ozonolysis, to yield an aldehyde group at the lactone-lactam ring junction.
H H OHC
OH H = O
N
H O H O
N = N O
O ~ O
O HI~~~
O
Hlnu . Hlu~ = -Starting Compound 1-6 I-1 OXIDATION OF THE CYCLOHEXENE RING TO PRODUCE CYCLOHEXADIENES
OR A PHENYL RING
[0395] A Starting Compound, such as the ketone of Formula II-13C, is treated with Pd/C to produce a cyclohexadiene derivative. The new double bond can be at any position of the cyclohexene ring. The ketone can be reduced, for example, with sodium borohydride, to obtain the colTesponding secondary alcohol(s). Alternatively, the cyclohexadiene derivative can be further treated, for example with DDQ, to aromatize the ring to a phenyl group. Similarly, the ketone can be reduced, for example, with sodium borohydride, to obtain the corresponding secondary alcohol(s).
H H CHO H H HO OH
~~~"" OH OHC _ HO H
H H = O
H = 0 N N =
N OSOq Na~ 0 Na104 4 Hllu _ Hllw..
HWn'= - _ Starting Compound 11-7 II-6 DEHYDRATION OF ALCOHOL FOLLOWED BY ALDEHYDE FORMATION AT
LACTONE-LACTAM RING JUNCTION
[0394] A starting compound of any of Foimulae 11-16, 11-17 or 11-18 is dehydrated, for example, by treatment with inesylchloride in the presence of base, or, for example, by treatinent with Burgess reagent or other dehydrating agents. The resulting dehydrated compound is treated with OSO4, followed by NaIO4, or alternatively by ozonolysis, to yield an aldehyde group at the lactone-lactam ring junction.
H H OHC
OH H = O
N
H O H O
N = N O
O ~ O
O HI~~~
O
Hlnu . Hlu~ = -Starting Compound 1-6 I-1 OXIDATION OF THE CYCLOHEXENE RING TO PRODUCE CYCLOHEXADIENES
OR A PHENYL RING
[0395] A Starting Compound, such as the ketone of Formula II-13C, is treated with Pd/C to produce a cyclohexadiene derivative. The new double bond can be at any position of the cyclohexene ring. The ketone can be reduced, for example, with sodium borohydride, to obtain the colTesponding secondary alcohol(s). Alternatively, the cyclohexadiene derivative can be further treated, for example with DDQ, to aromatize the ring to a phenyl group. Similarly, the ketone can be reduced, for example, with sodium borohydride, to obtain the corresponding secondary alcohol(s).
.~ QOH
~ I \ OH H
N O + N p O O
O O
H " = H"
cci CI
NaBH4, -10 C
CH, p \ \ c O
N O H p N
Pd/C, rt, O/N N DDQ
O O Acetone p --' O O
=
H"" = H"" = H"' ci ci ci / OXIOH
),,, H OH H
NaBH4, -10 C H p N = O
N +
O p p O
H"" = H =
ci ci [0396] As an alternate method, the starting compound, such as the compound of Formula II-49, can be treated, for example with TMSCI to produce cyclohexadiene derivative. The cyclohexadiene derivative can be further treated, for example with DDQ, to aromatize the ring to a phenyl group. The OTMS on the phenyl group can be reinoved, for example, with acid or base. Similarly, the ketone can be reduced, for example, with sodium borohydride, to obtain the corresponding secondary alcohol(s).
~ I \ OH H
N O + N p O O
O O
H " = H"
cci CI
NaBH4, -10 C
CH, p \ \ c O
N O H p N
Pd/C, rt, O/N N DDQ
O O Acetone p --' O O
=
H"" = H"" = H"' ci ci ci / OXIOH
),,, H OH H
NaBH4, -10 C H p N = O
N +
O p p O
H"" = H =
ci ci [0396] As an alternate method, the starting compound, such as the compound of Formula II-49, can be treated, for example with TMSCI to produce cyclohexadiene derivative. The cyclohexadiene derivative can be further treated, for example with DDQ, to aromatize the ring to a phenyl group. The OTMS on the phenyl group can be reinoved, for example, with acid or base. Similarly, the ketone can be reduced, for example, with sodium borohydride, to obtain the corresponding secondary alcohol(s).
TMSO
p TMSO
' O
TMSCVEt3N N DDQ N
N = p 0 0 CH2CI, p -~ O
Hõ , , O H~m,,,, _ Hin = _ CI CI CI
Acid/Base Acid/Base N DDQ
0 --~ N = 0 Hunõõ _ = 0 CI
CI
NaBH4, -10 C
\ QH
I ~
OH O H
+
O O
p 0 CI CI
p TMSO
' O
TMSCVEt3N N DDQ N
N = p 0 0 CH2CI, p -~ O
Hõ , , O H~m,,,, _ Hin = _ CI CI CI
Acid/Base Acid/Base N DDQ
0 --~ N = 0 Hunõõ _ = 0 CI
CI
NaBH4, -10 C
\ QH
I ~
OH O H
+
O O
p 0 CI CI
[0397] Wittig reactions are performed on the aldehyde group using various phosphorus ylides [e.g., (triphenylphosphoranylidene)ethane] to yield an olefin. The double bond in the side chain is reduced by catalytic hydrogenation.
Example:
OHC_ H = 0 H 0 o Wittig Reactioil N Pd/C, H2 N
o -= o CH3CHPPh3 Huu = o 0 c Hl~u,. c Hliu= , [0398] Reductive amination is performed on the aldehyde group using various bases (eg. NH3) and sodium cyanoborohydride to yield amine derivatives.
Alternatively, the aldehyde is reduced with NaBH4 to form alcohols in the side chain.
Example:
H~ o H CHC H 0 N N Reductive N
Reduction Amination p ~ E O
0 NaBHa 0 NaBH3CN/NH3 141uA..=
H~u"". - Huu~,.. =
Ra Rs Fs [0399] Organometallic addition reactions to the aldehyde carbonyl can be performed to yield various substituted secondary alcohols.
Example:
OHC_ H = 0 H 0 o Wittig Reactioil N Pd/C, H2 N
o -= o CH3CHPPh3 Huu = o 0 c Hl~u,. c Hliu= , [0398] Reductive amination is performed on the aldehyde group using various bases (eg. NH3) and sodium cyanoborohydride to yield amine derivatives.
Alternatively, the aldehyde is reduced with NaBH4 to form alcohols in the side chain.
Example:
H~ o H CHC H 0 N N Reductive N
Reduction Amination p ~ E O
0 NaBHa 0 NaBH3CN/NH3 141uA..=
H~u"". - Huu~,.. =
Ra Rs Fs [0399] Organometallic addition reactions to the aldehyde carbonyl can be performed to yield various substituted secondary alcohols.
Examples:
\~I OH 01'\/ OH
OH
H = H
N N
H O
O
ry11Un,.. F{IIUn,.. _ - - O
= ~ ryllu,. _ Re RB
OH Ra I ~ / I
N , OHC H 0 H 0 N N =
O
O
HIUu,.. _ ~ 0 - Hllun _ 11-14 I-1 \
RB \\\,i OH
H O N OH H
0-'~ OH
N
=
H = o N
H11um 0 = O Hlllu,.. _ 0 =
Hluu,,.. _ Re Ra Ra SYNTHESIS OF THE COMPOUND OF FORMULA 11-47 FROM 11-17:
[0400] The compound of Formula 11-17 (25 mg, 0.0896 mmol) was dissolved in CH2C12 (9 ml) in a scintillation vial (20 ml) to which triethylamine (38 l, 0.27 mmol), methyl-3-mercapto propionate (thiol, 250 l) and a magnetic stir bar were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for about 4 hours. The solvent was evaporated from the reaction mixture to yield the compound of Formulae 11-47, which was further purified by normal phase HPLC using Phenomenex Luna l0u Silica column (25 cm x 21.2 mm ID) witli a solvent gradient of 10% to 100% Hexane/EtOAc over 24 min, holding at 100% EtOAc for 3 min, at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min. ELSD was used to monitor the purification process. Compound 11-47 (15 mg) eluted at 10.98 min as pure compound.
Compound 11-47: UV (Acetonitrile/H20) ~max 240 (sh) nm; ESMS m/z 400.1 (M+H)}
&
422.1 (M+Na)+.
SH CHZ H
H OH OH
,, N O + Et3N, CH2CI2 O
N
O S~
O OH
p O rt4h " = =
H" Hõ O
- O -SYNTHESIS OF THE COMPOUND OF FORMULAE 11-48 AND VI-1B FROM II-16:
[0401] The compound of Foimula 11-16 (15 mg, 0.048 mmol) was dissolved in 1:1 ratio of ACN/DMSO (8 ml) in a scintillation vial (20 ml) to which triethylamine (40 1, 0.29 minol), Glutathione (44.2 mg, 0.144 mmol) and a magnetic stir bar were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for about 3 hours. The solvent was evaporated from the reaction mixture to yield the compound of Formula 11-48, which was purified by reversed phase HPLC using Ace 5u C18 column (150 mm x 22 mm ID) with a solvent gradient of 10% to 70% H20/Acetonitrile over 15 min, 70 to 100%
Acetonitrile over min, holding at 100% Acetonitrile for 4 min, at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min.
Diode array detector was used to monitor the purification process. Compound 11-48 (10 mg) eluted as a pure compound at 8.255 min. Compound II-48: W(Acetonitrile/Hz0) Xmax 235 (sh) nm;
ESMS fsa/z 621.0 (M+H)+. Compound II-48 was unstable in solution and converted to compound VI-1B which appeared as a mixture of 11-48 and VI-1B in the ratio of 7:3.
Compound VI-1B: W(Acetonitrile/H20) ;~max235 (sh) nin; ESMS, n2/z 585.2 (M+H)+.
\~I OH 01'\/ OH
OH
H = H
N N
H O
O
ry11Un,.. F{IIUn,.. _ - - O
= ~ ryllu,. _ Re RB
OH Ra I ~ / I
N , OHC H 0 H 0 N N =
O
O
HIUu,.. _ ~ 0 - Hllun _ 11-14 I-1 \
RB \\\,i OH
H O N OH H
0-'~ OH
N
=
H = o N
H11um 0 = O Hlllu,.. _ 0 =
Hluu,,.. _ Re Ra Ra SYNTHESIS OF THE COMPOUND OF FORMULA 11-47 FROM 11-17:
[0400] The compound of Formula 11-17 (25 mg, 0.0896 mmol) was dissolved in CH2C12 (9 ml) in a scintillation vial (20 ml) to which triethylamine (38 l, 0.27 mmol), methyl-3-mercapto propionate (thiol, 250 l) and a magnetic stir bar were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for about 4 hours. The solvent was evaporated from the reaction mixture to yield the compound of Formulae 11-47, which was further purified by normal phase HPLC using Phenomenex Luna l0u Silica column (25 cm x 21.2 mm ID) witli a solvent gradient of 10% to 100% Hexane/EtOAc over 24 min, holding at 100% EtOAc for 3 min, at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min. ELSD was used to monitor the purification process. Compound 11-47 (15 mg) eluted at 10.98 min as pure compound.
Compound 11-47: UV (Acetonitrile/H20) ~max 240 (sh) nm; ESMS m/z 400.1 (M+H)}
&
422.1 (M+Na)+.
SH CHZ H
H OH OH
,, N O + Et3N, CH2CI2 O
N
O S~
O OH
p O rt4h " = =
H" Hõ O
- O -SYNTHESIS OF THE COMPOUND OF FORMULAE 11-48 AND VI-1B FROM II-16:
[0401] The compound of Foimula 11-16 (15 mg, 0.048 mmol) was dissolved in 1:1 ratio of ACN/DMSO (8 ml) in a scintillation vial (20 ml) to which triethylamine (40 1, 0.29 minol), Glutathione (44.2 mg, 0.144 mmol) and a magnetic stir bar were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for about 3 hours. The solvent was evaporated from the reaction mixture to yield the compound of Formula 11-48, which was purified by reversed phase HPLC using Ace 5u C18 column (150 mm x 22 mm ID) with a solvent gradient of 10% to 70% H20/Acetonitrile over 15 min, 70 to 100%
Acetonitrile over min, holding at 100% Acetonitrile for 4 min, at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min.
Diode array detector was used to monitor the purification process. Compound 11-48 (10 mg) eluted as a pure compound at 8.255 min. Compound II-48: W(Acetonitrile/Hz0) Xmax 235 (sh) nm;
ESMS fsa/z 621.0 (M+H)+. Compound II-48 was unstable in solution and converted to compound VI-1B which appeared as a mixture of 11-48 and VI-1B in the ratio of 7:3.
Compound VI-1B: W(Acetonitrile/H20) ;~max235 (sh) nin; ESMS, n2/z 585.2 (M+H)+.
HS H
H ~ ... HOH
H O
OH N~ N O NH2 N O+ HOOC = ACN+DMSO (1:1) S NH~~COOH
O = OH ~ O
OH õ O Et3N H = 0 NH
NHa CI 11-48 COOH
CI HOOC
-HCI
H
~... HOH
O S NH'~~COOH
H1" O ~NH101 COOH
SYNTHESIS OF THE COMPOUND OF FORMULA 11-50 AND VI-1C FROM 11-16:
[0402] The compound of Formula 11-16 (10 mg, 0.032 mmol) was dissolved in CHZC12 (9 ml) in scintillation vial (20 ml) to which trietllylamine (26.5 l, 0.192 mmol), N-Acetyl-L-Cysteine methyl ester (17mg, 0.096 mmol) and a magnetic stir bar were added. The reaction mixture was stiiTed at room temperature for about 4 hours. The solvent was evaporated from the reaction mixture to yield the mixture of compounds of Formulae II-50 and VI-1C, which were further purified by normal phase HPLC using Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica column (25 cm x 21.2 mm ID) with a solvent gradient of 10% to 100%
Hexane/EtOAc over 24 min, holding at 100% EtOAc for 3 min, at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min.
ELSD was used to monitor the purification process. Compounds 11-50 (2 mg) and VI-1C
(0.2 mg) were eluted at 10.39 and 10.57 inin, respectively as pure compounds. Compound 11-50: UV
(Acetonitrile/H20) 4ax 230 (sh) nm; ESMS in/z 491.1 (M+H)+ & 513.0 (M+Na)+.
Compound VI-1C: UV (Acetonitrile/H20) X,,,ax 215 (sh) nm; ESMS rn/z 455.1 (M+H)+ &
577.0 (M+Na)+
H ~ ... HOH
H O
OH N~ N O NH2 N O+ HOOC = ACN+DMSO (1:1) S NH~~COOH
O = OH ~ O
OH õ O Et3N H = 0 NH
NHa CI 11-48 COOH
CI HOOC
-HCI
H
~... HOH
O S NH'~~COOH
H1" O ~NH101 COOH
SYNTHESIS OF THE COMPOUND OF FORMULA 11-50 AND VI-1C FROM 11-16:
[0402] The compound of Formula 11-16 (10 mg, 0.032 mmol) was dissolved in CHZC12 (9 ml) in scintillation vial (20 ml) to which trietllylamine (26.5 l, 0.192 mmol), N-Acetyl-L-Cysteine methyl ester (17mg, 0.096 mmol) and a magnetic stir bar were added. The reaction mixture was stiiTed at room temperature for about 4 hours. The solvent was evaporated from the reaction mixture to yield the mixture of compounds of Formulae II-50 and VI-1C, which were further purified by normal phase HPLC using Phenomenex Luna lOu Silica column (25 cm x 21.2 mm ID) with a solvent gradient of 10% to 100%
Hexane/EtOAc over 24 min, holding at 100% EtOAc for 3 min, at a flow rate of 14.5 ml/min.
ELSD was used to monitor the purification process. Compounds 11-50 (2 mg) and VI-1C
(0.2 mg) were eluted at 10.39 and 10.57 inin, respectively as pure compounds. Compound 11-50: UV
(Acetonitrile/H20) 4ax 230 (sh) nm; ESMS in/z 491.1 (M+H)+ & 513.0 (M+Na)+.
Compound VI-1C: UV (Acetonitrile/H20) X,,,ax 215 (sh) nm; ESMS rn/z 455.1 (M+H)+ &
577.0 (M+Na)+
cOH H CH~
H N ,,= OH
N p HS H p kH OH
Et3N, CHZCIZ N H H O
O p ' + p p S N N N
H" O i rt, 4h OH a ., p p S
p i ,, O
O O
CI
11-16 pl 11-50 vi-ic IN VITRO BIOLOGY
[0403] Initial studies of a compound of Formula II-16, which is also referred to as Salinosporamide A, employed the National Cancer Institute (NCI) screening panel, which consists of 60 human tumor cell lines that represent leukemia, melanoma and cancers of the lung, colon, brain, ovary, breast, prostate and kidney. A detailed description of the screening procedure can be found at hypertext transfer protocol (http://) "dtp.nci.nih.gov/branches/btb/ivclsp.html."
[0404] In brief, each of the 60 human tumor cell lines were grown in RPMI 1640 medium, supplemented with 5% fetal bovine serum and 2 mM L-glutamine. Cells were plated at their appropriate density in 96-well microtiter plates and incubated at 37 C, 5%
C02, 95% air and 100% relative humidity. After 24 hours, 100 L of various 10-fold serial dilutions of Salinosporamide A were added to the appropriate wells containing 100 L of cells, resulting in a final Salinosporamide A concentration ranging from 10 nM
to 100 M.
Cells were incubated for an additional 48 hours and a sulforhodamine B protein assay was used to estimate cell viability or growth.
[0405] Three dose response parameters were calculated as follows:
G150 indicates the concentration that inhibits growth by 50%.
TGI indicates the concentration that completely inhibits growth.
LC50 indicates the concentration that is lethal to 50% of the cells.
[0406] An example of a study evaluating Salinosporamide A in the NCI screen is shown in Table 1 below.
[0407] Data indicate that the mean GI50 value of Salinosporamide A was less than nM. The wide range (>1000-fold difference) observed in both the mean TGI and mean LC50 values for the most sensitive and the most resistant tumor cell lines illustrates that Salinosporamide A displays good selectivity and does not appear to be a general toxin.
Furthermore, the mean TGI data suggest that Salinosporamide A shows preferred specificity towards melanoma and breast cancer cell lines. The assay was repeated and showed similar results.
[0408] The results of the NCI tumor screen show that Salinosporamide A: (1) is a potent compound with a mean G150 value of < 10 nM, and (2) displays good tumor selectivity of more than I 000-fold difference in both the mean TGI and mean LC50 values between the most sensitive and resistant tumor cell lines.
TABLE 1: RELATIVE SENSITIVITY OF THE NCI 60 HUMAN TUMOR CELL LINES TO
SALINOSPORAMIDE A
National Cancer Institute Developmentat Therapeutics Program NSC: D- 721267 /1 Units: MGmr SSPL: 075T Exp. ID:0108RS09-1 7t1ioA.+ (_r~onhe Rnnnrt Dete: Sentemher 17. 2001 Test DDte: AuBUSt 6, 2001 n,.uce Na.mu ccRl K=5&
MOLT=J -~
RPM1~87i6 -5.69 > 466 SR < -B W c -8.00 4.19 NomSm.IIGOLwICrnw ...._......,._.._..._..... ............._ _..._.._....._..__._. ..... ...._...._.........e......__........ _..
._._......._.........._.__............
..._.__..................._....._._..._........_....._..........._._.._..._._., ......
A1J91ATCC < =B.W =J.10 > A'69 EKVK -Im NOP-62 < -1.au a69 > 19 NOP-92 < .i.0p -7T1 -5Jfi NCI~N336 -0A6 d)1 NC6NU < =B.OD .7.85 NCI-In2LN -SJA
NCLN160 < -6.00 -6.97 > dAll Nu.HA1 < 2.ao < 100 .7a7 ......... __....._....._...........
__....__._...._.......,,.,~,..,....__........_........_.._....._._ ................................................_._._._._..
Colovcum .......<-'-.... _. _.................. .._...._. ......... ..
......_. ._.....-....... ., Cq.01m -em -6!9 aA6 NCC-1999 < -6.00 < -SA6 -7.73 11Cr-116 < =9A0 -7.SJ a.99 IICP-IS < -9A0 -G66 d'25 1(r19 < .9A0 -737 J.JI
KMII -a.[q 496 SW-624 < -SA6 a -J.W > 'J.V6 CNSCuic.r ......................_._.........._.........................._.._._.._........
......_..............._(....._.................. ....................
___._._._...._..._...... ._......._................ _ _........_..._....._...
......... _._........._........_._ .
SR16B < .6.00 491 > ~.96 SR193 < .6.p0 -t00 -6.6J
SF359 < ~9.pp < =BA6 < '0.a6 SNB-19 < ~8.00 > -J00 > 4'66 SNR-JS < =8.09 c -8A0 -7.1U
U291 < -8.00 5.99 > am Mcl.oom. ._....<-8.~_._ ......................_..,...._._.
....._._..,......... ........ ......... ..... ..<_......................
._......_...._..._ ...-..__...._-._....
_..__....._._.._._...................___...... ........._.........__......_-.....
LO%LNVI c J.CO -7.51 > ~J.66 MAIM67M -A.06 -499 MIJ < -6.00 -7.9J 15 5K-MLL3 < -5.00 < =tA9 d79 SK4SE429 < tOp < ~9Ap < ~69 UACCQ57 < =8 W < ~I.pp 4.57 UACG62 < =8.06 < -1.W =M
OvuimGanr .... _.._......... _............... .-._...._._ .._............
._......_.........._.. ........................_._=__=_=_.__......._.. ...
.... _............ ........ ._ ......_._....__......... __...,........ .....
___......_._...............
IGR0V1 < -6.C0 -3.15 > ~66 OvCAR.S -J.Se > 4166 oVCAR~ < -Bm < -!AO a32 OVCAR=5 < -C,9 1 36 OVCAR-A < =BAO 1.1U 455 SK-DVJ =I.pp > 4.66 RcmlGrca ...._._._...._._._..__._....._._........,.._...._._ ....__._....
_._............_...._.__..__......_._._..._._._ .~..........._................. _.._........._.....-........_.........._._......_._....... _.... ........ .....__....~._...._ 756-0 < -9.00 -537 > 466 A199 -1.66 =791 ACim < dA0 437 > a m CAKI=1 4 A0 -Jm RKP595 < -9Ap < -8.00 -7.64 5N13C < -B.fp < 400 TK-IU < -tW 4.15 > ~66 U0J1 < -9.0p -S.B9 -J!9 ...
Pr9tnkCmw ......._....-._..__....._._.......___.
._......_.__..,,__._......._._......._.........__._...._.._...._...5.....
_._...._.... ......_....... __. _ _._ ..................__._....__...._ _.....___..._ ...... .........._._.-..._......
PC-I < -6UU -S.BI -J.93 DU-IIJ -0.UO > a66 >_'6'00 DrcuiCeucr .... _....... .____._._..._.._.......
..._......._._._......_................. ._...... ._._...........
..............._._._...._._ .....__.... _.__.._._._......._.._...>
~~._._._..._.__....__._...... ..._._._........__.....__._.....
MCF! < -B,W > 4.96 NCVADR-RE9 < -6Ap < J-00 -6.73 MOA~M0351/ATCC < -8UU < -BAp =6.96 MUA-MB.S < -9A6 < d.OJ c -6A0 MDA=N < A.Op < -1.Op > -4.66 or.54 9 -7.22 T470 < =t.0p > 4.60 > 4A
___...._._......._._._.___.....___.....__ ....___ .._..
__=__._._......._....._..._......._._...._.......... __.....-............_ ..__........ .......__............
.................._.._................___............... ..........
M0mG7 .lAO fi.79 330 tkJU M. ul xeo Ilanle 6.6U 4.06 J.CO
.5 .5 H e .1 .x .5 .l .1 .1 6 .1 =i J Q .z .1 9 .1 -3 J
H N ,,= OH
N p HS H p kH OH
Et3N, CHZCIZ N H H O
O p ' + p p S N N N
H" O i rt, 4h OH a ., p p S
p i ,, O
O O
CI
11-16 pl 11-50 vi-ic IN VITRO BIOLOGY
[0403] Initial studies of a compound of Formula II-16, which is also referred to as Salinosporamide A, employed the National Cancer Institute (NCI) screening panel, which consists of 60 human tumor cell lines that represent leukemia, melanoma and cancers of the lung, colon, brain, ovary, breast, prostate and kidney. A detailed description of the screening procedure can be found at hypertext transfer protocol (http://) "dtp.nci.nih.gov/branches/btb/ivclsp.html."
[0404] In brief, each of the 60 human tumor cell lines were grown in RPMI 1640 medium, supplemented with 5% fetal bovine serum and 2 mM L-glutamine. Cells were plated at their appropriate density in 96-well microtiter plates and incubated at 37 C, 5%
C02, 95% air and 100% relative humidity. After 24 hours, 100 L of various 10-fold serial dilutions of Salinosporamide A were added to the appropriate wells containing 100 L of cells, resulting in a final Salinosporamide A concentration ranging from 10 nM
to 100 M.
Cells were incubated for an additional 48 hours and a sulforhodamine B protein assay was used to estimate cell viability or growth.
[0405] Three dose response parameters were calculated as follows:
G150 indicates the concentration that inhibits growth by 50%.
TGI indicates the concentration that completely inhibits growth.
LC50 indicates the concentration that is lethal to 50% of the cells.
[0406] An example of a study evaluating Salinosporamide A in the NCI screen is shown in Table 1 below.
[0407] Data indicate that the mean GI50 value of Salinosporamide A was less than nM. The wide range (>1000-fold difference) observed in both the mean TGI and mean LC50 values for the most sensitive and the most resistant tumor cell lines illustrates that Salinosporamide A displays good selectivity and does not appear to be a general toxin.
Furthermore, the mean TGI data suggest that Salinosporamide A shows preferred specificity towards melanoma and breast cancer cell lines. The assay was repeated and showed similar results.
[0408] The results of the NCI tumor screen show that Salinosporamide A: (1) is a potent compound with a mean G150 value of < 10 nM, and (2) displays good tumor selectivity of more than I 000-fold difference in both the mean TGI and mean LC50 values between the most sensitive and resistant tumor cell lines.
TABLE 1: RELATIVE SENSITIVITY OF THE NCI 60 HUMAN TUMOR CELL LINES TO
SALINOSPORAMIDE A
National Cancer Institute Developmentat Therapeutics Program NSC: D- 721267 /1 Units: MGmr SSPL: 075T Exp. ID:0108RS09-1 7t1ioA.+ (_r~onhe Rnnnrt Dete: Sentemher 17. 2001 Test DDte: AuBUSt 6, 2001 n,.uce Na.mu ccRl K=5&
MOLT=J -~
RPM1~87i6 -5.69 > 466 SR < -B W c -8.00 4.19 NomSm.IIGOLwICrnw ...._......,._.._..._..... ............._ _..._.._....._..__._. ..... ...._...._.........e......__........ _..
._._......._.........._.__............
..._.__..................._....._._..._........_....._..........._._.._..._._., ......
A1J91ATCC < =B.W =J.10 > A'69 EKVK -Im NOP-62 < -1.au a69 > 19 NOP-92 < .i.0p -7T1 -5Jfi NCI~N336 -0A6 d)1 NC6NU < =B.OD .7.85 NCI-In2LN -SJA
NCLN160 < -6.00 -6.97 > dAll Nu.HA1 < 2.ao < 100 .7a7 ......... __....._....._...........
__....__._...._.......,,.,~,..,....__........_........_.._....._._ ................................................_._._._._..
Colovcum .......<-'-.... _. _.................. .._...._. ......... ..
......_. ._.....-....... ., Cq.01m -em -6!9 aA6 NCC-1999 < -6.00 < -SA6 -7.73 11Cr-116 < =9A0 -7.SJ a.99 IICP-IS < -9A0 -G66 d'25 1(r19 < .9A0 -737 J.JI
KMII -a.[q 496 SW-624 < -SA6 a -J.W > 'J.V6 CNSCuic.r ......................_._.........._.........................._.._._.._........
......_..............._(....._.................. ....................
___._._._...._..._...... ._......._................ _ _........_..._....._...
......... _._........._........_._ .
SR16B < .6.00 491 > ~.96 SR193 < .6.p0 -t00 -6.6J
SF359 < ~9.pp < =BA6 < '0.a6 SNB-19 < ~8.00 > -J00 > 4'66 SNR-JS < =8.09 c -8A0 -7.1U
U291 < -8.00 5.99 > am Mcl.oom. ._....<-8.~_._ ......................_..,...._._.
....._._..,......... ........ ......... ..... ..<_......................
._......_...._..._ ...-..__...._-._....
_..__....._._.._._...................___...... ........._.........__......_-.....
LO%LNVI c J.CO -7.51 > ~J.66 MAIM67M -A.06 -499 MIJ < -6.00 -7.9J 15 5K-MLL3 < -5.00 < =tA9 d79 SK4SE429 < tOp < ~9Ap < ~69 UACCQ57 < =8 W < ~I.pp 4.57 UACG62 < =8.06 < -1.W =M
OvuimGanr .... _.._......... _............... .-._...._._ .._............
._......_.........._.. ........................_._=__=_=_.__......._.. ...
.... _............ ........ ._ ......_._....__......... __...,........ .....
___......_._...............
IGR0V1 < -6.C0 -3.15 > ~66 OvCAR.S -J.Se > 4166 oVCAR~ < -Bm < -!AO a32 OVCAR=5 < -C,9 1 36 OVCAR-A < =BAO 1.1U 455 SK-DVJ =I.pp > 4.66 RcmlGrca ...._._._...._._._..__._....._._........,.._...._._ ....__._....
_._............_...._.__..__......_._._..._._._ .~..........._................. _.._........._.....-........_.........._._......_._....... _.... ........ .....__....~._...._ 756-0 < -9.00 -537 > 466 A199 -1.66 =791 ACim < dA0 437 > a m CAKI=1 4 A0 -Jm RKP595 < -9Ap < -8.00 -7.64 5N13C < -B.fp < 400 TK-IU < -tW 4.15 > ~66 U0J1 < -9.0p -S.B9 -J!9 ...
Pr9tnkCmw ......._....-._..__....._._.......___.
._......_.__..,,__._......._._......._.........__._...._.._...._...5.....
_._...._.... ......_....... __. _ _._ ..................__._....__...._ _.....___..._ ...... .........._._.-..._......
PC-I < -6UU -S.BI -J.93 DU-IIJ -0.UO > a66 >_'6'00 DrcuiCeucr .... _....... .____._._..._.._.......
..._......._._._......_................. ._...... ._._...........
..............._._._...._._ .....__.... _.__.._._._......._.._...>
~~._._._..._.__....__._...... ..._._._........__.....__._.....
MCF! < -B,W > 4.96 NCVADR-RE9 < -6Ap < J-00 -6.73 MOA~M0351/ATCC < -8UU < -BAp =6.96 MUA-MB.S < -9A6 < d.OJ c -6A0 MDA=N < A.Op < -1.Op > -4.66 or.54 9 -7.22 T470 < =t.0p > 4.60 > 4A
___...._._......._._._.___.....___.....__ ....___ .._..
__=__._._......._....._..._......._._...._.......... __.....-............_ ..__........ .......__............
.................._.._................___............... ..........
M0mG7 .lAO fi.79 330 tkJU M. ul xeo Ilanle 6.6U 4.06 J.CO
.5 .5 H e .1 .x .5 .l .1 .1 6 .1 =i J Q .z .1 9 .1 -3 J
GROWTH INHIBITION OF TUMOR CELL LINES
[0409] B16-F10 (ATCC; CRL-6475), DU 145 (ATCC; HTB-81), HEK293 (ATCC; CRL-1573), HT-29 (ATCC; HTB-38), LoVo (ATCC; CCL-229), MDA-MB-231 (ATCC; HTB-26), MIA PaCa-2 (ATCC; CRL-1420), NCI-H292 (ATCC; CRL-1848), OVCAR-3 (ATCC, HTB-161), PANC-1 (ATCC; CRL-1469), PC-3 (ATCC; CRL-1435), RPMI 8226 (ATCC; CCL-155) and U266 (ATCC; TIB-196) were maintained in appropriate culture media. The cells were cultured in an incubator at 37 C in 5% CO2 and 95%
humidified air.
[0410] For cell growth inhibition assays, B16-F10, DU 145, HEK293, HT-29, LoVo, MDA-MB-231, MIA PaCa-2, NCI-H292, OVCAR-3, PANC-1, PC-3, RPMI 8226 and U266 cells were seeded at 1.25x103, 5x103, 1.5x104, 5x103, 5x103, 1x104, 2x103, 4x103, 1x104, 7.5x103, 5x103, 2x104, 2.5x104 cells/well respectively in 90 1 complete media into Coming 3904 black-walled, clear-bottom tissue culture plates. 20mM stock solutions of Formula II-16 were prepared in 100% DMSO, aliquoted and stored at -80 C.
Formula 11-16 was serially diluted and added in triplicate to the test wells resulting in final concentrations ranging from of 20 M to 0.2pM. The plates were retuined to the incubator for 48 hours. The final concentration of DMSO was 0.25% in all samples.
[0411] Following 48 hours of drug exposure, 10 1 of 0.2mg/ml resazurin (obtained from Sigma-Aldrich Chemical Co.) in Mg'+, CaZ+ free phosphate buffered saline was added to each well and the plates were returned to the incubator for 3-6 hours. Since living cells metabolize Resazurin, the fluorescence of the reduction product of Resazurin was measured using a Fusion microplate fluorometer (Packard Bioscience) with k, =
535 nm and keT1 = 590 nm filters. Resazurin dye in medium without cells was used to determine the background, which was subtracted from the data for all experimental wells. The data were normalized to the average fluorescence of the cells treated with media + 0.25%
DMSO
(100% cell growth) and EC50 values (the drug concentration at which 50% of the maximal observed growth inhibition is established) were determined using a standard sigmoidal dose response curve fitting algorithm (generated by XLfit 3.0, ID Business Solutions Ltd or Prism 3.0, GraphPad Software Inc).
[0409] B16-F10 (ATCC; CRL-6475), DU 145 (ATCC; HTB-81), HEK293 (ATCC; CRL-1573), HT-29 (ATCC; HTB-38), LoVo (ATCC; CCL-229), MDA-MB-231 (ATCC; HTB-26), MIA PaCa-2 (ATCC; CRL-1420), NCI-H292 (ATCC; CRL-1848), OVCAR-3 (ATCC, HTB-161), PANC-1 (ATCC; CRL-1469), PC-3 (ATCC; CRL-1435), RPMI 8226 (ATCC; CCL-155) and U266 (ATCC; TIB-196) were maintained in appropriate culture media. The cells were cultured in an incubator at 37 C in 5% CO2 and 95%
humidified air.
[0410] For cell growth inhibition assays, B16-F10, DU 145, HEK293, HT-29, LoVo, MDA-MB-231, MIA PaCa-2, NCI-H292, OVCAR-3, PANC-1, PC-3, RPMI 8226 and U266 cells were seeded at 1.25x103, 5x103, 1.5x104, 5x103, 5x103, 1x104, 2x103, 4x103, 1x104, 7.5x103, 5x103, 2x104, 2.5x104 cells/well respectively in 90 1 complete media into Coming 3904 black-walled, clear-bottom tissue culture plates. 20mM stock solutions of Formula II-16 were prepared in 100% DMSO, aliquoted and stored at -80 C.
Formula 11-16 was serially diluted and added in triplicate to the test wells resulting in final concentrations ranging from of 20 M to 0.2pM. The plates were retuined to the incubator for 48 hours. The final concentration of DMSO was 0.25% in all samples.
[0411] Following 48 hours of drug exposure, 10 1 of 0.2mg/ml resazurin (obtained from Sigma-Aldrich Chemical Co.) in Mg'+, CaZ+ free phosphate buffered saline was added to each well and the plates were returned to the incubator for 3-6 hours. Since living cells metabolize Resazurin, the fluorescence of the reduction product of Resazurin was measured using a Fusion microplate fluorometer (Packard Bioscience) with k, =
535 nm and keT1 = 590 nm filters. Resazurin dye in medium without cells was used to determine the background, which was subtracted from the data for all experimental wells. The data were normalized to the average fluorescence of the cells treated with media + 0.25%
DMSO
(100% cell growth) and EC50 values (the drug concentration at which 50% of the maximal observed growth inhibition is established) were determined using a standard sigmoidal dose response curve fitting algorithm (generated by XLfit 3.0, ID Business Solutions Ltd or Prism 3.0, GraphPad Software Inc).
[0412] The data in Table 2 summarize the growth inhibitory effects of Formula 16 against diverse tumor cell lines, including 12 human and 1 murine.
Cell line Source EC50 (nM), mean SD * n B 16-F 10 Mouse, melanoma 47 20 12 DU 145 Human, prostate carcinoma 37 10 3 HEK293 Human, embryonic kidney 47 2 HT-29 Human, colorectal adenocarcinoma 40 26 5 LoVo Human, colorectal adenocarcinoma 70 8 3 MDA-MB-231 Human, breast adenocarcinoma 87 40 12 MIA PaCa-2 Human, pancreatic carcinoma 46 2 NCI-H292 Human, non small cell lung carcinoma 66 29 12 OVCAR-3 Human, ovarian adenocarcinoma 49 31 6 PANC-1 Human, pancreatic carcinoma 60 2 PC-3 Human, prostate adenocarcinoma 64 26 19 RPMI 8226 Human, multiple myeloma 8.6 1.9 26 U266 Human, multiple myeloma 4.7 0.7 6 [0413] * Where n (number of independent experiments) = 2, the mean value is presented [0414] The EC50 values indicate that Formula 11-16 was cytotoxic against B16-F10, DU 145, HEK293, HT-29, LoVo, MDA-MB-231, MIA PaCa-2, NCI-H292, OVCAR-3, PANC-1, PC-3, RPMI 8226 and U266 cells.
IN VITRO INHIBITION OF PROTEASOME ACTIVITY BY FORMULAE 1-7, II-2, II-3, II-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-8C, II-13C, 11-16, 11-17, 11-18, II-19,11-20, 1I-21, I1-22, II-24C, II-25, 11-26, II-27, II-28, II-29, II-30,11-31, II-32, 11-38, IV-3C, 11-44, VI-lA AND 11-47 [0415] All the compounds were prepared as 20 mM stock solution in DMSO and stored in small aliquots at -80 C. Purified rabbit muscle 20S proteasome was obtained from CalBiochem or Boston Biochem. To enhance the chymotrypsin-like activity of the proteasome, the assay buffer (20 mM HEPES, pH7.3, 0.5 mM EDTA, and 0.05%
Triton X100) was supplemented with SDS resulting in a final SDS concentration of 0.035%. The substrate used was suc-LLVY-AMC, a fluorogenic peptide substrate specifically cleaved by the chymotrypsin-like activity of the proteasome. Assays were performed at a proteasome concentration of 1 g/ml in a final volume of 200g1 in 96-well Costar microtiter plates.
Formulae 11-2, II-4, 11-16, II-17, 11-18, 11-19, II-21, II-22 and II-44 were tested as eight-point dose response curves with final concentrations ranging from 500 nM to 158 pM.
Formulae I-7, II-5A, II-5B, 11-20, II-29, II-30 and II-38 were tested at concentrations ranging from 1 M
to 0.32nM. Formulae 11-3 and VI-lA were tested as an eight-dose response cuive with final concentrations ranging from 10 M to 3.2 nM. Formula 11-47 was tested at concentrations ranging from 5 M to 1.6 nM, while Foimulae II-8C, II-13C, II-24C, 11-25, 11-26, 11-27, 11-28, II-31, 11-32 and IV-3C were tested with final concentrations ranging from 20 M to 6.3nM.
The samples were incubated at 37 C for five minutes in a temperature controlled Fluoroskan Ascent 96-well microplate reader (Thermo Electron, Waltham, MA). During the preincubation step, the substrate was diluted 25-fold in SDS-containing assay buffer. After the preincubation period, the reactions were initiated by the addition of 10 l of the diluted substrate and the plates were returned to the plate reader. The final concentration of substrate in the reactions was 20 M. Fluorescence of.the cleaved peptide substrate was measured at keX 390 nin and kerõ 460 nin. All data were collected every five minutes for more than 1.5 hour and plotted as the mean of triplicate data points. The EC50 values (the drug concentration at which 50% of the maximal relative fluorescence is inhibited) were calculated by Prism (GraphPad Software) using a sigmoidal dose-response, variable slope model. To evaluate the activity of the compounds against the caspase-like activity of the 20S
proteasomes, reactions were performed as described above except that Z-LLE-AMC
was used as the peptide substrate. Formulae 11-3, 11-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-8C, II-13C, 11-17, 11-18, 11-20, 11-21, 11-22, II-24C, II-25, 11-26, II-27, 11-28, 11-29, 11-30, IV-3C, 11-44 and VI-lA were tested at concentrations ranging from 20 M to 6.3nM. Formula II-2 was tested at concentrations ranging from 10 M to 3.2nM, while Formula 11-16 and Formula II-19 were tested at concentrations ranging from 5gM to 1.58nM. For the evaluation of the compounds against the trypsin-like activity of the proteasome, the SDS was omitted from the assay buffer and Boc-LRR-AMC was used as the peptide substrate. Foimula II-20 was tested at concentrations ranging from 5 M to 1.6 nM. Fonnulae 11-3, II-8C, II-13C, II-17, 11-21, II-22, II-24C, 11-25, 11-26, II-27, II-28, 11-29, II-30, 1V-3C and VI-lA were tested at concentrations ranging from 20 M to 6.3nM. For Formulae 11-2 and II-5B the concentrations tested ranged from lO M to 3.2nM, while Formulae 11-4, II-5A, 11-16, 11-18 and 11-19 were tested at concentrations ranging from 1 M to 0.32nM. 11-44 was tested at concentrations ranging fiom 2 M to 632pM.
[0416] Results (EC50 values) are shown in Table 3 and illustrate that among the tested compounds, Formulae II-5A, II-16, I1-18, 11-19, II-20, 11-21, 11-22, II-29, 11-38 and 11-44 are the most potent inhibitors of the chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S
proteasome with EC50 values ranging from 2 nM to 11nM. Formulae 1-7, 1I-2, 11-4, II-5B, II-17, II-30 and II-47 inhibit the proteasomal chymotrypsin-like activity with EC50 values ranging from 13 nM
to 88 nM, while the EC50 values of Formulae II-3, 11-26 and VI-lA ranged from 207 nM to 964 nM. Formulae II-13C, II-24C, II-27, 11-28 and IV-3C inhibited the chyinotrypsin-like activity with EC50 values ranging from 1.4 M to 10.6 M. EC50 values for Formulae II-8C, II-25, 11-31 and 11-32 were greater than 20 M. Under the conditions tested, Formulae II-2, 11-3, 11-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-13C, 11-16, II-17, II-18, 11-19, 11-20, 11-21, II-22, II-24C, 11-26, II-29, 11-30, 11-44 and VI-lA were able to inhibit the trypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasome.
Formulae 11-4, II-5A, II-16, 11-18, 11-19 and 11-29 inhibited the caspase-like activity with EC50 values ranging from 213nM to 850nM, while Formulae 11-2, II-5B, 1I-17, 11-20, 11-21, 11-22, 11-30, II-44 and VI-lA had EC50 values ranging from 956 nM to 8.7 M.
EFFECTS OF FORMULAE 1-7, II-2, 11-3, II-4, II-5A, II-5B,11-8C, II-13C, II-16, II-17, II-18, II-19, II-20,1I-21, II-22, II-24C, II-25, II-26, II-27, II-28, II-29, 11-30, II-31, II-32, II-38, IV-3C, II-44, VI-1A AND II-47 ON THE VARIOUS ENZYMATIC ACTIVITIES OF
EC50 Values *
Analog Chymotrypsin-like Trypsin-like Caspase-like Formula 1-7 52 2 nM ND ND
Formula 11-2 18 nM 230 nM 1.3 M
19 nM 230 nM 1.7 M
Formula 11-3 964 nM 5.5 M > 20 M
890 nM 7.7 M > 20 M
Formula 11-4 13 nM 107 nM 850 nM
15 nM 110 nM 637 nM
Formula II-5A 6 nM 87 nM 535 nM
7 nM 90 nM 438 nM
Fonnula I4-5B 88 nM 762 nM 3.8 M
85 nM 716 nM 2.9 M
> 20 M > 20 M > 20 M
Foilnula II-8C > 20 M > 20 M > 20 M
Formula 1I-13 C 7.6 M 8.6 M > 20 M
8.8 M 12.8 M > 20 M
Fornlula II-16 2.6 0.2 nM 21 2.6 nM 427 61 nM
Formula 11-17 26 6.7 nM 573 nM 1.2 M
602 nM 1.2 M
Formula II-18 2=3 nM 14 nM 286 nM
2 nM 14 nM 213 nM
Formula 11-19 3 nM 13 nM 573 nM
3 nM 15 nM 739 nM
Formula 11-20 7.7 3.0 nM 318 nM 1.4 M
321 nM 1.4 M
Formula 11-21 7 nM 720 nM 2.6 M
8nM 879nM 2.3 M
Formula II-22 7 nM 308 nM 1.3 M
3 nM 289 nM 1.4 M
Formula 11-24C 2=2 M 3.3 M > 20 M
2.0 M 3.1 M > 20 M
>20 M >20 .M >20 M
Formula II-25 > 20 M > 20 M > 20 M
Formula 11-26 349 nM 2.0 M > 20 M
319 nM 3.0 M > 20 M
Cell line Source EC50 (nM), mean SD * n B 16-F 10 Mouse, melanoma 47 20 12 DU 145 Human, prostate carcinoma 37 10 3 HEK293 Human, embryonic kidney 47 2 HT-29 Human, colorectal adenocarcinoma 40 26 5 LoVo Human, colorectal adenocarcinoma 70 8 3 MDA-MB-231 Human, breast adenocarcinoma 87 40 12 MIA PaCa-2 Human, pancreatic carcinoma 46 2 NCI-H292 Human, non small cell lung carcinoma 66 29 12 OVCAR-3 Human, ovarian adenocarcinoma 49 31 6 PANC-1 Human, pancreatic carcinoma 60 2 PC-3 Human, prostate adenocarcinoma 64 26 19 RPMI 8226 Human, multiple myeloma 8.6 1.9 26 U266 Human, multiple myeloma 4.7 0.7 6 [0413] * Where n (number of independent experiments) = 2, the mean value is presented [0414] The EC50 values indicate that Formula 11-16 was cytotoxic against B16-F10, DU 145, HEK293, HT-29, LoVo, MDA-MB-231, MIA PaCa-2, NCI-H292, OVCAR-3, PANC-1, PC-3, RPMI 8226 and U266 cells.
IN VITRO INHIBITION OF PROTEASOME ACTIVITY BY FORMULAE 1-7, II-2, II-3, II-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-8C, II-13C, 11-16, 11-17, 11-18, II-19,11-20, 1I-21, I1-22, II-24C, II-25, 11-26, II-27, II-28, II-29, II-30,11-31, II-32, 11-38, IV-3C, 11-44, VI-lA AND 11-47 [0415] All the compounds were prepared as 20 mM stock solution in DMSO and stored in small aliquots at -80 C. Purified rabbit muscle 20S proteasome was obtained from CalBiochem or Boston Biochem. To enhance the chymotrypsin-like activity of the proteasome, the assay buffer (20 mM HEPES, pH7.3, 0.5 mM EDTA, and 0.05%
Triton X100) was supplemented with SDS resulting in a final SDS concentration of 0.035%. The substrate used was suc-LLVY-AMC, a fluorogenic peptide substrate specifically cleaved by the chymotrypsin-like activity of the proteasome. Assays were performed at a proteasome concentration of 1 g/ml in a final volume of 200g1 in 96-well Costar microtiter plates.
Formulae 11-2, II-4, 11-16, II-17, 11-18, 11-19, II-21, II-22 and II-44 were tested as eight-point dose response curves with final concentrations ranging from 500 nM to 158 pM.
Formulae I-7, II-5A, II-5B, 11-20, II-29, II-30 and II-38 were tested at concentrations ranging from 1 M
to 0.32nM. Formulae 11-3 and VI-lA were tested as an eight-dose response cuive with final concentrations ranging from 10 M to 3.2 nM. Formula 11-47 was tested at concentrations ranging from 5 M to 1.6 nM, while Foimulae II-8C, II-13C, II-24C, 11-25, 11-26, 11-27, 11-28, II-31, 11-32 and IV-3C were tested with final concentrations ranging from 20 M to 6.3nM.
The samples were incubated at 37 C for five minutes in a temperature controlled Fluoroskan Ascent 96-well microplate reader (Thermo Electron, Waltham, MA). During the preincubation step, the substrate was diluted 25-fold in SDS-containing assay buffer. After the preincubation period, the reactions were initiated by the addition of 10 l of the diluted substrate and the plates were returned to the plate reader. The final concentration of substrate in the reactions was 20 M. Fluorescence of.the cleaved peptide substrate was measured at keX 390 nin and kerõ 460 nin. All data were collected every five minutes for more than 1.5 hour and plotted as the mean of triplicate data points. The EC50 values (the drug concentration at which 50% of the maximal relative fluorescence is inhibited) were calculated by Prism (GraphPad Software) using a sigmoidal dose-response, variable slope model. To evaluate the activity of the compounds against the caspase-like activity of the 20S
proteasomes, reactions were performed as described above except that Z-LLE-AMC
was used as the peptide substrate. Formulae 11-3, 11-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-8C, II-13C, 11-17, 11-18, 11-20, 11-21, 11-22, II-24C, II-25, 11-26, II-27, 11-28, 11-29, 11-30, IV-3C, 11-44 and VI-lA were tested at concentrations ranging from 20 M to 6.3nM. Formula II-2 was tested at concentrations ranging from 10 M to 3.2nM, while Formula 11-16 and Formula II-19 were tested at concentrations ranging from 5gM to 1.58nM. For the evaluation of the compounds against the trypsin-like activity of the proteasome, the SDS was omitted from the assay buffer and Boc-LRR-AMC was used as the peptide substrate. Foimula II-20 was tested at concentrations ranging from 5 M to 1.6 nM. Fonnulae 11-3, II-8C, II-13C, II-17, 11-21, II-22, II-24C, 11-25, 11-26, II-27, II-28, 11-29, II-30, 1V-3C and VI-lA were tested at concentrations ranging from 20 M to 6.3nM. For Formulae 11-2 and II-5B the concentrations tested ranged from lO M to 3.2nM, while Formulae 11-4, II-5A, 11-16, 11-18 and 11-19 were tested at concentrations ranging from 1 M to 0.32nM. 11-44 was tested at concentrations ranging fiom 2 M to 632pM.
[0416] Results (EC50 values) are shown in Table 3 and illustrate that among the tested compounds, Formulae II-5A, II-16, I1-18, 11-19, II-20, 11-21, 11-22, II-29, 11-38 and 11-44 are the most potent inhibitors of the chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S
proteasome with EC50 values ranging from 2 nM to 11nM. Formulae 1-7, 1I-2, 11-4, II-5B, II-17, II-30 and II-47 inhibit the proteasomal chymotrypsin-like activity with EC50 values ranging from 13 nM
to 88 nM, while the EC50 values of Formulae II-3, 11-26 and VI-lA ranged from 207 nM to 964 nM. Formulae II-13C, II-24C, II-27, 11-28 and IV-3C inhibited the chyinotrypsin-like activity with EC50 values ranging from 1.4 M to 10.6 M. EC50 values for Formulae II-8C, II-25, 11-31 and 11-32 were greater than 20 M. Under the conditions tested, Formulae II-2, 11-3, 11-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-13C, 11-16, II-17, II-18, 11-19, 11-20, 11-21, II-22, II-24C, 11-26, II-29, 11-30, 11-44 and VI-lA were able to inhibit the trypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasome.
Formulae 11-4, II-5A, II-16, 11-18, 11-19 and 11-29 inhibited the caspase-like activity with EC50 values ranging from 213nM to 850nM, while Formulae 11-2, II-5B, 1I-17, 11-20, 11-21, 11-22, 11-30, II-44 and VI-lA had EC50 values ranging from 956 nM to 8.7 M.
EFFECTS OF FORMULAE 1-7, II-2, 11-3, II-4, II-5A, II-5B,11-8C, II-13C, II-16, II-17, II-18, II-19, II-20,1I-21, II-22, II-24C, II-25, II-26, II-27, II-28, II-29, 11-30, II-31, II-32, II-38, IV-3C, II-44, VI-1A AND II-47 ON THE VARIOUS ENZYMATIC ACTIVITIES OF
EC50 Values *
Analog Chymotrypsin-like Trypsin-like Caspase-like Formula 1-7 52 2 nM ND ND
Formula 11-2 18 nM 230 nM 1.3 M
19 nM 230 nM 1.7 M
Formula 11-3 964 nM 5.5 M > 20 M
890 nM 7.7 M > 20 M
Formula 11-4 13 nM 107 nM 850 nM
15 nM 110 nM 637 nM
Formula II-5A 6 nM 87 nM 535 nM
7 nM 90 nM 438 nM
Fonnula I4-5B 88 nM 762 nM 3.8 M
85 nM 716 nM 2.9 M
> 20 M > 20 M > 20 M
Foilnula II-8C > 20 M > 20 M > 20 M
Formula 1I-13 C 7.6 M 8.6 M > 20 M
8.8 M 12.8 M > 20 M
Fornlula II-16 2.6 0.2 nM 21 2.6 nM 427 61 nM
Formula 11-17 26 6.7 nM 573 nM 1.2 M
602 nM 1.2 M
Formula II-18 2=3 nM 14 nM 286 nM
2 nM 14 nM 213 nM
Formula 11-19 3 nM 13 nM 573 nM
3 nM 15 nM 739 nM
Formula 11-20 7.7 3.0 nM 318 nM 1.4 M
321 nM 1.4 M
Formula 11-21 7 nM 720 nM 2.6 M
8nM 879nM 2.3 M
Formula II-22 7 nM 308 nM 1.3 M
3 nM 289 nM 1.4 M
Formula 11-24C 2=2 M 3.3 M > 20 M
2.0 M 3.1 M > 20 M
>20 M >20 .M >20 M
Formula II-25 > 20 M > 20 M > 20 M
Formula 11-26 349 nM 2.0 M > 20 M
319 nM 3.0 M > 20 M
Formula 11-27 1.4 M > 20 M > 20 M
Formula 11-28 3.2 M > 20 M > 20 M
3.3 M > 20 M > 20 M
Formula 11-29 6 nM 175 nM 535 nM
8 nM 254 nM 520 nM
21 nM 905 nM 956 nM
Foimula 11-30 21 nM 1.2 M 1.3 M
Formula 11-31 > 20 M** ND ND
Formula 11-32 > 20 M** ND ND
Formula II-38 3.4 0.2 nM ND ND
Foimula IV-3C 4.9 M > 20 gM > 20 M
10.6 M > 20 M > 20 M
Formula 11-44 11 nM 55 nM 1.4 M
8.7 nM 54 nM 1.4 M
Foimula VI-lA 274 nM 3.1 M 7.9 M
207 nM 3.0 M 8.7 M
Formula 11-47 50 10 nM ND ND
* EC50 values of one or two independent experiments are shown. Where n>3, the mean EC50 value standard deviation is presented, ** n=3, standard deviation not applicable.
ND= not determined [0417] Results from a representative experiment evaluating Formula 11-2, Formula 11-3 and Formula 11-4 are shown in FIG. 46 and illustrate that Formula 11-2 and Formula II-4 inhibit the chymotrypsin-like activity of the proteasome with ECS0 values of 18.5 nM and 15nM respectively. Formula II-3 is active in this assay with an EC50 value of 890 nM. Similar results were obtained from an independent experiment.
[0418] Results from a representative experiment evaluating Formula II-5A and Formula 1I-5B are shown in FIG. 47 and illustrate that Formula II-5A and Formula II-5B
inhibit the chymotrypsin-like activity of the proteasome with EC50 values of 6 nM and 88 nM
respectively. Similar results were obtained in an independent experiment.
Formula 11-28 3.2 M > 20 M > 20 M
3.3 M > 20 M > 20 M
Formula 11-29 6 nM 175 nM 535 nM
8 nM 254 nM 520 nM
21 nM 905 nM 956 nM
Foimula 11-30 21 nM 1.2 M 1.3 M
Formula 11-31 > 20 M** ND ND
Formula 11-32 > 20 M** ND ND
Formula II-38 3.4 0.2 nM ND ND
Foimula IV-3C 4.9 M > 20 gM > 20 M
10.6 M > 20 M > 20 M
Formula 11-44 11 nM 55 nM 1.4 M
8.7 nM 54 nM 1.4 M
Foimula VI-lA 274 nM 3.1 M 7.9 M
207 nM 3.0 M 8.7 M
Formula 11-47 50 10 nM ND ND
* EC50 values of one or two independent experiments are shown. Where n>3, the mean EC50 value standard deviation is presented, ** n=3, standard deviation not applicable.
ND= not determined [0417] Results from a representative experiment evaluating Formula 11-2, Formula 11-3 and Formula 11-4 are shown in FIG. 46 and illustrate that Formula 11-2 and Formula II-4 inhibit the chymotrypsin-like activity of the proteasome with ECS0 values of 18.5 nM and 15nM respectively. Formula II-3 is active in this assay with an EC50 value of 890 nM. Similar results were obtained from an independent experiment.
[0418] Results from a representative experiment evaluating Formula II-5A and Formula 1I-5B are shown in FIG. 47 and illustrate that Formula II-5A and Formula II-5B
inhibit the chymotrypsin-like activity of the proteasome with EC50 values of 6 nM and 88 nM
respectively. Similar results were obtained in an independent experiment.
SALINOSPORAMIDE A(II-16) INHIBITS CHYMOTRYPSIN-LIKE ACTIVITY OF
[0419] The effect of Salinosporainide A(1I-16) on proteasomes was examined using a commercially available kit from Calbiochem (catalog no. 539158), which uses a fluorogenic peptide substrate to measure the activity of rabbit muscle 20S
proteasomes (Calbiochem 20S Proteasome Kit). This peptide substrate is specific for the chymotrypsin-like enzyme activity of the proteasome.
[0420] Oinuralide was prepared as a 10 mM stock in DMSO and stored in 5 L
aliquots at -80 C. Salinosporamide A was prepared as a 25.5 mM solution in DMSO and stored in aliquots at -80 C. The assay measures the hydrolysis of Suc-LLVY-AMC
into Suc-LLVY and AMC. The released coumarin (AMC) was measured fluorometrically by using Xe7C
= 390 nm and /%e11, = 460 nm. The assays were performed in a microtiter plate (Corning 3904), and followed kinetically with measurements every five minutes. The instrument used was a Thermo Lab Systems Fluoroskan, with the incubation chamber set to 37 C.
The assays were performed according to the manufacturer's protocol, with the following changes. The proteasome was activated as described with SDS, and held on ice prior to the assay.
Salinosporamide A and Omuralide were serially diluted in assay buffer to make an 8-point dose-response curve. Ten microliters of each dose were added in triplicate to the assay plate, and 190 L of the activated proteasome was added and mixed. The samples were pre-incubated in the Fluoroskan for 5 minutes at 37 C. Substrate was added and the kinetics of AMC were followed for one hour. All data were collected and plotted as the mean of triplicate data points. The data were normalized to reactions performed in the absence of Salinosporamide A and modeled in Prism as a sigmoidal dose-response, variable slope.
[0421] Similar to the results obtained for the in vitro cytotoxicity (Table 2), Feling, et al., Angew Chem Int Ed Engl 42:355 (2003), the EC50 values in the proteasome assay showed that Salinosporamide A was approximately 40-fold more potent than Omuralide, with an average value of 1.3 nM versus 49 nM, respectively (FIG. 27). This experiment was repeated and the average EC50 in the two assays was determined to be 2 nM
for Salinosporamide A and 52 nM for Omuralide.
[0422] Salinosporamide A is a potent inhibitor of the chymotrypsin-like activity of the proteasome. The EC50 values for cytotoxicity were in the 10-200 nM
range suggesting that the ability of Salinosporamide A to induce cell death was due, at least in large part, to proteasome inhibition. The data suggest that Salinosporamide A is a potent small molecule inhibitor of the proteasome.
SALINOSPORAMIDE A(II-16) INHIBITION OF PGPH ACTIVITY OF RABBIT
[0423] Omuralide can inhibit the PGPH activity (also known as the caspase-like) of the proteasome; therefore, the ability of Salinosporamide A to inhibit the PGPH activity of purified rabbit muscle 20S proteasomes was assessed. A commercially available fluorogenic substrate specific for the PGPH activity was used instead of the chymotrypsin substrate supplied in the proteasome assay kit described above.
[0424] Salinosporamide A(II-16) was prepared as a 20 mM solution in DMSO
and stored in small aliquots at -80 C. The substrate Z-LLE-AMC was prepared as a 20 mM
stock solution in DMSO, stored at -20 C. The source of the proteasomes was the commercially available kit from Calbiochem (Cat. # 539158). As with the chymotrypsin substrate, the proteasome can cleave Z-LLE-AMC into Z-LLE and free AMC. The activity can then be determined by measuring the fluorescence of the released AMC (XeJC
= 390 nm and ~e11, = 460 nm). The proteasomes were activated with SDS and held on ice as per manufacturer's recommendation. Salinosporainide A was diluted in DMSO to generate a 400-fold concentrated 8-point dilution series. The series was diluted 20-fold with assay buffer and preincubated with the proteasomes as described for the chymotrypsin-like activity.
After addition of substrate, the samples were incubated at 37 C, and release of the fluorescent AMC was monitored in a fluorimeter. All data were collected and plotted as the mean of triplicate points. In these experiments, the EC50 was modeled in Prism as normalized activity, where the amount of AMC released in the absence of Salinosporamide A
represents 100% activity. As before, the model chosen was a sigmoidal dose-response, with a variable slope.
[0425] Data revealed that Salinosporamide A inhibited the PGPH activity in rabbit muscle 20S proteasomes with an EC50 of 350 nM (FIG. 28). A replicate experiment was performed, which gave a predicted EC5o of 610 nM. These results indicate that Salinosporamide A does block the in vitro PGPH activity of purified rabbit muscle 20S
proteasomes, albeit with lower potency than seen towards the chymotrypsin-like activity.
INHIBITION OF THE CHYMOTRYPSIN-LIKE ACTIVITY OF HUMAN
[0426] The ability of Salinosporainide A (11-16) to inhibit the chymotiypsin-like activity of human erythrocyte 20S proteasomes was assessed in vitro. The calculated EC5o value is approximately 3 nM (FIG. 29). These data indicate that the inhibitory effect of Salinosporamide A is not limited to rabbit skeletal muscle proteasomes.
[0427] Salinosporamide A was prepared as a 20 mM solution in DMSO and stored in small aliquots at -80 C. The substrate, suc-LLVY-AMC, was prepared as a 20 mM
solution in DMSO and stored at -20 C. Human erythrocyte 20S proteasomes were obtained from BIOMOL (Cat. # SE-221). The proteasome can cleave suc-LLVY-AMC into suc-LLVY and free AMC and the activity can then be determined by measuring the fluorescence of the released AMC (keX = 390 nm and Xe= 460 nm ). The proteasomes were activated by SDS and stored on ice as with the experiments using rabbit muscle proteasomes.
Salinosporamide A was diluted in DMSO to generate a 400-fold concentrated 8-point dilution series. The series was then diluted 20-fold with assay buffer and pre-incubated with proteasomes at 37 C. The reaction was initiated with substrate, and the release of AMC was followed in a Fluoroskan microplate fluorimeter. Data were collected and plotted as the mean of triplicate points. Data were captured kinetically for 3 hours, and indicated that these reactions showed linear kinetics in this time regime. The data were normalized to reactions performed in the absence of Salinosporamide A and modeled in Prism as a sigmoidal dose-response, variable slope.
[0419] The effect of Salinosporainide A(1I-16) on proteasomes was examined using a commercially available kit from Calbiochem (catalog no. 539158), which uses a fluorogenic peptide substrate to measure the activity of rabbit muscle 20S
proteasomes (Calbiochem 20S Proteasome Kit). This peptide substrate is specific for the chymotrypsin-like enzyme activity of the proteasome.
[0420] Oinuralide was prepared as a 10 mM stock in DMSO and stored in 5 L
aliquots at -80 C. Salinosporamide A was prepared as a 25.5 mM solution in DMSO and stored in aliquots at -80 C. The assay measures the hydrolysis of Suc-LLVY-AMC
into Suc-LLVY and AMC. The released coumarin (AMC) was measured fluorometrically by using Xe7C
= 390 nm and /%e11, = 460 nm. The assays were performed in a microtiter plate (Corning 3904), and followed kinetically with measurements every five minutes. The instrument used was a Thermo Lab Systems Fluoroskan, with the incubation chamber set to 37 C.
The assays were performed according to the manufacturer's protocol, with the following changes. The proteasome was activated as described with SDS, and held on ice prior to the assay.
Salinosporamide A and Omuralide were serially diluted in assay buffer to make an 8-point dose-response curve. Ten microliters of each dose were added in triplicate to the assay plate, and 190 L of the activated proteasome was added and mixed. The samples were pre-incubated in the Fluoroskan for 5 minutes at 37 C. Substrate was added and the kinetics of AMC were followed for one hour. All data were collected and plotted as the mean of triplicate data points. The data were normalized to reactions performed in the absence of Salinosporamide A and modeled in Prism as a sigmoidal dose-response, variable slope.
[0421] Similar to the results obtained for the in vitro cytotoxicity (Table 2), Feling, et al., Angew Chem Int Ed Engl 42:355 (2003), the EC50 values in the proteasome assay showed that Salinosporamide A was approximately 40-fold more potent than Omuralide, with an average value of 1.3 nM versus 49 nM, respectively (FIG. 27). This experiment was repeated and the average EC50 in the two assays was determined to be 2 nM
for Salinosporamide A and 52 nM for Omuralide.
[0422] Salinosporamide A is a potent inhibitor of the chymotrypsin-like activity of the proteasome. The EC50 values for cytotoxicity were in the 10-200 nM
range suggesting that the ability of Salinosporamide A to induce cell death was due, at least in large part, to proteasome inhibition. The data suggest that Salinosporamide A is a potent small molecule inhibitor of the proteasome.
SALINOSPORAMIDE A(II-16) INHIBITION OF PGPH ACTIVITY OF RABBIT
[0423] Omuralide can inhibit the PGPH activity (also known as the caspase-like) of the proteasome; therefore, the ability of Salinosporamide A to inhibit the PGPH activity of purified rabbit muscle 20S proteasomes was assessed. A commercially available fluorogenic substrate specific for the PGPH activity was used instead of the chymotrypsin substrate supplied in the proteasome assay kit described above.
[0424] Salinosporamide A(II-16) was prepared as a 20 mM solution in DMSO
and stored in small aliquots at -80 C. The substrate Z-LLE-AMC was prepared as a 20 mM
stock solution in DMSO, stored at -20 C. The source of the proteasomes was the commercially available kit from Calbiochem (Cat. # 539158). As with the chymotrypsin substrate, the proteasome can cleave Z-LLE-AMC into Z-LLE and free AMC. The activity can then be determined by measuring the fluorescence of the released AMC (XeJC
= 390 nm and ~e11, = 460 nm). The proteasomes were activated with SDS and held on ice as per manufacturer's recommendation. Salinosporainide A was diluted in DMSO to generate a 400-fold concentrated 8-point dilution series. The series was diluted 20-fold with assay buffer and preincubated with the proteasomes as described for the chymotrypsin-like activity.
After addition of substrate, the samples were incubated at 37 C, and release of the fluorescent AMC was monitored in a fluorimeter. All data were collected and plotted as the mean of triplicate points. In these experiments, the EC50 was modeled in Prism as normalized activity, where the amount of AMC released in the absence of Salinosporamide A
represents 100% activity. As before, the model chosen was a sigmoidal dose-response, with a variable slope.
[0425] Data revealed that Salinosporamide A inhibited the PGPH activity in rabbit muscle 20S proteasomes with an EC50 of 350 nM (FIG. 28). A replicate experiment was performed, which gave a predicted EC5o of 610 nM. These results indicate that Salinosporamide A does block the in vitro PGPH activity of purified rabbit muscle 20S
proteasomes, albeit with lower potency than seen towards the chymotrypsin-like activity.
INHIBITION OF THE CHYMOTRYPSIN-LIKE ACTIVITY OF HUMAN
[0426] The ability of Salinosporainide A (11-16) to inhibit the chymotiypsin-like activity of human erythrocyte 20S proteasomes was assessed in vitro. The calculated EC5o value is approximately 3 nM (FIG. 29). These data indicate that the inhibitory effect of Salinosporamide A is not limited to rabbit skeletal muscle proteasomes.
[0427] Salinosporamide A was prepared as a 20 mM solution in DMSO and stored in small aliquots at -80 C. The substrate, suc-LLVY-AMC, was prepared as a 20 mM
solution in DMSO and stored at -20 C. Human erythrocyte 20S proteasomes were obtained from BIOMOL (Cat. # SE-221). The proteasome can cleave suc-LLVY-AMC into suc-LLVY and free AMC and the activity can then be determined by measuring the fluorescence of the released AMC (keX = 390 nm and Xe= 460 nm ). The proteasomes were activated by SDS and stored on ice as with the experiments using rabbit muscle proteasomes.
Salinosporamide A was diluted in DMSO to generate a 400-fold concentrated 8-point dilution series. The series was then diluted 20-fold with assay buffer and pre-incubated with proteasomes at 37 C. The reaction was initiated with substrate, and the release of AMC was followed in a Fluoroskan microplate fluorimeter. Data were collected and plotted as the mean of triplicate points. Data were captured kinetically for 3 hours, and indicated that these reactions showed linear kinetics in this time regime. The data were normalized to reactions performed in the absence of Salinosporamide A and modeled in Prism as a sigmoidal dose-response, variable slope.
[0428] Replicate experiments performed using human erythrocyte proteasomes from separate lots resulted in a range of EC50 values of approximately 4nM.
These results indicate that the in vitro chymotrypsin-like activity of human erythrocyte 20S
proteasomes is sensitive to Salinosporamide A.
[0429] Formula II-16 also showed inhibition of the Trypsin-like and Caspase-like activity of human erythrocyte proteasoines. For Trypsin-like the studies showed an EC50 value of about 9 nM, and for Caspase-like an EC50 of about 390 nM. Additional studies of Chymotrypsin-like activity in human erythrocytes resulted in an EC50 of about 250 pM.
Furthermore, studies showed that Formula 11-16 is specific for the proteasome, showing little or no effect on other proteolytic enzymes. For example, Formula 11-16 when tested for inhibition of Chylnotiypsin, Cathepsin B and Thrombin, respectively, had EC50 values of 18,000 nM, >200,000 nm, and > 200,000 nM, respectively.
SALINOSPORAMIDE A (11-16) SPECIFICITY
[0430] A possible mechanism by which Salinosporamide A inhibits the proteasome is by the reaction of the (3-lactone functionality of Salinosporamide A with the active site threonine of the proteasome. This covalent modification of the proteasome would block the active site, as this residue is essential for the catalytic activity of the proteasome.
Fenteany, et al., JBiol Chein 273:8545 (1998). A structurally related compound, Lactacystin, has been shown to also inhibit cathepsin A (Ostrowska, et al., Int JBiochem Cell Biol 32:747 (2000), Kozlowski, et al., Tumour Biol 22:211 (2001), Ostrowska, et al., Biochem Biophys Res Commun 234:729 (1997)) and TPPII (Geier, et al., Science 283:978 (1999)) but not tiypsin, chymotrypsin, papain, calpain (Fenteany, et al., Science 268:726 (1995)), thrombin, or plasminogen activator (Omura, et al., J Antibiot (Tokyo) 44:113 (1991)).
Similar studies were initiated to explore the specificity of Salinosporamide A for the proteasome by evaluating its ability to inhibit the catalytic activity of a prototypical serine protease, chymotrypsin.
[0431] Salinosporamide A was prepared as a 20 mM solution in DMSO and stored in small aliquots at -80 C. The substrate, suc-LLVY-AMC, was prepared as a 20 mM
These results indicate that the in vitro chymotrypsin-like activity of human erythrocyte 20S
proteasomes is sensitive to Salinosporamide A.
[0429] Formula II-16 also showed inhibition of the Trypsin-like and Caspase-like activity of human erythrocyte proteasoines. For Trypsin-like the studies showed an EC50 value of about 9 nM, and for Caspase-like an EC50 of about 390 nM. Additional studies of Chymotrypsin-like activity in human erythrocytes resulted in an EC50 of about 250 pM.
Furthermore, studies showed that Formula 11-16 is specific for the proteasome, showing little or no effect on other proteolytic enzymes. For example, Formula 11-16 when tested for inhibition of Chylnotiypsin, Cathepsin B and Thrombin, respectively, had EC50 values of 18,000 nM, >200,000 nm, and > 200,000 nM, respectively.
SALINOSPORAMIDE A (11-16) SPECIFICITY
[0430] A possible mechanism by which Salinosporamide A inhibits the proteasome is by the reaction of the (3-lactone functionality of Salinosporamide A with the active site threonine of the proteasome. This covalent modification of the proteasome would block the active site, as this residue is essential for the catalytic activity of the proteasome.
Fenteany, et al., JBiol Chein 273:8545 (1998). A structurally related compound, Lactacystin, has been shown to also inhibit cathepsin A (Ostrowska, et al., Int JBiochem Cell Biol 32:747 (2000), Kozlowski, et al., Tumour Biol 22:211 (2001), Ostrowska, et al., Biochem Biophys Res Commun 234:729 (1997)) and TPPII (Geier, et al., Science 283:978 (1999)) but not tiypsin, chymotrypsin, papain, calpain (Fenteany, et al., Science 268:726 (1995)), thrombin, or plasminogen activator (Omura, et al., J Antibiot (Tokyo) 44:113 (1991)).
Similar studies were initiated to explore the specificity of Salinosporamide A for the proteasome by evaluating its ability to inhibit the catalytic activity of a prototypical serine protease, chymotrypsin.
[0431] Salinosporamide A was prepared as a 20 mM solution in DMSO and stored in small aliquots at -80 C. The substrate, suc-LLVY-AMC, was prepared as a 20 mM
solution in DMSO and stored at -20 C. Proteolytic cleavage of this substrate by either proteasomes or chymotrypsin liberates the fluorescent product AMC, which can be monitored in a fluorimeter (/%e, = 390 nm and kem = 460 nm). Bovine pancreatic chymotrypsin was obtained from Sigma (Cat. # C-4129), and prepared as a 5 mg/mi solution in assay buffer (10 mM HEPES, 0.5 mM EDTA, 0.05% Triton X-100, pH 7.5) daily. Immediately prior to the assay, the chymotrypsin was diluted to 1 g/ml (0.2 g/well) in assay buffer and held on ice.
Salinosporamide A was diluted in DMSO to generate an 8-point dose-response curve. The high final Salinosporamide A concentrations needed to obtain complete inhibition of chymotrypsin required that the diluted enzyme be directly added to the compound dilution series. The inclusion of 1% DMSO (the final concentration of solvent in the test wells) into the reaction had no significant effect on chymotrypsin activity towards this substrate. The reactions were pre-incubated for 5 minutes at 37 C and the reactions were initiated by the addition of substrate. Data were collected kinetically for one hour at 37 C in the Fluoroskan and plotted as the mean of triplicate data points. The data were nonnalized to reactions performed in the absence of Salinosporamide A, and modeled in Prism as a sigmoidal dose-response, variable slope. Normalized data from Salinosporamide A inhibition of the chymotrypsin-like activity of rabbit 20S proteasomes has been included on the same graph.
[0432] The average inhibition obseived in two experiments using Salinosporamide A pretreatment of chymotrypsin was 17.5 M (FIG. 30 shows a representative experiment). The data indicate that there is a preference for Salinosporamide A-mediated inhibition of the in vitro chymotrypsin-like activity of proteasomes over inhibition of the catalytic activity of chymotrypsin.
[0433] Thus, Salinosporamide A inhibits the chymotrypsin-like and PGPH
activity of the proteasome. Preliminary studies indicate that Salinosporamide A also inhibits the trypsin-like activity of the proteasome witli an EC50 value of -10 nM
(data not shown).
INHIBITION OF NF-xB-MEDIATED LUCIFERASE ACTIVITY BY FORMULAE II-2, II-3, II-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-8C, II-13C, II-16, II-17, 11-18, II-19,1I-20, II-21, II-22, II-24C, 11-25, 11-26, II-27, II-28, II-29, II-30, II-44, VI-lA AND IV-3C; HEK293 NF-KB/LUCIFERASE
REPORTER CELL LINE
[0434] The HEK293 NF-icB/luciferase reporter cell line is a derivative of the human embryonic kidney cell line (ATCC; CRL-1573) and carries a luciferase reporter gene under the regulation of 5X NF-xB binding sites. The reporter cell line was routinely maintained in complete DMEM medium (DMEM plus 10%(v/v) Fetal bovine serum, 2mM
L-glutamine, 10 mM HEPES and Penicillin/Streptomycin at 100 IU/ml and 100 g/ml, respectively) supplemented with 250 g/ml G418. When performing the luciferase assay, the DMEM basal medium was replaced with phenol-red free DMEM basal medium and the G418 was omitted. The cells were cultured in an incubator at 37 C in 5% COZ
and 95%
humidified air.
[0435] For NF-KB-mediated luciferase assays, HEK293 NF-xB/luciferase cells were seeded at 1.5x104 cells/well in 90 l phenol-red free DMEM complete medium into Coming 3917 white opaque-bottom tissue culture plates. For Formulae 11-2, II-4, II-5A and 11-18, a 400 M starting dilution was made in 100% DMSO and this dilution was used to generate an 8-point half log dilution series. This dilution series was further diluted 40X in appropriate culture medium and ten l aliquots were added to the test wells in triplicate resulting in final test concentrations ranging from 1 M to 320 pM. For Formulae II-3, II-5B, II-8C, II-13C, II-17, II-21, II-22, 1I-24C, II-25, II-26, 11-27, II-28, II-29, 11-30, VI-lA and IV-3C, a 8mM starting dilution was made in 100% DMSO and the same procedure was followed as described above resulting in final test concentrations ranging from 20 M to 6.3nM. For Formulae II-16, II-19 and 11-44, a 127 M starting dilution was made in 100%
DMSO and the final test concentrations ranging from 317 nM to 0.1 nM. For formula 11-20, a 2.5mM or 8mM starting dilution was made in 100% DMSO and the final test concentrations ranged from 6.3 M to 2.OnM or 20 M to 6.3nM respectively. The plates were returned to the incubator for 1 hour. After 1 hr pretreatment, 10 l of a 50 ng/ml TNF-a solution, prepared in the phenol-red free DMEM medium was added, and the plates were incubated for an additional 6 hours. The final concentration of DMSO was 0.25% in all samples.
[0436] At the end of the TNF-a stimulation, 100 l of Steady Lite HTS
luciferase reagent (Packard Bioscience) was added to each well and the plates were left undisturbed for min at room temperature before measuring the luciferase activity. The relative luciferase units (RLU) were measured by using a Fusion microplate fluorometer (Packard Bioscience).
The EC50 values (the diug concentration at which 50% of the maximal relative luciferase activity is inhibited) were calculated in Prism (GraphPad Software) using a sigmoidal dose response, variable slope model.
Inhibition of NF-xB Activation by Formulae 11-2, 11-3, 11-4, II-5A 1I-5B II-8C, 11-13C II-16 I1-17 11-18, II-19 11-20, I1-21 11-22, II-24C, 11-25, 11-26, 11-27, 11-28, I1-29, 11-30, 11-44, VI-lAandlV-3C
[0437] NF-KB regulates the expression of a large number of genes important in inflammation, apoptosis, tumorigenesis, and autoimmune diseases. Thus compounds capable of modulating or affecting NF-xB activity are useful in treating diseases related to inflammation, cancer, and autoimmune diseases, for example. In its inactive form, NF-xB
complexes with IxB in the cytosol and upon stimulation, IxB is phosphorylated, ubiquitinated and subsequently degraded by the proteasome. The degradation of IxB leads to the activation of NF-xB and its translocation to the nucleus. The effects of Formulae 11-2, 11-3, 11-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-8C, II-13C, 11-16, II-17, II-18, II-19, II-20, II-21, 11-22, II-24C, II-25, 1I-26, 11-27, II-28, 11-29, II-30, II-44, VI-lA and IV-3C on the activation of NF-]cB were evaluated by assessing the NF-KB-mediated luciferase activity in HEK293 NF-xB/Luc cells upon TNF-a stimulation.
[0438] Pretreatment of NF-xB/Luc 293 cells with Formulae 11-2, 11-4, II-5A, II-5B, 1I-16, II-17, II-18, 11-19, 11-20, II-21, 11-22, II-24C, 11-26, 11-29, II-30 and 11-44 resulted in a dose-dependent decrease of luciferase activity upon TNF-a stimulation. The EC50 values to inhibit NF-xB-mediated luciferase activity are shown in Table 4 and demonstrate that compounds of Formulae 11-2, 11-4, II-5A, II-5B, 11-16, II-17, 11-18, 11-19, II-20, II-21, II-22, II-24C, II-26, 11-29, II-30 and 11-44 inhibited NF-KB activity in this cell-based assay.
Salinosporamide A was diluted in DMSO to generate an 8-point dose-response curve. The high final Salinosporamide A concentrations needed to obtain complete inhibition of chymotrypsin required that the diluted enzyme be directly added to the compound dilution series. The inclusion of 1% DMSO (the final concentration of solvent in the test wells) into the reaction had no significant effect on chymotrypsin activity towards this substrate. The reactions were pre-incubated for 5 minutes at 37 C and the reactions were initiated by the addition of substrate. Data were collected kinetically for one hour at 37 C in the Fluoroskan and plotted as the mean of triplicate data points. The data were nonnalized to reactions performed in the absence of Salinosporamide A, and modeled in Prism as a sigmoidal dose-response, variable slope. Normalized data from Salinosporamide A inhibition of the chymotrypsin-like activity of rabbit 20S proteasomes has been included on the same graph.
[0432] The average inhibition obseived in two experiments using Salinosporamide A pretreatment of chymotrypsin was 17.5 M (FIG. 30 shows a representative experiment). The data indicate that there is a preference for Salinosporamide A-mediated inhibition of the in vitro chymotrypsin-like activity of proteasomes over inhibition of the catalytic activity of chymotrypsin.
[0433] Thus, Salinosporamide A inhibits the chymotrypsin-like and PGPH
activity of the proteasome. Preliminary studies indicate that Salinosporamide A also inhibits the trypsin-like activity of the proteasome witli an EC50 value of -10 nM
(data not shown).
INHIBITION OF NF-xB-MEDIATED LUCIFERASE ACTIVITY BY FORMULAE II-2, II-3, II-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-8C, II-13C, II-16, II-17, 11-18, II-19,1I-20, II-21, II-22, II-24C, 11-25, 11-26, II-27, II-28, II-29, II-30, II-44, VI-lA AND IV-3C; HEK293 NF-KB/LUCIFERASE
REPORTER CELL LINE
[0434] The HEK293 NF-icB/luciferase reporter cell line is a derivative of the human embryonic kidney cell line (ATCC; CRL-1573) and carries a luciferase reporter gene under the regulation of 5X NF-xB binding sites. The reporter cell line was routinely maintained in complete DMEM medium (DMEM plus 10%(v/v) Fetal bovine serum, 2mM
L-glutamine, 10 mM HEPES and Penicillin/Streptomycin at 100 IU/ml and 100 g/ml, respectively) supplemented with 250 g/ml G418. When performing the luciferase assay, the DMEM basal medium was replaced with phenol-red free DMEM basal medium and the G418 was omitted. The cells were cultured in an incubator at 37 C in 5% COZ
and 95%
humidified air.
[0435] For NF-KB-mediated luciferase assays, HEK293 NF-xB/luciferase cells were seeded at 1.5x104 cells/well in 90 l phenol-red free DMEM complete medium into Coming 3917 white opaque-bottom tissue culture plates. For Formulae 11-2, II-4, II-5A and 11-18, a 400 M starting dilution was made in 100% DMSO and this dilution was used to generate an 8-point half log dilution series. This dilution series was further diluted 40X in appropriate culture medium and ten l aliquots were added to the test wells in triplicate resulting in final test concentrations ranging from 1 M to 320 pM. For Formulae II-3, II-5B, II-8C, II-13C, II-17, II-21, II-22, 1I-24C, II-25, II-26, 11-27, II-28, II-29, 11-30, VI-lA and IV-3C, a 8mM starting dilution was made in 100% DMSO and the same procedure was followed as described above resulting in final test concentrations ranging from 20 M to 6.3nM. For Formulae II-16, II-19 and 11-44, a 127 M starting dilution was made in 100%
DMSO and the final test concentrations ranging from 317 nM to 0.1 nM. For formula 11-20, a 2.5mM or 8mM starting dilution was made in 100% DMSO and the final test concentrations ranged from 6.3 M to 2.OnM or 20 M to 6.3nM respectively. The plates were returned to the incubator for 1 hour. After 1 hr pretreatment, 10 l of a 50 ng/ml TNF-a solution, prepared in the phenol-red free DMEM medium was added, and the plates were incubated for an additional 6 hours. The final concentration of DMSO was 0.25% in all samples.
[0436] At the end of the TNF-a stimulation, 100 l of Steady Lite HTS
luciferase reagent (Packard Bioscience) was added to each well and the plates were left undisturbed for min at room temperature before measuring the luciferase activity. The relative luciferase units (RLU) were measured by using a Fusion microplate fluorometer (Packard Bioscience).
The EC50 values (the diug concentration at which 50% of the maximal relative luciferase activity is inhibited) were calculated in Prism (GraphPad Software) using a sigmoidal dose response, variable slope model.
Inhibition of NF-xB Activation by Formulae 11-2, 11-3, 11-4, II-5A 1I-5B II-8C, 11-13C II-16 I1-17 11-18, II-19 11-20, I1-21 11-22, II-24C, 11-25, 11-26, 11-27, 11-28, I1-29, 11-30, 11-44, VI-lAandlV-3C
[0437] NF-KB regulates the expression of a large number of genes important in inflammation, apoptosis, tumorigenesis, and autoimmune diseases. Thus compounds capable of modulating or affecting NF-xB activity are useful in treating diseases related to inflammation, cancer, and autoimmune diseases, for example. In its inactive form, NF-xB
complexes with IxB in the cytosol and upon stimulation, IxB is phosphorylated, ubiquitinated and subsequently degraded by the proteasome. The degradation of IxB leads to the activation of NF-xB and its translocation to the nucleus. The effects of Formulae 11-2, 11-3, 11-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-8C, II-13C, 11-16, II-17, II-18, II-19, II-20, II-21, 11-22, II-24C, II-25, 1I-26, 11-27, II-28, 11-29, II-30, II-44, VI-lA and IV-3C on the activation of NF-]cB were evaluated by assessing the NF-KB-mediated luciferase activity in HEK293 NF-xB/Luc cells upon TNF-a stimulation.
[0438] Pretreatment of NF-xB/Luc 293 cells with Formulae 11-2, 11-4, II-5A, II-5B, 1I-16, II-17, II-18, 11-19, 11-20, II-21, 11-22, II-24C, 11-26, 11-29, II-30 and 11-44 resulted in a dose-dependent decrease of luciferase activity upon TNF-a stimulation. The EC50 values to inhibit NF-xB-mediated luciferase activity are shown in Table 4 and demonstrate that compounds of Formulae 11-2, 11-4, II-5A, II-5B, 11-16, II-17, 11-18, 11-19, II-20, II-21, II-22, II-24C, II-26, 11-29, II-30 and 11-44 inhibited NF-KB activity in this cell-based assay.
EC50 VALUES OF FORMULAE 11-2, 11-3, II-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-8C, II-13C, 11-16, 11-17, II-18, 11-19, II-20, 11-21, 11-22, 11-24C, II-25, II-26, II-27, II-28, II-29, 11-30, II-44, VI-1A AND
IV-3C FROM NF-xB-MEDIATED LUCIFERASE REPORTER GENE ASSAY
Compound EC50*
Fonnula 11-2 71 20 nM
Formula 11-3 >20 M
>20 M
Formula 11-4 67 nM
88 nM
Formula II-5A 33 nM
30 nM
Formula II-5B 279 nM
261 nM
Formula II-8C >20 M
>20 M
Formula II-13C >20 M
>20 M
Formula II-16 11 3 nM
Formula 11-17 960 210 nM
Formula II-18 9 nM
11 nM
Formula II-19 7 nM
nM
Formula 11-20 849 225 nM**
Formula II-21 3.2 M
2.7 M
Formula II-22 1 M
728 nM
Formula II-24C 5.3 M
3.2 M
Formula II-25 >20 M
>20 M
IV-3C FROM NF-xB-MEDIATED LUCIFERASE REPORTER GENE ASSAY
Compound EC50*
Fonnula 11-2 71 20 nM
Formula 11-3 >20 M
>20 M
Formula 11-4 67 nM
88 nM
Formula II-5A 33 nM
30 nM
Formula II-5B 279 nM
261 nM
Formula II-8C >20 M
>20 M
Formula II-13C >20 M
>20 M
Formula II-16 11 3 nM
Formula 11-17 960 210 nM
Formula II-18 9 nM
11 nM
Formula II-19 7 nM
nM
Formula 11-20 849 225 nM**
Formula II-21 3.2 M
2.7 M
Formula II-22 1 M
728 nM
Formula II-24C 5.3 M
3.2 M
Formula II-25 >20 M
>20 M
Formula II-26 4.3 M
4.1 M
Formula II-27 >20 M
>20 M
Formula II-28 >20 M
>20 M
Formula II-29 1.2 M
1.4 M
Formula 11-30 2.2 M
2.2 M
Formula 11-44 17 4 nM
Formula VI-lA >20 M
>20 M
Formula IV-3C >20 M
>20 M
* EC50 VALUES OF TWO INDEPENDENT EXPERIMENTS ARE SHOWN. WHERE
N>3, THE MEAN EC50 VALUE STANDARD DEVIATION IS PRESENTED. **THE
ASSAY ALSO WAS PERFORMED WITH COMPOUND 11-20, AND RESULTED IN AN
EC50 VALUE OF 154NM, WHICH VALUE WAS NOT INCLUDED IN THE
CALCULATION OF THE MEAN EC50 VALUE.
[0439] Results from a representative experiment evaluating Formula II-2, Formula 11-3 and Formula 11-4 (FIG. 44) revealed that pretreatment with Formula 11-2 and Formula II-4 resulted in a dose-dependent decrease of luciferase activity in NF-xB/Luc 293 cells upon TNF-a stimulation. The calculated EC50 to inhibit NF-xB inducible luciferase activity in this experiment was 73 nM for Fonnula 11-2, while EC50 value for Formula II-4 was 67 nM. Similar data were observed in a replicate experiment.
[0440] Results from a representative experiment evaluating Formula II-5A and Formula II-5B are shown in FIG. 45 and illustrate that Formula II-5A and Formula II-5B
inhibit NF-xB inducible luciferase activity with EC50 values of 30 nM and 261 nM
respectively. Similar data were observed in a replicate experiment.
4.1 M
Formula II-27 >20 M
>20 M
Formula II-28 >20 M
>20 M
Formula II-29 1.2 M
1.4 M
Formula 11-30 2.2 M
2.2 M
Formula 11-44 17 4 nM
Formula VI-lA >20 M
>20 M
Formula IV-3C >20 M
>20 M
* EC50 VALUES OF TWO INDEPENDENT EXPERIMENTS ARE SHOWN. WHERE
N>3, THE MEAN EC50 VALUE STANDARD DEVIATION IS PRESENTED. **THE
ASSAY ALSO WAS PERFORMED WITH COMPOUND 11-20, AND RESULTED IN AN
EC50 VALUE OF 154NM, WHICH VALUE WAS NOT INCLUDED IN THE
CALCULATION OF THE MEAN EC50 VALUE.
[0439] Results from a representative experiment evaluating Formula II-2, Formula 11-3 and Formula 11-4 (FIG. 44) revealed that pretreatment with Formula 11-2 and Formula II-4 resulted in a dose-dependent decrease of luciferase activity in NF-xB/Luc 293 cells upon TNF-a stimulation. The calculated EC50 to inhibit NF-xB inducible luciferase activity in this experiment was 73 nM for Fonnula 11-2, while EC50 value for Formula II-4 was 67 nM. Similar data were observed in a replicate experiment.
[0440] Results from a representative experiment evaluating Formula II-5A and Formula II-5B are shown in FIG. 45 and illustrate that Formula II-5A and Formula II-5B
inhibit NF-xB inducible luciferase activity with EC50 values of 30 nM and 261 nM
respectively. Similar data were observed in a replicate experiment.
EFFECT OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A ON THE NF-KB SIGNALING PATHWAY
[0441] Experiments were carried out to study the role of Salinosporamide A in the NF-xB signaling pathway. A stable HEK293 clone (NF-KB/Luc 293) was generated carrying a luciferase reporter gene under the regulation of 5X NF-xB binding sites.
Stimulation of this cell line with TNF-a leads to increased luciferase activity as a result of NF-KB activation.
[0442] NF-xB/Luc 293 cells were pre-treated with 8-point half-log serial dilutions of Salinosporamide A (ranging from 1 M to 317 pM) for 1 hour followed by a 6 hour stimulation with TNF-a (10 ng/mL). NF-KB inducible luciferase activity was measured at 6 hours. Viability of NF-xB/Luc 293 cells, after treatinent with Salinosporamide A for 24 hr, was assessed by the addition of resazurin dye, as previously described.
[0443] Pretreatment of NF-xB/Luc 293 cells with Salinosporamide A resulted in a dose-dependent decrease of luciferase activity upon TNF-a stimulation (FIG.
31, right y-axis). The calculated EC50 for inhibition of NF-xB/luciferase activity was -7 nM. A
cytotoxicity assay was simultaneously performed, and showed that this concentration of Salinosporamide A did not affect cell viability (FIG. 31, left y-axis). These representative data suggested that the observed decrease in luciferase activity by Salinosporamide A
treatment was primarily due to an NF-KB mediated-signaling event rather than cell death.
[0444] In addition to the NF-xB luciferase reporter gene assay, the effect of Salinosporamide A on the levels of phosphorylated-IxBa and total IxBa was evaluated by western blot. Endogenous protein levels were assessed in both HEK293 cells and the NF-xB/Luc 293 reporter clone.
[0445] Cells were pre-treated for 1 hour with Salinosporamide A at the indicated concentrations followed by stimulation with 10 ng/mL of TNF-a for 30 minutes.
Antibodies against total and phosphorylated forms of IxBa were used to determine the endogenous level of each protein and anti-Tubulin antibody was used to confirm equal loading of protein.
[0441] Experiments were carried out to study the role of Salinosporamide A in the NF-xB signaling pathway. A stable HEK293 clone (NF-KB/Luc 293) was generated carrying a luciferase reporter gene under the regulation of 5X NF-xB binding sites.
Stimulation of this cell line with TNF-a leads to increased luciferase activity as a result of NF-KB activation.
[0442] NF-xB/Luc 293 cells were pre-treated with 8-point half-log serial dilutions of Salinosporamide A (ranging from 1 M to 317 pM) for 1 hour followed by a 6 hour stimulation with TNF-a (10 ng/mL). NF-KB inducible luciferase activity was measured at 6 hours. Viability of NF-xB/Luc 293 cells, after treatinent with Salinosporamide A for 24 hr, was assessed by the addition of resazurin dye, as previously described.
[0443] Pretreatment of NF-xB/Luc 293 cells with Salinosporamide A resulted in a dose-dependent decrease of luciferase activity upon TNF-a stimulation (FIG.
31, right y-axis). The calculated EC50 for inhibition of NF-xB/luciferase activity was -7 nM. A
cytotoxicity assay was simultaneously performed, and showed that this concentration of Salinosporamide A did not affect cell viability (FIG. 31, left y-axis). These representative data suggested that the observed decrease in luciferase activity by Salinosporamide A
treatment was primarily due to an NF-KB mediated-signaling event rather than cell death.
[0444] In addition to the NF-xB luciferase reporter gene assay, the effect of Salinosporamide A on the levels of phosphorylated-IxBa and total IxBa was evaluated by western blot. Endogenous protein levels were assessed in both HEK293 cells and the NF-xB/Luc 293 reporter clone.
[0445] Cells were pre-treated for 1 hour with Salinosporamide A at the indicated concentrations followed by stimulation with 10 ng/mL of TNF-a for 30 minutes.
Antibodies against total and phosphorylated forms of IxBa were used to determine the endogenous level of each protein and anti-Tubulin antibody was used to confirm equal loading of protein.
[0446] As shown in FIG. 32, treatment of both cell lines with Salinosporamide A
at 50 and 500 nM not only reduced the degradation of total IxBa but also retained the phospho-IxBa level when stimulated witli TNF-a. These results strongly support the mechanism of action of Salinosporamide A as a proteasome inhibitor, which prevents the degradation of phosphorylated IxBa upon TNF-a stimulation.
EFFECT OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A ON CELL CYCLE REGULATORY PROTEINS
[0447] The ubiquitin-proteasome pathway is an essential proteolytic system involved in cell cycle control by regulating the degradation of cyclins and cyclin-dependent kinase (Cdk) inhibitors such as p21 and p27. Pagano, et al., Science 269:682 (1995), Kisselev, et al., C12enz Biol 8:739 (2001), King, et al., Science 274:1652 (1996).
Furtliermore, p21 and p27 protein levels are increased in the presence of proteasome inhibitors. Fukuchi, et al., Bioclzinz Bioplays Acta 1451:206 (1999), Takeuchi, et al., Jpn J
Cancer Res 93:774 (2002). Therefore, western blot analysis was performed to evaluate the effect of Salinosporamide A treatment on endogenous levels of p21 and p27 using the HEK293 cells and the HEK293 NF-KB/Luciferase reporter clone.
[0448] The Western blots presented in FIG. 33 were reprobed using antibodies against p21 and p27 to determine the endogenous level of each protein and anti-Tubulin antibody was used to confirm equal loading of protein.
[0449] As shown in FIG. 33A and 33B, preliminary results indicated that p21 and p27 protein levels were elevated when both cell lines were treated with Salinosporamide A at various concentrations. Data showed that Salinosporamide A acts by inhibiting proteasome activity thereby preventing the TNF-a induced activation of NF-xB. In addition, this proteasomal inhibition results in the accumulation of the Cdlc inhibitors, p21 and p27, which has been reported to sensitize cells to apoptosis. Pagano, et al., supra (1995), King, et al., supra (1996).
at 50 and 500 nM not only reduced the degradation of total IxBa but also retained the phospho-IxBa level when stimulated witli TNF-a. These results strongly support the mechanism of action of Salinosporamide A as a proteasome inhibitor, which prevents the degradation of phosphorylated IxBa upon TNF-a stimulation.
EFFECT OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A ON CELL CYCLE REGULATORY PROTEINS
[0447] The ubiquitin-proteasome pathway is an essential proteolytic system involved in cell cycle control by regulating the degradation of cyclins and cyclin-dependent kinase (Cdk) inhibitors such as p21 and p27. Pagano, et al., Science 269:682 (1995), Kisselev, et al., C12enz Biol 8:739 (2001), King, et al., Science 274:1652 (1996).
Furtliermore, p21 and p27 protein levels are increased in the presence of proteasome inhibitors. Fukuchi, et al., Bioclzinz Bioplays Acta 1451:206 (1999), Takeuchi, et al., Jpn J
Cancer Res 93:774 (2002). Therefore, western blot analysis was performed to evaluate the effect of Salinosporamide A treatment on endogenous levels of p21 and p27 using the HEK293 cells and the HEK293 NF-KB/Luciferase reporter clone.
[0448] The Western blots presented in FIG. 33 were reprobed using antibodies against p21 and p27 to determine the endogenous level of each protein and anti-Tubulin antibody was used to confirm equal loading of protein.
[0449] As shown in FIG. 33A and 33B, preliminary results indicated that p21 and p27 protein levels were elevated when both cell lines were treated with Salinosporamide A at various concentrations. Data showed that Salinosporamide A acts by inhibiting proteasome activity thereby preventing the TNF-a induced activation of NF-xB. In addition, this proteasomal inhibition results in the accumulation of the Cdlc inhibitors, p21 and p27, which has been reported to sensitize cells to apoptosis. Pagano, et al., supra (1995), King, et al., supra (1996).
ACTIVATION OF CASPASE-3 BY SALINOSPORAMIDE A(1I-16) [0450] To address whether Salinosporamide A induces apoptosis, its effect on the induction of Caspase-3 activity was evaluated using Jurkat cells (American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) TIB-152, human acute T cell leukemia).
[0451] Jurkat cells were plated at 2 X106 cells I 3 mL per well in a 6-well plate and incubated at 37 C, 5% (v/v) CO2 and 95% (v/v) humidity. Salinosporamide A
and Mitoxantrone (Sigma, St. Louis, MO. Cat # M6545), were prepared in DMSO at stock concentrations of 20 mM and 40 mM, respectively. Mitoxantrone is a chemotherapeutic drug that induces apoptosis in dividing and non-dividing cells via inhibition of DNA synthesis and repair and was included as a positive control. Bhalla, et al., Blood 82:3133 (1993). Cells were treated with EC50 concentrations (Table 5) and incubated 19 hours prior to assessing of Caspase-3 activity. Cells treated with 0.25% DMSO served as the negative control. The cells were collected by centrifugation and the media removed. Cell pellets were processed for the Caspase-3 activity assay as described in the manufacturer's protocol (EnzChek Caspase-3 Assay Kit from Molecular Probes (E-13183; see Appendix G, which form a part of this application and is also available at hypertext transfer protocol on the worldwide web at "probes.com/media/pis/mp13183.pdf.". In brief, cell pellets were lysed on ice, mixed with the EnzChek Caspase-3 components in a 96-well plate, and then incubated in the darlc for 30 minutes prior to reading fluorescence of cleaved benzyloxycarbonyl-DEVD-AMC
using a Packard Fusion with keX = 485 nm and ke11, = 530 nm filters. Protein concentrations for lysates were determined using the BCA Protein Assay Kit (Pierce) and these values were used for normalization.
[0452] Data from representative experiments indicate that Salinosporamide A
treatment of Jurkat cells results in cytotoxicity and activation of Caspase-3 (Table 5, FIG.
34).
[0451] Jurkat cells were plated at 2 X106 cells I 3 mL per well in a 6-well plate and incubated at 37 C, 5% (v/v) CO2 and 95% (v/v) humidity. Salinosporamide A
and Mitoxantrone (Sigma, St. Louis, MO. Cat # M6545), were prepared in DMSO at stock concentrations of 20 mM and 40 mM, respectively. Mitoxantrone is a chemotherapeutic drug that induces apoptosis in dividing and non-dividing cells via inhibition of DNA synthesis and repair and was included as a positive control. Bhalla, et al., Blood 82:3133 (1993). Cells were treated with EC50 concentrations (Table 5) and incubated 19 hours prior to assessing of Caspase-3 activity. Cells treated with 0.25% DMSO served as the negative control. The cells were collected by centrifugation and the media removed. Cell pellets were processed for the Caspase-3 activity assay as described in the manufacturer's protocol (EnzChek Caspase-3 Assay Kit from Molecular Probes (E-13183; see Appendix G, which form a part of this application and is also available at hypertext transfer protocol on the worldwide web at "probes.com/media/pis/mp13183.pdf.". In brief, cell pellets were lysed on ice, mixed with the EnzChek Caspase-3 components in a 96-well plate, and then incubated in the darlc for 30 minutes prior to reading fluorescence of cleaved benzyloxycarbonyl-DEVD-AMC
using a Packard Fusion with keX = 485 nm and ke11, = 530 nm filters. Protein concentrations for lysates were determined using the BCA Protein Assay Kit (Pierce) and these values were used for normalization.
[0452] Data from representative experiments indicate that Salinosporamide A
treatment of Jurkat cells results in cytotoxicity and activation of Caspase-3 (Table 5, FIG.
34).
TABLE 5: EC50 VALUES OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A AND MITOXANTRONE
CYTOTOXICITY AGAINST JURKAT CELLS
Jurkat Cells Compound EC50 (nM) % max cell kill Salinosporamide A 10 97 Mitoxantrone 50 99 PARP CLEAVAGE BY SALINOSPORAMIDE A IN JURKAT CELLS
[0453] In order to assess the ability of Salinosporamide A to induce apoptosis in Jurkat cells, cleavage of poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) was monitored.
PARP is a 116 kDa nuclear protein that is one of the main intracellular targets of Caspase-3. Decker, et al., J Biol Chem 275:9043 (2000), Nicholson, D.W, Nat Biotechnol 14:297 (1996). The cleavage of PARP generates a stable 89 kDa product, and this process can be monitored by western blotting. Cleavage of PARP by caspases is a hallmark of apoptosis, and as such serves as an excellent marker for this process.
[0454] Jurkat cells were maintained in RPMI supplemented with 10% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) at low density (2x105 cells per mL) prior to the experiment. Cells were harvested by centrifugation, and resuspended in media to 1 X 106 cells per 3 mL. Twenty mL
of the cell suspension were treated with 100 nM Salinosporamide A (20 mM DMSO
stock stored at -80 C), and a 3 mL aliquot removed and placed on ice for the To sample. Three mL
aliquots of the cell suspension plus Salinosporamide A were placed in 6-well dishes and returned to the incubator. As a positive control for PARP cleavage, an identical cell suspension was treated with 350 nM Staurosporine, a known apoptosis inducer (Sigma S5921, 700 M DMSO stock stored at -20 C). Samples were removed at 2, 4, 6, 8, and 24 hrs in the case of Salinosporainide A treated cells, and at 4 hrs for the Staurosporine control.
For each time point, the cells were recovered by brief centrifugation, the cells were washed with 400 L of PBS, and the cells pelleted again. After removal of the PBS, the pellets were stored at -20 C prior to SDS PAGE. Each cell pellet was resuspended in 100 L
of NuPAGE
sample buffer (Invitrogen 46-5030) and 10 L of each sample were separated on 10%
NuPAGE BIS-Tris gels (Invitrogen NB302). After electrotransfer to nitrocellulose, the membrane was probed with a rabbit polyclonal antibody to PARP (Cell Signaling 9542), followed by goat anti-rabbit alkaline phosphatase conjugated secondary antibody (Jackson 11-055-045). Bound antibodies were detected colorimetrically using BCIP/NBT
(Roche 1681451).
[0455] The western blot presented in FIG. 35 shows the cleavage of PARP within the Jurkat cells in a time-dependent fashion. The cleaved foim (denoted by the asterisk, *) appears in the treated cells between 2 and 4 hrs after exposure to Salinosporamide A while the majority of the remaining PARP is cleaved by 24 hrs. The Staurosporine treated cells (St) show rapid cleavage of PARP with most of this protein being cleaved within 4 hours. These data strongly suggest that Salinosporamide A can induce apoptosis in Jurkat cells.
ANTI-ANTHRAX ACTIVITY
[0456] In order to assay for the ability of Salinosporamide A or other compounds to prevent cell death resulting from LeTx exposure, RAW264.7 macrophage-like cells and recombinant LF and PA lethal toxin components were used as an in 14tf model system assaying for cytotoxicity, as described below.
[0457] RAW264.7 cells (ATCC # TIB-71) were adapted to and maintained in Advanced Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) supplemented with 5% fetal bovine serum (ADMEM, Mediatech, Herndon, VA) at 37 C in a humidified 5% COZ incubator. Cells were plated overnight in ADMEM supplemented with 5%
FBS at 37 C in a humidified 5% COZ incubator at a concentration of 50,000 cells/well in a 96-well plate. Alternatively, cells cultured in DMEM supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum were also used and found to be amenable to this assay. Media was removed the following morning and replaced with serum-free ADMEM with or without Salinosporamide A or Omuralide at doses ranging from 1 M to 0.5 nM for an 8-point dose-response. The compounds were prepared from a 1 mg/mL DMSO stock solution and diluted to the final concentration in ADMEM. After a 15 minute pre-incubation, 200 ng/mL LF or 400 ng/mL PA alone or in combination (LeTx) were added to cells. Recombinant LF and PA were obtained from List Biological Laboratories and stored as 1 mg/mL stock solutions in sterile water containing 1mg/ml BSA at -80 C as described by the manufacturer. Cells were incubated for 6 hours at 37 C, followed by addition of Resazurin as previously described. Plates were incubated an additional 6 hours prior to assessing cell viability by measuring fluorescence. The data are a summary of three experiments with tliree to six replicates per experiment and are expressed as the percent viability using the DMSO (negative) and the LeTx controls (positive) to normalize the data using the following equation: % viability = 100*(observed OD -positive control)/ (negative control-positive control).
[0458] The data represented in FIG. 36 indicate that treatment with Salinosporamide A can prevent LeTx-induced cell death of macrophage-like RAW264.7 cells in vitro. Treatment of RAW cells with either LF or PA alone or Salinosporamide A alone resulted in little reduction in cell viability, whereas treatment with LeTx resulted in approximately 0.27% cell viability as compared to controls. Salinosporamide A
may enhance macrophage survival by inhibiting the degradation of specific proteins and decreasing the synthesis of cytokines, which will ultimately lead to the inhibition of the letlial effects of anthrax toxins in vivo.
[0459] Although Salinosporamide A treatment alone produced very modest cytotoxicity at concentrations of 100 nM and above, treatment with lower, relatively non-toxic levels revealed a marked increase in RAW 264.7 cell viability in LeTx treated cells (FIG. 36). For example, the Salinosporamide A + LeTx treated group showed 82%
cell-viability when pretreated with 12 nM Salinosporamide A, which was a concentration that showed 96% viability with Salinosporamide A alone. The average EC50 for Salinosporamide A in these studies was 3.6 nM. In contrast, Omuralide showed relatively little effect on cell viability until concentrations of 1 M were reached. Even at this higli concentration of Omuralide, only 37% viability was observed indicating that Salinosporamide A
is a more potent inhibitor of LeTx-induced RAW264.7 cell death. Consistent with these data, Tang et.
al., Irfect Inanaun 67:3055 (1999), found that the EC50 concentrations for MG132 and Lactacystin (the precursor to Omuralide) in the LeTx assay were 3 M. Taken together, these data further illustrate that Salinosporamide A is a more potent inhibitor of LeTx-induced cytotoxicity than any other compound described to date.
CYTOTOXICITY AGAINST JURKAT CELLS
Jurkat Cells Compound EC50 (nM) % max cell kill Salinosporamide A 10 97 Mitoxantrone 50 99 PARP CLEAVAGE BY SALINOSPORAMIDE A IN JURKAT CELLS
[0453] In order to assess the ability of Salinosporamide A to induce apoptosis in Jurkat cells, cleavage of poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) was monitored.
PARP is a 116 kDa nuclear protein that is one of the main intracellular targets of Caspase-3. Decker, et al., J Biol Chem 275:9043 (2000), Nicholson, D.W, Nat Biotechnol 14:297 (1996). The cleavage of PARP generates a stable 89 kDa product, and this process can be monitored by western blotting. Cleavage of PARP by caspases is a hallmark of apoptosis, and as such serves as an excellent marker for this process.
[0454] Jurkat cells were maintained in RPMI supplemented with 10% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) at low density (2x105 cells per mL) prior to the experiment. Cells were harvested by centrifugation, and resuspended in media to 1 X 106 cells per 3 mL. Twenty mL
of the cell suspension were treated with 100 nM Salinosporamide A (20 mM DMSO
stock stored at -80 C), and a 3 mL aliquot removed and placed on ice for the To sample. Three mL
aliquots of the cell suspension plus Salinosporamide A were placed in 6-well dishes and returned to the incubator. As a positive control for PARP cleavage, an identical cell suspension was treated with 350 nM Staurosporine, a known apoptosis inducer (Sigma S5921, 700 M DMSO stock stored at -20 C). Samples were removed at 2, 4, 6, 8, and 24 hrs in the case of Salinosporainide A treated cells, and at 4 hrs for the Staurosporine control.
For each time point, the cells were recovered by brief centrifugation, the cells were washed with 400 L of PBS, and the cells pelleted again. After removal of the PBS, the pellets were stored at -20 C prior to SDS PAGE. Each cell pellet was resuspended in 100 L
of NuPAGE
sample buffer (Invitrogen 46-5030) and 10 L of each sample were separated on 10%
NuPAGE BIS-Tris gels (Invitrogen NB302). After electrotransfer to nitrocellulose, the membrane was probed with a rabbit polyclonal antibody to PARP (Cell Signaling 9542), followed by goat anti-rabbit alkaline phosphatase conjugated secondary antibody (Jackson 11-055-045). Bound antibodies were detected colorimetrically using BCIP/NBT
(Roche 1681451).
[0455] The western blot presented in FIG. 35 shows the cleavage of PARP within the Jurkat cells in a time-dependent fashion. The cleaved foim (denoted by the asterisk, *) appears in the treated cells between 2 and 4 hrs after exposure to Salinosporamide A while the majority of the remaining PARP is cleaved by 24 hrs. The Staurosporine treated cells (St) show rapid cleavage of PARP with most of this protein being cleaved within 4 hours. These data strongly suggest that Salinosporamide A can induce apoptosis in Jurkat cells.
ANTI-ANTHRAX ACTIVITY
[0456] In order to assay for the ability of Salinosporamide A or other compounds to prevent cell death resulting from LeTx exposure, RAW264.7 macrophage-like cells and recombinant LF and PA lethal toxin components were used as an in 14tf model system assaying for cytotoxicity, as described below.
[0457] RAW264.7 cells (ATCC # TIB-71) were adapted to and maintained in Advanced Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) supplemented with 5% fetal bovine serum (ADMEM, Mediatech, Herndon, VA) at 37 C in a humidified 5% COZ incubator. Cells were plated overnight in ADMEM supplemented with 5%
FBS at 37 C in a humidified 5% COZ incubator at a concentration of 50,000 cells/well in a 96-well plate. Alternatively, cells cultured in DMEM supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum were also used and found to be amenable to this assay. Media was removed the following morning and replaced with serum-free ADMEM with or without Salinosporamide A or Omuralide at doses ranging from 1 M to 0.5 nM for an 8-point dose-response. The compounds were prepared from a 1 mg/mL DMSO stock solution and diluted to the final concentration in ADMEM. After a 15 minute pre-incubation, 200 ng/mL LF or 400 ng/mL PA alone or in combination (LeTx) were added to cells. Recombinant LF and PA were obtained from List Biological Laboratories and stored as 1 mg/mL stock solutions in sterile water containing 1mg/ml BSA at -80 C as described by the manufacturer. Cells were incubated for 6 hours at 37 C, followed by addition of Resazurin as previously described. Plates were incubated an additional 6 hours prior to assessing cell viability by measuring fluorescence. The data are a summary of three experiments with tliree to six replicates per experiment and are expressed as the percent viability using the DMSO (negative) and the LeTx controls (positive) to normalize the data using the following equation: % viability = 100*(observed OD -positive control)/ (negative control-positive control).
[0458] The data represented in FIG. 36 indicate that treatment with Salinosporamide A can prevent LeTx-induced cell death of macrophage-like RAW264.7 cells in vitro. Treatment of RAW cells with either LF or PA alone or Salinosporamide A alone resulted in little reduction in cell viability, whereas treatment with LeTx resulted in approximately 0.27% cell viability as compared to controls. Salinosporamide A
may enhance macrophage survival by inhibiting the degradation of specific proteins and decreasing the synthesis of cytokines, which will ultimately lead to the inhibition of the letlial effects of anthrax toxins in vivo.
[0459] Although Salinosporamide A treatment alone produced very modest cytotoxicity at concentrations of 100 nM and above, treatment with lower, relatively non-toxic levels revealed a marked increase in RAW 264.7 cell viability in LeTx treated cells (FIG. 36). For example, the Salinosporamide A + LeTx treated group showed 82%
cell-viability when pretreated with 12 nM Salinosporamide A, which was a concentration that showed 96% viability with Salinosporamide A alone. The average EC50 for Salinosporamide A in these studies was 3.6 nM. In contrast, Omuralide showed relatively little effect on cell viability until concentrations of 1 M were reached. Even at this higli concentration of Omuralide, only 37% viability was observed indicating that Salinosporamide A
is a more potent inhibitor of LeTx-induced RAW264.7 cell death. Consistent with these data, Tang et.
al., Irfect Inanaun 67:3055 (1999), found that the EC50 concentrations for MG132 and Lactacystin (the precursor to Omuralide) in the LeTx assay were 3 M. Taken together, these data further illustrate that Salinosporamide A is a more potent inhibitor of LeTx-induced cytotoxicity than any other compound described to date.
[04601 Salinosporamide A promoted survival of RAW264.7 cells in the presence of LeTx indicating that this compound or it's derivatives can be a valuable clinical therapeutic for anthrax. In addition, it is worth noting that Salinosporamide A is much less cytotoxic on RAW 264.7 cells than for many tumor cells.
ACTIVITY OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A AGAINST MULTIPLE MYELOMA AND
PROSTATE CANCER CELL LINES
[0461] NF-xB can be to be critical to the growth and resistance to apoptosis in Multiple Myeloma and has also been reported to be constitutively active in various prostate cancer cell lines (Hideshima T et al. 2002, Shimada K et al. 2002 and Palayoor ST et al.
1999). NF-KB activity is regulated by the proteasomal degradation of its inhibitor IxBa.
Since Salinosporamide A has been shown to inhibit the proteasome in vitro and to interfere with the NF-KB signaling pathway, the activity of Salinosporamide A against the multiple myeloma cell line RPMI 8226 and the prostate cancer cell lines PC-3 and DU 145 was evaluated.
[0462] EC50 values were determined in standard growth inhibition assays using Resazurin dye and 48 hour of drug exposure. Results from 2-5 independent experiments (Table 6) show that the EC50 values for Salinosporamide A against RPMI 8226 and the prostate cell lines range from 10-37nM.
TABLE 6: EC50 VALUES OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A(II-16) AGAINST MULTIPLE
MYELOMA AND PROSTATE TUMOR CELL LINES
Compound RPMI 8226 (n=5) DU 145 (n=3) PC-3 (n=2) EC50 % EC50 % EC50 %
(nM), cytotoxicity, (nM), cytotoxicity, (nM) cytotoxicity mean mean SD mean mean SD
SD SD
Salinosporamide 10 3 94 1 37 10 75 4 31,25 88,89 A
ACTIVITY OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A AGAINST MULTIPLE MYELOMA AND
PROSTATE CANCER CELL LINES
[0461] NF-xB can be to be critical to the growth and resistance to apoptosis in Multiple Myeloma and has also been reported to be constitutively active in various prostate cancer cell lines (Hideshima T et al. 2002, Shimada K et al. 2002 and Palayoor ST et al.
1999). NF-KB activity is regulated by the proteasomal degradation of its inhibitor IxBa.
Since Salinosporamide A has been shown to inhibit the proteasome in vitro and to interfere with the NF-KB signaling pathway, the activity of Salinosporamide A against the multiple myeloma cell line RPMI 8226 and the prostate cancer cell lines PC-3 and DU 145 was evaluated.
[0462] EC50 values were determined in standard growth inhibition assays using Resazurin dye and 48 hour of drug exposure. Results from 2-5 independent experiments (Table 6) show that the EC50 values for Salinosporamide A against RPMI 8226 and the prostate cell lines range from 10-37nM.
TABLE 6: EC50 VALUES OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A(II-16) AGAINST MULTIPLE
MYELOMA AND PROSTATE TUMOR CELL LINES
Compound RPMI 8226 (n=5) DU 145 (n=3) PC-3 (n=2) EC50 % EC50 % EC50 %
(nM), cytotoxicity, (nM), cytotoxicity, (nM) cytotoxicity mean mean SD mean mean SD
SD SD
Salinosporamide 10 3 94 1 37 10 75 4 31,25 88,89 A
[0463] The ability of Salinosporamide A to induce apoptosis in RPMI 8226 and PC-3 cells was evaluated by monitoring the cleavage of PARP and Pro-Caspase 3 using western blot analysis. Briefly, PC-3 and RPMI 8226 cells were treated with lOOnM
Salinosporamide A (2345R01) for 0, 8 or 24 hours. Total protein lysates were made and 20 g of the lysates were then resolved under reducing/denaturing conditions and blotted onto nitrocellulose. The blots were then probed with anti-PARP or anti-caspase 3 antibodies followed by stripping and reprobing with an anti-actin antibody.
[0464] Results of these experiments illustrate that Salinosporamide A
treatment of RPMI 8226 cells leads to the cleavage of PARP and Pro-caspase 3 in a time-dependent manner (FIG. 37). RPMI 8226 cells seem to be more sensitive to Salinosporamide A than PC-3 cells since the induction of PARP cleavage is already noticeable at 8 hours and complete by 24 hours. In contrast, in PC-3 cells the cleavage of PARP is noticeable at 24 hours, while the cleavage of Pro-Caspase 3 is not detected in this experiment (FIG. 37).
[0465] RPMI 8226 cells were used to evaluate the effect of treating the cells for 8 hours with various concentrations of Salinosporamide A. Briefly, RPMI 8226 cells were treated with varying concentrations of Salinosporamide A(2345R01) for 8 hours and protein lysates were made. 25 g of the lysates were then resolved under reducing/denaturing conditions and blotted onto nitrocellulose. The blots were then probed with anti-PARP or anti-caspase 3 antibodies followed by stripping and reprobing witli an anti-actin antibody.
FIG. 38 demonstrates that Salinosporamide A induces a dose-dependent cleavage of both PARP and Pro-Caspase 3.
GROWTH INHIBITION OF HUMAN MULTIPLE MYELOMA BY FORMULAE I-7, II-2, II-3, II-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-8C, II-13C, 11-16, 11-17, 11-18, 11-19, 11-20, 11-21, II-22, II-24C, II-25, II-26, II-28, II-29, 11-30, II-31, 11-32, II-38, IV-3C, II-44, VI-IA, 11-47 AND II-50; RPMI 8226 AND
[0466] The human multiple myeloma cell lines, RPMI 8226 (ATCC; CCL-155) and U266 (ATCC; TIB-196) were maintained in appropriate culture media. The cells were cultured in an incubator at 37 C in 5% COZ and 95% humidified air.
Salinosporamide A (2345R01) for 0, 8 or 24 hours. Total protein lysates were made and 20 g of the lysates were then resolved under reducing/denaturing conditions and blotted onto nitrocellulose. The blots were then probed with anti-PARP or anti-caspase 3 antibodies followed by stripping and reprobing with an anti-actin antibody.
[0464] Results of these experiments illustrate that Salinosporamide A
treatment of RPMI 8226 cells leads to the cleavage of PARP and Pro-caspase 3 in a time-dependent manner (FIG. 37). RPMI 8226 cells seem to be more sensitive to Salinosporamide A than PC-3 cells since the induction of PARP cleavage is already noticeable at 8 hours and complete by 24 hours. In contrast, in PC-3 cells the cleavage of PARP is noticeable at 24 hours, while the cleavage of Pro-Caspase 3 is not detected in this experiment (FIG. 37).
[0465] RPMI 8226 cells were used to evaluate the effect of treating the cells for 8 hours with various concentrations of Salinosporamide A. Briefly, RPMI 8226 cells were treated with varying concentrations of Salinosporamide A(2345R01) for 8 hours and protein lysates were made. 25 g of the lysates were then resolved under reducing/denaturing conditions and blotted onto nitrocellulose. The blots were then probed with anti-PARP or anti-caspase 3 antibodies followed by stripping and reprobing witli an anti-actin antibody.
FIG. 38 demonstrates that Salinosporamide A induces a dose-dependent cleavage of both PARP and Pro-Caspase 3.
GROWTH INHIBITION OF HUMAN MULTIPLE MYELOMA BY FORMULAE I-7, II-2, II-3, II-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-8C, II-13C, 11-16, 11-17, 11-18, 11-19, 11-20, 11-21, II-22, II-24C, II-25, II-26, II-28, II-29, 11-30, II-31, 11-32, II-38, IV-3C, II-44, VI-IA, 11-47 AND II-50; RPMI 8226 AND
[0466] The human multiple myeloma cell lines, RPMI 8226 (ATCC; CCL-155) and U266 (ATCC; TIB-196) were maintained in appropriate culture media. The cells were cultured in an incubator at 37 C in 5% COZ and 95% humidified air.
[0467] For cell growth inhibition assays, RPMI 8226 cells and U266 were seeded at 2x104 and 2.5x104 cells/well respectively in 90 1 complete media into Corning 3904 black-walled, clear-bottom tissue culture plates. 20mM stock solutions of the compounds were prepared in 100% DMSO, aliquoted and stored at -80 C. The compounds were serially diluted and added in triplicate to the test wells. The final concentration range of Formulae 1-7, II-3, II-8C, H-5B, II-13C, II-17, 11-20, II-21, 11-22, II-24C, 11-25, 11-26, II-28, 11-29, II-30, 1I-31, 11-32, 11-38, IV-3C, VI-1A and 11-47 were from 20 M to 6.32nM. The final concentration of Formulae 11-16, II-18, 11-19, 11-44 and II-50 ranged from 632nM to 200pM.
The final concentration range of Formulae 11-2, II-4 and II-5A were from 2 M to 632pM.
The final concentration of DMSO was 0.25% in all sainples.
[0468] Following 48 hours of drug exposure, 10 1 of 0.2mg/ml resazurin (obtained from Sigma-Aldrich Chemical Co.) in MgZ+, Ca2+ free phosphate buffered saline was added to each well and the plates were returned to the incubator for 3-6 hours. Since living cells metabolize Resazurin, the fluorescence of the reduction product of Resazurin was measured using a Fusion microplate fluorometer (Packard Bioscience) with ke7C
= 535 nm and keC1 = 590 nm filters. Resazurin dye in medium without cells was used to determine the background, which was subtracted from the data for all experimental wells. The data were normalized to the average fluorescence of the cells treated with media + 0.25%
DMSO
(100% cell growth) and EC50 values (tlle drug concentration at which 50% of the maximal observed growth inhibition is established) were determined using a standard sigmoidal dose response curve fitting algorithm (generated by XLfit 3.0 or XLfit 4.0, ID
Business Solutions Ltd). The data are summarized in Tables 12 and 13.
SALINOSPORAMIDE A(II-16) RETAINS ACTIVITY AGAINST DRUG RESISTANT
CELL LINES
[0469] The EC50 values of Salinosporamide A against the human uterine sarcoma MES-SA cell line and its multidrug-resistant derivative MES-SA/Dx5 were determined to evaluate whether Salinosporamide A retains activity against a cell line overexpressing the P-glycoprotein efflux pump. Paclitaxel, a known substrate for the P-glycoprotein pump was included as a control.
TABLE 7: EC50 VALUES OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A AGAINST MES-SA AND THE
MES-SA MES-SA/Dx5 Fold EC50 (nM), % cytotoxicity, EC50 (nM), % cytotoxicity, change mean mean SD mean SD mean SD
Salinospo 20 5 94 1 23 1 92 2 1.2 ramide A
Paclitaxel 5 2 63 7 2040 150 78 1 408 [0470] Results from these growth inhibition assays (Table 7) show that, as expected, Paclitaxel did not retain its activity against MES-SA/Dx5 cells as reflected by the 408 fold increase in the EC50 values. EC50 values for Salinosporamide A
against MES-SA
and MES-SA/Dx5 were similar. This illustrates that Salinosporamide A is able to inhibit the growth of the multi-drug resistant cell line MES-SA/Dx5 suggesting that Salinosporamide A
does not seem to be a substrate for the P-glycoprotein efflux pump.
[0471] In addition, Salinosporamide A was evaluated against HL-60/MX2, the drug resistant derivative of the human leukemia cell line, HL-60, characterized by having a reduced Topoisomerase II activity and considered to have atypical multidrug resistance. EC50 values for growth inliibition were determined for Salinosporamide A against the HL-60 and HL-60/MX2. The DNA binding agent Mitoxantrone was included as a control, as HL-60/MX2 cells are reported to be resistant to this chemotherapeutic agent (Harker W.G. et al.
1989).
TABLE 8: ECSO VALUES OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A AGAINST HL-60 AND THE
HL-60 HL-60/MX2 Fold EC50 (nM) % cytotoxicity EC50 (nM) % cytotoxicity change Salinospora 27, 30 88, 91 28, 25 84, 89 1.0, 0.8 mide A
Mitoxantrone 59, 25 98, 100 1410, 827 98, 99 24, 33 [0472] The data in Table 8 reveals that Salinosporamide A was able to retain its activity against HL-60/MX2 cells relative to HL-60 cells, indicating that Salinosporamide A
is active in cells expressing reduced Topoisomerase II activity. In contrast, Mitoxantrone was about 29 fold less active against HL-60/MX2 cells.
[0473] Salinosporamide A was also shown to have activity against drug resistant multiple myeloma cell lines. For example, Salinosporamide A was shown to be active against MM. 1R and Doxorubicin-resistant Dox-40 cell lines. Furthermore, Salinosporamide A was shown to be active against cell lines obtained from human multiple myloma patients that had relapsed after multiple prior therapies with Dexamethasone, Bortezomib, and thalidomide. Thus, Salinosporamide A is active against drug resistant multiple myeloma including multiple myeloma exhibiting resistance to doxorubicin, dexamethasone, bortezomib, and thalidomide. Similarly, the other compounds disclosed herein are active against drug resistant multiple inyeloma including multiple myeloma exhibiting resistance to doxoiubicin, dexamethasone, bortezomib, and thalidomide.
SALINOSPORAMIDE A AND SEVERAL ANALOGS: STRUCTURE ACTIVITY
RELATIONSHIP
[0474] To establish an initial structure activity relationship (SAR) for Salinosporamide A, a series of Salinosporamide A analogs were evaluated against the multiple myeloma cell line RPMI 8226. EC50 values were determined in standard growth inhibition assays using Resazurin dye and 48 hour of drug exposure.
[0475] The results of this initial series of SAR (Table 9) indicate that the addition of a halogen group to the ethyl group seems to enhance the cytotoxic activity.
The final concentration range of Formulae 11-2, II-4 and II-5A were from 2 M to 632pM.
The final concentration of DMSO was 0.25% in all sainples.
[0468] Following 48 hours of drug exposure, 10 1 of 0.2mg/ml resazurin (obtained from Sigma-Aldrich Chemical Co.) in MgZ+, Ca2+ free phosphate buffered saline was added to each well and the plates were returned to the incubator for 3-6 hours. Since living cells metabolize Resazurin, the fluorescence of the reduction product of Resazurin was measured using a Fusion microplate fluorometer (Packard Bioscience) with ke7C
= 535 nm and keC1 = 590 nm filters. Resazurin dye in medium without cells was used to determine the background, which was subtracted from the data for all experimental wells. The data were normalized to the average fluorescence of the cells treated with media + 0.25%
DMSO
(100% cell growth) and EC50 values (tlle drug concentration at which 50% of the maximal observed growth inhibition is established) were determined using a standard sigmoidal dose response curve fitting algorithm (generated by XLfit 3.0 or XLfit 4.0, ID
Business Solutions Ltd). The data are summarized in Tables 12 and 13.
SALINOSPORAMIDE A(II-16) RETAINS ACTIVITY AGAINST DRUG RESISTANT
CELL LINES
[0469] The EC50 values of Salinosporamide A against the human uterine sarcoma MES-SA cell line and its multidrug-resistant derivative MES-SA/Dx5 were determined to evaluate whether Salinosporamide A retains activity against a cell line overexpressing the P-glycoprotein efflux pump. Paclitaxel, a known substrate for the P-glycoprotein pump was included as a control.
TABLE 7: EC50 VALUES OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A AGAINST MES-SA AND THE
MES-SA MES-SA/Dx5 Fold EC50 (nM), % cytotoxicity, EC50 (nM), % cytotoxicity, change mean mean SD mean SD mean SD
Salinospo 20 5 94 1 23 1 92 2 1.2 ramide A
Paclitaxel 5 2 63 7 2040 150 78 1 408 [0470] Results from these growth inhibition assays (Table 7) show that, as expected, Paclitaxel did not retain its activity against MES-SA/Dx5 cells as reflected by the 408 fold increase in the EC50 values. EC50 values for Salinosporamide A
against MES-SA
and MES-SA/Dx5 were similar. This illustrates that Salinosporamide A is able to inhibit the growth of the multi-drug resistant cell line MES-SA/Dx5 suggesting that Salinosporamide A
does not seem to be a substrate for the P-glycoprotein efflux pump.
[0471] In addition, Salinosporamide A was evaluated against HL-60/MX2, the drug resistant derivative of the human leukemia cell line, HL-60, characterized by having a reduced Topoisomerase II activity and considered to have atypical multidrug resistance. EC50 values for growth inliibition were determined for Salinosporamide A against the HL-60 and HL-60/MX2. The DNA binding agent Mitoxantrone was included as a control, as HL-60/MX2 cells are reported to be resistant to this chemotherapeutic agent (Harker W.G. et al.
1989).
TABLE 8: ECSO VALUES OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A AGAINST HL-60 AND THE
HL-60 HL-60/MX2 Fold EC50 (nM) % cytotoxicity EC50 (nM) % cytotoxicity change Salinospora 27, 30 88, 91 28, 25 84, 89 1.0, 0.8 mide A
Mitoxantrone 59, 25 98, 100 1410, 827 98, 99 24, 33 [0472] The data in Table 8 reveals that Salinosporamide A was able to retain its activity against HL-60/MX2 cells relative to HL-60 cells, indicating that Salinosporamide A
is active in cells expressing reduced Topoisomerase II activity. In contrast, Mitoxantrone was about 29 fold less active against HL-60/MX2 cells.
[0473] Salinosporamide A was also shown to have activity against drug resistant multiple myeloma cell lines. For example, Salinosporamide A was shown to be active against MM. 1R and Doxorubicin-resistant Dox-40 cell lines. Furthermore, Salinosporamide A was shown to be active against cell lines obtained from human multiple myloma patients that had relapsed after multiple prior therapies with Dexamethasone, Bortezomib, and thalidomide. Thus, Salinosporamide A is active against drug resistant multiple myeloma including multiple myeloma exhibiting resistance to doxorubicin, dexamethasone, bortezomib, and thalidomide. Similarly, the other compounds disclosed herein are active against drug resistant multiple inyeloma including multiple myeloma exhibiting resistance to doxoiubicin, dexamethasone, bortezomib, and thalidomide.
SALINOSPORAMIDE A AND SEVERAL ANALOGS: STRUCTURE ACTIVITY
RELATIONSHIP
[0474] To establish an initial structure activity relationship (SAR) for Salinosporamide A, a series of Salinosporamide A analogs were evaluated against the multiple myeloma cell line RPMI 8226. EC50 values were determined in standard growth inhibition assays using Resazurin dye and 48 hour of drug exposure.
[0475] The results of this initial series of SAR (Table 9) indicate that the addition of a halogen group to the ethyl group seems to enhance the cytotoxic activity.
TABLE 9: INITIAL SAR SERIES OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A
EC50i M (mean Compound No. Molecular Structure SD) % Cytotoxicity (mean SD) ~ H OH
N O
O
O
H"
8FIj II-16 C, 0.007 0.0001 94 ~ 0 N
LOH
: H O
O~
O
H ,~
/\CH3 11-17 2.6, 2.3 94, 95 ~ .; HOH
N
II-18 0H 0 0.017, 0.022 94, 94 9r Where n>2, mean standard deviation was determined IN VIVO BIOLOGY
MAXIMUM TOLERATED DOSE (MTD) DETERMINATION
[0476] In vivo studies were designed to determine the MTD of Salinosporamide A
when administered intravenously to female BALB/c mice.
[0477] BALB/c mice were weighed and various Salinosporamide A
concentrations (ranging from 0.01 mg/kg to 0.5 mg/kg) were administered intravenously as a single dose (qdxl) or daily for five consecutive days (qdx5). Animals were observed daily for clinical signs and were weighed individually twice weekly until the end of the experiment (maximum of 14 days after the last day of dosing). Results are shown in Table 10 and indicate that a single intravenous Salinosporamide A dose of up to 0.25 mg/kg was tolerated.
When administered daily for five consecutive days, concentrations of Salinosporainide A up to 0.lmg/kg were well tolerated. No behavioral changes were noted during the course of the experiment.
TABLE 10: MTD DETERMINATION OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A 1N FEMALE BALB/C
MICE
Group Dose (mg/kg) Route/Schedule Deatlis/Total Days of Deatli 1 0.5 i.v.; qdxl 3/3 3, 3,4 2 0.25 i.v.; qdxl 0/3 3 0.1 i.v.; qdxl 0/3 4 0.05 i.v.; qdxl 0/3 0.01 i.v.; qdxl 0/3 6 0 i.v.; qdxl 0/3 7 0.5 i.v.; qdx5 3/3 4, 6, 7 8 0.25 i.v.; qdx5 3/3 4, 5, 5 9 0.1 i.v.; qdx5 0/3 0.05 i.v.; qdx5 0/3 11 0.01 i.v.; qdx5 0/3 12 0 i.v.; qdx5 0/3 PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A ABSORPTION, DISTRIBUTION, METABOLISM AND ELIMINATION (ADME) CHARACTERISTICS
[0478] Studies to initiate the evaluation of the ADME properties of Salinosporamide A were performed. These studies consisted of solubility assessment, LogD7A deteimination and a preliminary screen to detect cytochrome P450 enzyme inliibition. Results from these studies showed an estimated solubility of Salinosporamide A
in PBS (pH 7.4) of 9.6 M (3 g/ml) and a LogD7A value of 2.4. This LogD7'4 value is within the accepted limits compatible with drug development (LogD7A <5.0) and suggests oral availability. Results fiom the preliminary P450 inhibition screen showed that Salinosporamide A, when tested at l0 M, showed no or low inhibition of all P450 isoforms:
CYP1A2, CYP2C9 and CYP3A4 were inhibited by 3%, 6% and 6% respectively, while CYP2D6 and CYP2C19 were inhibited by 19% and 22% respectively.
SALINOSPORAMIDE A AND ITS EFFECTS IN VIVO ON WHOLE BLOOD
PROTEASOME ACTIVITY
[0479] Salinosporamide A was previously demonstrated to be a potent and specific inhibitor of the proteasome in vitro, with an IC50 of 2 nM towards the chymotrypsin-like activity of purified 20S proteasomes. To monitor the activity of Salinosporamide A in vivo, a rapid and reproducible assay (adapted from Lightcap et al. 2000) was developed to assess the proteosome activity in whole blood.
[0480] hi brief, frozen whole blood samples were thawed on ice for one hour, and resuspended in 700 L of ice cold 5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 in order to lyse the cells by hypotonic shock. This represents approximately 2-3 times the volume of the packed whole blood cells. Lysis was allowed to proceed for one hour, and the cellular debris was removed by centrifugation at 14,000 X g for 10 minutes. The supernatant (Packed Whole Blood Lysate, PWBL) was transferred to a fresh tube, and the pellet discarded.
Protein concentration of the PWBL was determined by BCA assay (Pierce) using BSA as a standard.
EC50i M (mean Compound No. Molecular Structure SD) % Cytotoxicity (mean SD) ~ H OH
N O
O
O
H"
8FIj II-16 C, 0.007 0.0001 94 ~ 0 N
LOH
: H O
O~
O
H ,~
/\CH3 11-17 2.6, 2.3 94, 95 ~ .; HOH
N
II-18 0H 0 0.017, 0.022 94, 94 9r Where n>2, mean standard deviation was determined IN VIVO BIOLOGY
MAXIMUM TOLERATED DOSE (MTD) DETERMINATION
[0476] In vivo studies were designed to determine the MTD of Salinosporamide A
when administered intravenously to female BALB/c mice.
[0477] BALB/c mice were weighed and various Salinosporamide A
concentrations (ranging from 0.01 mg/kg to 0.5 mg/kg) were administered intravenously as a single dose (qdxl) or daily for five consecutive days (qdx5). Animals were observed daily for clinical signs and were weighed individually twice weekly until the end of the experiment (maximum of 14 days after the last day of dosing). Results are shown in Table 10 and indicate that a single intravenous Salinosporamide A dose of up to 0.25 mg/kg was tolerated.
When administered daily for five consecutive days, concentrations of Salinosporainide A up to 0.lmg/kg were well tolerated. No behavioral changes were noted during the course of the experiment.
TABLE 10: MTD DETERMINATION OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A 1N FEMALE BALB/C
MICE
Group Dose (mg/kg) Route/Schedule Deatlis/Total Days of Deatli 1 0.5 i.v.; qdxl 3/3 3, 3,4 2 0.25 i.v.; qdxl 0/3 3 0.1 i.v.; qdxl 0/3 4 0.05 i.v.; qdxl 0/3 0.01 i.v.; qdxl 0/3 6 0 i.v.; qdxl 0/3 7 0.5 i.v.; qdx5 3/3 4, 6, 7 8 0.25 i.v.; qdx5 3/3 4, 5, 5 9 0.1 i.v.; qdx5 0/3 0.05 i.v.; qdx5 0/3 11 0.01 i.v.; qdx5 0/3 12 0 i.v.; qdx5 0/3 PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A ABSORPTION, DISTRIBUTION, METABOLISM AND ELIMINATION (ADME) CHARACTERISTICS
[0478] Studies to initiate the evaluation of the ADME properties of Salinosporamide A were performed. These studies consisted of solubility assessment, LogD7A deteimination and a preliminary screen to detect cytochrome P450 enzyme inliibition. Results from these studies showed an estimated solubility of Salinosporamide A
in PBS (pH 7.4) of 9.6 M (3 g/ml) and a LogD7A value of 2.4. This LogD7'4 value is within the accepted limits compatible with drug development (LogD7A <5.0) and suggests oral availability. Results fiom the preliminary P450 inhibition screen showed that Salinosporamide A, when tested at l0 M, showed no or low inhibition of all P450 isoforms:
CYP1A2, CYP2C9 and CYP3A4 were inhibited by 3%, 6% and 6% respectively, while CYP2D6 and CYP2C19 were inhibited by 19% and 22% respectively.
SALINOSPORAMIDE A AND ITS EFFECTS IN VIVO ON WHOLE BLOOD
PROTEASOME ACTIVITY
[0479] Salinosporamide A was previously demonstrated to be a potent and specific inhibitor of the proteasome in vitro, with an IC50 of 2 nM towards the chymotrypsin-like activity of purified 20S proteasomes. To monitor the activity of Salinosporamide A in vivo, a rapid and reproducible assay (adapted from Lightcap et al. 2000) was developed to assess the proteosome activity in whole blood.
[0480] hi brief, frozen whole blood samples were thawed on ice for one hour, and resuspended in 700 L of ice cold 5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 in order to lyse the cells by hypotonic shock. This represents approximately 2-3 times the volume of the packed whole blood cells. Lysis was allowed to proceed for one hour, and the cellular debris was removed by centrifugation at 14,000 X g for 10 minutes. The supernatant (Packed Whole Blood Lysate, PWBL) was transferred to a fresh tube, and the pellet discarded.
Protein concentration of the PWBL was determined by BCA assay (Pierce) using BSA as a standard.
Approximately 80% of the samples had a total protein concentration between 800 and 1200 g/mL.
[0481] Proteasome activity was determined by measuring the hydrolysis of a fluorogenic substrate specific for the chymotrypsin-like activity of proteasomes (suc-LLVY-AMC, Bachem Cat. I-1395). Control experiments indicated that >98% of the hydrolysis of this peptide in these extracts is mediated by the proteasome. Assays were set up by mixing 5 L of a PWBL from an animal with 185 L of assay buffer (20 mM HEPES, 0.5 mM
EDTA, 0.05% Triton X-100, 0.05% SDS, pH 7.3) in Costar 3904 plates. Titration experiments revealed there is a linear relationship between protein concentration and hydrolysis rate if the protein concentration in the assay is between 200 and 1000 g. The reactions were initiated by the addition of 10 L of 0.4 mM suc-LLVY-AMC (prepared by diluting a 10 mM
solution of the peptide in DMSO 1:25 with assay buffer), and incubated in a fluorometer (Labsystems Fluoroskan) at 37 C. Hydrolysis of the substrate results in the release of free AMC, which was measured fluorometrically by using 2~eX = 390 nm and ~e1 = 460 nm. The rate of hydrolysis in this system is linear for at least one hour. The hydrolysis rate of each sample is then normalized to relative fluorescent units per milligram of protein (RFU/mg).
[0482] To explore the in vivo activity of Salinosporamide A, male Swiss-Webster mice (5 per group, 20-25g in weight) were treated with various concentrations of Salinosporamide A. Salinosporamide A was administered intravenously and given its LogD7'4 value of 2.4, suggestive of oral availability, Salinosporamide A was also administered orally. Salinosporamide A dosing solutions were generated immediately prior to administration by dilution of Salinosporamide A stock solutions (100% DMSO) using 10% solutol yielding a final concentration of 2% DMSO. The vehicle control consisted of 2% DMSO in 10% solutol. One group of animals was not dosed with either vehicle or Salinosporamide A in order to establish a baseline for proteasome activity.
Salinosporamide A or vehicle was administered at 10 mL/kg and ninety minutes after administration the animals were anesthetized and blood withdrawn by cardiac puncture. Packed whole blood cells were collected by centrifugation, washed with PBS, and re-centrifuged.
All samples were stored at -80 C prior to the evaluation of the proteasome activity.
[0481] Proteasome activity was determined by measuring the hydrolysis of a fluorogenic substrate specific for the chymotrypsin-like activity of proteasomes (suc-LLVY-AMC, Bachem Cat. I-1395). Control experiments indicated that >98% of the hydrolysis of this peptide in these extracts is mediated by the proteasome. Assays were set up by mixing 5 L of a PWBL from an animal with 185 L of assay buffer (20 mM HEPES, 0.5 mM
EDTA, 0.05% Triton X-100, 0.05% SDS, pH 7.3) in Costar 3904 plates. Titration experiments revealed there is a linear relationship between protein concentration and hydrolysis rate if the protein concentration in the assay is between 200 and 1000 g. The reactions were initiated by the addition of 10 L of 0.4 mM suc-LLVY-AMC (prepared by diluting a 10 mM
solution of the peptide in DMSO 1:25 with assay buffer), and incubated in a fluorometer (Labsystems Fluoroskan) at 37 C. Hydrolysis of the substrate results in the release of free AMC, which was measured fluorometrically by using 2~eX = 390 nm and ~e1 = 460 nm. The rate of hydrolysis in this system is linear for at least one hour. The hydrolysis rate of each sample is then normalized to relative fluorescent units per milligram of protein (RFU/mg).
[0482] To explore the in vivo activity of Salinosporamide A, male Swiss-Webster mice (5 per group, 20-25g in weight) were treated with various concentrations of Salinosporamide A. Salinosporamide A was administered intravenously and given its LogD7'4 value of 2.4, suggestive of oral availability, Salinosporamide A was also administered orally. Salinosporamide A dosing solutions were generated immediately prior to administration by dilution of Salinosporamide A stock solutions (100% DMSO) using 10% solutol yielding a final concentration of 2% DMSO. The vehicle control consisted of 2% DMSO in 10% solutol. One group of animals was not dosed with either vehicle or Salinosporamide A in order to establish a baseline for proteasome activity.
Salinosporamide A or vehicle was administered at 10 mL/kg and ninety minutes after administration the animals were anesthetized and blood withdrawn by cardiac puncture. Packed whole blood cells were collected by centrifugation, washed with PBS, and re-centrifuged.
All samples were stored at -80 C prior to the evaluation of the proteasome activity.
[0483] In order to be certain that the hydrolysis of the substrate observed in these experiments was due solely to the activity of the proteasome, dose response experiments on the extracts were performed using the highly specific proteasomal inhibitor Epoxomicin.
PWBL lysates were diluted 1:40 in assay buffer, and 180 L were added to Costar 3904 plates. Epoxomicin (Calbochem Cat. 324800) was serially diluted in DMSO to generate an eight point dose response curve, diluted 1:50 in assay buffer, and 10 L added to the diluted PWBL in triplicate. The samples were preincubated for 5 minutes at 37 C, and the reactions initiated with substrate as above. The dose response curves were analyzed in Prism, using a sigmoidal dose response with variable slope as a model.
[0484] FIG. 40 is a scatter plot displaying the normalized proteasome activity in PWBL's derived from the individual mice (5 mice per group). In each group, the horizontal bar represents the mean normalized activity. These data show that Salinosporamide A causes a profound decrease in proteasomal activity in PWBL, and that this inhibition is dose dependent. In addition, these data indicate that Salinosporamide A is active upon oral administration.
[0485] The specificity of the assay was shown by examining the effect of a known proteasome inhibitor, Epoxomicin, on hydrolysis of the peptide substrate.
Epoxomicin is a peptide epoxide that has been shown to highly specific for the proteasome, with no inhibitoiy activity towards any other known protease (Meng et al.,1999). Lysates from a vehicle control and also from animals treated intravenous (i.v.) with 0.1 mg/kg Salinosporamide A were incubated with varying concentration of Epoxomicin, and IC50 values were determined.
Palayoor et al., Oncogefae 18:7389-94 (1999). As shown in FIG. 41, Epoxomicin caused a dose dependent inhibition in the hydrolysis of the proteasome substrate. The IC50 obtained in these experiments matches well with the 10 nM value observed using purified proteasomes ira vitro (not shown). These data also indicate that the remaining activity towards this substrate in these lysates prepared from animals treated with 0.1 mg/kg Salinosporamide A is due to the proteasome, and not some other protease. The residual activity seen in extracts treated with high doses of Epoxomicin is less than 2% of the total signal, indicating that over 98% of the activity observed with suc-LLVY-AMC as a substrate is due solely to the activity of the proteasomes present in the PWBL.
PWBL lysates were diluted 1:40 in assay buffer, and 180 L were added to Costar 3904 plates. Epoxomicin (Calbochem Cat. 324800) was serially diluted in DMSO to generate an eight point dose response curve, diluted 1:50 in assay buffer, and 10 L added to the diluted PWBL in triplicate. The samples were preincubated for 5 minutes at 37 C, and the reactions initiated with substrate as above. The dose response curves were analyzed in Prism, using a sigmoidal dose response with variable slope as a model.
[0484] FIG. 40 is a scatter plot displaying the normalized proteasome activity in PWBL's derived from the individual mice (5 mice per group). In each group, the horizontal bar represents the mean normalized activity. These data show that Salinosporamide A causes a profound decrease in proteasomal activity in PWBL, and that this inhibition is dose dependent. In addition, these data indicate that Salinosporamide A is active upon oral administration.
[0485] The specificity of the assay was shown by examining the effect of a known proteasome inhibitor, Epoxomicin, on hydrolysis of the peptide substrate.
Epoxomicin is a peptide epoxide that has been shown to highly specific for the proteasome, with no inhibitoiy activity towards any other known protease (Meng et al.,1999). Lysates from a vehicle control and also from animals treated intravenous (i.v.) with 0.1 mg/kg Salinosporamide A were incubated with varying concentration of Epoxomicin, and IC50 values were determined.
Palayoor et al., Oncogefae 18:7389-94 (1999). As shown in FIG. 41, Epoxomicin caused a dose dependent inhibition in the hydrolysis of the proteasome substrate. The IC50 obtained in these experiments matches well with the 10 nM value observed using purified proteasomes ira vitro (not shown). These data also indicate that the remaining activity towards this substrate in these lysates prepared from animals treated with 0.1 mg/kg Salinosporamide A is due to the proteasome, and not some other protease. The residual activity seen in extracts treated with high doses of Epoxomicin is less than 2% of the total signal, indicating that over 98% of the activity observed with suc-LLVY-AMC as a substrate is due solely to the activity of the proteasomes present in the PWBL.
[0486] Comparison of intra-run variation in baseline activity and the ability of Salinosporamide A to inhibit proteasomal activity was also assessed. In FIG.
42, the results of separate assays run several weeks apart are shown. Qureshi, et al., J.
Irnmunol.
171(3):1515-25 (2003). For clarity, only the vehicle control and matching dose results are shown. While there was some variation in the proteasomal activity in PWBL
derived from individual animals in the control groups, the overall mean was very similar between the two groups. The animals treated with Salinosporamide A(0.1 mg/kg i.v.) also show very similar residual activity and average inhibition. This suggests that results between assays can be compared with confidence.
INHIBITION OF IN VIVO LPS-INDUCED TNF BY SALINOSPORAMIDE A
[0487] Studies suggest that the proteasome plays a role in the activation of many signaling molecules, including the transcription factor NF-icB via protealytic degradation of the inhibitor of NF-KB (IxB). LPS signaling through the TLR4 receptor activates NF-icB and other transcriptional regulators resulting in the expression of a host of proinflammatoiy genes like TNF, IL-6, and IL-1[3. The continued expression of proinflammatory cytokines has been identified as a major factor in many diseases. Inhibitors of TNF and IL-1[3 have shown efficacy in many inflammation models including the LPS murine model, as well as animal models of rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel disease. Recent studies have suggested that inhibition of the proteasome can prevent LPS-induced TNF
secretion (Qureshi et al., 2003). These data suggest that Salinosporamide A, a novel potent proteasome inhibitor, may prevent TNF secretion in vivo in the high-dose LPS murine model.
[0488] To assess the ability of Salinosporamide A to inhibit in vivo LPS-induced plasma TNF levels in mice, in vivo studies were initiated at BolderBioPATH, Inc. in Boulder, CO. The following methods outline the protocol design for these studies.
[0489] Male Swiss Webster mice (12/group weighing 20-25g) were injected with LPS (2mg/kg) by the i.p. route. Thirty minutes later, mice were injected i.v.
(tail vein) with Salinosporamide A at 2.5 mg/kg after approximately 5 minutes under a heat lamp. Ninety minutes after LPS injection, the mice were anesthetized with Isoflurane and bled by cardiac puncture to obtain plasma. Remaining blood pellet was then resuspended in 500 L of PBS
to wash away residual serum proteins and centrifuged again. Supernatant was removed and blood pellet frozen for analysis of proteasome inhibition in packed whole blood lysate.
Time Group ID Group n= 0 min +30 min No injections / baseline 1 5 Saline + solutol vehicle 2 5 saline Saline + solutol vehicles 3 5 saline Solutol/DMSO
LPS i.p./ Vehicle (-30min) 4 12 LPS
LPS i.p./ Vehicle (+30m) 5 12 LPS Solutol/DMSO
saline/ Salinosporamide A(-30min) 6 12 saline 0.25 mg/kg saline/ Salinosporamide A (+30m) 0.25 7 12 saline 0.25 mg/kg m /kg LPS / Salinosporamide A(-30min) 8 12 LPS
0.25m /lc LPS / Salinosporamide A (+30m) 0.25 9 12 LPS 0.25 mg/kg mg/lcg [0490] Dosing solutions were prepared using a l0mg/mL Salinosporamide A
stock solution in 100% DMSO. A 10% solutol solution was prepared by diluting w/w with endotoxin-free water and a 1:160 dilution was made of the 10mg/mi Salinosporamide A
stock. Animals were dosed i.v. with 4ml/kg. A vehicle control solution was also prepared by making the same 1:160 dilution with 100% DMSO into 10% solutol solution giving a final concentration of 9.375% solutol in water and 0.625% DMSO. Measurements of plasma TNF
were perfonned using the Biosource mTNF Cytoset kit (Biosource Intl., Camarillo, CA;
catalog # CMC3014) according to manufacturer's instiuctions. Samples were diluted 1:60 for the assay.
[0491] Data from two independent experiments with at least ten replicate animals per group indicated that treatment with 0.125 or 0.25 mg/kg Salinosporamide A
decreased LPS-induced TNF secretion in vivo. A representative experiment is shown in FIG. 43. These data reveal that treatment of animals with 0.25 mg/kg Salinosporamide A thirty minutes after 2 mg/kg LPS injection resulted in significant reduction in serum TNF levels.
Packed whole blood samples were also analyzed for ex vivo proteasome inhibition revealing 70:0%
inhibition in animals treated with 0.125 mg/kg and 94:L 3% in animals treated with 0.25 mg/kg. No significant differences were seen in proteasome inhibition in animals treated with or without LPS. Salinosporamide A reduces LPS-induced plasma TNF levels by approximately 65% when administered at 0.125 or 0.25 mg/kg i.v. into mice 30 minutes post-LPS treatment.
IN VITRO CHEMOSENSITIZING EFFECTS OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A
[0492] Chemotherapy agents such as CPT-11 (Irinotecan) can activate the transcription factor nuclear factor-kappa B(NF-xB) in human colon cancer cell lines including LoVo cells, resulting in a decreased ability of these cells to undergo apoptosis.
Cusack, et al., Cancer Res 61:3535 (2001). In unstimulated cells, NF-xB
resides in the cytoplasm in an inactive complex with the inhibitory protein IxB (inhibitor of NF-KB).
Various stimuli can cause IxB phosphorylation by IxB kinase, followed by ubiquitination and degradation of IxB by the proteasome. Following the degradation of IxB, NF-KB
translocates to the nucleus and regulates gene expression, affecting many cellular processes, including upregulation of survival genes tliereby inhibiting apoptosis.
[0493] The recently approved proteasome inhibitor, VelcadeTM (PS-341;
Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc.), is directly toxic to cancer cells and can also enhance the cytotoxic activity of CPT- 11 against LoVo cells in vitro and in a LoVo xenograft model by inhibiting proteasome induced degradation of IxB. Adams, J., Eur J Haematol 70:265 (2003). In addition, VelcadeTM was found to inhibit the expression of proangiogenic chemokines/cytokines GRO-a and VEGF in squamous cell carcinoma, presumably through inhibition of the NF-KB pathway. Sunwoo, et al., Clin Cancer Res 7:1419 (2001). The data indicate that proteasome inhibition may not only decrease tumor cell survival and growth, but also angiogenesis.
42, the results of separate assays run several weeks apart are shown. Qureshi, et al., J.
Irnmunol.
171(3):1515-25 (2003). For clarity, only the vehicle control and matching dose results are shown. While there was some variation in the proteasomal activity in PWBL
derived from individual animals in the control groups, the overall mean was very similar between the two groups. The animals treated with Salinosporamide A(0.1 mg/kg i.v.) also show very similar residual activity and average inhibition. This suggests that results between assays can be compared with confidence.
INHIBITION OF IN VIVO LPS-INDUCED TNF BY SALINOSPORAMIDE A
[0487] Studies suggest that the proteasome plays a role in the activation of many signaling molecules, including the transcription factor NF-icB via protealytic degradation of the inhibitor of NF-KB (IxB). LPS signaling through the TLR4 receptor activates NF-icB and other transcriptional regulators resulting in the expression of a host of proinflammatoiy genes like TNF, IL-6, and IL-1[3. The continued expression of proinflammatory cytokines has been identified as a major factor in many diseases. Inhibitors of TNF and IL-1[3 have shown efficacy in many inflammation models including the LPS murine model, as well as animal models of rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel disease. Recent studies have suggested that inhibition of the proteasome can prevent LPS-induced TNF
secretion (Qureshi et al., 2003). These data suggest that Salinosporamide A, a novel potent proteasome inhibitor, may prevent TNF secretion in vivo in the high-dose LPS murine model.
[0488] To assess the ability of Salinosporamide A to inhibit in vivo LPS-induced plasma TNF levels in mice, in vivo studies were initiated at BolderBioPATH, Inc. in Boulder, CO. The following methods outline the protocol design for these studies.
[0489] Male Swiss Webster mice (12/group weighing 20-25g) were injected with LPS (2mg/kg) by the i.p. route. Thirty minutes later, mice were injected i.v.
(tail vein) with Salinosporamide A at 2.5 mg/kg after approximately 5 minutes under a heat lamp. Ninety minutes after LPS injection, the mice were anesthetized with Isoflurane and bled by cardiac puncture to obtain plasma. Remaining blood pellet was then resuspended in 500 L of PBS
to wash away residual serum proteins and centrifuged again. Supernatant was removed and blood pellet frozen for analysis of proteasome inhibition in packed whole blood lysate.
Time Group ID Group n= 0 min +30 min No injections / baseline 1 5 Saline + solutol vehicle 2 5 saline Saline + solutol vehicles 3 5 saline Solutol/DMSO
LPS i.p./ Vehicle (-30min) 4 12 LPS
LPS i.p./ Vehicle (+30m) 5 12 LPS Solutol/DMSO
saline/ Salinosporamide A(-30min) 6 12 saline 0.25 mg/kg saline/ Salinosporamide A (+30m) 0.25 7 12 saline 0.25 mg/kg m /kg LPS / Salinosporamide A(-30min) 8 12 LPS
0.25m /lc LPS / Salinosporamide A (+30m) 0.25 9 12 LPS 0.25 mg/kg mg/lcg [0490] Dosing solutions were prepared using a l0mg/mL Salinosporamide A
stock solution in 100% DMSO. A 10% solutol solution was prepared by diluting w/w with endotoxin-free water and a 1:160 dilution was made of the 10mg/mi Salinosporamide A
stock. Animals were dosed i.v. with 4ml/kg. A vehicle control solution was also prepared by making the same 1:160 dilution with 100% DMSO into 10% solutol solution giving a final concentration of 9.375% solutol in water and 0.625% DMSO. Measurements of plasma TNF
were perfonned using the Biosource mTNF Cytoset kit (Biosource Intl., Camarillo, CA;
catalog # CMC3014) according to manufacturer's instiuctions. Samples were diluted 1:60 for the assay.
[0491] Data from two independent experiments with at least ten replicate animals per group indicated that treatment with 0.125 or 0.25 mg/kg Salinosporamide A
decreased LPS-induced TNF secretion in vivo. A representative experiment is shown in FIG. 43. These data reveal that treatment of animals with 0.25 mg/kg Salinosporamide A thirty minutes after 2 mg/kg LPS injection resulted in significant reduction in serum TNF levels.
Packed whole blood samples were also analyzed for ex vivo proteasome inhibition revealing 70:0%
inhibition in animals treated with 0.125 mg/kg and 94:L 3% in animals treated with 0.25 mg/kg. No significant differences were seen in proteasome inhibition in animals treated with or without LPS. Salinosporamide A reduces LPS-induced plasma TNF levels by approximately 65% when administered at 0.125 or 0.25 mg/kg i.v. into mice 30 minutes post-LPS treatment.
IN VITRO CHEMOSENSITIZING EFFECTS OF SALINOSPORAMIDE A
[0492] Chemotherapy agents such as CPT-11 (Irinotecan) can activate the transcription factor nuclear factor-kappa B(NF-xB) in human colon cancer cell lines including LoVo cells, resulting in a decreased ability of these cells to undergo apoptosis.
Cusack, et al., Cancer Res 61:3535 (2001). In unstimulated cells, NF-xB
resides in the cytoplasm in an inactive complex with the inhibitory protein IxB (inhibitor of NF-KB).
Various stimuli can cause IxB phosphorylation by IxB kinase, followed by ubiquitination and degradation of IxB by the proteasome. Following the degradation of IxB, NF-KB
translocates to the nucleus and regulates gene expression, affecting many cellular processes, including upregulation of survival genes tliereby inhibiting apoptosis.
[0493] The recently approved proteasome inhibitor, VelcadeTM (PS-341;
Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc.), is directly toxic to cancer cells and can also enhance the cytotoxic activity of CPT- 11 against LoVo cells in vitro and in a LoVo xenograft model by inhibiting proteasome induced degradation of IxB. Adams, J., Eur J Haematol 70:265 (2003). In addition, VelcadeTM was found to inhibit the expression of proangiogenic chemokines/cytokines GRO-a and VEGF in squamous cell carcinoma, presumably through inhibition of the NF-KB pathway. Sunwoo, et al., Clin Cancer Res 7:1419 (2001). The data indicate that proteasome inhibition may not only decrease tumor cell survival and growth, but also angiogenesis.
GROWTH INHIBITION OF COLON, PROSTATE, BREAST, LUNG, OVARIAN, MULTIPLE MYELOMA AND MELANOMA
[0494] Huinan colon adenocarcinoma (HT-29; HTB-38), prostate adenocarcinoma (PC-3; CRL-1435), breast adenocarcinoma (MDA-MB-231; HTB-26), non-small cell lung carcinoma (NCI-H292; CRL-1848), ovarian adenocarcinoma (OVCAR-3;
HTB-161), multiple myeloma (RPMI 8226; CCL-155), multiple myeloma (U266; TIB-196) and mouse melanoma (B16-F10; CRL-6475) cells were all purchased from ATCC and maintained in appropriate culture media. The cells were cultured in an incubator at 37 C in 5% CO? and 95% humidified air.
[04951 For cell growth inhibition assays, HT-29, PC-3, MDA-MB-231, NCI-H292, OVCAR-3 and B16-F10 cells were seeded at 5x103, 5x103, 1x104, 4x103, 1x104 and 1.25x103 cells/ well respectively in 90 1 complete media into 96 well (Corning; 3904) black-walled, clear-bottom tissue culture plates and the plates were incubated overnight to allow cells to establish and enter log phase growth. RPMI 8226 and U266 cells were seeded at 2x104 and 2.5x104 cells/well respectively in 90 1 complete media into 96 well plates on the day of the assay. 20mM stock solutions of the coinpounds were prepared in 100%
DMSO and stored at -80 C. The compounds were serially diluted and added in triplicate to the test wells.
Concentrations ranging from 6.32 M to 632pM were tested for 11-2 and 11-4. 11-3 and II-17 were tested at concentrations ranging from 20 M to 6.32nM. Formula II-18 and 11-19 were tested at concentrations ranging from 2 M to 200pM. Formula II-5A and Formula II-5B were tested at final concentrations ranging from 2 M to 632pM and 20gM to 6.32nM
respectively.
The plates were returned to the incubator for 48 hours. The final concentration of DMSO
was 0.25% in all samples.
[0496] Following 48 hours of drug exposure, 10 1 of 0.2mg/ml resazurin (obtained from Sigma-Aldrich Chemical Co.) in Mg2+, Ca2+ free phosphate buffered saline was added to each well and the plates were returned to the incubator for 3-6 hours. Since living cells metabolize Resazurin, the fluorescence of the reduction product of Resazurin was measured using a Fusion microplate fluorometer (Packard Bioscience) with keX =
535 nm and kem = 590 nm filters. Resazurin dye in medium without cells was used to determine the background, which was subtracted from the data for all experimental wells. The data were normalized to the average fluorescence of the cells treated with media + 0.25%
DMSO
(100% cell growth) and EC50 values (the drug concentration at which 50% of the maximal observed growth inhibition is established) were determined using a standard sigmoidal dose response curve fitting algorithm (XLfit 3.0, ID Business Solutions Ltd). Where the maximum inhibition of cell growth was less than 50%, an EC50 value was not determined.
[0497] The data in Table 12 summarize the growth inhibitory effects of Formulae II-2, II-3, II-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-17, II-18 and II-19 against the human colorectal carcinoma, HT-29, human prostate carcinoma, PC-3, human breast adenocarcinoma, MDA-MB-231, human non-small cell lung carcinoma, NCI-H292, human ovarian carcinoma, OVCAR-3, human multiple myelomas, RPMI 8226 and U266 and murine melanoma B16-F10 cell lines.
EC50 VALUES OF FORMULAE II-2, 11-3, II-4, II-5A, II-5B, 11-17, 11-18 AND 11-19 AGAINST VARIOUS TUMOR CELL LINES
EC50 (nM) *
Cell line HT-29 129 21 >20000 132 36 67 17 >20000 18 7.8 11 1.t PC-3 284 110 >20000 204 49 109 15 >20000 35 5.6 29 4.( MDA-MB-231 121 23 >20000 114 4 61 4.6 5900 601 16 2.8 14 3.:
322 >20000 192 992 >20000 29 395 >20000 213 1250 >20000 41 188 >6320 80 >20000 >2000 24 OVCAR-3 >20000 1320 251 >6320 64 >20000 >2000 20 49 >20000 57 36 326 6150 6.3 5.9 45 >20000 51 29 328 3460 6.3 7.1 U266 39 >20000 39 10 118 1620 4.2 3.2 32 >20000 34 9 111 1710 4.2 3.4 194 >20000 163 1270 10500 19 B 16-F 10 78 11 13 1.1.
180 >20000 175 1140 10300 36 * WHERE N=3, MEAN STANDARD DEVIATION IS PRESENTED
[0498] The EC50 values indicate that the Formulae 11-2, 11-4, II-5A, II-5B, 11-and 11-19 were cytotoxic against the HT-29, PC-3, MDA-MB-231, NCI-H292, RPMI
8226, U266 and B16-F10 tumor cell lines. 11-2, II-5A, II-5B and 11-19 were also cytotoxic against the OVCAR-3 tumor cells. Formula II-17 was cytotoxic against MDA-MB-231, RPMI
8226, U266 and B16-F10 tumor cell lines.
[0499] The data in Table 13 summarize the growth inhibitory effects of Formulae 1-7, II-2, II-3, 11-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-8C, II-13C, II-16, II-17, II-18, II-19, 11-20, II-21, 11-22, 11-24C, II-25, II-26, 11-28, 11-29, II-30, II-31, II-32, II-38, IV-3C, 11-44, VI-lA, 11-47 and 11-50 against the human multiple myeloma cell lines, RPMI 8226 and U266.
EC50 VALUES OF FORMULAE I-7, II-2, 11-3, II-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-8C, II-13C, 11-16, 11-17, II-18, II-19, 11-20, 11-21, II-22, II-24C, II-25, 11-26, 11-28, II-29, II-30, 11-31, II-32, 11-38, IV-3C, 11-44, VI-1A, 11-47 AND 11-50 AGAINST RPMI 8226 AND U266 CELLS
COMPOUND
EC50 (NM) EC50 (NM) >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 FORMULA II-8C >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 FORMULA 11-13C >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 FORMULA II-16 8.6 1.9 4.7 0.7 FORMULA 11-18 6.3 4.2 6.3 4.2 FORMULA 11-19 5.9 3.2 7.1 3.4 FORMULA 11-21 >20000 6090 >20000 9670 FORMULA 11-25 >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 FORMULA 11-28 >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 FORMULA IV-3C >20000 *
8.8 FORMULA VI- lA ND
Where n>_ 3, mean EC50 value standard deviation is presented; * n=3, standard deviation is not applicable; ND not determined [0500] The EC50 values indicate that Formulae II-2, II-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-16, II-17, II-18, II-19, 11-20, II-22, II-24C, II-26, II-29 and II-30 were cytotoxic against RPMI 8226 and U266 cells. Formulae 1-7, II-38, 11-44, VI-lA, II-47 and 11-50 were cytotoxic against RPMI
8226 cells. Formulae II-21 and IV-3C were cytotoxic against U266 cells.
GROWTH INHIBITION OF MES-SA, MES-SA/DX5, HL-60 AND HL-60/MX2 TUMOR
CELL LINES
[0494] Huinan colon adenocarcinoma (HT-29; HTB-38), prostate adenocarcinoma (PC-3; CRL-1435), breast adenocarcinoma (MDA-MB-231; HTB-26), non-small cell lung carcinoma (NCI-H292; CRL-1848), ovarian adenocarcinoma (OVCAR-3;
HTB-161), multiple myeloma (RPMI 8226; CCL-155), multiple myeloma (U266; TIB-196) and mouse melanoma (B16-F10; CRL-6475) cells were all purchased from ATCC and maintained in appropriate culture media. The cells were cultured in an incubator at 37 C in 5% CO? and 95% humidified air.
[04951 For cell growth inhibition assays, HT-29, PC-3, MDA-MB-231, NCI-H292, OVCAR-3 and B16-F10 cells were seeded at 5x103, 5x103, 1x104, 4x103, 1x104 and 1.25x103 cells/ well respectively in 90 1 complete media into 96 well (Corning; 3904) black-walled, clear-bottom tissue culture plates and the plates were incubated overnight to allow cells to establish and enter log phase growth. RPMI 8226 and U266 cells were seeded at 2x104 and 2.5x104 cells/well respectively in 90 1 complete media into 96 well plates on the day of the assay. 20mM stock solutions of the coinpounds were prepared in 100%
DMSO and stored at -80 C. The compounds were serially diluted and added in triplicate to the test wells.
Concentrations ranging from 6.32 M to 632pM were tested for 11-2 and 11-4. 11-3 and II-17 were tested at concentrations ranging from 20 M to 6.32nM. Formula II-18 and 11-19 were tested at concentrations ranging from 2 M to 200pM. Formula II-5A and Formula II-5B were tested at final concentrations ranging from 2 M to 632pM and 20gM to 6.32nM
respectively.
The plates were returned to the incubator for 48 hours. The final concentration of DMSO
was 0.25% in all samples.
[0496] Following 48 hours of drug exposure, 10 1 of 0.2mg/ml resazurin (obtained from Sigma-Aldrich Chemical Co.) in Mg2+, Ca2+ free phosphate buffered saline was added to each well and the plates were returned to the incubator for 3-6 hours. Since living cells metabolize Resazurin, the fluorescence of the reduction product of Resazurin was measured using a Fusion microplate fluorometer (Packard Bioscience) with keX =
535 nm and kem = 590 nm filters. Resazurin dye in medium without cells was used to determine the background, which was subtracted from the data for all experimental wells. The data were normalized to the average fluorescence of the cells treated with media + 0.25%
DMSO
(100% cell growth) and EC50 values (the drug concentration at which 50% of the maximal observed growth inhibition is established) were determined using a standard sigmoidal dose response curve fitting algorithm (XLfit 3.0, ID Business Solutions Ltd). Where the maximum inhibition of cell growth was less than 50%, an EC50 value was not determined.
[0497] The data in Table 12 summarize the growth inhibitory effects of Formulae II-2, II-3, II-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-17, II-18 and II-19 against the human colorectal carcinoma, HT-29, human prostate carcinoma, PC-3, human breast adenocarcinoma, MDA-MB-231, human non-small cell lung carcinoma, NCI-H292, human ovarian carcinoma, OVCAR-3, human multiple myelomas, RPMI 8226 and U266 and murine melanoma B16-F10 cell lines.
EC50 VALUES OF FORMULAE II-2, 11-3, II-4, II-5A, II-5B, 11-17, 11-18 AND 11-19 AGAINST VARIOUS TUMOR CELL LINES
EC50 (nM) *
Cell line HT-29 129 21 >20000 132 36 67 17 >20000 18 7.8 11 1.t PC-3 284 110 >20000 204 49 109 15 >20000 35 5.6 29 4.( MDA-MB-231 121 23 >20000 114 4 61 4.6 5900 601 16 2.8 14 3.:
322 >20000 192 992 >20000 29 395 >20000 213 1250 >20000 41 188 >6320 80 >20000 >2000 24 OVCAR-3 >20000 1320 251 >6320 64 >20000 >2000 20 49 >20000 57 36 326 6150 6.3 5.9 45 >20000 51 29 328 3460 6.3 7.1 U266 39 >20000 39 10 118 1620 4.2 3.2 32 >20000 34 9 111 1710 4.2 3.4 194 >20000 163 1270 10500 19 B 16-F 10 78 11 13 1.1.
180 >20000 175 1140 10300 36 * WHERE N=3, MEAN STANDARD DEVIATION IS PRESENTED
[0498] The EC50 values indicate that the Formulae 11-2, 11-4, II-5A, II-5B, 11-and 11-19 were cytotoxic against the HT-29, PC-3, MDA-MB-231, NCI-H292, RPMI
8226, U266 and B16-F10 tumor cell lines. 11-2, II-5A, II-5B and 11-19 were also cytotoxic against the OVCAR-3 tumor cells. Formula II-17 was cytotoxic against MDA-MB-231, RPMI
8226, U266 and B16-F10 tumor cell lines.
[0499] The data in Table 13 summarize the growth inhibitory effects of Formulae 1-7, II-2, II-3, 11-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-8C, II-13C, II-16, II-17, II-18, II-19, 11-20, II-21, 11-22, 11-24C, II-25, II-26, 11-28, 11-29, II-30, II-31, II-32, II-38, IV-3C, 11-44, VI-lA, 11-47 and 11-50 against the human multiple myeloma cell lines, RPMI 8226 and U266.
EC50 VALUES OF FORMULAE I-7, II-2, 11-3, II-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-8C, II-13C, 11-16, 11-17, II-18, II-19, 11-20, 11-21, II-22, II-24C, II-25, 11-26, 11-28, II-29, II-30, 11-31, II-32, 11-38, IV-3C, 11-44, VI-1A, 11-47 AND 11-50 AGAINST RPMI 8226 AND U266 CELLS
COMPOUND
EC50 (NM) EC50 (NM) >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 FORMULA II-8C >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 FORMULA 11-13C >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 FORMULA II-16 8.6 1.9 4.7 0.7 FORMULA 11-18 6.3 4.2 6.3 4.2 FORMULA 11-19 5.9 3.2 7.1 3.4 FORMULA 11-21 >20000 6090 >20000 9670 FORMULA 11-25 >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 FORMULA 11-28 >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 FORMULA IV-3C >20000 *
8.8 FORMULA VI- lA ND
Where n>_ 3, mean EC50 value standard deviation is presented; * n=3, standard deviation is not applicable; ND not determined [0500] The EC50 values indicate that Formulae II-2, II-4, II-5A, II-5B, II-16, II-17, II-18, II-19, 11-20, II-22, II-24C, II-26, II-29 and II-30 were cytotoxic against RPMI 8226 and U266 cells. Formulae 1-7, II-38, 11-44, VI-lA, II-47 and 11-50 were cytotoxic against RPMI
8226 cells. Formulae II-21 and IV-3C were cytotoxic against U266 cells.
GROWTH INHIBITION OF MES-SA, MES-SA/DX5, HL-60 AND HL-60/MX2 TUMOR
CELL LINES
[0501] Human uterine sarcoma (MES-SA; CRL-1976), its multidrug resistant derivative (MES-SA/Dx5; CRL-1977), human acute promyelocytic leukemia cells (HL-60;
CCL-240) and its multidrug resistant derivative (HL-60/MX2; CRL-2257) were purchased from ATCC and maintained in appropriate culture media. The cells were cultured in an incubator at 37 C in 5% CO2 ) and 95% humidified air.
[0502] For cell growth inhibition assays, MES-SA and MES-SA/Dx5 cells were both seeded at 3x103 cells/ well in 90 1 coinplete media into 96 well (Corning; 3904) black-walled, clear-bottom tissue culture plates and the plates were incubated overnight to allow cells to establish and enter log phase growth. HL-60 and HL-60/MX2 cells were both seeded at 5x104 cells/ well in 90 1 complete media into 96 well plates on the day of compound addition. 20mM stock solutions of the compounds were prepared in 100% DMSO and stored at -80 C. The compounds were serially diluted and added in triplicate to the test wells.
Concentrations ranging from 6.32 M to 2nM were tested for 11-2 and II-4. 11-3 and II-17 were tested at concentrations ranging fiom 20 M to 6.32nM. Compound II-18 was tested at concentrations ranging from 2 M to 632pM. The plates were returned to the incubator for 48 hours. The final concentration of DMSO was 0.25% in all samples.
[0503] Following 48 hours of drug exposure, 10 1 of 0.2mg/ml resazurin (obtained from Sigma-Aldrich Chemical Co.) in Mg2+, CaZ+ free phosphate buffered saline was added to each well and the plates were returned to the incubator for 3-6 hours. Since living cells metabolize Resazurin, the fluorescence of the reduction product of Resazurin was measured using a Fusion microplate fluorometer (Packard Bioscience) with ke, =
535 nm and Xe11, = 590 nm filters. Resazurin dye in medium without cells was used to determine the background, which was subtracted fiom the data for all experimental wells. The data were normalized to the average fluorescence of the cells treated with media + 0.25%
DMSO
(100% cell growth) and EC50 values (the drug concentration at which 50% of the maximal observed growth inhibition is established) were determined using a standard sigmoidal dose response curve fitting algorithm (XLfit 3.0, ID Business Solutions Ltd). Where the maximum inhibition of cell growth was less than 50%, an EC50 value was not determined.
[0504] The multidrug resistant MES-SA/Dx5 tumor cell line was derived from the human uterine sarcoma MES-SA tumor cell line and expresses elevated P-Glycoprotein (P-gp), an ATP dependent efflux pump. The data in Table 14 summarize the growth inhibitory effects of Formulae 11-2, II-3, 11-4, II-17 and 11-18 against MES-SA and its multidrug resistant derivative MES-SA/Dx5. Paclitaxel, a known substrate of the P-gp pump was included as a control.
EC50 VALUES OF FORMULAE II-2, II-3, II-4, II-17 AND II-18 AGAINST MES-SA AND
EC5o (nM) Fold Compound MES-SA MES-SA/Dx5 change *
11-2 1.0 >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 11-4 0.9 II-17 0.8 11-18 1.2 5.6 2930 Paclitaxel 798 4.6 5210 * Fold change = the ratio of EC50 values (MES-SA/Dx5 : MES-SA) [0505] The EC5o values indicate that II-2, II-4, 11-17 and 11-18 have cytotoxic activity against both MES-SA and MES-SA/Dx5 tumor cell lines. The multidrug resistant phenotype was confirmed by the obseivation that Paclitaxel was -800 times less active against the resistant MES-SA/Dx5 cells.
[0506] HL-60/MX2 is a multidrug resistant tumor cell line derived from the human promyelocytic leukemia cell line, HL-60 and expresses reduced topoisomerase II
activity. The data presented in Table 15 summarize the growth inhibitory effects of Formulae 11-2, H-3, II-4, 11-17 and 11-18 against HL-60 and its multidrug resistant derivative HL-60/MX2. Mitoxantrone, the topoisomerase II targeting agent was included as a control.
EC50 VALUES OF FORMULAE II-2, II-3, II-4, II-17 AND 1I-18 AGAINST HL-60 AND
EC50 (nM) Fold Compound HL-60 HL-60/MX2 change E-2 176 133 0'7 >20000 >20000 ~-3 >20000 >20000 NA
II-4 1143 103 11 97 0' 8 II-17 >20000 >20000 NA
II-18 227 19 3 18 0.7 42 1340 Mitoxantrone 40 1170 30.6 * Fold change = the ratio of EC50 values (HL-60/MX2 : HL-60) [0507] The EC50 values indicate that 11-2, II-4 and II-18 retained cytotoxic activity against both HL-60 and HL-60/MX2 tumor cell lines. The multidrug resistant phenotype was confirmed by the observation that Mitoxantrone was -30 times less active against the resistant HL-60/MX2 cells.
CCL-240) and its multidrug resistant derivative (HL-60/MX2; CRL-2257) were purchased from ATCC and maintained in appropriate culture media. The cells were cultured in an incubator at 37 C in 5% CO2 ) and 95% humidified air.
[0502] For cell growth inhibition assays, MES-SA and MES-SA/Dx5 cells were both seeded at 3x103 cells/ well in 90 1 coinplete media into 96 well (Corning; 3904) black-walled, clear-bottom tissue culture plates and the plates were incubated overnight to allow cells to establish and enter log phase growth. HL-60 and HL-60/MX2 cells were both seeded at 5x104 cells/ well in 90 1 complete media into 96 well plates on the day of compound addition. 20mM stock solutions of the compounds were prepared in 100% DMSO and stored at -80 C. The compounds were serially diluted and added in triplicate to the test wells.
Concentrations ranging from 6.32 M to 2nM were tested for 11-2 and II-4. 11-3 and II-17 were tested at concentrations ranging fiom 20 M to 6.32nM. Compound II-18 was tested at concentrations ranging from 2 M to 632pM. The plates were returned to the incubator for 48 hours. The final concentration of DMSO was 0.25% in all samples.
[0503] Following 48 hours of drug exposure, 10 1 of 0.2mg/ml resazurin (obtained from Sigma-Aldrich Chemical Co.) in Mg2+, CaZ+ free phosphate buffered saline was added to each well and the plates were returned to the incubator for 3-6 hours. Since living cells metabolize Resazurin, the fluorescence of the reduction product of Resazurin was measured using a Fusion microplate fluorometer (Packard Bioscience) with ke, =
535 nm and Xe11, = 590 nm filters. Resazurin dye in medium without cells was used to determine the background, which was subtracted fiom the data for all experimental wells. The data were normalized to the average fluorescence of the cells treated with media + 0.25%
DMSO
(100% cell growth) and EC50 values (the drug concentration at which 50% of the maximal observed growth inhibition is established) were determined using a standard sigmoidal dose response curve fitting algorithm (XLfit 3.0, ID Business Solutions Ltd). Where the maximum inhibition of cell growth was less than 50%, an EC50 value was not determined.
[0504] The multidrug resistant MES-SA/Dx5 tumor cell line was derived from the human uterine sarcoma MES-SA tumor cell line and expresses elevated P-Glycoprotein (P-gp), an ATP dependent efflux pump. The data in Table 14 summarize the growth inhibitory effects of Formulae 11-2, II-3, 11-4, II-17 and 11-18 against MES-SA and its multidrug resistant derivative MES-SA/Dx5. Paclitaxel, a known substrate of the P-gp pump was included as a control.
EC50 VALUES OF FORMULAE II-2, II-3, II-4, II-17 AND II-18 AGAINST MES-SA AND
EC5o (nM) Fold Compound MES-SA MES-SA/Dx5 change *
11-2 1.0 >20000 >20000 >20000 >20000 11-4 0.9 II-17 0.8 11-18 1.2 5.6 2930 Paclitaxel 798 4.6 5210 * Fold change = the ratio of EC50 values (MES-SA/Dx5 : MES-SA) [0505] The EC5o values indicate that II-2, II-4, 11-17 and 11-18 have cytotoxic activity against both MES-SA and MES-SA/Dx5 tumor cell lines. The multidrug resistant phenotype was confirmed by the obseivation that Paclitaxel was -800 times less active against the resistant MES-SA/Dx5 cells.
[0506] HL-60/MX2 is a multidrug resistant tumor cell line derived from the human promyelocytic leukemia cell line, HL-60 and expresses reduced topoisomerase II
activity. The data presented in Table 15 summarize the growth inhibitory effects of Formulae 11-2, H-3, II-4, 11-17 and 11-18 against HL-60 and its multidrug resistant derivative HL-60/MX2. Mitoxantrone, the topoisomerase II targeting agent was included as a control.
EC50 VALUES OF FORMULAE II-2, II-3, II-4, II-17 AND 1I-18 AGAINST HL-60 AND
EC50 (nM) Fold Compound HL-60 HL-60/MX2 change E-2 176 133 0'7 >20000 >20000 ~-3 >20000 >20000 NA
II-4 1143 103 11 97 0' 8 II-17 >20000 >20000 NA
II-18 227 19 3 18 0.7 42 1340 Mitoxantrone 40 1170 30.6 * Fold change = the ratio of EC50 values (HL-60/MX2 : HL-60) [0507] The EC50 values indicate that 11-2, II-4 and II-18 retained cytotoxic activity against both HL-60 and HL-60/MX2 tumor cell lines. The multidrug resistant phenotype was confirmed by the observation that Mitoxantrone was -30 times less active against the resistant HL-60/MX2 cells.
THE EFFECTS OF FORMULA 11-16, FORMULA II-17, FORMULA 11-20 AND
[0508] RPMI 8226 (ATCC, CCL-155), the human multiple myeloma cell line, was cultured in RPMI 1640 medium supplemented with 2 mM L-glutamine, 100 units/ml penicillin, 100 g/mi streptomycin, 1 mM sodium pyruvate and 10% heat inactivated fetal bovine serum at 37 C, 5% CO2 and 95% humidified air. To evaluate the inhibitory effects on the chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasome, test compounds prepared in DMSO
were appropriately diluted in culture medium and added to 2.5x105/ml RMPI 8226 cells. For Formula II-16, the final test concentrations ranged from 1 nM to 100 nM. For Formula II-17, Formula 11-20 and Omuralide (Calbiochem, San Diego, CA), the final test concentrations ranged from 1 nM to 10 M. DMSO was used as the vehicle control at a final concentration of 0.1%. Following 1 hr incubation of RMPI 8226 cells witll the compounds, the cells were pelleted by centrifugation at 2,000 rpm for 10 sec at room temperature and washed 3X with ice-cold 1X Dulbecco's Phosphate-Buffered Saline (DPBS, Mediatech, Herndon, VA).
DPBS washed cells were lysed on ice for 15 min in lysis buffer (20 mM HEPES, 0.5 mM
EDTA, 0.05% Triton X-100, pH 7.3) supplemented with protease inhibitor coclctail (Roche Diagnostics, Indianapolis, IN). Cell debris was pelleted by centrifugation at 14,000 rpm for min, 4 C and supernatants (=cell lysates) were transferred to a new tube.
Protein concentration was determined by the BCA protein assay kit (Pierce Biotechnology, Rockford, IL). The chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasome was measured by using the Suc-LLVY-AMC fluorogenic peptide substrate (Boston Biochem, Cambridge, MA) in the proteasome assay buffer (20 mM HEPES, 0.5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0) containing a final concentration of 0.035% SDS. The reactions were initiated by the addition of 10 L of 0.4 mM Suc-LLVY-AMC (prepared by diluting a 10 mM solution of the peptide in DMSO
1:25 with assay buffer) to 190 L of the cell lysates and incubated in the Thermo Lab Systems Fluoroskan plate reader at 37 C. The released coumarin (AMC) was measured fluorometrically by using ke7C = 390 nm and kem = 460 nm. The assay was performed in a microtiter plate (Corning 3904) and followed kinetically with measurements every five minutes for 2hr. The total amount of protein used for each assay was 20 g.
The final concentration of Suc-LLVY-AMC and DMSO was 20 M and 0.2%, respectively.
Results are presented as the percent inhibition of the 20S proteasome chymotrypsin-like activity relative to the DMSO control.
[0509] Results in Table 16 show that exposure of RPMI 8226 cells to For-mula II-16, Formula 11-17, Formula 11-20 and Omuralide resulted in inhibition of the chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasomes. Among them, Formula 11-16 inhibits 85 7 % of the chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasome at 5 nM. At 100 nM, Formula 11-16 is able to completely inhibit the chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasome. At 100 nM, Formula 11-17, Formula 11-20 and Omuralide are only able to inhibit the chymotrypsin-like activity at 30 4 %, 66 3 % and 32 8 %, respectively.
16, FORMULA 11-17, FORMULA 11-20 AND OMURALIDE
% inhibition of the chymotrypsin-like activity of 20S proteasomes in RPMI 8226 cell lysates Compound (mean SD, n=3) 10,000 nM 1,000 nM 500 nM 100 nM 50 nM 10 nM 5 nM 1 nM
Omuralide 93 1 80 8 68 11 32 8 17 11 4 9 8 9 5 9 [0510] ND: not determined THE EFFECTS OF FORMULA 11-16, FORMULA 11-17, FORMULA 11-20 AND
[0511] PC-3 (ATCC, CRL-1435), the human prostate cancer cell line, was cultured in F12K medium supplemented witll 2 mM L-glutamine, 100 units/ml penicillin, 100 g/mi streptomycin and 10% heat inactivated fetal bovine serum at 37 C, 5%
CO2 and 95% humidified air. To evaluate the inhibitory effects on the chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasome, test compounds prepared in DMSO were appropriately diluted in culture medium and added to 1.25x105/ml PC-3 cells. For Formula II-16, the final test concentrations ranged from I nM to 50 nM. For Formula 11-17, Formula II-20 and Omuralide (Calbiochem, San Diego, CA), the final test concentrations ranged from 1 nM to M. DMSO was used as the vehicle control at a final concentration of 0.1%.
Following 1 hr incubation of PC-3 cells with the compounds, the cells were washed 3X with ice-cold 1X
Dulbecco's Phosphate-Buffered Saline (DPBS, Mediatech, Herndon, VA). DPBS
washed cells were lysed on ice for 15 min in lysis buffer (20 mM HEPES, 0.5 mM EDTA, 0.05%
Triton X-100, pH 7.3) supplemented with protease inhibitor cocktail (Roche Diagnostics, Indianapolis, IN). Cell debris was pelleted by centrifugation at 14,000 rpm for 10 min, 4 C
and supernatants (=cell lysates) were transferred to a new tube. Protein concentration was determined by the BCA protein assay kit (Pierce Biotechnology, Rockford, IL).
The chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasome was measured by using the Suc-LLVY-AMC fluorogenic peptide substrate (Boston Biochem, Cambridge, MA) in the proteasome assay buffer (20 mM HEPES, 0.5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0) containing a final concentration of 0.035% SDS. The reactions were initiated by the addition of 10 L of 0.4 mM
Suc-LLVY-AMC (prepared by diluting a 10 mM solution of the peptide in DMSO 1:25 with assay buffer) to 190 L of the cell lysates and incubated in the Thermo Lab Systems Fluoroskan plate reader at 37 C. The released coumarin (AMC) was measured fluorometrically by using kex = 390 nm and keL1 = 460 nm. The assay was performed in a microtiter plate (Corning 3904) and followed kinetically with measurements every five minutes for 2hr.
The total amount of protein used for each assay was 20 g. The final concentration of Suc-LLVY-AMC and DMSO was 20 M and 0.2%, respectively. Results are presented as the percent inhibition of the 20S proteasome chymotiypsin-like activity relative to the DMSO control.
[0512] Results in Table 17 show that exposure of PC-3 cells to Formula 11-16, Formula II-17, Formula 11-20 and Omuralide resulted in inhibition of the chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasomes similar to results obtained from RPMI 8226 cell-based experiments. Formula 11-16 inhibits 69% of the chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S
proteasome at 5 nM. At 50 nM, Formula 11-16 is able to completely inhibit the chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasome. At 100 nM, Foimula 11-17, Formula 11-20 and Omuralide inhibit the chymotrypsin-like activity at 26%, 57% and 36%, respectively.
PROTEASOMES DERIVED FROM PC-3 CELLS TREATED WITH FORMULA II-16, FORMULA 11-17, FORMULA 11-20 AND OMURALIDE
% inhibition of the chymotrypsin-like activity of 20S proteasomes in PC-3 cell lysates Compound 10,000 nM 1,000 nM 100 nM 50 nM 10 nM 5 nM 1 nM
Omuralide 90 80 36 ND 18 ND ND
[0513] ND: not determined GROWTH INHIBITION OF HUMAN MULTIPLE MYELOMA, RPMI 8226, HUMAN
COLON ADENOCARCINOMA, HT-29 AND MURINE MELANOMA, B 16-F 10 CELLS
CELLS IN MEDIA CONTAINING 1% OR 10% SERUM
[0514] The growtll inhibitory activity of Formulae II-16, II-17 and Formula II-against human multiple myeloma, RPMI 8226, human colon adenocarcinoma, HT-29 and mouse melanoma, B16-F10 cells in the presence of 1% or 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS) was determined.
[0508] RPMI 8226 (ATCC, CCL-155), the human multiple myeloma cell line, was cultured in RPMI 1640 medium supplemented with 2 mM L-glutamine, 100 units/ml penicillin, 100 g/mi streptomycin, 1 mM sodium pyruvate and 10% heat inactivated fetal bovine serum at 37 C, 5% CO2 and 95% humidified air. To evaluate the inhibitory effects on the chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasome, test compounds prepared in DMSO
were appropriately diluted in culture medium and added to 2.5x105/ml RMPI 8226 cells. For Formula II-16, the final test concentrations ranged from 1 nM to 100 nM. For Formula II-17, Formula 11-20 and Omuralide (Calbiochem, San Diego, CA), the final test concentrations ranged from 1 nM to 10 M. DMSO was used as the vehicle control at a final concentration of 0.1%. Following 1 hr incubation of RMPI 8226 cells witll the compounds, the cells were pelleted by centrifugation at 2,000 rpm for 10 sec at room temperature and washed 3X with ice-cold 1X Dulbecco's Phosphate-Buffered Saline (DPBS, Mediatech, Herndon, VA).
DPBS washed cells were lysed on ice for 15 min in lysis buffer (20 mM HEPES, 0.5 mM
EDTA, 0.05% Triton X-100, pH 7.3) supplemented with protease inhibitor coclctail (Roche Diagnostics, Indianapolis, IN). Cell debris was pelleted by centrifugation at 14,000 rpm for min, 4 C and supernatants (=cell lysates) were transferred to a new tube.
Protein concentration was determined by the BCA protein assay kit (Pierce Biotechnology, Rockford, IL). The chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasome was measured by using the Suc-LLVY-AMC fluorogenic peptide substrate (Boston Biochem, Cambridge, MA) in the proteasome assay buffer (20 mM HEPES, 0.5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0) containing a final concentration of 0.035% SDS. The reactions were initiated by the addition of 10 L of 0.4 mM Suc-LLVY-AMC (prepared by diluting a 10 mM solution of the peptide in DMSO
1:25 with assay buffer) to 190 L of the cell lysates and incubated in the Thermo Lab Systems Fluoroskan plate reader at 37 C. The released coumarin (AMC) was measured fluorometrically by using ke7C = 390 nm and kem = 460 nm. The assay was performed in a microtiter plate (Corning 3904) and followed kinetically with measurements every five minutes for 2hr. The total amount of protein used for each assay was 20 g.
The final concentration of Suc-LLVY-AMC and DMSO was 20 M and 0.2%, respectively.
Results are presented as the percent inhibition of the 20S proteasome chymotrypsin-like activity relative to the DMSO control.
[0509] Results in Table 16 show that exposure of RPMI 8226 cells to For-mula II-16, Formula 11-17, Formula 11-20 and Omuralide resulted in inhibition of the chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasomes. Among them, Formula 11-16 inhibits 85 7 % of the chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasome at 5 nM. At 100 nM, Formula 11-16 is able to completely inhibit the chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasome. At 100 nM, Formula 11-17, Formula 11-20 and Omuralide are only able to inhibit the chymotrypsin-like activity at 30 4 %, 66 3 % and 32 8 %, respectively.
16, FORMULA 11-17, FORMULA 11-20 AND OMURALIDE
% inhibition of the chymotrypsin-like activity of 20S proteasomes in RPMI 8226 cell lysates Compound (mean SD, n=3) 10,000 nM 1,000 nM 500 nM 100 nM 50 nM 10 nM 5 nM 1 nM
Omuralide 93 1 80 8 68 11 32 8 17 11 4 9 8 9 5 9 [0510] ND: not determined THE EFFECTS OF FORMULA 11-16, FORMULA 11-17, FORMULA 11-20 AND
[0511] PC-3 (ATCC, CRL-1435), the human prostate cancer cell line, was cultured in F12K medium supplemented witll 2 mM L-glutamine, 100 units/ml penicillin, 100 g/mi streptomycin and 10% heat inactivated fetal bovine serum at 37 C, 5%
CO2 and 95% humidified air. To evaluate the inhibitory effects on the chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasome, test compounds prepared in DMSO were appropriately diluted in culture medium and added to 1.25x105/ml PC-3 cells. For Formula II-16, the final test concentrations ranged from I nM to 50 nM. For Formula 11-17, Formula II-20 and Omuralide (Calbiochem, San Diego, CA), the final test concentrations ranged from 1 nM to M. DMSO was used as the vehicle control at a final concentration of 0.1%.
Following 1 hr incubation of PC-3 cells with the compounds, the cells were washed 3X with ice-cold 1X
Dulbecco's Phosphate-Buffered Saline (DPBS, Mediatech, Herndon, VA). DPBS
washed cells were lysed on ice for 15 min in lysis buffer (20 mM HEPES, 0.5 mM EDTA, 0.05%
Triton X-100, pH 7.3) supplemented with protease inhibitor cocktail (Roche Diagnostics, Indianapolis, IN). Cell debris was pelleted by centrifugation at 14,000 rpm for 10 min, 4 C
and supernatants (=cell lysates) were transferred to a new tube. Protein concentration was determined by the BCA protein assay kit (Pierce Biotechnology, Rockford, IL).
The chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasome was measured by using the Suc-LLVY-AMC fluorogenic peptide substrate (Boston Biochem, Cambridge, MA) in the proteasome assay buffer (20 mM HEPES, 0.5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0) containing a final concentration of 0.035% SDS. The reactions were initiated by the addition of 10 L of 0.4 mM
Suc-LLVY-AMC (prepared by diluting a 10 mM solution of the peptide in DMSO 1:25 with assay buffer) to 190 L of the cell lysates and incubated in the Thermo Lab Systems Fluoroskan plate reader at 37 C. The released coumarin (AMC) was measured fluorometrically by using kex = 390 nm and keL1 = 460 nm. The assay was performed in a microtiter plate (Corning 3904) and followed kinetically with measurements every five minutes for 2hr.
The total amount of protein used for each assay was 20 g. The final concentration of Suc-LLVY-AMC and DMSO was 20 M and 0.2%, respectively. Results are presented as the percent inhibition of the 20S proteasome chymotiypsin-like activity relative to the DMSO control.
[0512] Results in Table 17 show that exposure of PC-3 cells to Formula 11-16, Formula II-17, Formula 11-20 and Omuralide resulted in inhibition of the chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasomes similar to results obtained from RPMI 8226 cell-based experiments. Formula 11-16 inhibits 69% of the chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S
proteasome at 5 nM. At 50 nM, Formula 11-16 is able to completely inhibit the chymotrypsin-like activity of the 20S proteasome. At 100 nM, Foimula 11-17, Formula 11-20 and Omuralide inhibit the chymotrypsin-like activity at 26%, 57% and 36%, respectively.
PROTEASOMES DERIVED FROM PC-3 CELLS TREATED WITH FORMULA II-16, FORMULA 11-17, FORMULA 11-20 AND OMURALIDE
% inhibition of the chymotrypsin-like activity of 20S proteasomes in PC-3 cell lysates Compound 10,000 nM 1,000 nM 100 nM 50 nM 10 nM 5 nM 1 nM
Omuralide 90 80 36 ND 18 ND ND
[0513] ND: not determined GROWTH INHIBITION OF HUMAN MULTIPLE MYELOMA, RPMI 8226, HUMAN
COLON ADENOCARCINOMA, HT-29 AND MURINE MELANOMA, B 16-F 10 CELLS
CELLS IN MEDIA CONTAINING 1% OR 10% SERUM
[0514] The growtll inhibitory activity of Formulae II-16, II-17 and Formula II-against human multiple myeloma, RPMI 8226, human colon adenocarcinoma, HT-29 and mouse melanoma, B16-F10 cells in the presence of 1% or 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS) was determined.
[0515] RPMI 8226 (CCL-155), HT-29 (HTB-38), and B16-F10 (CRL-6475) cells were purchased from ATCC. RPMI 8226 cells were maintained in RPMI 1640 media supplemented with 10%(v/v) FBS, 2mM L-glutamine, 1mM sodium pyiuvate and Penicillin/Streptomycin at 100 IU/ml and l00 g/ml, respectively. HT-29 cells were maintained in McCoys 5A supplemented with 10%(v/v) FBS, 2mM L-glutamine, 1mM
sodium pyruvate, 1%(v/v) non-essential amino acids, 10mM HEPES and Penicillin/Streptomycin at 100 IU/ml and 100gg/ml, respectively. B16-F10 cells were maintained in DMEM supplemented with 10%(v/v) FBS, 2mM L-glutamine, 10mM HEPES
and Penicillin/Streptomycin at 100 IU/ml and 100 g/ml, respectively. The cells were cultured in an incubator at 37 C in 5% CO2 and 95% humidified air.
[0516] For cell growth inhibition assays, HT-29 and B 16-F 10 cells were seeded 5x103, and 1.25x103 cells/ well respectively in 90 1 media containing 10%(v/v) FBS or 1%(v/v) FBS into 96 well (Corning; 3904) black-walled, clear-bottom tissue culture plates.
The plates were incubated overnight to allow cells to establish and enter log phase growth.
RPMI 8226 cells were seeded at 2xl 04 cells/well in 90 1 RPMI media containing 10%(v/v) FBS or 1%(v/v) FBS into 96 well black-walled, clear-bottom tissue culture plates. 20mM
stock solutions of Formulae II-16, II-17 and Formula 11-18 were prepared in 100% DMSO, aliquoted and stored at -80 C. Formulae II-16, 11-17 and Formula 11-18 were serially diluted in media containing 1% or 10% FBS and added in triplicate to the test wells.
The final concentration of Formula 11-16 ranged from 2 M to 200pM. The final concentration range of Formula 11-17 was from 20 M to 6.3nM. The final concentration of Foimula 11-18 ranged from 2 M to 630pM. The plates were returned to the incubator for 48 hours. The final concentration of DMSO was 0.25% in all samples.
[0517] Following 48 hours of drug exposure, l0 l of 0.2mg/ml resazurin (obtained from Sigma-Aldrich Chemical Co.) in Mg2+, Ca2+ free phosphate buffered saline was added to each well and the plates were returned to the incubator for 3-6 hours. Since living cells metabolize Resazurin, the fluorescence of the reduction product of Resazurin was measured using a Fusion microplate fluorometer (Packard Bioscience) with ke, =
535 nm and ke11, = 590 nm filters. Resazurin dye in medium without cells was used to determine the background, which was subtracted from the data for all experimental wells. The data were normalized to the average fluorescence of the cells treated with media + 0.25%
DMSO
(100% cell growth) and EC50 values (the drug concentration at which 50% of the maximal observed growth inhibition is established) were determined using a standard sigmoidal dose response curve fitting algorithm (generated by XLfit 3.0, ID Business Solutions Ltd).
[0518] The data in Table 17 suinmarize the growth inhibitory effects of Formulae II-16, 11-17 and Formula II-18 against the human multiple myeloma cell line, RPMI 8226 in media containing 1% or 10% FBS.
EC50 VALUES OF FORMULAE II-16, II-17 AND FORMULA 11-18 AGAINST RPMI 8226 CELLS IN MEDIA CONTAINING 1% OR 10% FBS
Compound 1% FBS, EC50 (nM) 10% FBS, EC50 (nM) 6.2 12 6.8 9.6 Mean 6.5 11 Mean 1200 2700 Mean 14 20 [0519] The EC50 values indicate that Formulae 11-16, 11-17 and Formula 11-18 were cytotoxic against RPMI 8226 cells in media containing 1% or 10% FBS.
There was a less than three fold decrease in the mean EC50 of Formulae 11-16, II-17 and Formula 11-18 when tested in media containing 10% FBS relative to media containing 1% FBS.
[0520] The data in Table 18 summarize the growth inhibitory effects of Formula 11-16 against the human colon adenocarcinoma, HT-29 and the murine melanoma, cell lines in media containing 1% or 10% FBS.
sodium pyruvate, 1%(v/v) non-essential amino acids, 10mM HEPES and Penicillin/Streptomycin at 100 IU/ml and 100gg/ml, respectively. B16-F10 cells were maintained in DMEM supplemented with 10%(v/v) FBS, 2mM L-glutamine, 10mM HEPES
and Penicillin/Streptomycin at 100 IU/ml and 100 g/ml, respectively. The cells were cultured in an incubator at 37 C in 5% CO2 and 95% humidified air.
[0516] For cell growth inhibition assays, HT-29 and B 16-F 10 cells were seeded 5x103, and 1.25x103 cells/ well respectively in 90 1 media containing 10%(v/v) FBS or 1%(v/v) FBS into 96 well (Corning; 3904) black-walled, clear-bottom tissue culture plates.
The plates were incubated overnight to allow cells to establish and enter log phase growth.
RPMI 8226 cells were seeded at 2xl 04 cells/well in 90 1 RPMI media containing 10%(v/v) FBS or 1%(v/v) FBS into 96 well black-walled, clear-bottom tissue culture plates. 20mM
stock solutions of Formulae II-16, II-17 and Formula 11-18 were prepared in 100% DMSO, aliquoted and stored at -80 C. Formulae II-16, 11-17 and Formula 11-18 were serially diluted in media containing 1% or 10% FBS and added in triplicate to the test wells.
The final concentration of Formula 11-16 ranged from 2 M to 200pM. The final concentration range of Formula 11-17 was from 20 M to 6.3nM. The final concentration of Foimula 11-18 ranged from 2 M to 630pM. The plates were returned to the incubator for 48 hours. The final concentration of DMSO was 0.25% in all samples.
[0517] Following 48 hours of drug exposure, l0 l of 0.2mg/ml resazurin (obtained from Sigma-Aldrich Chemical Co.) in Mg2+, Ca2+ free phosphate buffered saline was added to each well and the plates were returned to the incubator for 3-6 hours. Since living cells metabolize Resazurin, the fluorescence of the reduction product of Resazurin was measured using a Fusion microplate fluorometer (Packard Bioscience) with ke, =
535 nm and ke11, = 590 nm filters. Resazurin dye in medium without cells was used to determine the background, which was subtracted from the data for all experimental wells. The data were normalized to the average fluorescence of the cells treated with media + 0.25%
DMSO
(100% cell growth) and EC50 values (the drug concentration at which 50% of the maximal observed growth inhibition is established) were determined using a standard sigmoidal dose response curve fitting algorithm (generated by XLfit 3.0, ID Business Solutions Ltd).
[0518] The data in Table 17 suinmarize the growth inhibitory effects of Formulae II-16, 11-17 and Formula II-18 against the human multiple myeloma cell line, RPMI 8226 in media containing 1% or 10% FBS.
EC50 VALUES OF FORMULAE II-16, II-17 AND FORMULA 11-18 AGAINST RPMI 8226 CELLS IN MEDIA CONTAINING 1% OR 10% FBS
Compound 1% FBS, EC50 (nM) 10% FBS, EC50 (nM) 6.2 12 6.8 9.6 Mean 6.5 11 Mean 1200 2700 Mean 14 20 [0519] The EC50 values indicate that Formulae 11-16, 11-17 and Formula 11-18 were cytotoxic against RPMI 8226 cells in media containing 1% or 10% FBS.
There was a less than three fold decrease in the mean EC50 of Formulae 11-16, II-17 and Formula 11-18 when tested in media containing 10% FBS relative to media containing 1% FBS.
[0520] The data in Table 18 summarize the growth inhibitory effects of Formula 11-16 against the human colon adenocarcinoma, HT-29 and the murine melanoma, cell lines in media containing 1% or 10% FBS.
MEDIA CONTAINING 1% OR 10% FBS
HT-29, EC50 (nM) mean SD B16-F10, EC50 (nM) mean SD
Compound 1% FBS 10% FBS 1% FBS 10% FBS
[0521] The mean EC50 values indicate that Formula 11-16 was cytotoxic against HT-29 and B16-F10 cells in media containing 1% or 10% FBS. There was a less than two fold decrease in the mean EC50 of Formula II-16 when tested in media containing 10% FBS
relative to media containing 1% FBS. Taken together, these data show that with respect to the in vitro cytotoxic activity against tumor cell lines, Forinulae 11-16, 11-17 and Formula 11-18 maintain similar biological activity in the presence of 1% or 10% FBS.
INHIBITION OF ANTHRAX LETHAL TOXIN
[0522] Anthrax toxin is responsible for the symptoms associated with anthrax.
In this disease, B. anthracis spores are inhaled and lodge in the lungs where they are ingested by macrophages. Within the macrophage, spores germinate, replicate, resulting in killing of the cell. Before killing occurs, however, infected macrophages migrate to the lymph nodes where, upon death, they release their contents, allowing the organism to enter the bloodsteam, further replicate, and secrete lethal toxins.
[0523] Two proteins called protective antigen (PA 83 kDa) and lethal factor (LF, 90 kDa), play a key role in the pathogenesis of anthrax. These proteins are collectively known as lethal toxin (LeTx). When combined, PA and LF cause death when injected intravenously in animals. Lethal toxin is also active in a few cell culture lines of macrophages causing cell death within a few hours. LeTx can induce both necrosis and apoptosis in mouse macrophage-like RAW264.7 cells upon in vitro treatment.
HT-29, EC50 (nM) mean SD B16-F10, EC50 (nM) mean SD
Compound 1% FBS 10% FBS 1% FBS 10% FBS
[0521] The mean EC50 values indicate that Formula 11-16 was cytotoxic against HT-29 and B16-F10 cells in media containing 1% or 10% FBS. There was a less than two fold decrease in the mean EC50 of Formula II-16 when tested in media containing 10% FBS
relative to media containing 1% FBS. Taken together, these data show that with respect to the in vitro cytotoxic activity against tumor cell lines, Forinulae 11-16, 11-17 and Formula 11-18 maintain similar biological activity in the presence of 1% or 10% FBS.
INHIBITION OF ANTHRAX LETHAL TOXIN
[0522] Anthrax toxin is responsible for the symptoms associated with anthrax.
In this disease, B. anthracis spores are inhaled and lodge in the lungs where they are ingested by macrophages. Within the macrophage, spores germinate, replicate, resulting in killing of the cell. Before killing occurs, however, infected macrophages migrate to the lymph nodes where, upon death, they release their contents, allowing the organism to enter the bloodsteam, further replicate, and secrete lethal toxins.
[0523] Two proteins called protective antigen (PA 83 kDa) and lethal factor (LF, 90 kDa), play a key role in the pathogenesis of anthrax. These proteins are collectively known as lethal toxin (LeTx). When combined, PA and LF cause death when injected intravenously in animals. Lethal toxin is also active in a few cell culture lines of macrophages causing cell death within a few hours. LeTx can induce both necrosis and apoptosis in mouse macrophage-like RAW264.7 cells upon in vitro treatment.
In Vitro Cell-Based Assay for Inhibitors of Lethal Toxin-Mediated Cytotoxicity [0524] RAW264.7 cells (obtained from the American Type Culture Collection) were adapted to and maintained in RPMI-1640 medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, 2mM L-glutamine and 1% Penicillin/Streptomycin (complete medium) at 37 C in a humidified 5% CO2 incubator. For the assay, cells were plated overnight in complete medium at a concentration of 50,000 cells/well in a 96-well plate. Media was removed the following day and replaced with serum-free complete medium with or without varying concentrations of Formulae 11-2, 11-3, 11-4, 11-5A, II-5B, II-13C, II-17, 11-18 and IV-3C
starting at 330nM and diluting at 1/2 log inteivals for an 8-point dose-response. After a 45 minute preincubation, 1 g/ml LF and l g/ml PA alone or in combination (LF:PA, also termed lethal toxin (LeTx)) were added to cells. Recombinant LF and PA were obtained from List Biological Laboratories. Additional plates with no LeTx added were included as a control. Cells were then incubated for six hours followed by addition of 0.02 mg/ml resazurin dye (Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR) prepared in Mg++, Ca++ free PBS
(Mediatech, Herndon, VA). Plates were then incubated an additional 1.5 hours prior to the assessment of cell viability. Since resazurin is metabolized by living cells, cytotoxicity or cell viability can be assessed by measuring fluorescence using 530 excitation and 590 emission filters. Data are expressed as the percent viability as compared to a DMSO
alone control (high) and the LeTx alone control (low) using the following equation: Percent viability =100*((Measured OD-low control)/(high control-low control)).
Inhibition of Anthrax Lethal Toxin-mediated C otoxicity in RAW 264.7 Cells [0525] Data in FIG. 48 summarize the effects of Formula 11-2, Formula 11-3 and Formula 11-4 against LeTx-mediated cytotoxicity of the RAW 264.7 inurine macrophage-like cell line. Treatment of RAW 264.7 cells with Formula 11-2 and Formula 11-4 resulted in an increase in the viability of LeTx treated cells with EC50 values of l4nM (FIG.
48). The EC50 values for Formula 11-3 for LeTx protection was not be determined at the concentrations tested (EC50>330nM, the maximum concentration evaluated). Data in Table 19 show the effects of Formulae II-5A, II-5B, II-13C, 11-17, II-18 and IV-3C against LeTx-mediated cytotoxicity of the RAW 264.7 murine macrophage-like cell line. Treatment of RAW 264.7 cells with Formula II-5A and 11-18 showed an increase in the viability of LeTx treated RAW
264.7 cells with EC50 values of 3nM and 4nM respectively. Treatment with Formula 11-17 and Formula II-5B resulted in an increase in the viability of LeTx treated cells with EC50 values of 42nM and 45nM respectively. The EC50 values for Formulae II-13C and IV-3C for LeTx protection could not be determined at the concentrations tested (EC50>330nM, the maximum concentration evaluated).
TABLE 19: EC50 VALUES FOR INHIBITION OF RAW 264.7 CELL CYTOTOXICITY
MEDIATED BY ANTHRAX LETHAL TOXIN
Compound ECSo (nM) Formula 11-17 42 Formula 11-18 4 Formula II-5A 3 Formula II-5B 45 Formula II-13C >330nM
Formula IV-3C >330nM
STRUCTURE-ACTIVITY RELATIONSHIP OF THE Rl SIDE CHAIN
[0526] A structure-activity relationship for the Rl side chain of the disclosed compounds and specifically the compounds of Formulas (I), (II), (III), (IV), and (V) was inferred by analyzing the relative activity of various compounds having the formula:
QH H
OH
N = O
O
O
R, [0527] These compounds were assayed for cytotoxicity of RPMI cells and for inhibition of NF-xB and the chymotrypsin-, tlypsin-, and caspase-like activities of the 20S
proteasome. The results of 6 representative compounds are presented in Table 20.
TABLE 20: EC50 VALUES FOR COMPOUNDS HAVING VARYING Rl GROUPS
Cytotoxicity Proteasome Proteasome Proteasome RPMI ECSp NF-icB Chymotrypsin- Trypsin-like Caspase-like Compound R nM ECS hM like ECSO (nM) EC50 nM EC nM
II-16 CH2CH2C1 8.6 ~: 1.9 11 :h 3 2.6 zL 0.2 2112.6 427 61 11-18 CH2CH2Br 6.3, 6.3 11,9 2.3,2 14, 14 286, 213 1I-19 CH2CH,I 6,7 10,7 3,3 13, 15 573, 739 I1-17 CH2CH3 6150, 3460 960 f 210 26 } 6.7 573,602 1247, 1206 II-20 CH3 8510 3260 849 :L225 7.7 t 3.0 318,321 1425, 1420 I1-21 CHZCH20H >20000, 3172, 2707 7,8 720,879 2585, 2328 >20000 [0528] The results of the above assays can be interpreted to suggest that compounds having Rl groups of chloroethyl, bromoethyl, or iodoethyl are potent inhibitors of proteasome and exhibit very potent cytotoxicity. In contrast, compounds having Rl groups of methyl, ethyl, or hydroxyethyl exhibited relatively lower cytotoxity (3-log decrease in potency), lower NF-xB inhibition (3-log decrease in potency), and a lower caspase-like (2 to fold less potent) and trypsin-like (20 to 50 fold less potent) proteasome inhibition.
[0529] Without being bound to any particular theory, the Applicants note that the above results support the hypothesis that the increased activity of compounds containing Cl, Br, or I in the Rl group can be due to the halogen's property of being a good leaving group.
This hypothesis is supported by the fact that lactone ring opening of compound 11-16 is observed to fonn a cyclic ether through nucleophilic substitution where chlorine is displaced according to the following reaction:
C HH
H H
OH ' OH ' OH
H H =
N O N COOH N COOH
O ~ O OH ~~ O
O ~;
H~~ O
c CI
CI
[0530] It is hypotliesized that in compounds having a good leaving group in the Rl side chain, such as compounds 11-16, 11-18, and 11-19, nucleophilic addition of the proteasome to the P-lactone ring forms a cyclic ether in a manner similar to the above reaction. The cyclic ether is hypothesized to interact favorably with the proteasome.
[0531] Without being bound to any particular theory, the Applicants note that the above results also suppor-t the alternative hypothesis that a second nucleophile on the proteasome displaces the leaving group, thus forming a 2-point covalent adduct between the compound and the enzyme. In either case, leaving group functionality on the Rl side chain promotes increased interaction between the compound and the enzyme and thus promotes increased activity. Therefore, compounds having other leaving groups on the RI
side chain can be expected to exhibit high activity.
[0532] Without being bound to any particular theory, the Applicants note that the above results also support the hypothesis of a single-point leaving group. As one example, the presence of a halogen or other leaving group in the Rl side chain promotes the delivery of the compound to its target, such as an intracellular or other biological target, thereby enhancing its therapeutic effect. An example of a single-point leaving group is illustrated in the diagram shown below.
H H
H g ~\'~ õ= OH
OH
H O H
H
N Nucl-Enz N Nucl-Enz C~ /Nucl-Enz 0 C~O~
OH naU GH
Nuc2-Enz CI
Single point covalent Single point covalent drug 2-point covalent drug-enzyme adduct enzyme adduct with intramolecular drug-enzyme adduct Cl displacement [0533] "Leaving groups" as used herein refers to any atom or moiety that is capable of being displaced by another atom or moiety in a chemical reaction.
More specifically, in some embodiments, "leaving group" refers to the atom or moiety that is displaced in a nucleophilic substitution reaction. In some embodiments, "leaving groups" are any atoms or moieties that are conjugate bases of a strong acid. Non-limiting characteristics and examples of leaving groups can be found, for example in Organic Chemistfy, 2d ed., Francis Carey (1992), pages 328-331; Introdution to Organic Chemistfy, 2d ed., Andrew Streitwieser and Clayton Heathcock (1981), pages 169-171; and Organic Clzemistfy, 5t1i ed., John McMurry (2000), pages 398 and 408; all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
starting at 330nM and diluting at 1/2 log inteivals for an 8-point dose-response. After a 45 minute preincubation, 1 g/ml LF and l g/ml PA alone or in combination (LF:PA, also termed lethal toxin (LeTx)) were added to cells. Recombinant LF and PA were obtained from List Biological Laboratories. Additional plates with no LeTx added were included as a control. Cells were then incubated for six hours followed by addition of 0.02 mg/ml resazurin dye (Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR) prepared in Mg++, Ca++ free PBS
(Mediatech, Herndon, VA). Plates were then incubated an additional 1.5 hours prior to the assessment of cell viability. Since resazurin is metabolized by living cells, cytotoxicity or cell viability can be assessed by measuring fluorescence using 530 excitation and 590 emission filters. Data are expressed as the percent viability as compared to a DMSO
alone control (high) and the LeTx alone control (low) using the following equation: Percent viability =100*((Measured OD-low control)/(high control-low control)).
Inhibition of Anthrax Lethal Toxin-mediated C otoxicity in RAW 264.7 Cells [0525] Data in FIG. 48 summarize the effects of Formula 11-2, Formula 11-3 and Formula 11-4 against LeTx-mediated cytotoxicity of the RAW 264.7 inurine macrophage-like cell line. Treatment of RAW 264.7 cells with Formula 11-2 and Formula 11-4 resulted in an increase in the viability of LeTx treated cells with EC50 values of l4nM (FIG.
48). The EC50 values for Formula 11-3 for LeTx protection was not be determined at the concentrations tested (EC50>330nM, the maximum concentration evaluated). Data in Table 19 show the effects of Formulae II-5A, II-5B, II-13C, 11-17, II-18 and IV-3C against LeTx-mediated cytotoxicity of the RAW 264.7 murine macrophage-like cell line. Treatment of RAW 264.7 cells with Formula II-5A and 11-18 showed an increase in the viability of LeTx treated RAW
264.7 cells with EC50 values of 3nM and 4nM respectively. Treatment with Formula 11-17 and Formula II-5B resulted in an increase in the viability of LeTx treated cells with EC50 values of 42nM and 45nM respectively. The EC50 values for Formulae II-13C and IV-3C for LeTx protection could not be determined at the concentrations tested (EC50>330nM, the maximum concentration evaluated).
TABLE 19: EC50 VALUES FOR INHIBITION OF RAW 264.7 CELL CYTOTOXICITY
MEDIATED BY ANTHRAX LETHAL TOXIN
Compound ECSo (nM) Formula 11-17 42 Formula 11-18 4 Formula II-5A 3 Formula II-5B 45 Formula II-13C >330nM
Formula IV-3C >330nM
STRUCTURE-ACTIVITY RELATIONSHIP OF THE Rl SIDE CHAIN
[0526] A structure-activity relationship for the Rl side chain of the disclosed compounds and specifically the compounds of Formulas (I), (II), (III), (IV), and (V) was inferred by analyzing the relative activity of various compounds having the formula:
QH H
OH
N = O
O
O
R, [0527] These compounds were assayed for cytotoxicity of RPMI cells and for inhibition of NF-xB and the chymotrypsin-, tlypsin-, and caspase-like activities of the 20S
proteasome. The results of 6 representative compounds are presented in Table 20.
TABLE 20: EC50 VALUES FOR COMPOUNDS HAVING VARYING Rl GROUPS
Cytotoxicity Proteasome Proteasome Proteasome RPMI ECSp NF-icB Chymotrypsin- Trypsin-like Caspase-like Compound R nM ECS hM like ECSO (nM) EC50 nM EC nM
II-16 CH2CH2C1 8.6 ~: 1.9 11 :h 3 2.6 zL 0.2 2112.6 427 61 11-18 CH2CH2Br 6.3, 6.3 11,9 2.3,2 14, 14 286, 213 1I-19 CH2CH,I 6,7 10,7 3,3 13, 15 573, 739 I1-17 CH2CH3 6150, 3460 960 f 210 26 } 6.7 573,602 1247, 1206 II-20 CH3 8510 3260 849 :L225 7.7 t 3.0 318,321 1425, 1420 I1-21 CHZCH20H >20000, 3172, 2707 7,8 720,879 2585, 2328 >20000 [0528] The results of the above assays can be interpreted to suggest that compounds having Rl groups of chloroethyl, bromoethyl, or iodoethyl are potent inhibitors of proteasome and exhibit very potent cytotoxicity. In contrast, compounds having Rl groups of methyl, ethyl, or hydroxyethyl exhibited relatively lower cytotoxity (3-log decrease in potency), lower NF-xB inhibition (3-log decrease in potency), and a lower caspase-like (2 to fold less potent) and trypsin-like (20 to 50 fold less potent) proteasome inhibition.
[0529] Without being bound to any particular theory, the Applicants note that the above results support the hypothesis that the increased activity of compounds containing Cl, Br, or I in the Rl group can be due to the halogen's property of being a good leaving group.
This hypothesis is supported by the fact that lactone ring opening of compound 11-16 is observed to fonn a cyclic ether through nucleophilic substitution where chlorine is displaced according to the following reaction:
C HH
H H
OH ' OH ' OH
H H =
N O N COOH N COOH
O ~ O OH ~~ O
O ~;
H~~ O
c CI
CI
[0530] It is hypotliesized that in compounds having a good leaving group in the Rl side chain, such as compounds 11-16, 11-18, and 11-19, nucleophilic addition of the proteasome to the P-lactone ring forms a cyclic ether in a manner similar to the above reaction. The cyclic ether is hypothesized to interact favorably with the proteasome.
[0531] Without being bound to any particular theory, the Applicants note that the above results also suppor-t the alternative hypothesis that a second nucleophile on the proteasome displaces the leaving group, thus forming a 2-point covalent adduct between the compound and the enzyme. In either case, leaving group functionality on the Rl side chain promotes increased interaction between the compound and the enzyme and thus promotes increased activity. Therefore, compounds having other leaving groups on the RI
side chain can be expected to exhibit high activity.
[0532] Without being bound to any particular theory, the Applicants note that the above results also support the hypothesis of a single-point leaving group. As one example, the presence of a halogen or other leaving group in the Rl side chain promotes the delivery of the compound to its target, such as an intracellular or other biological target, thereby enhancing its therapeutic effect. An example of a single-point leaving group is illustrated in the diagram shown below.
H H
H g ~\'~ õ= OH
OH
H O H
H
N Nucl-Enz N Nucl-Enz C~ /Nucl-Enz 0 C~O~
OH naU GH
Nuc2-Enz CI
Single point covalent Single point covalent drug 2-point covalent drug-enzyme adduct enzyme adduct with intramolecular drug-enzyme adduct Cl displacement [0533] "Leaving groups" as used herein refers to any atom or moiety that is capable of being displaced by another atom or moiety in a chemical reaction.
More specifically, in some embodiments, "leaving group" refers to the atom or moiety that is displaced in a nucleophilic substitution reaction. In some embodiments, "leaving groups" are any atoms or moieties that are conjugate bases of a strong acid. Non-limiting characteristics and examples of leaving groups can be found, for example in Organic Chemistfy, 2d ed., Francis Carey (1992), pages 328-331; Introdution to Organic Chemistfy, 2d ed., Andrew Streitwieser and Clayton Heathcock (1981), pages 169-171; and Organic Clzemistfy, 5t1i ed., John McMurry (2000), pages 398 and 408; all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
STRUCTURE ACTIVITY RELATIONSHIPS
[0534] The data set forth in the above-listed Tables illustrate a number of preferred embodiments. With regard to Fonnula II, compounds having a halogenated substituent at RI are preferred and such compounds are generally equipotent across the above-described assays. Most preferred are n-halogenated ethyl at R1.
[0535] Also, most preferred are compounds with a hydroxy group at E5 and the attached carbon is in an S conformation (compounds having the stereochemistry of compound II-18, for example). Oxidation from a hydroxyl group to a ketone is less preferred.
[0536] In one preferred embodiment, the preferred substituent at R4 is cyclohexene. In another preferred embodiment, the cyclohexene is oxidized to an epoxide.
Less preferred are compounds with hydrogenation of the double bond of the cyclohexene substituent.
[0537] Furthermore in some embodiments, preferably, R3 is methyl, with ethyl being less preferred.
INHIBITION OF ANGIOGENESIS
[0538] Angiogenesis is an important physiological process, without which embryonic development and wound healing would not occur. However, excessive or inappropriate angiogenesis is associated with a number of diseases, conditions, and adverse treatment results. Examples of disease types and conditions associated with excessive angiogenesis include inflammatory disorders such as immune and non-immune inflammation, rheumatoid artliritis, chronic articular rheumatism and psoriasis; disorders associated with inappropriate or inopportune invasion of vessels such as diabetic retinopathy, neovascular glaucoma, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, comeal graft rejection, retrolental fibroplasia, rubeosis, capillary proliferation in atherosclerotic plaques and osteoporosis; and cancer associated disorders, including for example, solid tumors, tumor metastases, blood born tumors such as leukemias, angiofibromas, Kaposi sarcoma, benign tumors such as hemangiomas, acoustic neuromas, neurofibromas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas, as well as other cancers which require neovascularization to support tumor growth. Additional examples of angiogenesis-dependent diseases include, for example, Osler-Webber Syndrome; myocardial angiogenesis; plaque neovascularization;
telangiectasia; hemophiliac joints and wound granulation. Furthermore, excessive angiogenesis is also associated with clinical problems as part of biological and mechanical implants (tissue/organ implants, stents, etc.). The instant compositions can be used to inhibit angiogenesis, and thus in the treatment of such conditions. Other diseases in which angiogenesis plays a role, and to which the instant compounds and compositions can be used, are known by those of skill in the art.
[0539] Particular discussion of angiogenesis in a number of pathophysiological conditions such as cancer, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic retinopathy, age related macular degeneration, endometriosis and obesity is found in Folkman J.(1985) Tumor angiogenesis.
Adv Cancer Res. 1985;43:175-203.; Folkman, J. (2001). Angiogenesis-dependent diseases.
Senain Oncol, 28, 536-42.; Grosios, K., Wood, J., Esser, R., Raychaudhuri, A.
& Dawson, J.
(2004). Angiogenesis inhibition by the novel VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor, PTK787/ZK222584, causes significant anti-arthritic effects in models of rheumatoid arthritis.
Inflaynm Res, 53, 133-42; Hull, M.L., Charnock-Jones, D.S., Chan, C.L., Bruner-Tran, K.L., Osteen, K.G., Tom, B.D., Fan, T.P. & Smith, S.K. (2003). Antiangiogenic agents are effective inhibitors of endometriosis. J Clin Endocrinol Metab, 88, 2889-99;
Liu, L. &
Meydani, M. (2003). Angiogenesis inhibitors may regulate adiposity. Nutr Rev, 61, 384-7;
Mousa, S.A. & Mousa, A.S. (2004). Angiogenesis inhibitors: current & future directions.
Curr Pharn2 Des, 10, 1-9. Each of the above-described references is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[0540] The compounds disclosed herein inhibit angiogenesis. This is evidenced, for example, by the coumpound of Formula 11-16 which blocked vascular endothelial growth-factor (VEGF)-induced migration of multiple myeloma cells in a transwell migration assay.
The otlier compounds disclosed herein are tested in a transwell mighration assay and inhibit migration.
[0534] The data set forth in the above-listed Tables illustrate a number of preferred embodiments. With regard to Fonnula II, compounds having a halogenated substituent at RI are preferred and such compounds are generally equipotent across the above-described assays. Most preferred are n-halogenated ethyl at R1.
[0535] Also, most preferred are compounds with a hydroxy group at E5 and the attached carbon is in an S conformation (compounds having the stereochemistry of compound II-18, for example). Oxidation from a hydroxyl group to a ketone is less preferred.
[0536] In one preferred embodiment, the preferred substituent at R4 is cyclohexene. In another preferred embodiment, the cyclohexene is oxidized to an epoxide.
Less preferred are compounds with hydrogenation of the double bond of the cyclohexene substituent.
[0537] Furthermore in some embodiments, preferably, R3 is methyl, with ethyl being less preferred.
INHIBITION OF ANGIOGENESIS
[0538] Angiogenesis is an important physiological process, without which embryonic development and wound healing would not occur. However, excessive or inappropriate angiogenesis is associated with a number of diseases, conditions, and adverse treatment results. Examples of disease types and conditions associated with excessive angiogenesis include inflammatory disorders such as immune and non-immune inflammation, rheumatoid artliritis, chronic articular rheumatism and psoriasis; disorders associated with inappropriate or inopportune invasion of vessels such as diabetic retinopathy, neovascular glaucoma, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, comeal graft rejection, retrolental fibroplasia, rubeosis, capillary proliferation in atherosclerotic plaques and osteoporosis; and cancer associated disorders, including for example, solid tumors, tumor metastases, blood born tumors such as leukemias, angiofibromas, Kaposi sarcoma, benign tumors such as hemangiomas, acoustic neuromas, neurofibromas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas, as well as other cancers which require neovascularization to support tumor growth. Additional examples of angiogenesis-dependent diseases include, for example, Osler-Webber Syndrome; myocardial angiogenesis; plaque neovascularization;
telangiectasia; hemophiliac joints and wound granulation. Furthermore, excessive angiogenesis is also associated with clinical problems as part of biological and mechanical implants (tissue/organ implants, stents, etc.). The instant compositions can be used to inhibit angiogenesis, and thus in the treatment of such conditions. Other diseases in which angiogenesis plays a role, and to which the instant compounds and compositions can be used, are known by those of skill in the art.
[0539] Particular discussion of angiogenesis in a number of pathophysiological conditions such as cancer, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic retinopathy, age related macular degeneration, endometriosis and obesity is found in Folkman J.(1985) Tumor angiogenesis.
Adv Cancer Res. 1985;43:175-203.; Folkman, J. (2001). Angiogenesis-dependent diseases.
Senain Oncol, 28, 536-42.; Grosios, K., Wood, J., Esser, R., Raychaudhuri, A.
& Dawson, J.
(2004). Angiogenesis inhibition by the novel VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor, PTK787/ZK222584, causes significant anti-arthritic effects in models of rheumatoid arthritis.
Inflaynm Res, 53, 133-42; Hull, M.L., Charnock-Jones, D.S., Chan, C.L., Bruner-Tran, K.L., Osteen, K.G., Tom, B.D., Fan, T.P. & Smith, S.K. (2003). Antiangiogenic agents are effective inhibitors of endometriosis. J Clin Endocrinol Metab, 88, 2889-99;
Liu, L. &
Meydani, M. (2003). Angiogenesis inhibitors may regulate adiposity. Nutr Rev, 61, 384-7;
Mousa, S.A. & Mousa, A.S. (2004). Angiogenesis inhibitors: current & future directions.
Curr Pharn2 Des, 10, 1-9. Each of the above-described references is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[0540] The compounds disclosed herein inhibit angiogenesis. This is evidenced, for example, by the coumpound of Formula 11-16 which blocked vascular endothelial growth-factor (VEGF)-induced migration of multiple myeloma cells in a transwell migration assay.
The otlier compounds disclosed herein are tested in a transwell mighration assay and inhibit migration.
[0541] The compounds disclosed herein show angiogenesis inhibitory activity in any of various other angiogenesis tests and assays, including one or more of the following.
[0542] The compounds disclosed herein show anti-angiogenic activity in various other in vitro and in vivo assays. Some examples include: in vitro assays for the evaluation of anti-angiogenesis compounds include, 1) the modified Boyden chamber assay which assesses the migration of endothelial cells in response to pro-angiogenic factors (Alessandri G, Raju K, Gullino PM. (1983), "Mobilization of capillary endothelium in vitro induced by effectors of angiogenesis in vivo" Cancer Res. 43(4):1790-7.), 2) differentiation assays such as the Matrigel assay in which the attachment, migration and differentiation of endothelial cells into tubules is analyzed (Lawley TJ, Kubota Y. (1989), "Induction of moiphologic differentiation of endothelial cells in culture" J Invest Dermatol.Aug;93(2 Suppl):59S-61S) and 3) organ culture assays in which the outgrowth of endothelial (and other cells) is monitored (Nicosia RF, Ottinetti A.(1990), "Growth of microvessels in serum-free matrix culture of rat aorta. A
quantitative assay of angiogenesis in vitro" Lab Invest. Jul;63(1):115-22.).
Some in vivo assays for the evaluation of angiogenesis inhibitors are 1) sponge implantation assays, during which sponges containing cells and/or angiogenic factors and the test substance are implanted subcutaneously in animals for study of in vivo angiogenesis (Plunkett ML, Hailey JA. (1990), "An in vivo quantitative angiogenesis model using tumor cells entrapped in alginate" Lab Invest. 1990 Apr;62(4):510-7), 2) the chick chorioallantoic membrane assay in which test compounds are inserted through a window, cut in the eggshell. The lack of a mature, immune system in the 7-8 day old chick embryo allows for the study of tuinor-induced angiogenesis (Follcnan J.(1985) "Tumor angiogenesis" Adv Cancer Res. 1985;43:175-203.) and 3) various tumor models in which specific histological analyses can be used to examine the effect on blood vessels, such as vascular density (CD31/CD34 staining), blood flow and concomitant tumor necrosis/apoptosis (TUNEL staining). In vitro assay examples include endothelial cell tests (HUVEC (human umbilical vein endothelial cell), aortic, capillary);
endothelial cell proliferation assays; endothelial cell DNA synthesis assays; endothelial cell outgrowth assays (Aortic ring); endothelial cell migration assays (mentioned above;
chemokinesis (colloidal gold), chemotaxis (Boyden chamber)); endothelial cell tube formation assays;
endothelial apoptosis assays; endothelial cell viability assays (trypan blue);
angiogenesis factor-transfected endothelial cell lines; and magnetized microbeads on endothelial cells. Each of the references in this paragraph is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[0543] Examples of in vivo assays include transparent chamber tests (e.g., rabbit ear, hamster cheek, cranial window, and dorsal skin); matrix implants (e.g., subcutaneous injection using sodium alginate, subcutaneous disc (polyvinyl foam implant), rat dorsal air sac, sponge implant); cornea micropocket assays, for example in rabbits and other rodents;
anterior eye/iris chamber implant assays, mice and knock-out assays; ameroid constriction (heart) in pig and dog; rabbit hindlimb ischemia tests; vascularization into tissue (intradermal inoculation, peritoneal cavity / omentum with implant; tumor implants, for example in rabbits, mice or rats.
[0544] Also, ex vivo assays are performed using the disclosed compounds.
Examples include CAM (chick chorioallantoic membrane assay) and vertical CAM
with polymer gel. Immunoassays such as serum assays, urine assays cerebrospinal fluid assays and tissue immunohistochemical assays.
[0545] Some of the above assays are described in the following papers, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Grant et al., In Vitro Cell Dev. Biol.
27A:327-336 (1991); Min et al., Cancer Res. 56:2428-2433 (1996); Schnaper et al., J. Cell.
Physiol. 165:107-118 (1995); Schnaper et al., J. Cell. Physiol. 165:107-118 (1995); Oikawa et al., Cancer Lett. 59:57-66 (1991).
[0546] Embodiments relate to methods of using the compounds and compositions described herein, alone or in combination with other agents, to inhibit angiogenesis and to treat or alleviate diseases and conditions associated with excessive or inappropriate angiogenesis. Preferably, the inhibition occurs in connection with vascularization in connection with a disease associated with angiogenesis, such ascancer or any of the other diseases described above, and those that are known by those of skill in the art. The compounds and compositions can be delivered in an appropriate inhibitoiy amount.
Inhibitory amount is intended to mean an amount of a compound or composition required to effect a decrease in the extent, amount or rate of neovascularization when administered to a tissue, animal or individual. The dosage of compound or composition required to be therapeutically effective will depend, for example, on the angiogenesis-dependent disease to be treated, the route and form of administration, the potency and big-active half-life of the molecule being administered, the weight and condition of the tissue, animal or individual, and previous or concurrent therapies. The appropriate amount application of the method can be determined by those skilled in the art, using the guidance provided herein.
For example, the amount can be extrapolated from in vitro or in vivo angiogenesis assays described above.
One skilled in the art will recognize that the condition of the patient needs to be monitored throughout the course of therapy and that the amount of the composition administered can be adjusted accordingly.
[0547] The present compounds and compositions can be and are used as well in conjunction with other angiogenesis inhibitors. Angiogenic inhibitors are known in the art and can be prepared by known methods. For example, angiogenic inhibitors include integrin inhibitory compounds such as alpha-V-beta-3 (aV[33). integrin inhibitory antibodies, cell adhesion proteins or functional fragments thereof which contain a cell adhesion binding sequence. Additional angiogenic inhibitors include, for example, angiostatin, functional fragments of angiostatin, endostatin, fibroblast growth factor (FGF) inhibitors, FGF receptor inhibitors, VEGF inhibitors, VEGF receptor inhibitors, vascular permeability factor (VPF) inhibitors, VPF receptor inhibitors, thrombospondin, platelet factor 4, interferon-alpha, interferon-gamma, interferon-inducible protein 10, interleukin 12, gro-beta, and the 16 kDa N-terminal fragment of prolactin, thalidomide, and other mechanisms for the inhibition of angiogenesis.
[0548] Thus, the methods can include the step of administering a compound or composition to an animal suffering from a condition associated with excessive angiogenesis.
The methods can further include administering the instant compound or composition along with another anti-angiogenesis drug or along with other therapies for the condition be treated (e.g., with a chemotherapeutic or immunotherapeutic to treat cancer).
[0549] The compounds or compositions can be delivered in any disease and/or patientappropriate manner. Examples include, intravenous, oral, intramuscular, intraocular, intranasal, intraperatoneal, and the like.
[0550] The following references provide additional teaching regarding methods of using, administering and assaying for angiogenesis inhibition: Angiogenesis Protocols (Methods in Molecular Medicine) by J. Clifford Murray, Humana Press (March 15, 2001) ISBN: 0896036987; Tumour Angiogenesis, by R. J. Bicknell, Claire E. Lewis, Napoleone Fe, Oxford University Press (September 1, 1997) ISBN: 0198549377; and Angiogenesis in Health and Disease: Basic Mechanisms and Clinical Applications, by Gabor M.
Rubanyi, Marcel Dekker (November 1, 1999) ISBN: 0824781023. Each book is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In particular the protocols and methods are incorporated herein.
FORMULATION TO BE ADMINISTERED ORALLY OR THE LIKE
[0551] A mixture obtained by thoroughly blending 1 g of a compound obtained and purified by the method of the embodiment, 98 g of lactose and 1 g of hydroxypropyl cellulose is foirned into granules by any conventional method. The granules are thoroughly dried and sifted to obtain a granule preparation suitable for packaging in bottles or by heat sealing. The resultant granule preparations are orally administered at between approximately 100 ml/day to approximately 1000 ml/day, depending on the symptoms, as deemed appropriate by those of ordinary skill in the art of treating cancerous tumors in humans.
TREATMENT OF GLEEVEC SENSITIVE AND RESISTANT TUMORS
[0552] Chronic myeloid leukemia (CML) and acute lymphoblastic leukaemia (ALL) cells, in most cases, share a chromosome abnoimality not found in normal cells. The abnormality, designated as t(9;22), is a reciprocal translocation between chromosomes 9 and 22.
This translocation results in chromosome 9 being longer than normal and cliromosome 22 being shorter than normal. The break in chromosome 22 occurs in the middle of a gene designated BCR. The resulting chromosome 22, i.e., the Philadelphia chromosome (Phl), has a section of BCR fused with most of the proto-oncogene designated c-ABL. This fused fragment forms an abnormal "bcr-abl' oncogene that encodes for an abnormal tyrosine kinase that is constantly activated, stimulates cell division and resistance to apoptosis.
[0553] Gleevec (STI-57 1, signal transduction inhibitor 571, or imatinib mesylate) is a selective inhibitor of the BCR-ABL tyrosine kinase, the causative mutation in CML.
[0542] The compounds disclosed herein show anti-angiogenic activity in various other in vitro and in vivo assays. Some examples include: in vitro assays for the evaluation of anti-angiogenesis compounds include, 1) the modified Boyden chamber assay which assesses the migration of endothelial cells in response to pro-angiogenic factors (Alessandri G, Raju K, Gullino PM. (1983), "Mobilization of capillary endothelium in vitro induced by effectors of angiogenesis in vivo" Cancer Res. 43(4):1790-7.), 2) differentiation assays such as the Matrigel assay in which the attachment, migration and differentiation of endothelial cells into tubules is analyzed (Lawley TJ, Kubota Y. (1989), "Induction of moiphologic differentiation of endothelial cells in culture" J Invest Dermatol.Aug;93(2 Suppl):59S-61S) and 3) organ culture assays in which the outgrowth of endothelial (and other cells) is monitored (Nicosia RF, Ottinetti A.(1990), "Growth of microvessels in serum-free matrix culture of rat aorta. A
quantitative assay of angiogenesis in vitro" Lab Invest. Jul;63(1):115-22.).
Some in vivo assays for the evaluation of angiogenesis inhibitors are 1) sponge implantation assays, during which sponges containing cells and/or angiogenic factors and the test substance are implanted subcutaneously in animals for study of in vivo angiogenesis (Plunkett ML, Hailey JA. (1990), "An in vivo quantitative angiogenesis model using tumor cells entrapped in alginate" Lab Invest. 1990 Apr;62(4):510-7), 2) the chick chorioallantoic membrane assay in which test compounds are inserted through a window, cut in the eggshell. The lack of a mature, immune system in the 7-8 day old chick embryo allows for the study of tuinor-induced angiogenesis (Follcnan J.(1985) "Tumor angiogenesis" Adv Cancer Res. 1985;43:175-203.) and 3) various tumor models in which specific histological analyses can be used to examine the effect on blood vessels, such as vascular density (CD31/CD34 staining), blood flow and concomitant tumor necrosis/apoptosis (TUNEL staining). In vitro assay examples include endothelial cell tests (HUVEC (human umbilical vein endothelial cell), aortic, capillary);
endothelial cell proliferation assays; endothelial cell DNA synthesis assays; endothelial cell outgrowth assays (Aortic ring); endothelial cell migration assays (mentioned above;
chemokinesis (colloidal gold), chemotaxis (Boyden chamber)); endothelial cell tube formation assays;
endothelial apoptosis assays; endothelial cell viability assays (trypan blue);
angiogenesis factor-transfected endothelial cell lines; and magnetized microbeads on endothelial cells. Each of the references in this paragraph is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[0543] Examples of in vivo assays include transparent chamber tests (e.g., rabbit ear, hamster cheek, cranial window, and dorsal skin); matrix implants (e.g., subcutaneous injection using sodium alginate, subcutaneous disc (polyvinyl foam implant), rat dorsal air sac, sponge implant); cornea micropocket assays, for example in rabbits and other rodents;
anterior eye/iris chamber implant assays, mice and knock-out assays; ameroid constriction (heart) in pig and dog; rabbit hindlimb ischemia tests; vascularization into tissue (intradermal inoculation, peritoneal cavity / omentum with implant; tumor implants, for example in rabbits, mice or rats.
[0544] Also, ex vivo assays are performed using the disclosed compounds.
Examples include CAM (chick chorioallantoic membrane assay) and vertical CAM
with polymer gel. Immunoassays such as serum assays, urine assays cerebrospinal fluid assays and tissue immunohistochemical assays.
[0545] Some of the above assays are described in the following papers, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Grant et al., In Vitro Cell Dev. Biol.
27A:327-336 (1991); Min et al., Cancer Res. 56:2428-2433 (1996); Schnaper et al., J. Cell.
Physiol. 165:107-118 (1995); Schnaper et al., J. Cell. Physiol. 165:107-118 (1995); Oikawa et al., Cancer Lett. 59:57-66 (1991).
[0546] Embodiments relate to methods of using the compounds and compositions described herein, alone or in combination with other agents, to inhibit angiogenesis and to treat or alleviate diseases and conditions associated with excessive or inappropriate angiogenesis. Preferably, the inhibition occurs in connection with vascularization in connection with a disease associated with angiogenesis, such ascancer or any of the other diseases described above, and those that are known by those of skill in the art. The compounds and compositions can be delivered in an appropriate inhibitoiy amount.
Inhibitory amount is intended to mean an amount of a compound or composition required to effect a decrease in the extent, amount or rate of neovascularization when administered to a tissue, animal or individual. The dosage of compound or composition required to be therapeutically effective will depend, for example, on the angiogenesis-dependent disease to be treated, the route and form of administration, the potency and big-active half-life of the molecule being administered, the weight and condition of the tissue, animal or individual, and previous or concurrent therapies. The appropriate amount application of the method can be determined by those skilled in the art, using the guidance provided herein.
For example, the amount can be extrapolated from in vitro or in vivo angiogenesis assays described above.
One skilled in the art will recognize that the condition of the patient needs to be monitored throughout the course of therapy and that the amount of the composition administered can be adjusted accordingly.
[0547] The present compounds and compositions can be and are used as well in conjunction with other angiogenesis inhibitors. Angiogenic inhibitors are known in the art and can be prepared by known methods. For example, angiogenic inhibitors include integrin inhibitory compounds such as alpha-V-beta-3 (aV[33). integrin inhibitory antibodies, cell adhesion proteins or functional fragments thereof which contain a cell adhesion binding sequence. Additional angiogenic inhibitors include, for example, angiostatin, functional fragments of angiostatin, endostatin, fibroblast growth factor (FGF) inhibitors, FGF receptor inhibitors, VEGF inhibitors, VEGF receptor inhibitors, vascular permeability factor (VPF) inhibitors, VPF receptor inhibitors, thrombospondin, platelet factor 4, interferon-alpha, interferon-gamma, interferon-inducible protein 10, interleukin 12, gro-beta, and the 16 kDa N-terminal fragment of prolactin, thalidomide, and other mechanisms for the inhibition of angiogenesis.
[0548] Thus, the methods can include the step of administering a compound or composition to an animal suffering from a condition associated with excessive angiogenesis.
The methods can further include administering the instant compound or composition along with another anti-angiogenesis drug or along with other therapies for the condition be treated (e.g., with a chemotherapeutic or immunotherapeutic to treat cancer).
[0549] The compounds or compositions can be delivered in any disease and/or patientappropriate manner. Examples include, intravenous, oral, intramuscular, intraocular, intranasal, intraperatoneal, and the like.
[0550] The following references provide additional teaching regarding methods of using, administering and assaying for angiogenesis inhibition: Angiogenesis Protocols (Methods in Molecular Medicine) by J. Clifford Murray, Humana Press (March 15, 2001) ISBN: 0896036987; Tumour Angiogenesis, by R. J. Bicknell, Claire E. Lewis, Napoleone Fe, Oxford University Press (September 1, 1997) ISBN: 0198549377; and Angiogenesis in Health and Disease: Basic Mechanisms and Clinical Applications, by Gabor M.
Rubanyi, Marcel Dekker (November 1, 1999) ISBN: 0824781023. Each book is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In particular the protocols and methods are incorporated herein.
FORMULATION TO BE ADMINISTERED ORALLY OR THE LIKE
[0551] A mixture obtained by thoroughly blending 1 g of a compound obtained and purified by the method of the embodiment, 98 g of lactose and 1 g of hydroxypropyl cellulose is foirned into granules by any conventional method. The granules are thoroughly dried and sifted to obtain a granule preparation suitable for packaging in bottles or by heat sealing. The resultant granule preparations are orally administered at between approximately 100 ml/day to approximately 1000 ml/day, depending on the symptoms, as deemed appropriate by those of ordinary skill in the art of treating cancerous tumors in humans.
TREATMENT OF GLEEVEC SENSITIVE AND RESISTANT TUMORS
[0552] Chronic myeloid leukemia (CML) and acute lymphoblastic leukaemia (ALL) cells, in most cases, share a chromosome abnoimality not found in normal cells. The abnormality, designated as t(9;22), is a reciprocal translocation between chromosomes 9 and 22.
This translocation results in chromosome 9 being longer than normal and cliromosome 22 being shorter than normal. The break in chromosome 22 occurs in the middle of a gene designated BCR. The resulting chromosome 22, i.e., the Philadelphia chromosome (Phl), has a section of BCR fused with most of the proto-oncogene designated c-ABL. This fused fragment forms an abnormal "bcr-abl' oncogene that encodes for an abnormal tyrosine kinase that is constantly activated, stimulates cell division and resistance to apoptosis.
[0553] Gleevec (STI-57 1, signal transduction inhibitor 571, or imatinib mesylate) is a selective inhibitor of the BCR-ABL tyrosine kinase, the causative mutation in CML.
Gleevec is also an inhibitor of receptor tyrosine kinases for stem cell factor (SCF), c-KIT and inhibits Platelet Derived Growth Factor (PGDF) receptor and SCF-mediated cellular events. In clinical studies, Gleevec had been shown to shiink gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST) in 60 percent of those treated. Similar dramatic responses have been seen with CML. However, resistance to GleevecOO develops in all patients by multiple proposed mechanisms. Without being bound to any particular theory, the possible resistance mechanisms to Gleevec may result from the overexpression of bcr-abl, mutations in the abl-kinase domain where Gleevece binds, or the activation of other oncogenic pathways.
[0554] The compounds disclosed herein are used to treat Gleevec sensitive and resistant tumors. This is evidenced, for example, by the compound of Foimula II-16 which has been demonstrated to induce apoptosis in CML, Philadelphia chromosome-positive acute lymphoblastic leukaemia (Ph+ALL; including freshly isolated Ph+ALL cells from patients) and acute myeloid leukaemia (AML) cell lines. The compound of Formula II-16 may be used as a single agent or in combination with Gleevec . In particular, the compound of Formula II-16 may be used as a single agent or in combination with Gleevec RO in the treatment of sensitive or resistant Philadelphia chromosome-positive leukemia.
[0555] The compound of Formula 11-16 or any other compound including compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, and VI may be used to to treat Gleevec sensitive and resistant tumors.
[0556] The examples described above are set forth solely to assist in the understanding of the embodiments. Thus, those slcilled in the art will appreciate that the methods may provide derivatives of compounds.
[0557] One skilled in the art would readily appreciate that the present invention is well adapted to carry out the objects and obtain the ends and advantages mentioned, as well as those inherent therein. The methods and procedures described herein are presently representative of preferred embodiments and are exemplary and are not intended as limitations on the scope of the invention. Changes therein and other uses will occur to those skilled in the art which are encompassed within the spirit of the invention.
[0554] The compounds disclosed herein are used to treat Gleevec sensitive and resistant tumors. This is evidenced, for example, by the compound of Foimula II-16 which has been demonstrated to induce apoptosis in CML, Philadelphia chromosome-positive acute lymphoblastic leukaemia (Ph+ALL; including freshly isolated Ph+ALL cells from patients) and acute myeloid leukaemia (AML) cell lines. The compound of Formula II-16 may be used as a single agent or in combination with Gleevec . In particular, the compound of Formula II-16 may be used as a single agent or in combination with Gleevec RO in the treatment of sensitive or resistant Philadelphia chromosome-positive leukemia.
[0555] The compound of Formula 11-16 or any other compound including compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, and VI may be used to to treat Gleevec sensitive and resistant tumors.
[0556] The examples described above are set forth solely to assist in the understanding of the embodiments. Thus, those slcilled in the art will appreciate that the methods may provide derivatives of compounds.
[0557] One skilled in the art would readily appreciate that the present invention is well adapted to carry out the objects and obtain the ends and advantages mentioned, as well as those inherent therein. The methods and procedures described herein are presently representative of preferred embodiments and are exemplary and are not intended as limitations on the scope of the invention. Changes therein and other uses will occur to those skilled in the art which are encompassed within the spirit of the invention.
[0558] It will be readily apparent to one skilled in the art that varying substitutions and modifications can be made to the embodiments disclosed herein without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention.
[0559] All patents and publications mentioned in the specification are indicative of the levels of those skilled in the art to which the invention pertains. All patents and publications are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
[0560] The invention illustratively described herein suitably can be practiced in the absence of any element or elements, limitation or limitations which is not specifically disclosed herein. The terms and expressions which have been employed are used as terms of description and not of limitation, and there is no intention that in the use of such terms and expressions indicates the exclusion of equivalents of the features shown and described or portions thereof. It is recognized that various modifications are possible witliin the scope of the invention. Thus, it should be understood that altliough the present invention has been specifically disclosed by preferred embodiments and optional features, modification and variation of the concepts herein disclosed can be resorted to by those skilled in the art, and that such modifications and variations are considered to be falling within the scope of the embodiments of the invention.
[0559] All patents and publications mentioned in the specification are indicative of the levels of those skilled in the art to which the invention pertains. All patents and publications are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
[0560] The invention illustratively described herein suitably can be practiced in the absence of any element or elements, limitation or limitations which is not specifically disclosed herein. The terms and expressions which have been employed are used as terms of description and not of limitation, and there is no intention that in the use of such terms and expressions indicates the exclusion of equivalents of the features shown and described or portions thereof. It is recognized that various modifications are possible witliin the scope of the invention. Thus, it should be understood that altliough the present invention has been specifically disclosed by preferred embodiments and optional features, modification and variation of the concepts herein disclosed can be resorted to by those skilled in the art, and that such modifications and variations are considered to be falling within the scope of the embodiments of the invention.
Claims (85)
1. Use of a compound in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a drug resistant cell, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula I, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom;
and wherein the drug resistant cell is a cancer cell selected from the group consisting of leukemia, ovarian cancer, uretal cancer, bladder cancer, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, stomach cancer, lymphoma, multiple myeloma, pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, endocrine cancer, a sarcoma, skin cancer, angioma, and brain cancer.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom;
and wherein the drug resistant cell is a cancer cell selected from the group consisting of leukemia, ovarian cancer, uretal cancer, bladder cancer, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, stomach cancer, lymphoma, multiple myeloma, pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, endocrine cancer, a sarcoma, skin cancer, angioma, and brain cancer.
2. The use according to Claim 1, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula II, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
3. The use according to Claim 1, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula III, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
4. The use according to Claim 1, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula IV, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aiyloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloallcylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aiyloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloallcylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
5. The use according to Claim 1, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula V, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
6. The use according to Claim 1, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula VI, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein R1 can be separately selected from the group consisting of a mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, thio, sulfoxide, sulfoneboronic acid esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl. n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, can be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl (including, for example, cyclohexylcarbinol), cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl; wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein R1 can be separately selected from the group consisting of a mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, thio, sulfoxide, sulfoneboronic acid esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl. n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, can be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl (including, for example, cyclohexylcarbinol), cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl; wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
7. The use according to any of Claims 1-6, wherein the compound is:
wherein R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br and I.
wherein R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br and I.
8. The use according to Claim 7, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula II-16, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof
9. The use according to any of Claims 1-8, wherein the drug resistant cell is a chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), an acute lymphoblastic leukaemia (ALL), an acute myeloid leukaemia (AML), sarcoma, or a multiple myeloma.
10. The use according to any of Claims 1-9, wherein the drug resistant cell is a MES-SA/Dx5, HL-60/MX2, MM.1R multiple myeloma, or Doxorubicin-resistant Dox-40 multiple myeloma.
11. The use according to any of Claims 1-10, wherein the drug to which the cell is resistant is bortezomib, Gleevec®, Mitoxantrone, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dactinomycin, vincristine, taxol, colchicine, mitomycin C, rituximab, Dexamethasone, thalidomide, Paclitaxel or melphalan.
12. A method for inhibiting the growth of a drug resistant cell comprising contacting the cell with a compound having the structure of Formula I, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom;
and wherein the cancer is is leukemia, ovarian cancer, uretal cancer, bladder cancer, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, stomach cancer, lymphoma, multiple myeloma, pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, endocrine cancer, a sarcoma, skin cancer, angioma, or brain cancer.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom;
and wherein the cancer is is leukemia, ovarian cancer, uretal cancer, bladder cancer, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, stomach cancer, lymphoma, multiple myeloma, pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, endocrine cancer, a sarcoma, skin cancer, angioma, or brain cancer.
13. The method of Claim 12, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula II, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
14. The method of Claim 12, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula III, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
15. The method of Claim 12, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula IV, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
16. The method of Claim 12, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula V, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
17. The method of Claim 12, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula VI, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein R1 can be separately selected from the group consisting of a mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, thio, sulfoxide, sulfoneboronic acid esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, can be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl (including, for example, cyclohexylcarbinol), cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C1-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl; wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein R1 can be separately selected from the group consisting of a mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, thio, sulfoxide, sulfoneboronic acid esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, can be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl (including, for example, cyclohexylcarbinol), cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C1-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl; wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
18. The method of any of Claims 12-17, wherein the compound is:
wherein R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br and I.
wherein R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br and I.
19. The method of Claim 18, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula II-16, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof
20. The method of any of Claims 12-19, wherein the drug resistant cell is a chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), an acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), an acute myeloid leukemia (AML), sarcoma, or a multiple myeloma.
21. The method of any of Claims 12-20, wherein the drug resistant cell is a MES-SA/Dx5, HL-60/MX2, MM.1R multiple myeloma, or Doxorubicin-resistant Dox-40 multiple myeloma.
22. The method of any of Claims 12-21, wherein the drug to which the cell is resistant is bortezomib, Gleevec®, Mitoxantrone, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dactinomycin, vincristine, taxol, colchicine, mitomycin C, rituximab, Dexamethasone, thalidomide, Paclitaxel or melphalan.
23. Use of a compound in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment of a disease characterized by excessive or inappropriate angiogenesis, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula I, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom;
and wherein the cancer is is leukemia, ovarian cancer, uretal cancer, bladder cancer, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, stomach cancer, lymphoma, multiple myeloma, pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, endocrine cancer, a sarcoma, skin cancer, angioma, or brain cancer.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom;
and wherein the cancer is is leukemia, ovarian cancer, uretal cancer, bladder cancer, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, stomach cancer, lymphoma, multiple myeloma, pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, endocrine cancer, a sarcoma, skin cancer, angioma, or brain cancer.
24. The use according to Claim 23, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula II, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
25. The use according to Claim 23, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula III, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
26. The use according to Claim 23, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula IV, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
27. The use according to Claim 23, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula V, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
28. The use according to Claim 23, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula VI, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein R1 can be separately selected from the group consisting of a mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, thio, sulfoxide, sulfoneboronic acid esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, can be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl (including, for example, cyclohexylcarbinol), cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl; wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein R1 can be separately selected from the group consisting of a mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, thio, sulfoxide, sulfoneboronic acid esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, can be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl (including, for example, cyclohexylcarbinol), cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl; wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
29. The use according to any of Claims 23-28, wherein the compound is:
wherein R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br and I.
wherein R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br and I.
30. The use according to Claim 29, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula II-16, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof
31. The use according any of Claims 23-30, wherein the disease is an inflammatory condition.
32. The use according to Claim 31, wherein the inflammatory condition is immune and non-immune inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, chronic articular rheumatism, and psoriasis.
33. The use according to any of Claims 23-32, wherein the disease is characterized by the inappropriate or inopportune invasions of vessels.
34. The use according to Claim 33, wherein the disease is diabetic retinopathy, neovascular glaucoma, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, corneal graft rejection, retrolental fibroplasia, rubeosis, capillary proliferation in atherosclerotic plaques, osteoporosis, leukemia, angiofibroma, Kaposi sarcoma, hemangioma, acoustic neuroma, neurofibroma, trachoma and pyogenic granuloma.
35. The use according to any of Claims 23-34, further comprising the use of an anti-angiogenic agent.
36. The use according to Claims 35, wherein the anti-angiogenic agent is an alpha-V-beta-3 (.alpha.V.beta.3). integrin inhibitory antibody, a cell adhesion protein, a functional fragment of cell adhesion protein which contains a cell adhesion binding sequence, angiostatin, a functional fragment of angiostatin, endostatin, a fibroblast growth factor (FGF) inhibitor, a FGF receptor inhibitor, a VEGF inhibitor, a VEGF receptor inhibitor, a vascular permeability factor (VPF) inhibitor, a VPF receptor inhibitor, thrombospondin, a platelet factor 4, an interferon-alpha, an interferon-gamma, an interferon-inducible protein 10, an interleukin 12, gro-beta, a 16 kDa N-terminal fragment of prolactin, and thalidomide.
37. The use according to any of Claims 23-36, wherein the animal is a mammal.
38. The use according to any of Claims 23-36, wherein the animal is a human.
39. The use according to any of Claims 23-36, wherein the animal is a rodent.
40. The use according to any of Claims 23-36, further comprising the steps of:
identifying a subject that would benefit from administration of an agent that inhibits angiogensis; and performing the method on the subject.
identifying a subject that would benefit from administration of an agent that inhibits angiogensis; and performing the method on the subject.
41. A method of inhibiting angiogenesis comprising administering to an animal a compound having the structure of Formula I, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
Formula I
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom;
and wherein the cancer is is leukemia, ovarian cancer, uretal cancer, bladder cancer, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, stomach cancer, lymphoma, multiple myeloma, pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, endocrine cancer, a sarcoma, skin cancer, angioma, or brain cancer.
Formula I
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom;
and wherein the cancer is is leukemia, ovarian cancer, uretal cancer, bladder cancer, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, stomach cancer, lymphoma, multiple myeloma, pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, endocrine cancer, a sarcoma, skin cancer, angioma, or brain cancer.
42. The method of Claim 41, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula II, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
43. The method of Claim 41, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula III, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
44. The method of Claim 41, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula IV, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C1-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C1-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
45. The method of Claim 41, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula V, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
46. The method of Claim 41, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula VI, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein R1 can be separately selected from the group consisting of a mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, thio, sulfoxide, sulfoneboronic acid esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl. n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, can be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl (including, for example, cyclohexylcarbinol), cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl; wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein R1 can be separately selected from the group consisting of a mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, thio, sulfoxide, sulfoneboronic acid esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl. n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, can be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl (including, for example, cyclohexylcarbinol), cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl; wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
47. The method of any of Claims 41-46, wherein the compound is:
wherein R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br and I.
wherein R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br and I.
48. The method of Claim 47, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula II-16, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof
49. The method of any of Claims 41-48, wherein the animal is suffering from a disease, wherein the disease is an inflammatory condition.
50. The method of Claim 49, wherein the inflammatory condition is immune and non-immune inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, chronic articular rheumatism, and psoriasis.
51. The method of Claims 49-50, wherein the disease is characterized by the inappropriate or inopportune invasions of vessels.
52. The method of Claim 51, wherein the disease is diabetic retinopathy, neovascular glaucoma, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, corneal graft rejection, retrolental fibroplasia, rubeosis, capillary proliferation in atherosclerotic plaques, osteoporosis, leukemia, angiofibroma, Kaposi sarcoma, hemangioma, acoustic neuroma, neurofibroma, trachoma and pyogenic granuloma.
53. The method of any of Claims 41-52, further comprising the use of an anti-angiogenic agent.
54. The method according to any of Claims 53, wherein the anti-angiogenic agent is an alpha-V-beta-3 (.alpha.V.beta.3). integrin inhibitory antibody, a cell adhesion protein, a functional fragment of cell adhesion protein which contains a cell adhesion binding sequence, angiostatin, a functional fragment of angiostatin, endostatin, a fibroblast growth factor (FGF) inhibitor, a FGF receptor inhibitor, a VEGF inhibitor, a VEGF receptor inhibitor, a vascular permeability factor (VPF) inhibitor, a VPF receptor inhibitor, thrombospondin, a platelet factor 4, an interferon-alpha, an interferon-gamma, an interferon-inducible protein 10, an interleukin 12, gro-beta, a16 kDa N-terminal fragment of prolactin, and thalidomide.
55. The method of any of Claims 41-54, wherein the animal is a mammal.
56. The method of any of Claims 41-55, wherein the animal is a human.
57. The method of any of Claims 41-56, wherein the animal is a rodent.
58. The method of any of Claims 41-58, further comprising the steps of:
identifying a subject that would benefit from administration of an agent that inhibits angiogensis; and performing the method on the subject.
identifying a subject that would benefit from administration of an agent that inhibits angiogensis; and performing the method on the subject.
59. A method for treating cancer that is sensitive or resistant to Gleevec®
comprising administering to an animal a compound having the structure of Formula I, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom;
and wherein the cancer is is leukemia, ovarian cancer, uretal cancer, bladder cancer, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, stomach cancer, lymphoma, multiple myeloma, pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, endocrine cancer, a sarcoma, skin cancer, angioma, or brain cancer.
comprising administering to an animal a compound having the structure of Formula I, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom;
and wherein the cancer is is leukemia, ovarian cancer, uretal cancer, bladder cancer, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, stomach cancer, lymphoma, multiple myeloma, pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, endocrine cancer, a sarcoma, skin cancer, angioma, or brain cancer.
60. The method of Claim 59, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula II, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
61. The method of Claim 59, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula III, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R4 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 1 or 2, and if m is equal to 2, then R4 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
62. The method of Claim 59, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula IV, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R3 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
63. The method of Claim 59, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula V, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein the dashed lines represent a single or a double bond, wherein R1 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R5 is separately selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues: saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl, where m is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11, and if m is greater than 1, then R5 can be the same or different; and wherein each of E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
64. The method of Claim 59, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula VI, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein R1 can be separately selected from the group consisting of a mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, thio, sulfoxide, sulfoneboronic acid esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, can be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl (including, for example, cyclohexylcarbinol), cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl; wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein R1 can be separately selected from the group consisting of a mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, thio, sulfoxide, sulfoneboronic acid esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, can be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl (including, for example, cyclohexylcarbinol), cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl; wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
65. The method of any of Claims 59-64, wherein the compound is:
wherein R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br and I.
wherein R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br and I.
66. The method of Claim 65, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula II-16, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof
67. The method of any of Claims 59-66, wherein the cancer is chronic myeloid leukemia, Philadelphia chromosome-positive acute lymphoblastic leukaemia, and acute myeloid leukaemia.
68. The method of any of Claims 59-66, further comprising the use Gleevec®.
69. The method of any of Claims 59-66, wherein the animal is a mammal.
70. The method of any of Claims 59-66, wherein the animal is a human.
71. The method of any of Claims 59-66, wherein the animal is a rodent.
72. A method of treating cancer comprising administering to an animal a compound having the structure of Formula VI, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pro-drug esters thereof:
wherein R1 can be separately selected from the group consisting of a mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, thio, sulfoxide, sulfoneboronic acid esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, can be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl (including, for example, cyclohexylcarbinol), cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C-14 alkenyl or C1-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl; wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
wherein R1 can be separately selected from the group consisting of a mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, thio, sulfoxide, sulfoneboronic acid esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl n is equal to 1 or 2, and if n is equal to 2, then R1 can be the same or different;
wherein R2, can be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C24 alkenyl or C2-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl (including, for example, cyclohexylcarbinol), cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl;
wherein R3 can be selected from the group consisting of a halogen, mono-substituted, poly-substituted or unsubstituted variants of the following residues:
saturated C1-C24 alkyl, unsaturated C2-C-14 alkenyl or C1-C24 alkynyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy carbonyl, alkoxy carbonylacyl, amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarboyloxy, nitro, azido, phenyl, cycloalkylacyl, hydroxy, alkylthio, arylthio, oxysulfonyl, carboxy, cyano, thio, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonate esters, thiocyano, boronic acids and esters, and halogenated alkyl including polyhalogenated alkyl; wherein each of E1, E2, E3 and E4 can be a substituted or unsubstituted heteroatom.
73. The method of Claim 72, wherein the cancer is a multiple myeloma.
74. The method of Claim 72, wherein the cancer is a prostate cancer.
75. The method of Claim 72, wherein the cancer is an ovarian cancer.
76. The method of Claim 72, wherein the cancer is a pancreatic cancer.
77. The method of Claim 72, further comprising the use of a chemotherapeutic agent.
78. The method of any of Claims 72-77, wherein the chemotherapeutic agent is Adriamycin, Doxorubicin, 5-Fluorouracil, Cytosine arabinoside ("Ara-C"), Cyclophosphamide, Thiotepa, Busulfan, Cytoxin, Taxol, Toxotere, Methotrexate, Cisplatin, Melphalan, Vinblastine, Bleomycin, Etoposide, Ifosfamide, Mitomycin C, Mitoxantrone, Vincreistine, Vinorelbine, Carboplatin, Teniposide, Daunomycin, Carminomycin, Aminopterin, Dactinomycin, Mitomycins, Esperamicins, Melphalan, tamoxifen or onapristone..
79. The method of Claim 72, wherein the cancer is a drug resistant cancer.
80. The method of Claim 79, wherein the drug resistant cancer is a sarcoma, a multiple myeloma, or a leukemia.
81. The method of Claim 80, wherein the drug-resistant cancer displays at least one of the following: elevated levels of the P-glycoprotein efflux pump, increased expression of the multidrug-resistance associated protein 1 encoded by MRP1, reduced drug uptake, alteration of the drug's target or increasing repair of drug-induced DNA
damage, alteration of the apoptotic pathway or the activation of cytochrome P450 enzymes.
damage, alteration of the apoptotic pathway or the activation of cytochrome P450 enzymes.
82. The method of Claim 72, wherein the animal is a mammal.
83. The method of Claim 72, wherein the animal is a human.
84. The method of Claim 72, wherein the animal is a rodent.
85. The method of Claim 72, further comprising the steps of:
identifying a subject that would benefit from administration of an anticancer agent; and performing the method on the subject.
identifying a subject that would benefit from administration of an anticancer agent; and performing the method on the subject.
Applications Claiming Priority (9)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US63337904P | 2004-12-03 | 2004-12-03 | |
US60/633,379 | 2004-12-03 | ||
US64392205P | 2005-01-13 | 2005-01-13 | |
US60/643,922 | 2005-01-13 | ||
US65888405P | 2005-03-04 | 2005-03-04 | |
US60/658,884 | 2005-03-04 | ||
US67653305P | 2005-04-29 | 2005-04-29 | |
US60/676,533 | 2005-04-29 | ||
PCT/US2005/044091 WO2006060809A2 (en) | 2004-12-03 | 2005-12-02 | Methods of using [3.2.0] heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2590334A1 true CA2590334A1 (en) | 2006-06-08 |
Family
ID=36565857
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002590334A Abandoned CA2590334A1 (en) | 2004-12-03 | 2005-12-02 | Methods of using [3.2.0] heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof |
Country Status (9)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1835910A2 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2008522975A (en) |
KR (1) | KR20070086895A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2005311572A1 (en) |
BR (1) | BRPI0517134A2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2590334A1 (en) |
IL (1) | IL183587A0 (en) |
MX (1) | MX2007006523A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2006060809A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (22)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6777217B1 (en) | 1996-03-26 | 2004-08-17 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Histone deacetylases, and uses related thereto |
US20030129724A1 (en) | 2000-03-03 | 2003-07-10 | Grozinger Christina M. | Class II human histone deacetylases, and uses related thereto |
US7244853B2 (en) | 2001-05-09 | 2007-07-17 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Dioxanes and uses thereof |
US7176232B2 (en) | 2002-06-24 | 2007-02-13 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Salinosporamides and methods for use thereof |
AU2005283141B2 (en) | 2004-04-30 | 2012-05-10 | Nereus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | (3.2.0) heterocyclic compounds and methods of using the same |
US7579371B2 (en) | 2004-04-30 | 2009-08-25 | Nereus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of using [3.2.0] heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof |
WO2006060676A1 (en) | 2004-12-03 | 2006-06-08 | Dana Farber Cancer Institute | Compositions and methods for treating neoplastic diseases |
WO2006102557A2 (en) | 2005-03-22 | 2006-09-28 | The President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Treatment of protein degradation disorders |
MX2008010462A (en) | 2006-02-14 | 2009-04-17 | Harvard College | Histone Deacetylase Inhibitors. |
US8222423B2 (en) | 2006-02-14 | 2012-07-17 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Bifunctional histone deacetylase inhibitors |
NZ572026A (en) | 2006-04-06 | 2011-12-22 | Nereus Pharmaceuticals Inc | Total synthesis of salinosporamide a and analogs thereof |
AU2007248656B2 (en) | 2006-05-03 | 2013-04-04 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Histone deacetylase and tubulin deacetylase inhibitors |
WO2007130404A1 (en) * | 2006-05-03 | 2007-11-15 | Nereus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of using [3.2.0] heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof for the treatment of lung cancer |
US8986971B2 (en) | 2006-09-22 | 2015-03-24 | Triphase Research And Development I Corp. | Salt formulations for the fermentation of marine microorganisms |
WO2008095195A2 (en) | 2007-02-02 | 2008-08-07 | Nereus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Lyophilized formulations of salinosporamide a |
US20080280968A1 (en) * | 2007-05-04 | 2008-11-13 | Nereus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of using [3.2.0] heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof for treating infectious diseases |
EP2088205A1 (en) | 2008-02-11 | 2009-08-12 | Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (Inserm) | PSMB10: A diagnosis marker and therapeutic target of chronic rejection. |
US8003802B2 (en) | 2008-03-07 | 2011-08-23 | Nereus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Total synthesis of Salinosporamide A and analogs thereof |
WO2009140287A1 (en) | 2008-05-12 | 2009-11-19 | Nereus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Salinosporamide derivatives as proteasome inhibitors |
WO2010011296A2 (en) | 2008-07-23 | 2010-01-28 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Deacetylase inhibitors and uses thereof |
WO2011019393A2 (en) | 2009-08-11 | 2011-02-17 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Class- and isoform-specific hdac inhibitors and uses thereof |
US9126997B1 (en) | 2010-09-07 | 2015-09-08 | Northwestern University | Synergistic effect of glucocorticoid receptor agonists in combination with proteosome inhibitors for treating leukemia and myeloma |
Family Cites Families (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6335358B1 (en) * | 1995-04-12 | 2002-01-01 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Lactacystin analogs |
JP4395549B2 (en) * | 2000-11-16 | 2010-01-13 | ザ レジェンツ オブ ザ ユニヴァースティ オブ カリフォルニア | Marine actinomycete taxa for the discovery of drugs and fermentation products |
US7176232B2 (en) * | 2002-06-24 | 2007-02-13 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Salinosporamides and methods for use thereof |
CA2504933C (en) * | 2002-11-06 | 2012-10-16 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Methods and compositions for treating cancer using proteasome inhibitors |
KR20050098928A (en) * | 2003-02-14 | 2005-10-12 | 바이엘 헬스케어 아게 | Substituted heterocycles |
MXPA05013982A (en) * | 2003-06-20 | 2006-05-25 | Nereus Pharmaceuticals Inc | Use of [3.2.0] heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof for the treatment of cancer, inflammation and infectious diseases. |
AU2005283141B2 (en) * | 2004-04-30 | 2012-05-10 | Nereus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | (3.2.0) heterocyclic compounds and methods of using the same |
WO2006060676A1 (en) * | 2004-12-03 | 2006-06-08 | Dana Farber Cancer Institute | Compositions and methods for treating neoplastic diseases |
-
2005
- 2005-12-02 KR KR1020077015201A patent/KR20070086895A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2005-12-02 BR BRPI0517134-2A patent/BRPI0517134A2/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2005-12-02 AU AU2005311572A patent/AU2005311572A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2005-12-02 EP EP05853102A patent/EP1835910A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2005-12-02 WO PCT/US2005/044091 patent/WO2006060809A2/en active Application Filing
- 2005-12-02 CA CA002590334A patent/CA2590334A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2005-12-02 MX MX2007006523A patent/MX2007006523A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2005-12-02 JP JP2007544616A patent/JP2008522975A/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2007
- 2007-05-31 IL IL183587A patent/IL183587A0/en unknown
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2006060809A9 (en) | 2008-01-17 |
EP1835910A2 (en) | 2007-09-26 |
JP2008522975A (en) | 2008-07-03 |
AU2005311572A1 (en) | 2006-06-08 |
IL183587A0 (en) | 2008-04-13 |
WO2006060809A2 (en) | 2006-06-08 |
BRPI0517134A2 (en) | 2011-10-11 |
MX2007006523A (en) | 2007-09-11 |
KR20070086895A (en) | 2007-08-27 |
WO2006060809A3 (en) | 2006-10-05 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2590334A1 (en) | Methods of using [3.2.0] heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof | |
US7579371B2 (en) | Methods of using [3.2.0] heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof | |
CA2532066C (en) | Methods of using [3.2.0] heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof | |
US20060264495A1 (en) | Methods of using [3.2.0] heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof | |
US7276530B2 (en) | [3.2.0] Heterocyclic compounds and methods of using the same | |
US7572606B1 (en) | Biosyntheses of salinosporamide A and its analogs and related methods of making salinosporamide A and its analogs | |
US8394816B2 (en) | Methods of using [3.2.0] heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof in treating Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia | |
WO2006118973A2 (en) | Methods of using heterobyclic compounds for treatment of rectal cancer | |
WO2007130404A1 (en) | Methods of using [3.2.0] heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof for the treatment of lung cancer | |
WO2008124699A1 (en) | A method of using proteasome inhibitors in combination with histone deacetylase inhibitors to treat cancer | |
ZA200600536B (en) | Use of [3.2.0] heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof for the treatment of cancer, inflammation and infectious diseases | |
CN101208087A (en) | Methods of using [3.2.0] heterocyclic compounds and analogs thereof |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
FZDE | Discontinued |
Effective date: 20121203 |